Skip to main content

Full text of "Industrial evolution;"

See other formats


INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION 
IN   INDIA 


>     '     •  ~f      *     :      ,  (• 

['(•      111?    I-  •    .  v '  • " •          / 

P  i   •»„,    4     j<     ^^    kJ     '-.  >  w  .:•.          ».J:.  /     • 

AICK!   i- 


i:....  ;:'•...  U'.Ji 


INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION 
IN  INDIA 


BY 
.'  AltFBED  OHATTEBTON 


PUBLISHED   BY 

THE    "HINDU"  OFFICE,   MOUNT  ROAD 
MADRAS 


-ffc 


PRINTED  BY  G.  C.  LOGANADHAM  BROS. 
THE   GUARDIAN    PRESS,  MOUNT  ROAD,  MADRAS 


PREFACE 

The  first  chapter  on  "  the  Indian  Industrial  Problem" 
was  originally  written  for  "  Science  Progress "  and  is 
now  reprinted  by  kind  permission  of  Mr.  John  Murray. 
The  other  chapters  are  mainly  selections  from  papers 
contributed  to  the  Indian  Industrial  Conferences  and  to 
the  South  Indian  Association  and  from  articles  written  for 
the  "  Hindu, "  whilst  the  two  concluding  chapters  were 
originally  addressed  to  the  students  of  the  Central  Technical 
College,  South  Kinsington.  A  considerable  amount  of  re- 
vision has  been  necessary  to  embody  the  results  of  more  ex- 
tended experience  in  dealing  with  the  questions  discussed. 

To  a  large  extent  these  papers  are  a  record  of  the 
work  done  in  Madras  during  the  past  ten  years,  but  as 
there  is  a  general  similarity  in  the  conditions  all  over 
India  it  is  possible  that  they  may  be  of  assistance  to  those 
interested  in  the  industrial  progress  of  other  parts  of  India. 

Much  controversy  has  raged  round  the  question  of 
the  extent  to  which  the  State  may  directly  intervene  to 
promote  the  welfare  of  indigenous  industries  and  as  it  is 
still  sub  judice  with  the  Secretary  of  State,  except  in  general 
terms  any  reference  to  it  has  been  omitted  as  I  hold  strong- 
ly to  the  opinion  that  our  industrial  policy  must  be  framed 
to  suit  the  exigencies  of  the  political  situation.  The  benefits 
which  India  derive  from  British  protection  far  more  than 
counterbalance  any  disadvantages  which  may  arise  from  the 
necessity  of  submitting  to  the  decision  of  the  Home  autho- 
rities in  such  debatable  matters  as  come  within  the 


PREFACE 

sphere  of  Indian  economics.  Industrial  progress  is 
essential  to  the  maintenance  of  peace  and  contentment 
in  India  and  that  fact  is  clearly  recognised  by  the 
statesmen  who  have  the  final  voice  in  determining  the 
course  of  Indian  affairs.  What  seems  to  be  needed  is  a 
stronger  and  better  informed  public  opinion,  both  in  India 
and  Great  Britain,  on  the  commercial  advantages  which 
will  accrue  to  both  countries  from  a  more  extended 
development  of  the  latent  resources  of  India  both  agricul- 
tural and  industrial.  The  trade  between  the  two  countries 
is  already  large  and  with  increased  production  of  wealth 
in  India  it  will  enormously  extend. 


MADRAS, 
January  1912. 


CHAPTER       \l/    The  Indian  industrial  problem 

The  need  of  a  system  of  industrial  train- 
ing—The lack  of  native  industrial 
leaders— The  extent  of  native  resour- 
ces—The need  of  education— The  revi- 
val of  native  industries — The  need  of 
studying  local  conditions — The  deve- 
lopment of  small-scale  industrial 
enterprises — The  possible  industrial 
future  of  India. 

CHAPTER      II.    Protection  in  India  ... 
CHAPTER     III.    The  effect  of  protective  tariffs     ... 

CHAPTER     IV.     Agriculture   and   industrial   deve- 
lopment 

I  ndustry  on  a  small  scale — The  lack  of 
industrial  enterprise. 

CHAPTER      V.     Industrial  Enterprise... 

Madras  trade  returns  ;  Industrial  notes 
—The  Godaveri  and  Kristna  Deltas- 
Madura— Well  irrigation,  Coimbatore. 

CHAPTER     VI.     Industrial  Leaders    ... 

Indian  technical  students  abroad- 
Expert  assistance, 


PAGE 


41 


62 


113 


146 


CHAPTER    VII.    Chrome  tanning 


163 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  VIII.     Hand-loom  weaving 

Weaving  in  India — The  Salem  weaving 
Factory — The  future  of  the  industry. 

CHAPTER     IX.     Miscellaneous  Industries 

Wood  distillation— Milk  Products— The 
art  industries  of  South  India. 

CHAPTER      X.     Well  Irrigation 

Boring  for  water — A  new  water  lift — 
Under-ground  water  in  Mysore — 
Water-lifts. 

CHAPTER    XI.     Engineering  in  India 
CHAPTER  XII.    A  Retrospect 


PAGE 
203 


258 


290 


330 
357 


INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION 
IN  INDIA 

CHAPTER    I 

THE  INDIAN  INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEM 
THE  NEED  OF  A  SYSTEM  OF  INDUSTRIAL  TRAINING 

THE  publication  in  1884  of  the  Report  of  the  Royal 
Commission  on  Technical  Education  drew  the  attention 
of  administrators  in  India  to  the  fact  that  no  adequate 
provision  had  been  made  by  the  Indian  Educational 
Departments  of  systematic  instruction  in  the  scientific 
principles  underlying  industrial  processes.  The  interest 
of  the  educated  public  was  languidly  excited  and  vague 
notions  became  current  that  the  acknowledged  decay 
of  Indian  manufactures  could  be  arrested  if  arrange- 
ments were  made  to  remedy  the  Jefects  in  the 
existing  educational  machinery.  Accordingly,  in  the  course 
of  the  next  few  years,  each  Province  took  action 
in  this  direction  and  sanction  was  accorded  to  such 
measures  as  the  local  governments  considered  to  be  imme- 
diately necessary.  One  result  of  the  application  of  Euro- 
pean ideas  on  the  subject  of  technical  education  was  the 
establishment  of  the  Victoria  Jubilee  Technical  Institute  in 
Bombay,  where  the  cotton-spinning  industry  was  already 
firmly  established ;  as  another  result  the  engineering 
school  at  Seebpore,  near  Calcutta,  was  reorganised  and 
expanded  to  provide  for  the  needs  of  Bengal,  where  the 


INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

manufacture  of  jute,  coal-mining  and  mechanical  engi- 
neering were  local  industries  of  considerable  and  growing 
importance.  Both  these  institutions  are  now  valuable 
centres  of  recruitmeut  for  the  organised  industries  of  their 
respective  Presidencies  ;  that  they  have  not  reached  the 
standard  of  excellence  we  are  accustomed  to  expect  in 
similar  institutions  in  Europe  and  America  is  due  to  the 
fact  that  Indians  do  not  regard  an  industrial  career 
with  any  favour  ;  they  only  take  to  it  when  they  are  con- 
vinced that  they  have  no  prospect  of  success  in  more 
congenial  occupations. 

In  other  parts  of  India  it  was  obvious  that  modern 
industrial  enterprise  was  too  feebly  developed  to  support 
either  specialised  technical  schools  like  that  devoted  to 
the  cotton  industry  in  Bombay  or  a  general  engineering 
school  like  that  at  Seebpore.  In  Madras,  however,  an 
original  attempt  was  made  to  create  a  demand  for 
technical  education  by  providing  facilities  for  the  exami- 
nation of  students  in  a  great  variety  of  technical  and 
industrial  subjects.  The  scheme  was  modelled  on  the 
lines  of  the  examinations  of  the  Science  and  Art  Depart- 
ment and  of  the  City  and  Guilds  of  London  ;  it  has 
proved  of  little  value,  though  it  has  supplied  convenient 
tests  of  the  training  given  to  pupils  in  trade  and  elementary 
engineering  schools. 

The  only  practical  outcome  of  these  early  attempts 
was  to  strengthen  the  staff  and  improve  the  equipment 
of  the  existing  engineering  colleges  at  Roorkhee,  Poona 
and  Madras,  where  Indians  are  trained  for 'the  various 
branches  of  service  in  the  Public  Works  Department. 
Unlike  Seebpore,  where  most  of  the  students  find 
employment  in  the  industrial  undertakings  of  Bengal, 
these  institutions  are  intended  to  supply  the  very  consi- 
derable demands  of  the  provincial  Governments,  native 


THE   INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEM  3 

states  and  district  boards  for  men  to  carry  on  the  current 
engineering  work  of  the  country  in  connection  with  rail- 
ways, roads  and  bridges,  irrigation,  buildings  and  general 
municipal  work.  Mechanical  engineering  is  not  entirely  ne- 
glected but  it  is  regarded  as  subordinate  to  civil  engineering, 
hence  probably  the  limited  degree  of  success  hitherto  attain- 
ed by  Indian  engineers  in  the  practice  of  a  profession  which 
calls  for  an  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  materials  and 
methods  employed  in  construction.  For  a  long  time  these 
colleges  were  not  very  popular,  notwithstanding  the  fact 
that  a  number  of  well-paid  Government  appointments 
were  guaranteed  to  the  students  who  completed  full 
courses  of  instruction  ;  of  late  years  there  has  been  a  great 
change,  the  competition  at  the  entrance  examinations 
being  now  very  keen.  Apart  from  the  too  early  speciali- 
sation in  favour  of  civil  engineering,  the  work  done  in 
these  colleges  suffers  from  the  defective  previous  training 
of  the  students  ;  but  little  improvement  can  be  expected  so 
long  as  the  general  education  of  the  country  is  dominated 
by  the  Universities.  The  reforms  which  have  been 
introduced,  since  the  report  of  the  Universities  Commis- 
sion, have  done  something  to  raise  the  general  tone 
of  Indian  education  but  they  have  done  little  or  nothing 
to  render  it  of  a  practical  character.  It  seems  al- 
most certain  that  another  educational  system  is  required 
that  will  provide  for  the  industrial  needs  of  the  country, 
entirely  independent  of  the  control  of  the  Universities. 

For  the  indigenous  industries  of  the  country,  which 
are  entirely  in  the  hands  of  illiterate  artisans,  it  was  not 
deemed  possible  to  make  any  provision.  The  first  attempts 
to  deal  with  industrial  education  were  made  by  mis- 
sionaries, who  started  schools  for  the  instruction  of  orphan 
boys  in  their  charge  in  such  trades  as  carpentry,  weav- 
ing and  blacksmiths'  work.  Subsequently  the  idea  was 


4  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

developed,  chiefly  by  local  bodies,  and  encouraged  by  Go- 
vernment grants-in-aid.  At  first  the  main  object  of  these 
schools  was  to  break  down  the  exclusiveness  of  the  caste 
system  ;  later,  to  improve  the  hereditary  methods  of  the 
artisans ;  the  admittedly  small  measure  of  success  they 
have  achieved  is  roughly  proportionate  to  the  extent  to 
which  they  have  influenced  the  conservative  mind  of  the 
Indian  hand  worker.  As  schools  for  the  industrial  train- 
ing of  boys  they  have  not  so  far  justified  their  existence 
but  in  some  instances  as  demonstration-workshops  they 
have  had  a  beneficial  influence  on  the  industrial  centres 
in  which  they  are  situated. 

At  first  the  cry  for  technical  education  in  India  was 
but  a  feeble  echo  of  that  raised  inEngland  and  awakened  no 
response  from  the  educated  classes.  There  was  a  demand 
for  the  services  of  university  graduates  and  they  could 
readily  obtain  employment;  the  rest  of  the  country  did  not 
count.  All  the  technically  trained  men  required  for  Gov- 
ernment and  for  the  industrial  concerns  working  on 
modern  lines  were  obtained  from  Europe;  India  was 
satisfied  to  see  its  sons  finding  congenial  careers  in  the 
administrative  services  of  the  country,  in  the  learned  pro- 
fessions and  in  the  educational  institutions,  which  were 
rapidly  expanding.  From  the  early  nineties  onwards  the 
supply  of  university  graduates  began  to  exceed  the  de- 
mand and  year  by  year  the  competition  has  'been 
steadily  increasing,  with  the  inevitable  result  that 
attention  has  been  turned  to  other  spheres  of  ac- 
tivity. When  it  was  found  that  a  university  training 
and  a  university  degree  were  no  passports  to  an  indus- 
trial career,  a  genuine  demand  began  to  assert  itself 
for  technical  education  and  it  was  soon  found  that  no 
provision  had  been  made  in  the  country  to  meet  it. 
A  few  enterprising  youths  sought  in  Europe  what  they 


THE   INDIAN    INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEM  5 

could  not  obtain  at  home,  to  meet  only  with  bitter 
disappointment  on  their  return.  Their  education  in  India 
was  found  to  be  an  unsatisfactory  preparation  for 
foreign  technical  schools  ;  they  benefited  little  by  their 
studies  and  returned  to  India  completely  lacking  that  practi- 
cal knowledge  and  experience  which  are  absolutely  essen- 
tial to  success  in  an  industrial  career.  Gradually  it  has 
become  evident  both  to  the  Government  and  to  the  edu- 
cated classes  in  India  that  industries  must  precede  tech- 
nical instruction  and  that  any  future  industrial  develop- 
ment must  follow  on  the  lines  which  have  been  so  succes- 
fully  pursued  in  the  case  of  the  cotton  industry  in  Western 
India,  the  jute  and  mining  industries  in  Bengal,  the  leather 
and  cotton  trades  of  Cawnpore  and  the  many  miscellan- 
eous industrial  undertakings  which  have  been  successfully 
established  in  every  province  of  India. 

THE  LACK  OF  NATIVE  INDUSTRIAL  LEADERS 

It  is  now  fairly  generally  accepted  that  technical 
colleges  in  India  can  only  do  useful  work  when  they  train 
students  for  whose  services  there  is  a  demand  in  existing 
industries  and  that  the  pioneer  work  of  starting  new  indus- 
tries must  be  undertaken  by  men  who  have  acquired  their 
skill  and  experience  in  other  lands  where  those  industries 
are  carried  on  under  favourable  conditions.  The  establish- 
ment of  technical  schools,  Ifke  the  Victoria  Technical  Ins- 
titute in  Bombay,  in  other  parts  of  India  is  now  recogni- 
sed as  useless,  unless  there  is  a  corresponding  industrial 
development  to  be  catered  for.  Only  in  Bengal  can  it  be 
said  that  this  state  of  things  exists  ;  the  Seebpore  College 
already  makes  fairly  adequate  provision  for  the  needs  of 
that  part  of  India. 

The  increasing  pressure  of  the  educated  classes  in  the 
more  favoured  fields  of  employment  can  only  be  relieved 


6  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   Itt   INDIA 

by  providing  new  openings  for  them  in  other  directions  and 
of  these  by  far  the  most  important  will  be  found  in  the 
organisation  of  the  immense  resources  of  India  for  indus- 
trial undertakings  of  many  kinds.  A  great  deal  has  already 
been  done  in  this  direction  by  European  initiative ;  the 
reason  why  the  actual  benefit  to  India  has  not  been  greater 
is  the  fact  that  Indians  have,  as  a  rule,  stood  aloof. 
The  original  impulse,  capital  and  directive  energy  came 
from  abroad,  India  having  only  furnished  the  raw  mate- 
rial and  the  labour.  The  profits  have  been  taken  out  of 
Country  year  by  year,  but  of  greater  moment  is  the  fact  that 
there  has  been  no  gradual  growth  of  industrial  experience, 
so  that  to-day,  except  perhaps  in  the  cotton  trade,  India 
lacks  native  industrial  leaders.  The  men  with  capital,  busi- 
ness acumen,  technical  knowledge  and  administrative  capa- 
city, who  form  the  backbone  of  industrial  life  in  Europe  and 
America,  are  lacking  and  no  preparation  has  been  made 
to  create  them.  Development  in  the  immediate  future, 
as  in  the  past,  must  mainly  depend  on  men  not  born  and 
bred  in  the  country  and  who  will  only  remain  in  it  for  a 
time,  taking  with  them,  when  they  leave,  the  experience 
they  have  gathered.  A  change  is  possible — it  may  be 
even  said  to  be  inevitable — but  it  can  only  be  brought 
about  slowly.  Indians  have  begun  to  appreciate  the 
importance  of  industrial  activity  ;  they  have  started  the 
Swadeshi  movement  to  encourage  it  and  by  degrees  they 
are  learning  the  nature  of  the  problem  they  have  to  face. 
A  detailed  history  of  the  modern  developement  of  the 
cotton  industry  in  Western  India  would  furnish  much  use- 
ful information  to  those  who  are  seeking  for  guidance  as 
to  the  methods  to  be  pursued  to  raise  India  in  the  scale  of 
nations,  to  utilise  her  resources  and  to  provide  her  peo- 
ple with  something  more  than  the  bare  necessaries  of  life. 
There  can  only  be  a  vigorus  and  healthy  industrial 


THE   INDIAN    INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM  7 

life  when  it  is  carried  on  hy  the  people  themselves — 
that  is,  they  must  supply  the  capital,  take  the  risks,  enjoy 
the  profits,  bear  the  losses  and,  above  all,  undertake  the 
management  and  control  of  the  many  branches  into 
which  it  is  subdivided. 

THE  EXTENT  OF  NATIVE  RESOURCES 

The  labour  problems  in  India  are  not  serious  ;  there 
is  plenty  of  labour,  although  the  standard  of  efficiency  is 
very  low  and  there  is  a  sad  lack  of  energy  and  staying 
power,  partly  attributable  to  climatic  causes  and  partly  to 
the  low  standard  of  living.  The  small  wages  paid  for  such 
labour  compensates  for  its  disadvantages  in  a  commercial 
sense  and  it  is  certain  that  as  progress  is  made  there  will 
be  a  corresponding  improvement  in  the  condition  of  the 
working  classes— their  output  will  increase  and  their 
wages  rise  ;  if  education  be  spread  among  them,  their 
wants  will  become  more  numerous  and  gradually  they 
will  emerge  from  the  thraldom  of  conservatism  and  pre- 
judice which  dominates  them  and  strangles  all  aspirations 
for  any  higher  state  of  existence  than  that  which  they  now 
enjoy. 

Of  capital  there  is  plenty  in  the  country  and  year  by 
year  it  is  accumulating  ;  but  the  people  do  not  know  how 
to  use  their  wealth  and  it  is  uselessly  hoarded  in  the  form  of 
gold,  silver  and  jewellery.  There  is  a  general  impression 
that  in  India  too  large  a  proportion  of  the  population  is 
dependent  upon  agriculture  and  that  the  establishment  of 
new  forms  of  industrial  enterprise  on  modern  lines  has 
not  compensated  for  the  decay  or  extinction  of  indigenous 
industries.  It  is  suggested  that  there  has  been  a  one-sided 
development  of  the  natural  resources  of  the  country  and 
that  in  consequence  the  people  are  unduly  exposed  to  the 
perils  of  famine  and  scarcity.  During  the  last  half-century 


8  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

the  indigeneous  industries  have  been  subjected  to  ruinous 
competition  with  imports  from  abroad,  as  a  result  of 
which  the  condition  of  the  artisans  has  steadily  deteriorat- 
ed. Probably,  however,  their  numbers  are  actually  larger 
and  the  amount  of  their  output  greater  than  at  any  previous 
time.  It  is  the  margin  of  profit  which  has  almost  vanished, 
with  the  natural  consequence  that  widespread  poverty  and 
destitution  have  taken  the  place  of  a  state  of  comparative 
affluence.  Caste  restrictions,  combined  with  ignorance  and 
intense  dislike  to  change  of  any  kind,  have  kept  the  artisans 
to  their  hereditary  methods  and  in  the  absence  of  any  exter- 
nal assistance  they  have  only  been  able  to  face  their  difficul- 
ties by  selling  their  labour  at  lower  and  lower  rates,  till  all 
they  can  now  obtain  is  scarcely  sufficient  to  provide  for  a 
bare  subsistence.  On  the  other  hand,  during  the  last  seventy 
years,  agriculture  has  greatly  expanded  and  by  the  extension 
of  irrigation  it  has  to  a  large  extent  become  independent 
of  the  vicissitudes  of  the  seasons  over  very  considerable 
areas.  The  soil  of  India  is  rich  and  when  supplied  with 
sufficient  moisture  and  manure  yields  an  abundant  har- 
vest. In  good  years  it  supports  the  vast  population  with 
ease  and  yields  for  export  agricultural  produce  to  the 
value  of  more  than  one  hundred  millions  sterling.  Some 
of  this  is  in  a  manufactured  state  but  the  bulk  goes  out  as 
raw  material  and  it  is  this  enormous  quantity  of  raw 
material  which  offers  a  field  of  development  to  those  who 
are  interested  in  the  creation  of  an  industrial  India. 

The  charge  is  often  made  that  British  rule  in  India 
has  brought  about  an  impoverishment  of  the  people  and 
that  they  are  worse  off  now  than  they  were  under  the 
Moguls  and  their  own  princes.  The  charge  is  easily  made 
and  difficult  to  disprove,  as  but  little  is  known  of  of  the 
condition  of  the  people  before  the  rise  of  British 
power.  The  standard  of  living  is  very  low  among 


THE   INDIAN    INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM  9 

the  great  bulk  of  the  population  ;  it  is  hardly  possible 
that  it  could  have  been  much  lower  but  the  num- 
bers to-day  are  certainly  double,  possibly  treble,  what  they 
'were  three  centuries.:ago.  Famine  and  plague  still  devastate 
the  land  but  their  terrors  are  much  diminished  and  the 
ravages  of  war  and  intestine  feuds  have  entirely  ceased. 
Roads  and  railways  have  opened  up  the  country,  irrigation 
works  have  converted  waste  desolate  tracts  i  nto  fertile  fields 
and  the  pax  Britannica  ensures  to  every  man  the  enjoyment 
of  his  possessions  ;  but  the  people  themselves  have  not 
changed — their  ruling  passion  is  still  to  hoard  their  wealth 
in  a  portable  form  and  they  still  live  much  as  their  fore- 
fathers did.  The  main  result  of  British  rule  has  been  a 
startling  increase  in  numbers  rather  than  a  marked  rise  in 
the  standard  of  living. 

A  striking  commentary  on  this  unproved  charge 
against  British  administration  is  that  in  the  five  years,  end- 
ing with  April  1908,  the  net  imports  of  bullion  into  India 
amounted  to  £92,287,000,  nearly  the  whole  of  which  has 
gone  to  increase  native  hoards  of  precious  metal,  that  still 
represent  to  the  people  the  most  desirable  form  in  which  to 
accumulate  wealth.  This,  it  must  be  remembered,  is  in 
addition  to  the  gold  raised  in  India  itself,  which  amounted 
during  the  same  period  to  more  than  ten  millions  sterling. 
For  all  practical  purposes  these  hoards  are  useless,  save  as 
an  indication  that  the  material  development  of  India  un- 
der foreign  stimulus  is  really  at  a  faster  rate  than  that  at 
which  the  people  are  deriving  benefit  from  it. 

What  a  capital  expenditure  of  twenty  millons  a  year 
would  effect  in  India  may  be  inferred  from  the  the  fact 
that  in  a  single  year  it  would  furnish  sufficient  capital  to 
establish  the  whole  of  the  cotton  mills  of  Bombay  and  of 
the  jute  mills  of  Bengal.  In  a  year  and  a  half  it  would 
provide  the  forty-four  crores  of  rupees  which  the  Irrigation 
2 


10  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

Commission  reported  could  be  judiciously  expended  by 
Government  in  bringing  a  further  six  and  a  half  million 
acres  under  irrigation.  It  is  five  times  the  whole  amount  an- 
nually spent  on  education— on  the  education  of  an  empire 
containing  three  hundred  million  people — and  it  is  approxi- 
mately equal  to  the  land  revenue  of  the  whole  country 
and  to  the  total  annual  expenditure  in  the  military 
department.  Surely,  then,  it  cannot  be  contended  that 
when  so  large  an  amount  is  put  on  one  side  every  year 
and  merely  hoarded,  that  the  people  are  becoming  poorer? 
Is  it  not  rather  fair  to  assume  that  they  are  accumulating 
wealth  faster  than  they  know  how  to  use  it  ? 

Various  estimates  of  the  hoarded  wealth  of  India  have 
been  made  but  they  are  all  mere  guesses  and  it  would  per- 
haps be  unwise  to  give  further  currency  to  them  ;  it  suffi- 
ces for  our  purpose  to  assume  that  the  sum-total  is  very 
large  and  that  it  is  enormously  greater  than  any  possible 
demand,  that  can  be  made  for  generations  to  come,  for  capi- 
tal for  the  development  of  the  country.  From  an  interna- 
tional point  of  view  this  hoarding  of  gold  in  India  is  of 
great  importance  in  preventing  an  inconvenient  deprecia- 
tion of  the  monetary  standards  of  the  world  ;  in  time  to 
come,  when  the  folly  of  the  practice  has  been  recognised, 
the  dispersal  of  these  hoards  may  be  equally  serviceable  ; 
in  maintaining  equilibrium,  if  the  productiveness  of  the 
mines  should  fall  short  of  the  demands  of  an  ever-increasing 
traffic  and  commerce.  This  service  India  renders  to  the 
world  at  large  and  its  people  pay  the  cost  not  grudgingly 
but  with  a  cheerful  alacrity  which  is  the  outcome  of  extre- 
me simplicity. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  this  hoarded  wealth  is  very 
generally  diffused  and  that  it  can  only  be  rendered  useful  by 
concentration  in  the  hands  of  a  compartively  small  number 
of  men  who  are  comptent  to  assume  the  responsibility  of 


THE   INDIAN    INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM  11 

directing  the  enterprises  which  can  be  started  by  returning 
it  into  circulation.  This  implies  the  existence  of  an  in- 
stinct for  co-operative  working  that  at  present  is  but 
slightly  developed  ;  also  a  knowledge  of  and  desire  to 
participate  in  the  amenities  of  life  which  our  modern 
civilisation  offers;  finally,  what  is  in  no  way  less  important 
than  these,  an  intelligent  comprehension  of  the  elementary 
principles  of  credit  and  finance,  without  which  it  is  im- 
possible to  create  the  feelings  of  security  and  confidence 
which  formthe  basis  of  commerce  and  industrial  enterprise. 

NEED  OF  EDUCATION 

It  is  only  by  educating  the  people  that  any  progress 
can  be  made  in  this  direction,  and  the  efforts  now  being 
made  to  extend  primary  education  may  be  viewed  with 
intense  satisfaction  by  all  who  are  interested  in  the  welfare 
of  India;  but  much  more  might  be  done  than  has 
so  far  been  attempted.  In  the  year  1907-8  the  total 
expenditure  of  British  India  on  education  was  £1,018,764 
or  slightly  over  four  pence  per  head  of  the  population. 
This  is  not  extravagant,  but  in  the  native  states  it  is  even 
less  and  if  a  rational  system  of  education  can  be  de- 
vised to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  people,  it  is  certain 
that  it  would  be  wise  policy  to  increase  very  largely  the 
expenditure  under  this  head,  as  such  expenditure  would 
greatly  promote  the  moral  welfare  and  material  well-being 
of  the  people.  The  finances  of  India  are  in  a  flourishing 
state,  the  incidence  of  taxation  is  light  and  the  natural 
growth  of  revenue  is  equal  at  any  rate  to  the  demands  upon 
it.  This  is  due  to  the  excellence  of  the  administration, 
which  exercises  a  most  careful  scrutiny  over  the  spending 
departments  of  Government,  although  it  is  possible  that,  in 
the  laudable  desire  to  prevent  waste  and  to  keep  down 
taxation,  economy  has  been  effected  at  the  expense  of 


J2  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

national  well-being.  Any  material  increase  of  the  grants 
for  education  could  only  be  secured  by  fresh  taxation  but 
the  neccessity  for  such  is  now  so  great  that  it  may  well 
be  urged  that  delay  is  prejudicial  to  the  best  interests  of 
the  country.  Any  form  of  direct  taxation  would  be  ex- 
tremely unpopular  but  an  increase  of  fifty  per  cent  in  the 
very  moderate  import  duties  would  probably  be  welcom- 
ed and  would  yield  about  two  millions  a  year.  This 
would  be  sufficient  to  provide  for  that  re-organisation  of  the 
educational  system  which  is  so  urgently  needed  to  prepare 
the  way  for  a  general  improvement  in  the  condition  of  the 
vast  population  by  teaching  them  how  to  make  better  use 
of  their  enormous  capacity  for  labour  and  how  to  exploit 
the  natural  resources  of  the  soil  so  that  it  may  yield  a 
return  commensurate  with  its  extent  and  richness. 

The  suggestion  that  the  increased  expenditure  which  it  is 
advocated  should  be  incurred  to  remedy  the  defects  of  the 
present  educational  system  may  be  met  by  increasing  the 
tariffs  on  imports  naturally  raises  the  question  :  Why  not 
give  India  an  avowed  protection  tariff  and  under  the 
shelter  of  that  tariff  build  up  an  industrial  system  adequate 
to  the  needs  of  the  country  ?  That  it  could  be  done  in 
this  way  there  is  no  doubt  but  the  people  of  the  country 
could  not  do  it  and  it  would  have  to  be  done  with  import- 
ed capital  and  imported  brains.  The  urgency  for  indus- 
trial development  in  India  is  mainly  due  to  the  limited 
field  that  at  present  exists  for  the  employment  of  the 
rapidly  increasing  educated  classes.  It  is  essential  that 
suitable  work  should  be  found  for  them  and  it  is  quite 
certain  that  if  inducements  were  created  to  invest  capital 
in  India,  the  investing  capitalists  would  send  out  their 
own  men  to  look  after  and  manage  their  interests.  The 
people  of  India  will  be  welcomed  as  u  hewers  of  wood 
and  drawers  of  water"  but  in  no  other  capacity.  Further 


INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEM  13 

it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  the  ultimate  authority  on 
the  Government  of  India  is  the  British  democracy,  whose 
opinions  on  fiscal  matters  are  very  unstable.  If  the  erec- 
tion of  a  tariff  wall  were  sanctioned  by  one  Parliament,  it 
is  by  no  means  unlikely  that  it  would  be  pulled  down  or 
materially  altered  by  some  later  Parliament.  With  a  tariff 
wall  there  would  always  be  some  uncertainty  as  to  the 
continuance  of  the  protection  which  it  would  afford,  and 
in  proportion  to  the  intensity  of  the  feeling  of  uncertain- 
ty this  would  militate  against  its  efficiency  as  a  factor  in 
creating  industries  in  India.  The  conditions  in  India  are 
such  that  State  intervention  is  necessary  to  bring  about 
the  economic  changes  under  discussion  but  it  should  be 
directed  to  assisting  the  growth  of  private  enterprise  in 
the  country  rather  than  to  the  maintenance  of  an  artificial 
barrier  to  the  free  exchange  of  commodities  .with  the  rest 
of  the  world. 

By  far  the  most  important  matter  for  the  State  to  deal 
with  at  the  outset  is  the  establishment  of  an  educational  sys- 
tem which,  from  the  primary  stages  upwards,  will  be  prac- 
tical rather  than  literary.  Every  Indian  boy  grows  up  in  a 
certain  environment  and  the  education  given  to  him  should 
have  reference  to  that  environment  and  should  aim  at 
making  him  master  of  it.  Hand  and  eye  training,  the 
cultivation  of  the  powers  of  observation,  the  co-ordina- 
tion of  the  various  faculties  in  the  service  of  their  posses- 
sor— these  should  be  the  objects  of  educational  processes, 
not  merely  the  development  of  the  mental  powers  along 
comparatively  narrow  lines.  The  present  system  of 
education  has  failed  lamentably  to  produce  men  of  action, 
with  balanced  judgment  arid  sound  constructive  faculties. 
The  memory  rather  than  the  imagination  controls  thought 
and  in  the  absence  of  experience  responsibility  is  declined. 
It  has  turned  out  good  if  not  great  lawyers,  excellent 


14  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

judges,  a  few  engineers  but  no  original  investigators  or 
deep  thinkers. 

THE  LACK  OF  INDIVIDUALISM 

It  must,  however,  be  admitted  that  it  is  not  the  educa- 
tion system  alone  that  is  at  fault.  In  India  the  vitalising 
force  of  nationality  is  almost  entirely  absent  and  centuries 
of  subjection  to  a  foreign  yoke  or  to  the  endurance 
of  an  almost  continuous  state  of  internal  discord 
and  anarchy  have  deprived  the  people  of  that  indi- 
vidualism which  finds  its  highest  expression  in  col- 
lective effort.  Social  customs  and  caste  restrictions 
militate  against  progress  and  the  general  prevalence 
of  early  marriages  handicaps  the  race,  not  only  by 
imposing  the  cares  of  domestic  life  upon  students  and 
even  upon  children  who  ought  to  be  at  school  but  also 
because  such  immature' unions  result  in  offspring  deficient 
in  physical  vigour  and  lacking  force  of  character.  These 
are  deeply  rooted  obstacles  which  cannot  easily  be  re- 
moved. Emancipation  from  the  tyranny  of  a  grotesque 
and  unique  social  code  has  begun  and  the  movement  for 
greater  individual  freedom  of  action  will  be  accelerated  by 
the  increasing  tendency  of  Indians  to  travel  in  other  parts 
of  the  world.  Climate  again  is  a  factor  which  must  be 
taken  into  account — it  induces  indolence  on  the  one  hand 
and  renders  existence  easy  with  but  a  moderate  degree  of 
exertion  on  the  other.  The  position  is  one  of  extra- 
ordinary difficulty  and  complexity;  the  future  well-being 
of  India  demands,  in  fact,  a  careful  consideration  of 
the  various  elements  before  any  policy  is  finally  framed 
to  guide  the  administrator  through  the  years  of  rapid 
change  which  lie  before  us.  Educated  Indians  want 
work — there  is  work  for  them  to  do  but  it  is  work  they  dis- 
like and  their  education  has  not  removed  their  prejudices 
or  rendered  the  task  any  easier  by  training  them  for  it. 


THE  INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL    PROBLEM  15 

THE  REVIVAL  OF  NATIVE  INDUSTRIES 

The  educational  methods  can  be   changed  but  it  will 
take  a  generation  to  show  any   result ;   in    the   meantime 
the  evils  arising   from  the    lack    of    suitable  employment 
must  be  checked  and  a  system   of  industrial    development 
devised  to  deal  with  the  existing  state  of  things.  Enterprise 
on  a  grand  scale  can  be  left  to  grow  in  the  manner  it  has 
done  during  the  last  half  century  and  at  present  need  not 
concern  us.     Our  attention  should  be  concentrated  on  the     / 
decaying  indigenous  industries  :    hand-weaving,    working 
in    metals,  tanning   and   leather    manufactures,  on  all  the 
petty  industries  which   supply    the    simple   needs  of   the 
people.     Labour  must  be  trained  to  work   more  efficiently 
— there  must  be  less  of  brute  force  and    more  of   skill,  the 
primitive  tools  of  the  artisan  must  be  superseded  by  better 
implements  ;  sub-division  of  labour  must  be  introduced  and 
from  the  crude  simplicity  of  each   family  as  a  unit  of  pro- 
ductive effort  strong  combinations  must  be  evolved,  either 
by  co-operative  working,  or  by  the  concentration  of  manu- 
facture in  small  factories.     That  this  can  be  done  there  is 
not  the  least  reason  for  doubt.    Every   well-directed  effort 
that  has  been  made  on  these  lines  has   met   with    success 
and  if  so  far  the  sum  total  of  the   results   is    insignificant 
compared  with  what  has  to  be   done,    it   is    because   the 
experimental  stage  has   only   just   been  passed   through. 
Individuals  scattered  over  India  have  attacked  the  problem 
according  to  their  lights   and,  whilst   many    have   failed, 
some  have  succeeded.     A  critical    review   of  the  circum- 
stances of  each  case  leads  to  the  general   conclusion   that 
success   has   invariably  been    due    to    the  application   of 
scientific     methods   and    practical    experience  ;   that   the 
failures  might  in  »nost  cases  have  been  predicted  from  the 
outset,  as  essential  elements  to  success  were  neglected  and 


16  INDUSTRIAL    EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

more  zeal  than    discretion  displayed  in    dealing   with    the 
difficulties  that  had  to  be  overcome. 

It  would  serve  no  useful  purpose  to  cite  instances  of 
misdirected  enterprise  the  failure  of  which  has  engendered 
in  Indian  minds  a  deep-seated  distrust  of  the  tools  and  ap- 
pliances which  in  modern  times  have  so  enormously  redu- 
ced the  amount  of  human  labour  to  be  expended  in  convert- 
ing raw  materials  into  a  form  suited  to  the  needs  of  man. 
The  poverty  of  India  measured  by  European  standards  is 
undeniable  but  the  requirements  of  the  people  are  extraordi- 
narily small  and,  except  in  times  of  famine,  there  is  but  little 
of  the  destitution  and  misery  which  are  to  be  found  in  the 
great  centres  of  civilisation.  There  are  signs,  however, 
that  a  struggle  for  existence  is  beginning  to  be  felt,  due  to 
the  increasing  pressure  of  the  population  on  the  soil,  to 
the  expanding  needs  of  the  educated  classes  and  to  the 
growing  inequality  in  the  distribution  of  wealth.  Within 
the  last  few  years  there  has  been  a  marked  rise  in  the  price 
of  food  grains,  which  presses  severely  on  the  landless 
labourers  in  the  villages  and  upon  the  artisans  and  workers 
in  the  towns.  The  old  order  of  things  is  changing,  and 
India  is  being  steadily  drawn  into  the  stream  along  which 
the  nations  of  Europe  and  America  are  being  hurried  to  a 
by  no  means  clearly  discerned  destination. 

There  is  in  the  country  much  unrest  which  is  far  from 
being  of  political  origin.  The  problem  for  the  statesmen, 
who  will  have  to  control  the  administration  of  India,  is  to 
provide  outlets  for  this  newly  awakened  energy  and  to 
direct  it  in  such  a  manner  as  to  satisfy  the  growing 
aspirations  of  the  vast  population.  Hitherto,  the  intellec- 
tual classes  of  the  country  have  held  almost  entirely  aloof 
from  the  rest  of  the  people,  whom  they  have  looked  down 
upon  and  despised.  They  have  left  the  working  classes 
to  face  the  growing  difficulties  of  their  position,  careless  of 


THE   INDIAN    INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM  17 

everything  outside  the  range  of  their  own  immediate 
interests  ;  now  that  they  are  forced  by  internal  competition 
to  take  a  broader  outlook,  they  find  themselves  incompe- 
tent to  deal  with  the  practical  problems  which  await 
solution  ;  to  bring  about  a  healthier  state  of  things,  it  is 
necessary  that  means  should  be  devised  whereby  they  may 
be  associated  with  the  artisans  and  workers  of  the  country 
to  their  mutual  advantage.  The  future  progress  of  India 
largely  depends  on  the  proper  appreciation  of  her  greatest 
asset — abundant  cheap  labour — labour  at  present  not  with- 
out some  measure  of  skill  but  almost  entirely  untrained 
and  unorganised. 

THE  NEED  OF  STUDYING  LOCAL  CONDITIONS 
Our  work  is  to  show  the  educated  classes  how  they 
can  find  useful  careers,  honourable  and  remunerative 
employment,  work  that  will  benefit  both  themselves  and 
the  whole  community  in  supplementing  the  deficiencies  of 
the  workers,  in  dispelling  their  ignorance  and  softening 
their  conservatism. 

First  we  must  train  them  in  our  schools  and  colleges, 
then  in  our  workshops  and  laboratories  and  finally  we 
must  start  them  in  life,  giving  them  practical  work  to  do 
under  competent  supervision  until  they  get  accustomed  to 
the  new  atmosphere  and  surroundings  and  are  able  to 
launch  forth  by  themselves.  But  we  ourselves  have  to 
discover  how  this  may  best  be  done  ;  we  must  call  to  our 
aid  all  the  resources  of  science  and  obtain  the  services  of 
experienced  men  to  study  the  local  conditions.  It  will  be 
for  them  to  train  our  students,  make  surveys  of  the  exist- 
ing industries,  take  stock  of  the  natural  advantages,  search 
for  hidden  resources  and  suggest  new  lines  of  work  and 
innovations  which  may  be  introduced. 

In     regard    to     matters     purely     agricultural, 
3 


18  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

procedure  has  already  been  adopted  by  the  Government 
of  India  and  by  all  the  Provincial  Governments. 
At  Piisa  an  Imperial  College  of  Agriculture  has 
been  started,  a  staff  of  highly  competent  scientific  and 
practical  experts  appointed,  an  experimental  farm 
has  been  laid  out  and  for  some  years  past  the  many  pro- 
blems of  Indian  agriculture  have  been  the  subject  of  close 
study  and  unremitting  investigation.  Valuable  results 
have  already  been  obtained.  Each  Province  has  been 
provided  with  an  Agricultural  Department  on  similar 
lines,  the  officers  of  which  deal  with  the  special  problems 
of  the  Province  and  by  demonstration  farms,  by  direct 
teaching  and  by  personal  intercourse  with  the  people  on 
the  land  make  them  acquainted  with  new  discoveries,  new 
crops,  new  implements  and  the  advantages  of  adopting 
improved  methods  of  cultivation.  Thegreat  primary  industry 
of  India  is  well  provided  for  and  in  the  years  to  come  the 
country  at  large  cannot  but  greatly  benefit  by  the  thorough 
and  patient  way  in  which  the  capabilities  of  the  soil  are 
being  examined. 

The  lengthy  discussions  on  the  methods  by  which 
the  industrial  problems  are  to  be  solved  have  not  yet 
crystallised  into  the  form  of  a  comprehensive  declara- 
tion of  policy  on  the  part  of  the  Government  of 
India  and  the  Secretary  of  State.  The  various  Provinces 
have  examined  the  question,  have  submitted  proposals 
and  in  some  cases  have  tentatively  embarked  upon 
active  measures  ;  but  no  clear  line  of  action  has  been 
marked  out  as  in  the  case  of  agriculture.  In  the  edu- 
cation departments,  the  need  of  improved  science 
teaching  has  been  admitted  and,  through  the  munificence 
of  the  late  Mr.  Tata  and  his  sons,  an  Imperial  Institute  of 
Science  has  been  established  at  Bangalore  for  post-gra- 
duate work  and  research,  which  should  in  time  do  a  great 


THE   INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEM  19 

deal  to  attract  the  highest  intellect  of  the  country  to  prac- 
tical pursuits. 

The  subtle  mind  of  the  Hindu  delights  in  philosophic 
speculations  and  in  unravelling  the  intricacies  of  legal 
enactments  ;  it  is  possible  that  the  same  qualities  applied  to 
scientific  investigation  would  afford  their  possesors  equal 
gratification  in  probing  the  hidden  mysteries  of  natural 
phenomena.  That  the  practical  aspects  of  such  inquiries 
would  appeal  to  them  is  less  certain  but,  whether  or  not, 
their  work  will  be  insensibly  influenced  by  the  growing 
need  of  the  country  for  scientific  help  in  solving  the  pro- 
blems which  the  increased  activity  of  the  people  will  force 
upon  public  attention. 

The  important  principle  is  gradually  meeting  with  ac- 
ceptance that  scientific  education  must  precede  attempts 
at  technical  instruction  and  that  the  latter  can  only 
be  usefully  provided  to  meet  the  requirements  of 
existing  industries.  So  long  as  the  great  organised  in* 
dustries  in  the  country  are  mainly  controlled  by 
Europeans,  so  long  will  the  technical  assistants  be 
obtained  from  Europe,  and  Indians  must  go  there  for 
training  and  to  acquire  experience  if  they  want  to 
take  a  part  in  such  work.  This  is  tacitly  admitted  by 
the  increasing  numbers  who  year  by  year  leave  India  to 
seek  such  instruction  in  countries  more  favourably  situated 
for  supplying  it.  The  unfortunate  feature  in  this  movement 
is  that  the  majority  of  the  students  who  go  abroad  are 
inadequately  prepared  in  the  way  of  preliminary  education 
to  avail  themselves  of  the  facilities  which  they  find  placed 
at  their  disposal  and  they  are  in  almost  every  case  quite 
unable  to  supplement  the  purely  college  courses  of  tech- 
nology by  practical  experience  in  workshops  and  manu- 
factories, without  which  their  whole  training  is  imperfect 
and  useless.  Not  till  Indian  capital  finances  Indian 


20  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN 

industries  will  the  people  gradually  be  able  to  acquire 
that  experience  which  it  is  necessary  they  should  possess 
if  they  are  ever  to  manage  their  own  enterprises  success- 
fully. The  fact  that  this  has  to  a  large  extent  been 
accomplished  in  the  cotton  trade  in  some  degree  accounts 
for  the  remarkable  progress  of  that  industry. 

The  cotton  and  jute  industries,  and  mining  for  coal  in 
Bengal  and  for  gold  in  Mysore  have  developed  because  of 
certain  natural  facilities  or  because  of  the  existence  of  easy 
markets  in  which  the  products  were  in  demand,   but  the 
bulk  of  the  industrial  work  of  India  is  languishing  in    face 
of  the  competition    with   imports.     The  external  trade  of 
the   country   has  grown    at   the  expense  of   the   internal, 
resulting  in  an  unhealthy  and   one-sided    development  of 
the  country's  resources.     Roads,  railways,  telegraphs,  the 
construction  of  the  Suez  Canal,  every  improvement  in  the 
means  of  transport  both  by  sea  and  land  has  contributed 
to  the  difficulties  and,  in  many  cases,   to  the   ultimate  dis- 
comfiture of  the  Indian  artisan.    The  attention  of  Govern- 
ment has  been  almost  entirely   directed  to  the  opening  up 
of  the  land,  to  the  provision  of  irrigation  ;  assistance  has 
in  more  than  one  case  been  given  directly  to  the  efforts  of 
English  manufacturers  to  exploit  Indian   markets,  whilst 
the   industrious   artisan   has   been   left,  severely  alone  to 
combat  as  best  he  can  the  growing  difficulties  of  his  posi- 
tion.    That  he  has   survived  so   long   may    be   taken   as 
evidence  of  the  possession   of   certain   elements  of  vitality 
and  as  affording  justification  for  the  hope  that  a  permanent 
place  may  be   found  for    him  in  the   industrial    future  of 
India.     What  we  have  to  do  is  to  supply  the  artisan  with 
all  those  factors  that  contribute   so   largely   to    industrial 
success,  in  which  he  is   so  conspicuously   deficient.     He 
lacks  capital  and  organisation,  his  tools  and   implements 
are   primitive    and     imperfect,    he    has   no   commercial 


THE    INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL    PROBLEM  21 

knowledge  and  in  his  dealings  with  the  outside  world  he 
is  almost  always  in  the  hands  of  money-lenders  and  petty 
traders,  who  make  their  profit  out  of  his  helplessness  and 
strenuously  resist  any  attempts  to  improve  his  position 
that  would  render  him  independent  of  their  aid.  He  is 
industrious  and  would  be  intelligent  were  it  not  that  his 
faculties  are  undeveloped  owing  to  the  narrow  field  in 
which  there  is  scope  for  exercising  them.  His  technical 
knowledge  is  a  negligible  quantity  and  of  improved  trade 
processes  and  methods  he  has  but  a  slight  acquaintance. 
It  would  however  be  far  from  the  truth  to  say  that  he  has 
remained  entirely  uninfluenced  by  the  progress  made  during 
the  last  century.  A  few  typical  illustrations  will  serve  to 
indicate  one  of  the  directions  in  which  we  must  look  for 
advance.  (1)  The  ryot,  who  grows  sugarcane,  has  entirely 
discarded  the  old  wooden  mills  in  favour  of  those  made 
of  cast  iron,  with  the  result  that  the  work  is  done  with  less 
labour  and  a  higher  percentage  of  juice  is  extracted.  (2) 
In  many  parts  of  the  South  of  India  the  weavers  prepare 
their  warps  on  rotary  mills  and  in  some  places  the  advan- 
tage of  subdivision  of  labour  is  so  far  recognised  that  the 
preparation  of  warps  on  these  mills  has  become  a  distinct 
business.  (3)  The  extraction  of  oil  from  seeds  is  largely 
done  in  screw  presses  worked  by  hand  in  place  of  the 
old-fashioned  rotary  wooden  mill.  (4)  The  fly-shuttle 
loom  has  been  substituted  for  the  native  hand  loom 
among  the  weavers  of  certain  districts  of  Bengal,  with  the 
result  that  their  speed  in  weaving  has  been  doubled.  (5) 
Wood  and  metal  workers  almost  invariably  use  some 
tools  of  European  manufacture.  (6)  Singer's  sewing 
machines  are  to  be  found  in  almost  every  tailor's  shop  in 
the  country  and,  although  these  machines  are  somewhat 
delicate  and  complic-ited  pieces  of  mechanism,  the  facili- 
ties for  the  repair  or  renewal  of  parts  have  been  so  wide- 


22  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

ly  diffused  that  the  tailors    find    no   difficulty    in   keeping 
them  in   working  order. 

It  would  be  easy  to  multiply  illustrations  of  this  kind, 
especially  in  regard  to  agriculture  and  its  dependent  trades 
and  those  industries  which  have  been  influenced  by  the 
workshops  and  factories  to  be  found  in  the  centres  of 
modern  industrial  activity.  We  may  rest  assured  that 
there  will  be  no  opposition  to  the  introduction  of  improv- 
ed tools  or  improved  methods  of  working  if  it  can  be 
clearly  shown  that  they  are  real  improvements.  The 
reputation  that  Indians  are  averse  to  all  change  and  are 
obstinately  wedded  to  the  antiquated  ways  of  their  fore- 
fathers is  not  justly  deserved.  They  are  conservative  but 
they  know  their  own  business  fairly  well  and  many  of  the 
so-called  improvements  which  they  have  rejected  were 
really  unsuitable  innovations. 

THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  SMALL-SCALE  INDUSTRIAL 
ENTERPRISES. 

India  offers  a  great  problem  to  the  civilised  world. 
It  has  abundance  of  cheap  labour  which,  if  properly  train- 
ed, would  be  skilled ;  it  needs  to  be  shown  how  to 
apply  this  labour  to  the  best  advantage.  The  whole  trend 
of  modern  progress  has  been  to  replace  the  man  by  the 
machine,  to  replace  the  individual  by  the  factory 
and  the  isolated  factory  by  the  organised  trust.  Where 
labour  is  dear  this  system  has  developed  most  largely 
and  human  ingenuity  is  ever  exercised  in  extending 
the  scale  uf  operations.  We  have  introduced  the  system 
into  India  but  it  has  not  yet  taken  root.  We  may  either  re- 
gard it  as  inevitable  that  it  should  ultimately  be  establish- 
ed or  we  may  adopt  an  alternative  and  apply  the  resources 
of  science,  engineering  and  commerical  experience 
to  a  great  attempt  to  raise  the  worker  and  pit  his 


THE   INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL    PROBLEM  23 

skill,  ingenuity  and  adaptability  against  the  monstrous 
growths  produced  by  the  abnormal  development  of 
the  mechanical  arts.  The  problem  ever  before  the 
modern  industrial  world  is  to  devise  means  of  dispens- 
ing with  labour,  to  cheapen  production  by  making  it 
more  automatic.  The  success  has  been  remarkable  but  it 
has  been  purchased  somewhat  expensively  ;  it  is  possible 
that  we  might  now  with  advantage  turn  our  attention  to 
developing  the  function  of  the  man  rather  than  the  power 
of  the  machine,  to  evolving  a  system  the  object  of  which 
should  be  to  employ  human  labour  to  the  greatest  extent 
possible  and  in  the  way  most  advantageous  to  the  indivi- 
dual man. 

The  conditions  in  India  are  suitable  for  such  an  ex- 
periment. It  has  not  yet  accepted  the  factory  system  nor  will 
it  do  so  willingly,  the  undivided  family  has  to  be  reckoned 
with  and  the  extreme  sub-division  of  property  renders 
productive  effort  on  a  large  scale  difficult.  Comfort  rather 
than  luxury,  a  moderate  rather  than  a  vast  fortune— these 
are  the  ideals  of  enlightened  Indians.  It  would  be  foolish 
to  imagine  that,  as  India  now  stands  in  relation  to  the 
British  Empire  and  to  the  rest  of  the  world,  it  could  dis- 
regard the  external  influences  to  which  it  must  always  be 
subjected  but  there  is  no  reason  why  it  should  not  strive 
to  move  forward  to  a  goal  more  in  harmony  with  its  own 
traditions  than  is  that  presented  by  Western  civilisation. 

In  England,  America  and  Australia  there  is  a  wide- 
spread movement  in  favour  of  smallholdings  instead  of 
large  farms  and  much  evidence  is  now  available  to  show 
that  where  the  conditions  are  suitable  this  method  of  cul- 
tivation tends  to  the  more  general  diffusion  of  prosperity 
and  contentment.  In  India  small  holdings  are  universal. 
Industrial  operations,  except  in  so  far  as  they  have  been 
changed  by  the  advent  of  Europeans,  have  also  been 


24  INDUSTRIAL    EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

carried  on  by  men  of  small  means  and  they  have  surviv- 
ed to  the  present  day  mainly  because  of  the  inherent  vita- 
lity of  such  a  system.  There  is  no  necessity  to  abandon 
this  way  of  working  but  we  must  improve  it  and  bring 
the  status  of  Indian  artisans  to  the  same  level  as  in  other 
countries,  which  have  in  recent  years  made  so  much  pro- 
gress. 

There  are  greater  prospects  of  the  small  manufacturer, 
being  able  to  compete  with  the  big  than  there  were  a  few 
years  ago,  as  recent  progress  in  science  and  the  mechanical 
arts  has  done  much  to  raise  the  efficiency  of  working  on  a 
small  scale.  Not  by  any  means  in  all  directions  but  in  some, 
and  those  more  particularly  which  are  likely  to  flourish  in 
India.  The  cost  of  power  has  been  enormously  reduced 
especially  in  the  case  of  very  small  plants,  so  that  the 
small  user  of  power  is  in  a  much  better  position  to  com- 
pete with  the  large  user  than  was  possible  only  a 
few  years  ago.  There  is  in  consequence  a  perceptible  re- 
action against  production  on  a  large  scale  and  a  tendency 
to  make  greater  use  of  the  elasticity  which  allows  small 
works  more  readily  to  adapt  themselves  to  changes  and 
fluctuations  in  trade,  cyclical  or  otherwise. 

Again  it  is  evident,  even  in  the  most  highly  developed 
industrial  countries,  that  the  human  factor  is  becoming  more 
important  and  in  the  distribution  of  profits  between,  capital 
and  labour  the  latter  is  demanding  a  larger  share.  It  must 
not  be  imagined  that  the  great  primary  industries  are 
materially  affected  in  this  way — they  are  not  and  it  might 
even  be  contended  that  the  ever-increasing  perfection  of 
mechanical  appliances  is  rendering  the  labour  question 
one  of  constantly  diminishing  importance.  With  this 
phase  of  industrialism  we  are  not  at  present  concerned. 
It  may  be  fully  trusted  to  look  after  itself,  but  there  is  no 
likelihood  that  it  will  ever  be  greatly  developed  in  India 


THE   INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL  PROBLEM  2.5 

excepting  in  certain  localities.  The  main  reason  for  this 
is  that  over  the  greater  part  of  the  country  there  are  no 
special  natural  resources. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  various  castes  and  groups 
•of  artisans  in  India  maintain  themselves  against  the 
present  competition  of  European  industrialism  and 
that  although  they  may  have  suffered  severely,  they 
have  not  succumbed.  Equally  it  is  certain  that  much 
could  be  done  to  render  their  work  more  effective 
both  by  improving  their  methods  and  by  supplying 
their  trades  with  a  commercial  organisation  that  would 
bring  their  products  into  the  markets  where  the  demand 
is  greatest.  Obviously  Government  is  the  only  agency  by 
which  such  a  change  can  be  brought  about  ;  the  greatest 
difficulties  will  probably  arise  from  the  opposition  of  the 
artisans  themselves,  who  care  little  about  education  and 
are  averse  to  abandoning  the  free  and  improvident  life 
they  have  always  led.  In  framing  a  policy  the  provision 
for  a  suitable  education  must  come  first.  It  must  be  of  a 
simple  character  and  have  a  direct  bearing  upon  their  fu- 
ture prospects.  It  must  appeal  to  the  people  and  attract 
them  by  its  direct  reference  to  their  everyday  life  and, 
above  all,  it  must  not  be  regarded  as  the  first  rung  of  a 
ladder  which  will  elevate  a  few  above  their  fellows  ;  its 
object  should  be  to  raise  the  mass  from  their  lethargy  and 
ignorance  to  a  higher  level,  whence  in  due  time  a  fresh 
start  may  be  made.  For  the  present,  possibly  for  a  long 
time  to  come,  we  must  look  to  the  educated  classes,  as  we 
now  understand  that  term,  to  furnish  the  men  who  will 
lead  the  industrial  groups  and  bands  which  it  should  be 
a  primary  duty  to  organise. 

IN  India  provision  must  be  made  for  training  the  men 
diverted  from  literary  pursuits  to  take  an  active  part  in  the 
re-establishment  of  the  hereditary  artisans  of  their  native 
4 


26  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

land.  It  would  be  premature  to  discuss  the  details  of  the 
training,  as  that  must  depend  on  inquiries  and  researches 
not  yet  made.  Certain  general  principles  are  of  appli- 
cation from  the  outset.  There  must  be  trade  schools  in 
which  foremen  can  be  trained  for  specific  industries 
and  these  should  be  furnished  with  a  model  equipment 
the  value  of  which  should  be  clearly  demonstrated 
under  strictly  practical  conditions.  In  order  that  hand 
labour  may  be  developed  to  its  highest  possible  efficiency, 
it  is  essential  that  the  appliances,  tools  and  machinery 
should  be  maintained  in  the  best  possible  order  ;  mechani- 
cal workshops  will  be  required  to  train  fitters,  mechanics 
and  carpenters,  and  to  afford  instruction  in  the  elements  of 
mechanical  engineering  which  underlie  and  are  necessary 
to  all  manufacturing  processes.  Lastly,  technical  colleges 
and  schools  of  science  will  be  required,  in  which  the  best 
intellects  the  country  can  place  at  the  disposal  of  its  in- 
dustries will  be  prepared  to  take  up  the  leadership  and 
carry  on  the  work  initiated  by  those  having  qualifications 
acquired  abroad  who  will  act  as  pioneers  to  the  movement. 
India  sustains  great  loss  and  will  continue  to  suffer  so 
long  as  the  best  of  her  sons  devote  their  energies  and 
abilities  almost  solely  to  the  legal  profession  and  Govern- 
ment service  ;  such  service,  however  valuable  it  may  be, 
does  not  directly  contribute  to  the  material  welfare  of 
the  community.  In  any  country  litigation  is  a  neces- 
sary evil  but  it  is  ten  times  worse  when  it  is  allc\ved 
to  absorb  such  an  enormous  proportion  of  the  avail- 
able trained  intelligence  as  is  the  case  in  India.  There, 
the  legal  profession  is  unduly  prominent  and  its  ranks 
are  consequently  overcrowded.  Litigation  is  foster- 
ed and  the  growth  of  technicalities  stimulated,  so  that  the 
machinery  of  justice  is  clogged.  Indians  are  naturally 
prone  to  resort  to  the  law  courts  on  every  possible  occa- 


THE   INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM  2? 

sion,  the  luxury  of  a  civil  suit  having  a  strange  fascination 
which  few  who  can  afford  it  succeed  in  withstanding  per- 
manently. The  introduction  of  new  interests  into  the  life 
of  the  people  would  tend  to  check  this  tendency  ;  any- 
thing that  will  create  a  wider  outlook  and  broader  views 
should  be  encouraged.  The  backwardness  of  India  is  not 
a  little  due  to  this  parasitic  growth  and  it  is  time  that  it 
was  checked.  The  diversion  to  industrial  pursuits  of  part 
of  the  stream  of  graduates  flowing  from  the  universities  is 
a  promising  antidote  and  will  perhaps  gradually  educate 
the  public  to  consider  the  man  who  devotes  his  life  to  the 
promotion  of  the  well-being  and  prosperity  of  his  fellows 
deserving  of  greater  honour  than  he  who  keeps  them  at 
variance  and  battens  upon  their  failings  and  misfortunes. 

THE  POSSIBLE  INDUSTRIAL  FUTURE  OF  INDIA 

We  are  come  now  to  the  last  stage  in  our  discussion 
of  India's  future  industrial  position  and  that  is  to  illus- 
trate by  concrete  examples  the  possibility  of  working  upon 
the  lines  briefly  indicated.  It  has  been  assumed  that  her 
industries  can  be  developed  without  leading  to  the  hideous 
concentration  of  human  life  and  human  activity  in  smoke- 
begrimed  cities,  with  unparalleled  luxury  for  the  few  and 
squalour  for  the  many.  This  is  based  upon  the  idea  that 
our  ever-increasing  command  of  natural  forces  will  enable 
us  to  operate  with  equal  advantage  on  a  small  as  on  a 
large  scale ;  that  there  is  a  reaction  against  the  deadening 
influence  of  production  by  machinery,  in  favour  of  the 
greater  variety  offered  by  products  into  the  fabrication  of 
which  individual  skill  and  fancy  have  been  allowed  to 
enter ;  that,  as  there  is  therefore  a  field  for  Indian  labour 
which  can  be  developed  by  a  judicious  combination  of 
the  man  with  the  machine,  the  former  should  be  trained 
to  afford  the  fullest  possible  play  to  his  God -given  faculties 


28  INDUSTRIAL    EVOLUTION    IN    INblA 

and  that  mechanical  ingenuity  should  be  directed  to  pro- 
viding him  with  the  means  to  exercise  those  faculties  to 
the  greatest  possible  advantage. 

The  problem  to  be  solved  is  the  difficult  one  of  find- 
ing the  happy  mean  between  the  individual  working  for 
himself  and  the  great  capitalistic  organisation  employing 
thousands  of  operatives  in  lives  of  monotony  and  drud- 
gery. The  single  man  or  family  is  too  small  an  economic 
unit  to  succeed,  the  modern  mill  or  factory  entails  too 
much  social  degradation  to  be  encouraged.  The  free 
play  of  private  enterprise  in  the  West  has  produced  an 
unstable  civilisation,  in  which  the  various  elements  are  in 
antagonism  with  one  another.  Is  it  necessary  that  India 
should  follow  on  the  same  lines  ?  Is  it  not  rather  worth 
our  while  to  attempt  to  direct  her  course  so  that  advan- 
tage may  be  taken  of  the  experience  that  has  been  gained 
to  avoid,  as  far  as  may  be,  the  unhealthy  and  undesirable 
features  which  are  becoming  so  prominent  in  Europe  and 
America  ? 

The  Government  are  clearly  justified  in  intervening 
to  prevent  the  artisan,  if  they  can,  from  being  driven  out 
of  his  hereditary  calling  and  to  start  him  upon  a  new 
line  of  progress  that  will  not  land  him  in  the  evil 
plight  that  has  befallen  his  fellows  under  the  modern 
industrial  system.  The  object  to  be  obtained  ,is  the 
amelioration  of  the  condition  of  vast  numbers  of 
people  and  not  the  creation  of  opportunities  for  con- 
centrating great  wealth  in  a  few  centres  and  in  the 
hands  of  a  small  minority  of  the  population.  If  this  pre- 
miss be  accepted,  the  problem  should  be  studied  with  a 
view  to  working  along  the  lines  indicated  and  such  assist- 
ance obtained  from  outside  as  is  likely  to  prove  useful. 
Much  work  has  already  been  done  by  such  scientific 
services  as  the  Geological  Survey  of  India  in  determining 


THE    INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL    PROBLEM  29 

the  available  mineral  resources,  by  the  Forest  Departments 
of   the  various  provinces  in  ascertaining   and  conserving 
the  value  of  the  vegetation,    by  the  Public  Works  Depart- 
ment in   its  various  branches  in  all   that  pertains   to   im- 
proving means  of  communication  and   utilising  sources  of 
irrigation.     The  scientist,  the  mechanical  engineer  and  the 
manufacturer  have  all  done  something  to    demonstrate  the 
value  of  these  resources,  which   should  now  be   examined 
in  greater  detail  with  the  specific    object  of    increasing  the 
opportunities  of  the  indigenous  industrial  population.     In- 
dustrial experiment  and  investigation  are    required  and  for 
such,  specially  qualified   men  must  be  employed.     Some 
thing  in  this  direction   has  already   been   done  and   may 
be  brought   to  notice,  not  because  of  its  intrinsic  import- 
ance but   because   it  is   pioneer   work  that   will   serve   to 
show  clearly  the  method  adopted  of  solving  this  question. 
Lifting  Water. — The   chief   requisites   of  the    Indian 
agriculturist  are  water  and  manure,    both  of  which,  in  the 
absence  of  public  sources  of  water  supply,  he  has  obtained 
hitherto    through   the  agency    of    cattle.     Water  is   lifted 
from  between  three  and  four  million    wells;  as  the    quan- 
tity required  is  large,  the  expense    is  a  very  heavy   charge 
upon  the  ryots.     Careful  investigation  of  the    indigenous 
methods  of  lifting  water  demonstrated  the  high  degree  of 
efficiency  attained  in  applying  the  power  and  no  improve- 
ment seemed  to  be  practicable  until  the  oil  engine  became 
a  source  of  motive  power,  so  economical  in  fuel,  so  simple 
in  action    and  involving   so  small  a  capital   outlay  that   it 
was  easily  brought  within  the  range  of  the  wealthier   ryot, 
who  had  a   sufficient   water  supply,  to   justify  using  it    to 
drive  a  centrifugal  pump.     In  the  South  of  India   through 
Government  agency  large    numbers   have  been    installed 
and  there    is  no   doubt  that  their   use  will  extend   rapidly 
as    their    advantages    become   better    appreciated.     The 


30  INDUSTRIAL    EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

requirements  of  India  in  this  direction  have  now 
attracted  the  attention  of  engineers  in  England  and,  espe- 
cially since  the  invention  by  Mr.  Humphrey  of  the  gas 
pump,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  there  will  be  a  rapid 
development  of  mechanical  methods  of  lifting  water  on  a 
simll  scale  that  will  greatly  CDnduce  to  the  prosperity  of 
the  ryot  and  at  the  same  time  familiarise  him  with  the 
advantages  of  employing  better  tools  or  appliances  in 
his  daily  work.  Where  the  individual  ryots  are  farming 
on  too  small  a  scale,  the  advantages  of  a  number  co- 
operating are  apparent  and  have  already  been  utilised. 

Searching  for  Water. — The  application  of  the  oil 
engine  and  pump  to  lifting  water  for  irrigation  has  extend- 
ed the  range  through  which  water  can  be  lifted  profitably 
an.l  rendered  it  possible  to  go  to  greater  depths  in  search 
of  water.  To  facilitate  this  work  boring  tools  have  been 
introduced  and  through  their  agency  valuable  supplies 
have  been  discovered  ;  these  have  greatly  increased  the 
value  of  the  land  in  the  neighbourhood.  The  cost  of  a 
set  of  boring  tools  being  beyond  the  means  of  individual 
ryots  and  special  experience  being  necessary  to  make  use 
of  them,  the  work  of  boring  for  water  has  been  taken  up 
in  some  cases  by  public  bodies  and  in  others  by  private 
individuals  who  are  making  it  a  special  business.  An 
immense  amount  of  work  in  this  direction  may  profitably 
be  undertaken  in  India  but  there  are  difficulties,  especially 
in  connection  with  deep  boring,  that  render  it  desirable 
that  Government  should  continue  the  work  and  assume 
the  risks.  So  far  the  pioneer  work  has  been  done  in  an 
entirely  haphazard  way,  though  with  great  success.  It 
now  requires  to  be  put  on  a  more  scientific  basis  under 
the  direction  of  geological  experts. 

Leather. — The  manufacture  of  leather  is  an  old  village 
industry  which  has  been  much    affected  by  the  growth  of 


THE   INDIAN    INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM  31 

the  export  trade  in  raw  hides  and  skins  and  in  partially 
tanned  leather.  This  is  by  no  means  to  be  regretted,  as 
the  "chuckler"  made  very  inferior  leather  and  spoilt  a  vast 
quantity  of  valuable  raw  material.  The  modern  chrome 
process  supplies  a  material  much  better  suited  to  Indian 
requirements;  through  the  efforts  which  the  Government 
experimental  tannery  in  Madras  has  made,  this  is  now  be- 
coming widely  known  and  appreciated  for  such  purposes 
as  water  bags,  sandals,  harness  and  boots  and  shoes.  Small 
Indian  tanneries  are  being  started  and  afford  excellent 
examples  of  what  can  be  accomplished  by  private  enter- 
prise, either  by  co-operation  or  by  individuals.  The  ad- 
vantage to  the  country  at  large  of  the  general  employment 
of  chrome  leather  will  be  very  considerable,  as  it  will 
reduce  the  Indian  consumption  of  hides  by  approximately 
one-half  and  thus  throw  on  the  market  for  export  a  large 
quantity  of  raw  material  for  which  there  is  always  a  good 
demand. 

Weaving. — This  is  the  most  important  of  the  indigen- 
ous industries,  and,  despite  the  competition  of  imported 
piece  goods  and  the  products  of  the  Indian  power-loom 
factories,  still  gives  employment  to  about  two  million 
looms.  Much  attention  has  of  late  been  directed  to 
the  question  as  to  how  best  to  assist  the  hand-loom 
weavers  and  several  new  forms  of  hand-loom  have  been 
invented  but  none  has  as  yet  proved  superior  to  the  Eng- 
lish hand-loom.  The  fly-shuttle  is  slowly  making  head- 
way and  will  eventually  be  used  by  all  plain  weavers.  By 
its  use  the  rate  of  picking  can  be  doubled  but  this  does  not 
mean  that  the  out-turn  of  the  weaver  will  be  increased  by 
the  same  amount,  as  extended  observations  show  that  the 
hand-loom  weaver  does  not  spend  more  than  half  his 
time  throwing  the  shuttle,  the  balance  being  spent  in 
mending  broken  ends,  adjusting  the  warp  and  performing 


32  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

other  minor  operations.  Experimental  weaving-sheds  have 
thrown  a  good  deal  of  light  on  the  problems  connected 
with  this  industry  and  there  is  now  a  fair  prospect  that 
eventually  it  will  be  put  on  a  much  more  satisfactory 
basis.  Indian  methods  of  preparing  the  warp  and  of 
sizing  and  dressing  it  are  in  even  greater  need  of  improve- 
ment, and  experiments  are  now  in  progress  to  determine 
how  this  can  be  achieved.  The  arrangement  of  the  warp 
presents  no  difficulty,  but  the  dressing,  to  obtain  the  same 
results  as  by  hand-brushing,  is  still  in  the  experimental 
stage. 

It  is  much  to  be  desired  that  the  Lancashire  weaving 
mechanicians  should  have  their  attention  directed  to  the 
Indian  hand-loom  problem  and  efforts  are  being  made  to 
supply  them  with  adequate  data  as  a  preliminary.  What 
is  wanted  is  an  improved  hand-loom  and  not  a  light 
power-loom  driven  by  hand  or  by  pedals.  The  material 
of  which  it  is  constructed  should  be  of  wood  preferably 
and  a  high  rate  of  picking  is  less  essential  than  a  gentle 
handling  of  the  warp  when  opening  the  shed  and  when 
beating  up.  Some  modification  of  what  are  known  as 
"linen-dressing  machines"  will  probably  be  found  suit- 
able but  they  have  not  yet  been  tried  under  the  conditions 
which  prevail  in  India. 

Already  a  revolution  is  in  progress  in  the  hand-weav- 
ing industry,  brought  about  by  attempts  to  make  practical 
application  of  the  clearer  knowledge  we  now  possess  of 
the  conditions  under  which  it  has  hitherto  been  carried 
on.  Both  brains  and  capital  are  flowing  into  it,  to  the 
advantage  of  the  hand  weaver  and  the  general  improve- 
ment of  the  relations  between  the  artisan  and  the  other 
castes.  It  is  true  that  no  great  success  has  attended  the 
efforts  of  those  who  have  organised  the  hand  weavers  into 
small  factories  but  they  have  managed  to  hold  their  own 


THE   INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL    PROBLEM  33 

in  spite  of  the  mistakes  and  ignorance  of  the  pioneers  in 
this  movement ;  the  former  will  be  remedied  and  the 
latter  dissipated  as  experience  is  acquired.  The  weavers 
themselves  are  so  backward  that  the  attempts  to  get  them 
to  co-operate  have  not  been  successful ;  nevertheless  the 
small  factories  will  probably  do  well  when  the  technical 
questions  connected  with  their  equipment  have  been 
solved.  What  we  may  look  forward  to  in  the  future 
are  groups  of  from  fifty  to  two  hundred  weavers  centred 
round  a  warping  and  dressing  plant.  This  will  supply 
warps  to  the  weavers,  who  may  either  be  collected  in  a  shed 
or  will  work  in  their  own  homes.  The  trade  will  be  in 
the  hands  of  those  who  run  the  warping  plant  and  on 
them  will  mainly  fall  the  work  of  introducing  improved 
looms  and  methods  among  the  hand  weavers.  Though 
trades  unionism  is  undeveloped  in  India,  the  passive  re- 
sistance of  the  weavers  to  any  change  is  a  serious  factor 
which  those  experienced  in  the  ways  of  the  artisan  will 
not  lightly  ignore.  The  part  which  Government  should 
play  in  this  movement  is  to  supply  the  skilled  technical 
knowledge  required  to  devise  the  equipment  and  when 
that  step  has  been  taken  to  start  demonstration  factories 
and  trade  schools  for  the  instruction  of  those  who  want 
to  become  foremen  and  master  weavers. 

Metal-Working. — The  metal-workers  of  India  are  skilled 
craftsmen  working  with  very  crude  and  imperfect  tools 
and  possessing  little  or  no  technical  knowledge.  Some 
years  ago  aluminium  was  introduced  into  the  metal- 
working  class  at  the  Schools  of  Arts  at  Madras  and 
a  large  business  created  in  hollow-ware  made  of  that 
metal.  This  was  eventually  disposed  of  by  sale  to  a 
private  company,  which  still  continues  to  deal  exclusively 
in  such  goods.  The  processes  of  drawing  and  spin- 
ning were  employed  for  the  first  time  in  Southern  India 


34  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

and  a  large  number  of  workmen  trained  ;  unfortunately 
the  factory  is  now  a  purely  private  concern  and  has  little 
influence  on  the  practices  of  the  artisans  outside.  Similar 
factories  have  however  been  started  in  Bombay,  and  at 
Rajahmundry  in  the  Godavery  District  of  the  Madras 
Presidency  there  has  sprung  up  in  recent  years  a  large  and 
thriving  community  of  metal  workers  who  deal  solely  in 
Aluminium.  The  total  trade  in  India  in  this  metal  is  now 
worth  many  lakhs  of  rupees  and  every  year  it  is  growing 
larger.  Ultimately  it  is  possible  that  the  metal  itself  will 
be  manufactured  in  the  country  as  there  are  abundant 
deposits  of  laterite,  consisting  of  almost  pure  hydrate  of 
alumina  from  which  alumina  can  be  extracted  pure 
enough  for  treatment  in  the  electrolytic  furnaces.  This 
industry  is  a  striking  example  of  what  may  be  accom- 
plished by  Government  initiative. 

The  teaching  of  metal-working  processes  can  only  be 
done  in  a  factory  and  anything  similar  to  the  aluminium 
venture  is  not  likely  to  be  attempted  again,  in  view  of  the 
opposition  which  is  aroused  when  any  State  or  State-aided 
institution  adopts  commercial  methods  for  the  disposal  of 
the  finished  products  which  must  be  made  to  furnish 
sufficient  opportunity  for  the  acquisition  of  skill  and  ex- 
perience. Glass,  earthenware  and  enamelled  iron-ware 
have  made  serious  inroads  in  the  trade  of  the  brass  and 
copper  workers  and  there  is  but  little  hope  that  the  loss 
can  be  made  good.  The  increasing  wealth  of  the  coun- 
try to  some  extent  counteracts  the  tendency  to  introduce 
cheap  substitutes  for  the  ancient  metal  wares  ;  this  ten- 
dency might  be  greatly  assisted  if  the  metal-workers  were 
taught  to  turn  out  lighter  and  better  finished  work.  That 
this  could  be  done  there  is  no  doubt,  and  a  trade  school 
in  one  of  the  big  metal -work  centres,  with  a  staff  of  com- 
petent teachers  in  each  branch  of  the  trade,  is  the  only 


tHE   INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM  35 

way  in  which  the  desired  end  can  be  attained.  The 
workshops  should  be  furnished  with  good  tools  and  the 
metal-workers  encouraged  to  come  and  use  them  for  their 
own  work.  Gradually  they  would  discover  the  value  of 
such  appliances  and  it  would  not  be  long  before  they 
found  a  way  of  getting  them  for  themselves.  Very  small 
factories  are  already  common  in  the  trade  and  the  lines 
along  which  development  will  naturally  take  place  are 
clearly  indicated. 

Artistic  Handicrafts.— The  art  industries  of  India  have 
declined  chiefly  because  the  wealthy  Indian  patrons  have 
disappeared  and  all  that  is  wanted  to  revive  them  is  an 
appreciative  market.  There  are  signs  that  the  frequent 
exhibitions  now  held  in  various  parts  of  India  have  done 
something  to  create  a  new  interest  in  these  old  arts  and  it 
is  probable  that  the  Swadeshi  movement  has  strengthened 
it.  In  Madras,  the  Victoria  Memorial  has  taken  the  form 
of  a  hall  in  which  a  permanent  exhibition  of  the  art  handi- 
crafts of  the  Presidency  is  maintained.  A  large  fund  is 
available  for  the  purchase  of  good  specimens  of  the  various 
crafts ;  when  these  are  sold  new  commissions  are  given 
and  a  much-needed  stimulus  to  the  production  of  only 
the  best  work  provided.  It  is  too  early  to  say  what 
the  ultimate  result  of  this  novel  method  of  dealing  with 
the  decadence  will  be,  as  it  has  not  yet  developed  to  its 
full  extent  ;  there  is  justification  for  the  hope  that  it  will 
be  a  success.  The  collections  are  steadily  increasing  in 
size  and  in  artistic  merit  and  attract  purchasers,  who  will 
buy  a  thing  they  can  see  and  which  they  admire  but  who 
formerly  would  not  give  orders  because  there  was  no 
certainty  either  as  to  the  date  on  which  they  would  be 
completed  or  as  to  the  quality  of  the  work  put  into  them. 

Tools  and  Machinery. — The  manufacturing  engineers 
and  mechanicians  have  devoted  themselves  mainly  to  the 


36  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

design  and  production  of  machinery  as  automatic  as  pos- 
sible in  its  action  and  with  as  large  an  out-turn  as  possi- 
ble. This  tendency  has  encouraged  industrial  concentra- 
tion. In  India  all  work  is  done  by  manual  labour  or  with 
the  assistance  of  cattle ;  water  power  is  only  available  and 
to  but  a  limited  extent  in  the  hills;  wind  power  has 
never  been  used,  as  over  the  greater  part  of  the  country 
the  energy  of  the  winds  is  too  slight  and  of  too  variable  a 
character  to  be  of  any  value.  The  oil  engine,  when  of  small 
size,  is  much  more  economical  than  a  steam  engine  of  the 
same  size;  it  costs  less  and  is  much  simpler  to  look  after.  For 
these  reasons  it  has  to  some  extent  come  into  use  in  India 
and  will  probably  be  very  largely  used  in  the  future.  The 
ideal  engine  would  be  a  small  gas  engine  working  with  gas 
made  from  wood.  Already  engines  of  not  more  than  nine 
horse-power  with  suction  gas  producers  using  charcoal 
are  employed  ;  something  much  smaller  than  this  is 
wanted  and  if  wood  can  be  substituted  for  charcoal  it  will 
greatly  reduce  the  working  expenses.  There  are  many 
hundreds  of  oil  engines  in  use  and  there  will,  in  course 
of  time,  be  many  thousands.  There  is  therefore  a  fair 
inducement  to  engineers  to  study  Indian  requirements,  as 
every  improvement  will  extend  the  range  of  their  employ- 
ment. It  is  the  very  rapid  progress  that  has  been  made 
with  internal  combustion  engines  that  has  raised  hopes 
that  India  may  gradually  acquire  an  industrial  system 
based  on  small  units  of  production  and  that  is  all  the 
more  likely  to  come  about  if  the  attention  of  the 
engineering  world  is  drawn  to  this  fact.  Each  industry  and 
every  branch  of  it  should  be  the  subject  of  investigation 
to  ascertain  the  lines  along  which  motive  power  may  with 
advantage  be  introduced.  The  water-lifting  question 
has  already  been  discussed  and  need  not  be  further  allud- 
ed to.  This  is  the  largest  field  for  the  immediate  applica- 


TtfE   INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM  37 

tion  of  power  but  there  are  several  others  of  great  import- 
ance which  have  been  opened  out,  in  which  a  great  deal 
more  could  be  done  if  the  machinery  on  the  market  were 
better  adapted  to  the  work  to  be  carried  out. 

(1)  Sugar  Mills. — For   the   crushing    of   sugarcane, 
roller    mills   are  now  in    use   in    many   places   and  are 
driven  by  oil  engines.     The  results  are   very   satisfactory 
where  there  is  a  sufficient  area   of  cane  in  the   immediate 
neighbourhood  of  the  mill  to  keep  it  at   work   throughout 
the  season.     From  50  to  100  acres  of  cane   could  be  dealt 
with    by   a  single   mill  ;   but    as  such   areas   are  seldom 
cultivated  by  a  single  ryot,  co-operative    working   is   the 
only   way   by   which  this    use   can    be  largely  extended. 
Growing   sugar    is    a   very    profitable     business    but   it 
requires  capital    and  is   subject  to   risks.    Heavy   manur- 
ing   is     a    necessity    and     with    cattle-driven   mills   the 
crushing  of  the   canes  is   a    long   and   tedious   operation. 
Consequently,  ryots  usually  only    grow  a  small    patch   of 
cane.     The    extended    use  of   artificial    manures  and   of 
power-driven  mills  would  probably  result  in  a  very  consi- 
derable increase   in  the   production    of   sugar  and  would 
tend  to  check  the  very  rapid  growth  of  imports. 

(2)  Oil  Mills. — Oil     is   usually  extracted    in   wooden 
rotary  mills,  of  a  very    primitive   type   worked    by  cattle, 
or  in  large  screw  presses  worked  by  men.     Both  systems 
are  naturally  expensive  ;  attempts  have  been  and   are   still 
being  made  to  apply  oil   engines  to   do    the   work.    The 
mill  or  press  has  yet  to  be   designed  which  will    displace 
those  now   in    use.     The   home  consumption   of   oil   in 
India  is  very  considerable  and  it  only  requires  the  applica- 
tion of  some  of  the  ingenuity  which  has  been   devoted    to 
large  extraction  plants  to  the  production  of  a   small    plant 
which   can    be    driven    by   a  small   engine    to     effect    a 
considerable  saving   in    the    cost   of   producing   a  prime 


38  INDUSTRIAL    EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

necessity  of  life.  Oil  seeds  are  very  widely  grown  and 
as  the  primitive  methods  of  extraction  easily  hold  their 
own  against  the  big  mills,  the  improvement  of  the  small 
mills  and  the  substitution  of  oil  engines  for  animal  power 
in  driving  them  is  obviously  the  direction  in  which  to 
work.  If  the  problem  be  solved,  the  demand  for  such 
mills  will  be  very  large,  as  the  labour  costs  are  now  very 
heavy  and  for  years  past  have  been  steadily  rising. 

(3)  Rice  Hulling  Machines. — Till  recently  almost  all  the 
rice  consumed  in  India  was  cleaned  by  hand,  only  that  por- 
tion of  the  crop  which  was  exported  being  treated  HI  mills 
driven  by  power.     There  are  now  a  number  of  rice-hullers 
on  the  market,    suited   to   the  restricted    scale    on    which 
village  rice  merchants  deal,  and  in  the  rice  growing  tracts 
of  the  Madias  PresidcMicy    they  are   largely    used.    An  oil 
engine  of  from  ten   to  twelve   horse  power  is  employed  to 
drive   a  combined   huller  and    polisher  which   turns  out 
from  2500  to    3000  Ibs.   of   clean   rice  a  day.     There  is  a 
demand  for  machines  of  even  smaller  capacity  than  this  as 
many  ryots,  who  have  an  engine  and  pump,  would  like  to 
employ  the   engine   to  drive   eiiher  an    oil     mill     or     a 
rice-huller   when    there  is  no  necessity   to    lift  water   for 
irrigation. 

(4)  Saw  Mills. — There  are  but  few  steam  saw  mills  in 
the  country,  nearly  all  the  timber  being  reduced  to  ,  scant- 
lings by  hand-cutting.     Not  only  is  the  cost  of  labour  for 
such  work  high  but  there  is   also  a  considerable   waste  of 
wood,  owing  to  the  irregularity  of  hand-  sawing.   Circular 
saws  or  large   band    saws    require  too  much  power  but    a 
simple  type  of  frame   saw,   with  a   single  blade,    can    be 
constructed  to  do  a  great  variety  of   work  and   take   not 
more  than  three  or  four  horse-power.     There  is   sufficient 
work  for  a  plant  on  this  scale  in  almost  every  town  in  the 
country  and  it  only   requires   that   the   advantages,  to   be 


THE   INDIAN   INDUSTRIAL   PROBLEM  39 

obtained  from  their  employment,  should  be  demonstrated 
for  a  demand  for  them  to  spring  up. 

(5)  Fibre-Cleaning  Machinery. — The  cost  of  extracting 
fibres,  even    with   the   cheap   labour   available   for   such 
work,  is  very  high    and    improvements   in    the    machines 
already  in  existence  are  urgently  called  for,  especially    for 
aloe  and  plantain  fibres.     These  machines  should    be  of 
small  capacity,  as  the  quantity  of  raw  material  from  which 
the  fibre  is  extracted  is  not  usually  very  large  in  any  one 
place  and  the  cost  of  carting  it  from  a  distance    is   prohi- 
bitive, 

(6)  Dyeing. — The  old  native  methods  of   dyeing  have 
been  almost  entirely  replaced    by   those   dependant    upon 
the  use  of  chemically  prepared  dye  stuffs.     In  some  parts 
of  the  country,  as  at    Madura,   the  industry  is  in  a  flouri- 
shing state  and  the  processes  employed   are    fairly  satis- 
factory but  generally  throughout  India  there  is   an    entire 
lack  of  technical  knowledge  of  what  dyes  are  best  suited 
for  the  work  to  be  done  and  of  the  methods  which  should 
be  used  to  obtain  good  results.     This  can  only    be   reme- 
died by   the  establishment   of  a    Government    Tinctorial 
laboratory  and  school,  where  those  engaged  in  the   trade 
can  obtain  expert  advice  and   instruction.     This    question 
is  now  engaging  our  attention  in   Madras   and  proposals 
are  under  consideration  for  the   establishment  of  such  an 
institution. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  give  further  examples  of  the 
opportunities  for  the  display  of  mechanical  ingenuity  in 
meeting  the  requirements  of  the  people  of  India.  The 
object  of  this  paper  will  be  to  a  large  extent  gained  if  at- 
tention be  directed  by  it  to  the  field  which  is  open  to 
original  workers  ;  further  inquiry  will  probably  reveal  a 
irge  number  of  instances  in  which  a  comparatively  small 
imount  of  capital  expended  on  tools  and  plant  would 


40  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

greatly  increase  the  efficiency  of  Indian  labour.  At  the 
outset,  progress  will  be  slow,  chiefly  because  of  the  difficulty 
of  bringing  the  men  with  sufficient  inventive  skill  into  touch 
with  the  rural  communities  whose  wants  have  to  be  studied. 
India  now  requires  the  services  of  many  industrial  experts 
and  it  should  be  recognised  that  adequate  rewards  must 
be  offered  to  those  who  will  take  up  Indian  industrial 
problems.  In  technical  colleges,  in  trade  schools  and  in 
demonstration  workshops,  the  science  and  engineering 
skill  of  the  West  must  be  applied  to  the  peculiar  industrial 
problems  which  call  for  solution.  Scientific  research 
having  no  other  object  than  that  of  enlarging  the  bounds 
of  human  knowledge  is  a  luxury  which  India  cannot  at 
present  afford  to  indulge  in,  nor  does  it  greatly  attract  the 
Indian  mind.  Scientific  methods  have  first  to  be  taught  in 
the  country  and  applied  to  the  practical  problem  of  raising 
the  industrial  status  of  the  people.  This  work  affords  as 
much  opportunity  for  the  exercise  of  intellectual  attainments 
as  will  be  found  in  any  laboratory  and  it  is  that  to  which 
men  in  the  service  of  India  must  devote  themselves  if 
they  are  to  render  her  real  assistance. 


CHAPTER  II 
PROTECTION  IN  INDIA 

The  science  of  economics  has  been  defined  as  "  the 
study  of  men  as  they  live  and  move  and  think  in  the  ordi- 
nary business  of  life."  It  is  of  western  origin  and  its  laws 
and  generalisations  have  been  deduced  from  the  study  of 
human  life  in  temperate  climates,  under  social  and  poli- 
tical conditions  widely  different  from  those  that  prevail 
in  India.  So  far  as  it  is  an  exact  science,  its  laws  are  of 
universal  application,  but  everywhere  there  is  difficulty  in 
collecting  accurate  data  and  in  determining  with  precision 
the  relative  importance  of  the  many  factors  which  operate 
to  produce  a  final  result.  Here,  in  India,  we  are  beginning 
to  recognise  the  extreme  importance  of  economic  questions 
and  the  necessity  for  independent  investigations  and 
research.  The  well-being  of  one-fifth  of  the  human  race 
depends  largely  upon  a  proper  appreciation  of  economic 
forces  and  tendencies  and  it  is  a  matter  for  congratulation 
that,  of  late  years,  there  is  distinct  evidence  that  the  leaders 
of  Indian  political  life  are  honestly  endeavouring  to  as- 
certain what  light  a  study  of  economics  can  throw  upon 
some  of  the  questions  they  have  introduced  into  their 
programme. 

The  spread   of   education     has  given  rise  to  vague 

political  aspirations  and  the  unrest   which   is   a  symptom 

of  the  newly  awakened  mental  activity  sometimes  exhibits 

itself  in  wild  desires  which  beget  excesses.     The  scum  rises 

6 


42  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

and  is  an  indication  of  the  actions  and  reactions  going 
on  beneath  the  surface.  The  pressing  problem  of  the 
immediate  future  is  the  provision  of  suitable  employ- 
ment for  the  ever-growing  stream  issuing  from  the 
portals  of  our  schools  and  colleges.  What  have  hitherto 
been  recognised  as  the  most  desirable  professions  for 
educated  men  are  full  to  overflowing  and  attention 
has  therefore  been  directed  to  other  possible  spheres 
of  employment.  It  is  observed  that  in  other  lands 
industries  and  commerce  absorb  the  energies  of  the  bulk 
of  the  educated  classes  and  it  is  noted  that  in  India  the  in- 
digenous industries  are  decaying,  that  they  are  without 
organisation  and  that  they  afford  no  prospect  of  employ- 
ment for  the  educated  classes.  The  great  mass  of  the 
people  are  engaged  in  agriculture  on  so  small  a  scale  as 
to  offer  no  opportunity  for  the  utilisation  of  their  services, 
and  hence  there  has  arisen  a  cry  for  industrial  development 
which  has  found  expression  in  what  is  called  the  Swadeshi 
Movement. 

Naturally,  attention  has  deen  directed  to  the  protective- 
tariffs  imposed  on  imports  by  almost  every  progressive 
nation  in  the  world,  except  Great  Britain,  and  there  is 
gradually  growing  up  a  deep-seated  feeling  that  the  free 
trade  policy  of  the  paramount  power  is  injurious  to  the 
development  of  India  and  that,  to  a  large  extent,  it  is 
imposed  on  India  from  purely  selfish  considerations.  The 
reaction  in  England  against  free  trade  has  strengthened  the 
convictions  of  those  who  advocate  protection  for  infant 
industries  in  India  and  the  resolution  of  the  Allahabad 
Industrial  Conference  in  favour  of  protection  for  the  sugar 
industry  and  the  still  more  recent  resolution  in  the 
Imperial  Council  asking  for  the  repeal  of  the  excise  duties 
on  cotton  may  be  taken  as  signs  of  the  growing  force  of 
public  opinion  in  favour  of  fiscal  autonomy  with  the 


PROTECTION   IN   INDIA  43 

object  of  introducing  a  revenue  system  of   an    avowedly 
protective  character. 

Although  the  day  is  undoubtedly  very  far  distant 
when  any  such  change  in  the  relations  between  Great 
Britain  and  India  is  likely  to  become  a  question  of 
practical  politics,  it  is  by  no  means  of  purely  academic 
interest  to  discuss  the  fiscal  policy  imposed  on  India  by 
the  British  Government.  There  is  a  strong  feeling  that 
Indian  interests  are  sacrificed  to  those  of  England  and  that 
the  policy  prescribed  for  India  is  not  so  disinterested 
as  its  framers  have  hitherto  proclaimed  it  to  be.  The 
sincerity  of  the  motives  which  have  actuated  English 
statesmen  is  questioned,  and  in  the  controversy  over 
tariff  problems  which  has  strirred  the  length  and 
breadth  of  the  British  Empire,  capital  has  been  made 
by  the  Free  Trade  Party  out  of  the  difficulty  arising  from 
the  Indian  demand  for  freedom  to  impose  protective  tariffs 
in  the  interests  of  Indian  industries.  It  is  argued  that  so 
long  as  Great  Britain  adheres  to  her  free  trade  policy,  she 
is  justified  in  imposing  the  same  upon  India,  but  where  a 
protective  tariff  is  deemed  necessary  in  the  interests  of 
English  manufacturers,  no  honourable  course  is  open 
in  regard  to  India,  other  than  to  allow  the  people  of  that 
country  such  assistance  as  they  may  also  gain  from  a 
scientific  tariff  to  protect  their  infant  industries  and  en- 
courage the  establishment  of  new  ones.  The  Tariff  Reform 
Party  is  thus  placed  on  the  horns  of  a  dilemma,  since  the 
gain  which  might  be  expected  from  the  adoption  of  its 
policy  would  be  more  than  counterbalanced  by  the  restric- 
tion of  business  in  India  consequent  upon  the  establish- 
ment of  a  protective  tariff  which  would  operate  more 
severely  against  English  manufacturers  than  those  of 
other  nations. 

It   is   quite   outside   the  scope   of   my   remarks    this 


44  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION    IN   INDtA 

afternoon  to  express  any  opinion  upon  the  fiscal 
question  except  in  so  far  as  India  is  concerned,  but  I  may 
venture  to  say  that  I  entirely  dissent  from  the  proposition 
that  India  can  claim  to  be  regarded  as  a  separate  entity 
in  fiscal  matters.  Even  if  the  advantages  accruing  from  a 
protective  tariff  in  India  were  enormously  greater  than  I 
hope  to  show  that  they  are  likely  to  prove,  I  cannot 
concede  that  India  is  justly  entitled  to  act  entirely  in  her 
own  interests  and  without  regard  to  those  of  Great  Britain. 
In  the  last  50  years,  during  the  whole  of  which  the 
country  has  enjoyed,  for  the  first  time  in  history,  profound 
peace  and  internal  security,  British  statesmanship  has 
been  devoted  to  developing  the  resources  of  the  country 
and  increasing  the  material  wealth  of  its  people.  Vast 
changes  have  taken  place,  and  in  the  development  of  trade 
and  commerce  enormous  vested  interests  have  been 
created  which  must  now  be  respected.  A  sudden  change 
in  fiscal  policy  would,  ruin  thousands  in  England  and 
cause  widespread  misery  and  destitution  and  it  is  more 
than  problematical  if  it  would  prove  of  ultimate  benefit 
to  any  one  in  India. 

It  is  inconceivable  that  British  statesmen  will  ever 
voluntarily  agree  to  the  erection  of  artificial  barriers  to 
the  freedom  of  trade  between  Great  Britain  and  India  and 
the  justification1  for  this  attitude  is  to  be  found  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  connection  between  the  two  countries.  Not  of 
set  purpose  nor  as  the  result  of  deliberate  policy,  consistent- 
ly pursued  by  generation  after  generation,  has  the  whole 
of  India  been  absorbed  into  the  British  Empire  to  share 
its  prestige  and  enjoy  its  protection.  By  a  series  of  acci- 
dents, rather  than  by  design,  the  destinies  of  the  two 
countries  have  become  united  and  the  unrestricted  inter- 
course between  the  two  has  been  of  mutual  benefit. 
Without  thought  of  the  consequences,  the  vital  interests 


t>kOTEdTION   ifo   INDIA  45 

of  India  have  ever  been  uppermost  in  the  minds  of  her 
administrators  and,  if  the  results  have  not  always  been 
completely  satisfactory,  credit  at  least  may  be  taken  for 
the  purity  and  sincerity  of  the  intentions.  The  opening 
up  of  the  country  by  railways  and  roads,  the  construc- 
tion of  irrigation  works  and  the  maintenance  of  law 
and  order  have  brought  about  an  enormous  agricultural 
development,  which  is  reflected  in  the  fact  that  the  country 
supports  300  million  people  more  readily  than  it 
supported  200  millions  half  a  century  ago  ;  and,  at  the 
same  time,  in  normal  years  there  is  a  surplus  available 
for  export,  much  larger  than  is  necessary  to  pay  for  the 
imports  and  foreign  charges.  On  the  other  hand,  the  im- 
proved means  of  communication,  which  have  opened  to 
the  agriculturist  the  markets  of  the  world,  have  brought 
the  manufactures  of  the  world  to  compete  with  the 
products  of  the  indigenous  artisans  and  in  a  large  measure, 
owing  to  the  complete  absence  of  co-operation  between 
the  intellectual  and  the  labouring  classes,  the  result  has 
been  disastrous  to  the  primitive  industrial  organisation 
prevalent  everywhere.  So  long  as  the  educated  classes 
had  full  scope  for  the  exercise  of  their  energies  in  conge- 
nial forms  of  employment,  they  were  indifferent  to  the 
fate  of  the  artisans  and  were  only  too  glad  to  avail  them- 
selves of  the  reduction  in  the  price  of  commodities  conse- 
quent upon  the  unrestricted  admission  of  articles  of  for- 
eign manufacture.  But  times  have  changed  and  they 
are  now  forced  to  look  to  the  industrial  work  they  once 
despised,  for  means  to  earn  a  respectable  livelihood  and 
for  scope  for  the  exercise  of  their  trained  faculties. 

So  far,  except  to  a  limited  extent  in  the  Bombay  Presi- 
dency, it  cannot  be  said  that  much  success  has  attended  the 
efforts  which  have  been  made  to  promote  industries  on 
modern  lines  and  hence  there  has  arisen  a  demand  for 


46  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

intervention,  on  the  part  of  the  State,  to  promote  indus- 
trial development.  Technical  and  Industrial  Education, 
Provincal  Departments  of  industries,  the  pioneering 
of  new  industries  by  State  Agencies  .and  a  Protective 
Tariff  are  all  asked  for,  whilst  a  vigorous  effort  under  the 
aegis  of  the  National  Congress  has  been  made  to  create  a 
strong  public  opinion  in  favour  of  locally  manufactured 
goods.  This  movement  has  unfortunately  failed,  being 
to  a  large  extent  based  upon  sentiment,  which  has  proved 
but  a  broken  reed  when  it  comes  to  laying  out  a  limited 
amount  of  hard  cash  upon  the  necessities  of  life.  The 
Bombay  mill-owners  have  undoubtedly  profited  by  it,  but 
no  one  else  has  been  able  to  take  advantage  of  it,  and  the 
many  ill-considered  enterprises,  enthusiastically  started 
when  the  movement  was  acclaimed  by  the  political  leaders 
of  India,  have  come  to  hopeless  grief.  It  would  be  wise  to 
let  their  memory  sink  into  oblivion,  were  it  not  that 
they  may  still  serve  a  useful  purpose  as  object  lessons  for 
the  future. 

The  failure  has  been  attributed  to  a  variety  of  causes 
and  for  each,  remedial  measures  have  been  proposed,  but 
at  the  root  of  the  matter  lies  the  fact  that  the  people  of 
this  country  do  not  possess,  or  at  any  rate  possess  only  in 
a  very  limited  degree,  the  essential  qualities  which  make 
tor  success  along  modern  industrial  lines.  Thrown  into 
intimate  contact  with  the  progressive  nations  of  the  west 
and  exposed  to  competition  on  all  sides,  there  may  be  some 
inconvenience  caused  thereby,  but  assuredly  there  is  no 
discredit  in  it.  That  the  social  system  of  India  does  not 
favour  individualism,  that  the  East  and  the  West  are  as  far 
asunder  as  the  poles  in  their  ideals  of  life,  that  the  influence 
of  an  enervating  climate  operates  powerfully  against  the 
strenuousness  which  is  essential  to  commercial  success,  all 
these,  are  factors  which  must  be  taken  into  account  and 


PROTECTION   IN    INDIA  47 

it  is  obvious  that  the  influence  of  heredity  extended  over 
twenty  centuries  and  one  hundred  generations,  cannot  be 
eliminated  by  a  sudden  change  in  environment  or  by  ex- 
ternal pressure,  however  great  it  may  be. 

That  India  has  a  great  future  before  it,  I  have  not 
the  least  doubt,  but  it  will  have  to  work  out  its  destiny 
from  within,  and  create  a  new  social  order  and  a  new 
civilization  that  will  be  great  and  durable  in  proportion  to 
the  degree  of  success  achieved  in  adapting  itself  to  the 
enlarged  horizon  which  now  surrounds  it.  Slavish  imita- 
-tion  of  the  West  is  obviously  to  be  avoided  and  in  the 
matter  which  immediately  concerns  us,  I  hold  that  the 
revivification  of  its  ancient  industrial  organization  is  of 
greater  moment  than  the  establishment  of  a  modern  fac- 
tory system,  concentrating  enormous  wealth  in  few  hands 
and  engendering  socialistic  tendencies  among  the  vast 
mass  of  operatives  that  can  only  end  in  chaos  and  de- 
struction. At  the  present  time  the  situation  is  a  difficult 
one,  but  let  us  not  add  to  the  difficulties  by  clamouring 
for  action  on  wrong  lines  and  asking  for  a  policy  which, 
if  granted  by  the  ruling  powers,  would  make  the  people 
of  this  country  slaves  and  helots  to  foreign  millionaires. 

During  the  last  half-century,  the  material  progress 
of  India  has  been  of  a  most  satisfactory  character  and  the 
recent  cry  for  industrial  development,  comes  from  a  small 
minority  of  unemployed  educated  people  who  have  not  yet 
found  a  suitable  niche  for  themselves.  On  their  behalf  a 
great  change  in  the  economic  situation  is  called  for,  and  to 
promote  the  industries  in  which  they  hope  to  secure  em- 
ployment, a  barrier  to  the  free  ingress  of  the  products  of 
the  western  world  is  to  be  erected  ;  free  trade  is  to  be 
abandoned  and  protective  tariffs  imposed.  Fortunately,  as 
1  hold,  in  this  matter  the  true  interests  of  India  and  the 
obvious  interests  of  England  both  lie  in  preserving  the 


48  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

existing  state  of  affairs.  There  is  no  likelihood  that  the 
cry  for  protection  will  fall  on  willing  ears,  and  no  prospect 
whatever  that  it  will  be  granted.  Nevertheless  it  is  neces- 
sary that  the  effects  of  such  a  change  in  fiscal  policy  should 
be  most  carefully  studied  and  a  well  informed  opinion  on 
the  question,  evolved. 

Let  us  look  at  the  request  from  an  English  standpoint 
and  ascertain  what  would  happen  if  the  Indian  market,  as 
it  now  exists,  was  partially  closed  to  English  manufacturers. 
English  exports  to  India  are  valued  at  more  than  50  mil- 
lions a  year  and  are  roughly  two-thirds  of  the  total  im- 
ports into  India  and  are  about  one-sixth  of  the  total  ex- 
ports of  the  United  Kingdom.  We  may  certainly  assume 
that  the  tariffs  would  be  framed  so  as  to  afford  marked 
preferential  treatment  to  the  products  of  the  British  Empire 
and  trade  now  done  with  foreign  countries  would  be  di- 
verted to  the  United  Kingdom.  The  object  of  protection 
would  be  to  make  India  more  self-supporting  in  the  matter 
of  manufactures  and  this  would  necessarily  involve  the 
development  of  the  internal,  at  the  expense  of  the  external 
trade.  The  English  manufacturers  would  certainly  lose  a 
gaod  deal  of  business  and  protection  would  be  a  serious 
blow  to  the  cotton,  iron  and  shipping  trades.  That  they 
would  ultimately  recover,  there  is  not  much  doubt,  but  it  is 
useless  to  discuss  this  phase  of  the  question  in  detail,  as  it 
is  not  what  England  would  lose,  so  much  as  what  India 
would  gain,  that  has  to  be  established  by  those  who  ad- 
vocate a  protective  policy  for  India. 

If  there  were  any  reasonable  prospect  that  the  adop- 
tion of  a  protective  policy  would  be  followed  by  a  rapid 
development  of  Indian  industries  on  a  purely  indigenous 
basis ;  that  is  to  say,  with  Indian  capital  and  through  the 
agency  of  Indian  brains,  there  would  be  some  grounds 
for  asking  for  the  concession,  as  it  would  not  then  be 


PROTECTION    IN   INDIA  49 

difficult  to  show  that  the  development  of  the  wealth  of 
India  would  be  followed  by  an  ultimate  expansion  of  the 
external  trade  of  the  country.  The  character  of  the  trade 
would  undoubtedly  be  changed  and  it  would  cause  dislo- 
cation of  business  and  loss  of  capital  in  England,  but  in 
the  long  run  it  would  be  recouped  by  new  developments. 
There  is,  however,  no  hope  that  this  would  ensue  and  alike 
in  the  interests  of  India  and  England,  the  demand  for  pro- 
tection can  be  shown  to  be  ill-timed  and  injudicious. 

The  Indian  case  for  protection  was  first  clearly  stated 
by  the  late  Mr.  Justice  Ranade  in  1892  and  his  words  have 
been  so  often  quoted  and  are  so  familiar  to  all  students  of 
Indian  economics  that  it  is  unnecessary  for  me  to  trouble 
you  with  them  again.  I  may,  however,  be  permitted  to 
refer  to  the  presidential  address  of  the  Hon'ble  Mr.  R.  N. 
Muckerjee  delivered  to  the  Allahabad  Industrial  Conference 
at  the  end  of  last  year.  Discussing  the  effect  of  foreign 
competition  on  the  infantile  attempts  at  industrial  develop- 
ment which  have  been  made  in  recent  years,  he  said  "This 
14  is  a  most  serious  question  and  not  only  this  Conference 
"but  every  man  of  this  country  should  continue  to  con- 
"  stitutionally  agitate  until  Government  affords  protection 
"  in  some  shape  or  other  to  local  manufactures.  We  all 
"  know  that  if  the  Government  of  India  were  left  alone  to 
"  do  its  duty  towards  India,  there  would  be  no  hesitation 
"in  introducing  some  such  measure  suitable  to  the  special 
"  needs  of  India.  But  there  are  stronger  influences  at 
11  work  whose  interests  clash  with  our  own,  and  without 
"  the  combined  efforts  of  the  Government  and  the  people, 
"  I  am  afraid,  we  shall  never  get  a  satisfactory  solution. 
"The  question  of  protection  is,  I  admit,  a  complicated 
"  and  serious  one  and  it  is  with  a  great  deal  of  hesitation  and 
"  diffidence  that  I  refer  to  it  at  all,  but  it  is  a  question  that 
"should  be'.most  carefully  considered,  as  otherwise  to  do 


50  INDUSTRIAL    EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

"  good  to  some  of  our  industries,  we  may  court  disaster 
"  in  other  branches  of  commerce.  I  would  suggest  that  the 
t*  Government  should  be  approached  and  asked  to  appoint 
"  a  joint  commission  of  officials  and  commercial  men,  to 
"  discuss  and  decide  in  what  particular  form  protection 
"  would  be  most  beneficial  to  India.  This  point  should 
"be  definitely  decided  before  we  actually  apply  for  any 
"protective  legislation.  I  think  it  is  imperative  on  our 
"  leaders  to  give  this  question  their  first  consideration  and, 
"  if  we  are  successful  in  securing  a  wise  form  of  protection, 
"I  am  sure  the  country's  industrial  development  will  re- 
"  ceive  a  great  impetus." 

This,  we  must  all  admit,  is  a  very  moderate  expression 
of  opinion  upon  a  subject  which  neither  in  this  country 
nor  in  any  other,  is  usually  discussed  with  judicial  calm- 
ness and  in  temperate  language.  I  am  prepared  to  con- 
cede that,  if  India  were  allowed  to  adopt  a  strong  protective 
policy  and  persisted  in  maintaining  it  for  a  long  period  of 
time,  the  result  would  be  a  very  considerable  amount  of 
industrial  progress  along  western  lines,  but  I  doubt 
very  much  if  the  .result  would  be  pleasing  to  the  people 
of  India  or  would  enable  them  to  satisfactorily  solve  the 
problem  of  unemployment  among  the  educated  classes 
which  is  every  year  becoming  a  more  serious  one. 

There  is  much  loose  talk  about  the  vast  natural 
wealth  of  India,  but  it  will  not  bear  close  examination. 
The  area  is  large,  but  only  in  certain  favoured  tracts,  does 
the  soil  yield  a  good  return  without  the  stimulus  of  artifi- 
cial irrigation.  The  population  is  enormous,  but  their 
standard  of  living  is  extremely  low  and  there  is  little  sur- 
plus for  what  may  be  termed  the  luxuries  of  life.  It 
would,  1  think,  be  extremely  difficult  to  point  to  undeve- 
loped resources  which  any  system  of  protection  would 
assist  the  people  to  make  practical  use  of.  In  normal 


PROTECTION   IN    INDIA  51 

years,  when  the  terrible  spectre  of  famine  is  absent  from 
the  land,  there  is  no  lack  of  employment  and,  in  fact, 
all  over  the  country,  there  is  a  general  complaint  that  the 
quantity  of  labour  available  is  insufficient  to  carry  on  the 
current  work.  The  great  mass  of  the  population  are  not 
crying  for  industrial  development,  they  have  already  as 
much  work  as  they  want  and  there  is  but  little  common 
sense  in  trying  te  divert  the  labourers  from  the  field,  to 
work  in  mills  and  factories  and  live  in  crowded  and 
insanitary  cities. 

As  to  the  people  themselves  for  whom  protection  is 
demanded  whilst  they  set  about  building  up  an  industrial 
system,  let  me  quote  the  opinions  of  accepted  Indian  autho- 
rities as  to  their  fitness  to  undertake  the  work.  In  regard 
to  the  condition  of  labour  in  the  country,  Professor  V.  G. 
Kale  of  the  F'erguson  College,  Poona,  writes:  "  We  have 
*"•  scarcely  yet  emerged  from  our  primitive  conditions  of 
"industry.  Custom  yet  rules  supreme  among  the  masses 
"  of  our  people.  Old  industries  are  still  in  the  domestic 
"  stage.  We  are  strangers  to  capitalism.  Indian  manu- 
41  factures  are  in  the  embryo  or  sickly  infants.  Millions  are 
"  wedded  to  their  fields  and  have  to  emerge  out  of  their 
"  agricultural  state;  large  cities  and  towns  are  exceptions, 
41  and  hamlets  and  villages  the  rule,  the  masses  are  illiterate 
"  and  immobile;  labour  is  unskilled  and  inefficient,  unam- 
4<  bitious  and  unenterprising  ;  capital  is  lacking  and  shy 
"  where  it  exists;  organisation  is  unknown  to  both.  Under 
"  these  circumstances,  for  us  the  industrial  struggle  on 
"western  lines  is  a  thing  of  the  future,  if  it  cannot  be 
"  avoided.  The  conditions  which  make  for  industrialism 
"  are  yet  absent  in  this  country.  Not  that  there  is  qjp 
"  poverty  and  squalor,  destitution  and  misery  among  us. 
"  We  have  enough  of  these.  " 

Of  the  educated    middle  classes,  in    his  presidentiaJ 


52  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

address  already  referred  to  Mr.  Muckerjee  said  :  "  There 
"  is  no  lack  of  so-called  enthusiasm,  but  I  may  be  par- 
"  doned,  if  I  say  it* is  only  lip  enthusiasm  on  the  part  of 
"  many  of  our  countrymen.  There  are  many  who  are 
"  loud  in  their  praises  of  Swadeshism  and  the  revival  of 
"Indian  industries,  but  their  patriotism  is  not  equal  to 
"  the  practical  test  of  assisting  in  the  finance  of  such  enter- 
prises. " 

There  is  already  much  industrial  enterprise  in  India 
which  is  absolutely  beyond  the  effects  of  foreign  competi- 
tion. Nevertheless  it  is  almost  entirely  in  the  hands  of 
people  not  born  in  the  country.  Let  me  give  full  credit 
to  the  enterprise  which  has  developed  the  mill  industry 
of  Bombay,  which  is  pioneering  the  manufacture  of  steel 
and  iron  in  India  and  which  is  capable  of  bringing 
to  a  practical  issue  the  great  hydro-electric  scheme 
which  will  supply  Bombay  with  light  and  power.  These 
examples  illustrate  in  a  remarkable  way  the  developments 
possible  when  Indian  capital  and  European  experience 
and  technical  skill  are  associated  in  harmonious  co-oper- 
ation. With  these  exceptions,  modern  organised  enter- 
prise throughout  the  country  is  almost  entirely  of  European 
origin.  There  is  no  time  to  discuss  them  in  detail,  but  I 
would  like  to  ask  you  to  consider  the  comparatively  small 
share  which  India  has  taken  in  the  development  of  her 
magnificent  railway  system,  in  the  establishment  of  muni- 
cipal tramways  or  in  the  provision  or  artificial  illumi- 
nation, either  by  means  of  gas  or  electricity.  To  what 
extent  is  the  great  jute  industry  in  Indian  hands  or  how 
far  is  the  not  inconsiderable  development  of  India's 
mineral  resources  due  to  the -application  of  native  capital  ? 
Are  there  any  engineering  workshops  other  than  petty 
foundries,  run  with  Indian  capital  and  controlled  by 
Indian  engineers  ?  There  is  much  work  going  on  in  such 


PROTECTION    IN  INDIA  53 

shops  which  is  absolutely  unaffected  by  foreign  competition. 
Even  in  modern  agricultural  developments,  as  represented 
by  the  planting  industries  connected  with  tea,  coffee   and 
rubber,  the  Indian    share    is    almost     negligible  and    it  is 
quite  certain  that  they  would  not  have  come  into  existence 
if  it  had  been  left  to  indigenous  enterprise  to  develop  them. 
The  cry  is  for  the  protection  of  infant   industries,  but 
the  history  of  the  past  leads  me  to  think  that  if  protection 
were   granted,    the   enterprising   foreigner  would    be   the 
person  to  take   advantage   of  it  and  the  state  of  things   in 
every  industry  would  be  very  much  like  that  so  graphically 
described    by  the    Hon'ble  Rao     Bahadur  R.    N.    Mud- 
holkar  in  his  presidential  address  at    the   Industrial  Con- 
ference which  was  held    in  Madras  a   iittlemore  than  two 
years  ago.     Speaking  of  the  working    of   gold    mines,    he 
said  ; "  The  industry,  however,  is  looked  at   with  consider- 
"  able  shaking  of  the  head  and  regarded  as  a  typical    illus- 
"tration  of  foreign   exploitation.     Not  one  of  the    mining 
"  companies  is   Indian,  The   total    value   of   gold   raised 
"  during  the   quarter  of   a   century   that    the   Kolar  Gold 
"  Fields   have     been  at    work     is     roughly      40  crores. 
"  Out  of  this  only  1 — 19th  or  a  little  over  two  crores  re,- 
u  presents  royalty,  and    nearly   50%  has  been    distribut- 
"  ed  among   the   shareholders  as  dividend.     The    bene- 
"fit  to  the  people  consisted  only  in    the  wages  to  labour- 
"  ersand  clerks.    There  is  neither  the  pecuniary  gain  from 
"proprietorship  nor  the  valuable  mural    asset    of    training 
"and    experience    in   the   scientific  operations  and  in  the 
"directing  and  controlling  work."     And  further  on  in  his 
address,  he  comes  to  the  conclusion  that  it  is  high  time 
that  action  is  taken  by  the    people  which    would,    if    not 
put  a  stop  to,  at  least  minimise  exploitation  by  outsiders. 

What  I  would  submit  for  your  consideration    is  that 
even  if  protection  were  desirable,  you  are  not  ready  for  it. 


54  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

There  is  no  fund  of  capital  seeking  remunerative  invest- 
ments. Industrial  leaders  with  technical  skill  and  business 
experience  are  non-existent  and  the  operative  labour  could 
only  be  obtained  with  difficulty  and  would  require  train- 
ing from  the  very  beginning.  You  might  exclude  British 
manufactures,  but  you  cannot  exclude  the  British  manu- 
facturer. A  protective  tariff  would  compel  him  to 
start  in  India  and  stimulated  by  the  inflated  prices  which 
he  would  be  able  to  obtain  within  the  protected  zone, 
there  can  be  but  little  doubt  that  with  his  energy  and  busi- 
ness experience  he  would  overcome  the  initial  difficulties 
due  to  lack  of  local  knowledge.  Managers,  foremen  and 
workmen  would  be  sent  out  to  India,  native  labour  would 
be  trained  and  mills,  workshops  and  factories  set  going. 
All  posts  of  responsibility  would  be  in  European  hands. 
India  would  have  an  industrial  system,  but  it  would  be 
no  source  of  profit  to  her  and  it  would  certainly  not 
furnish  the  educated  classes  with  occupations  of  a  superior 
character,  the  need  of  which  has  led  them  to  cry  out  for 
industrial  development  It  has  been  argued  that  this 
would  be  so  at  first,  but  that  gradually  the  Indian  would 
wend  his  way  in  and  oust  the  European.  If  this  were  likely 
to  happen  it  might  be  worth  while  paying  the  price  to 
get  the  initial  work  done,  but  there  is  very  little  evidence 
that  such  would  be  the  result. 

The  poverty  of  India  is  largely  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
people  themselves  are  content  with  an  extremely  low  stan- 
dard of  living  and  are  averse  to  more  exertion  than  is  re- 
quired to  provide  themselves  .with  what  is  generally  little 
more  than  the  bare  necessaries  o  f  life.  The  material  de- 
.velopment  of.the  country  unfertile  stimulus  of  a  progres- 
sive administration  has  proceeded  at  a  much  more  rapid 
rate  than  the  elevation  of  the  people  from  their  primitive 
conditions  of  life,  and  we  now  witness  the  strange  spec* 


PROTECTION   IN   INDIA  55 

tacleof  one  of  the  poorest  countries  in  the  world  exchang- 
ing its  surplus  produce  for,  to  them,  useless  precious 
metals.  On  an  average  the  hoards  of  gold  and  silver  in 
India  are  increased  each  year  by  20  millions  sterling.  A 
country  which  chooses  to  bury  so  much  wealth  every 
year  must  be  still  unenlightened  and  lacking  in  enterprise. 
India  wants  education  rather  than  protection,  and  the 
most  useful  service  that  Indian  politicians  and  statesmen 
can  render  to  their  country  is  to  devise  means  whereby 
some  considerable  portion  of  the  funds  now  uselessly 
hoarded  can  be  expended  on  the  education  of  the 
people.  The  unemployed  educated  classes  might  then 
find  full  employment  in  the  education  of  the  vast  masses 
of  their  countrymen  who  are  still  plunged  in  intellectual 
darkness. 

India  does  not  want  a  protective  tariff  to  enable  an 
artificial  industrial  system  to  be  created,  the  masters  of 
which  will  be  able  to  take  toll  of  the  earnings  of  the 
country  and  establish  a  drain  on  its  resources  which  will  in 
the  long  run  retard  progress  and  produce  much  misery 
and  discontent.  It  would  be  safe  to  say  that  for  the  de- 
velopment of  the  internal  agricultural  resources  of  India 
fully  200  millions  of  capital  could  be  usefully  employed 
and  while  there  is  such  a  vast  outlet  for  directive  energy 
and  surplus  wealth  it  seems  futile  to  endeavour  to  esta- 
blish an  industrial  system  foreign  to  the  habit  of  the  peo- 
ple and  inimical  to  their  best  interests.  The  cry  for  pro- 
tection is,  I  hold,  a  mistaken  attempt  to  force  the  coun- 
try into  a  course  of  action  for  which  it  has  but  few 
natural  facilities  and  for  which  its  people  possess  little  in- 
clination or  aptitude.  iThe  land  is  fully  occupied,  but  only 
half  developed,  and  there  is  ample  scope  for  constructive 
statesmanship  of  the  highest  order  in  dealing  with  the  innu- 
merable problems  in  connection  therewith  which  present 


56  INDUSTRIAL    EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

themselves  for  solution.  Work  along  these  lines  is  in 
progress  and  hearty  co-operation  on  the  part  of  the  leaders 
of  the  people  with  the  Government  is  necessary  and  will 
better  serve  the  interests  of  India  than  a  hopeless  agitation 
fora  change  in  fiscal  policy  which  in  the  long  run  is  likely 
to  prove  an  intolerable  burden. 

The  work  I  am  now  engaged  upon  brings  me 
frequently  into  contact  with  some  of  the  most  enter- 
prising and  capable  land  owners  and  ryots  in  this 
Presidency  and  I  have  formed  the  opinion  that  what  they 
have  been  able  to  do  on  a  limited  scale  might  be  extended 
indefinitely,  if  suitable  measures  are  taken  to  spread 
education,  encourage  thrift  and  assist  enterprise.  The 
great  weakness  of  the  situation  is  due  to  the  small  scale 
upon  which  such  work  is  carried  on  and  the  great  hope 
of  the  future  lies  in  the  development  of  co-operation. 
At  present  it  is  a  plant  of  tender  growth  and  requires 
careful  nurture.  The  reports  of  the  Registrars  of 
Co-operative  Credit  Societies  in  India  display  a  healthy 
optimism.  The  advantages  of  the  system  are  beginning  to 
be  appreciated  by  the  cultivators  and  there  seems  to  be  no 
doubt  that  in  course  of  time  this  method  of  strengthening 
their  resources  will  become  as  firmly  established  in  India 
as  in  the  European  countries  where  it  originated.  Co- 
operative credit  is  the  first  step  towards  co-operative  en- 
terprise and  it  is  in  this  direction  that  we  must  look  for 
the  solution  of  many  difficult  agricultural  problems  due  to 
the  smallness  of  individual  holdings.  As  an  example  of 
what  may  be  achieved  in  this  direction,  I  should  like  to 
bring  to  your  notice  what  has  been  done  in  the  village 
of  Atmakur  in  the  Kistna  District.  This  village  is  situat- 
ed near  the  Kistna  Western  Delta  main  canal.  Through- 
out the  irrigation  season,  the  fertilising  waters  of  the  canal 
have  for  more  than  half  a  century  flowed  by,  with- 


PROTECTION    IN    INDIA  57 

out  any  possibility  of  utilising  them  owing  to  the 
high  level  of  the  land.  Three  years  ago,  the  villagers 
formed  themselves  into  a  limited  liability  company  and 
with  the  assistance  of  some  capitalists  in  Guntur, 
raised  sufficient  money  to  establish  a  pumping  station 
on  the  banks  of  the  canal.  At  a  cost  of  Rs.  14,000 
two  centrifugal  pumps  were  installed  and  last  year 
465  acres  of  what  was  formerly  practically  waste  land 
were  cultivated  and  crops  obtained,  worth  Rs.  22,500. 
These  villagers  have  now; determined  to  extend  the  area 
under  cultivation  to  800  acres  and  have  raised  funds  to 
enable  them  to  double  the  capacity  of  their  present  pumping 
plant.  They  pay  the  full  water  rate  levied  on  the  lands 
irrigated  by  the  Kistna  Delta  Canals  and,  in  addition, 
the  cost  of  pumping  which  amounts  to  something  like 
Rs.  10  per  acre,  and  then  they  have  a  satisfactory  profit. 
Each  year  the  fertilizing  silt  of  the  canal  water  is  improv- 
ing the  quality  of  their  lands  and  the  annual  value  of  the 
crops  raised  will  soon  exceed  half  a  lakh  of  rupees.  The 
success  in  this  case  is  noteworthy  and  cannot  be  too 
widely  made  known  as  an  incentive  to  others  to  go  and  do 
likewise. 

In  the  improvement  of  the  natural  capabilities  of 
the  soil  and  in  the  preparation  for  the  market  of  its 
varied  produce,  there  is  a  sufficient  field  for  the  absorp- 
tion of  all  the  enterprise  that  is  likely  to  be  available 
within  such  period  of  time  as  it  will  be  wise  for  us  to  take 
stock  of.  Let  us  consider  for  a  moment  the  great  sugar 
industry  which  has  fallen  on  evil  days  and  is  said  to  be 
threatened  with  extinction  by  foreign  competition.  I  am 
not  an  expert  in  any  branch  of  the  business,  but  it  has 
fallen  to  my  lot  to  help  landowners  to  instal  machinery 
for  dealing  with  the  cane  after  it  is  cut,  and  of  necessity, 
I  could  not  help  acquiring  some  information  regarding 
8 


58  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

the  conditions  of  the  industry  in  the  Madras  Presidency. 
With  us  it  is  not  a  very  important  crop  as  the  area  under 
cultivation  amounts  to  only  50  or  60  thousand  acres,  but  it 
is  a  very  valuable  crop  and  the  average  gross  yield  may  be 
put  at  somewhere  about  Rs.  400  an  acre.  Moreover,  not- 
withstanding foreign  competition,  it  is  yielding  a  net  return 
under  favourable  circumstances  of  not  less  than  Rs.  200 
per  acre.  With  annual  imports  now  amounting  to  eleven 
crores  of  rupees  a  year,  there  is  room  for  expansion  and  it 
is  certainly  desirable  that  we  should  know  with  great  ac- 
curacy the  reasons  which  militate  against  the  extension  of 
the  area  under  cultivation.  Tentatively  I  would  put  for- 
ward the  following  : — 

(1)  Lack  of  capital  to  cultivate  a  crop  which  requires 
heavy  manuring  and  much  attention,  and  from    which  a 
return  can  only  be  expected  a  year  after  the   cultivation 
commences.    The  development  of  co-operative  credit  will 
undoubtedly  place  the  would-be  cultivator  of  sugar-cane 
in  a  better  position   to   obtain   loans,    but   it  should   be 
possible  to  devise  more  direct  means  to  finance  this  crop 
and  the  establishment  of  sugar  banks  is  indicated. 

(2)  The  primitive  and  wasteful  processes  of  extract- 
ing the  juice  and  converting  it  into  jaggery  or  raw  sugar, 
Co-operative  enterprise  will  remedy  this  to  a  large  extent 
and  I   have  frequently   advocated  the   establishment   of 
small  power  driven  mills  as  the  first  step   towards  the 
provision  of  subsidiary  factories   for  the   manufacture  of 
raw  sugar,  to  be  subsequently  refined  if  it  should  be   ne- 
cessary in  large  central   establishments  equipped    with 
modern  plant. 

(3)  The  risks  from  pest,  blight  and  disease  to  which 
the  canes  are  subject  and  which  the  ordinary  cultivator  is 
powerless  to   deal   with.     The  success   with   which   the 
Agricultural  Department  has  combated  such   troubles   in 


PROTECTION  IN  INDIA  59 

the  Godaveri  district  is  evidence  that,   if  these  cannot   be 
altogether  overcome,  they  may  be  greatly  minimised. 

(4)  The  lack  of  water  for  irrigation  in  certain  seasons 
of   the  year.    The   extension  of  the  use  of  mechanical 
methods  of  lifting  water  will  remedy  this,  and  I  may  men- 
tion  that  at  the  present  time  we  are  putting  down  a  number 
of  oil-engines  and  pumps  to  lift  water  about  50  feet  for 
the  cultivation  of  sugar-cane  and  the  cost  of  doing  so  will 
be  less  than  one-fourth  what  it  would  be  if  an  attempt 
were  made  to  use  cattle  power  to  effect  the  same  object. 
Much  also,  I  think,  might  be    done  by  the   Irrigation 
Department  to  provide  perennial  sources  of  water-supply 
and  I  will  only  instance  the  possibility  of  growing  some- 
thing like   30,000  acres  of  sugar-cane  under  the  Periyar 
Project  in  the  Madura  district,  if  water  were  reserved  for 
that  purpose.     I  might  mention  incidentally  that  it  would 
also  permit  of  the  generation  of  20,000  H.  P.  which  could 
be  usefully  employed  in  developing  the  industries  of  the 
district. 

(5)  The  ignorance  and  apathy  of  the  ryots  and  their 
aversion  to  cultivating  new  crops,  of  which  they  have  had 
no  previous  experience.    The  spread  of  education,  the  force 
of  example  and   the  appointment   of   experienced  local 
officers  to  render  assistance  will,    each  in  their  way,  con- 
tribute to  removing  this  difficulty. 

Protection  has  already  been  specially  asked  for  in  the 
case  of  this  industry,  but  where  enterprising  ryots  are 
making  large  profits  by  growing  sugar-cane  it  is  obvious 
that  it  is  not  protection  that  is  the  remedy,  but,  the  vigor- 
ous exploitation  of  the  industry  on  a  well  considered 
scientific  plan. 

It  is  unnecessary  for  me  to  allude  in  any  detail  to 
the  work  we  are  now  carrying  on  in  connection  with 
the  improvement  of  the  methods  of  lifting  water  and  in 


60  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

the  development  of  under  ground  sources  of  Water-supply. 
India  spends  fully  40  crores  a  year  in  raising  water  for 
the  cultivation  of  some  16  million  acres  of  land  and  whilst 
the  area  of  such  cultivation  is  probably  capable  of  being 
doubled,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  cost  of  raising  the 
water  can  be  greatly  decreased.  In  this  direction  we  have 
made  a  very  good  start  in  Madras  and  we  are  already 
beginning  to  manufacture  locally  the  pumps  which  it  has 
hitherto  been  necessary  to  import  and  I  look  forward  at  no 
very  distant  date  to  the  establishment  of  works  which 
will  be  able  to  manufacture  the  whole  of  the  plant  we 
require.  In  this  field  there  is  room  for  the  employment  of 
much  capital  which  will  yield  far  better  returns  than  can 
possibly  be  expected  from  sickly  industries  owing  their 
precarious  existence  to  an  artificial  system  of  protection. 

We  have  heard  not  a  little,  of  late,  of  the  dangers  of 
state  interference  with  private  enterprise,  but  I  should 
like  to  point  out  that  protection  is  the  most  aggravated 
form  of  state  interference  that  can  possibly  be  devised. 
I  am  of  opinion  that  a  little  paternal  assistance  of  a  direct 
character,  the  cost  of  which  can  be  accurately  deter- 
mined and  the  operations,  which  are  carried  on,  definitely 
limited,  is  a  more  logical  and  businesslike  method  of  deal- 
ing with  the  industrial  question  than  subjecting  the  whole 
country  to  a  system  of  tariffs  which  will  increase  the  cost 
of  living  and  divert  energy  from  its  natural  channels  into 
artificial  courses,  most  probably  not  leading  to  the  best 
utilization  of  the  resources  at  our  disposal. 

Protection  is  claimed  to  have  done  much  for  the  Unit- 
ed States  and  Germany,  but  it  is  difficult  to  assign  to  each 
of  the  contributing  factors  to  the  marvellous  progress  of 
these  countries  its  exact  share  in  the  final  result.  I  am 
inclined  to  think  that  undue  prominence  has  been  given  to 
the  fiscal  effect  and  that  it  would  have  altogether  failed,  had 


PROTECTION   IN   INDIA  61 

there  not  been  behind  the  tariff  walls,  an  energetic  and 
instructed  people,  eager  and  anxious  to  improve  their 
material  condition.  It  is  certain  that  in  India  we  altogether 
lack  this  essential  to  success  and  though  a  protective  policy 
may  enable  us  to  establish  an  industrial  system  under 
foreign  control,  it  will  with  equal  certainty  hamper  our 
national  development  and  will,  in  homely  phrase,  prove 
to  be  a  leap  from  the  frying  pan  into  the  fire. 


CHAPTER  III 
THE  EFFECT  OF  PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS 

I 

In  1892,  at  the  Deccan  College,  Poona,  the  late  Mr. 
Justice   Ranade  delivered  an  address  on  Indian  Political 
Economy,  which   has  since  been  generally  accepted  as  a 
clear  exposition  of  the  Indian  case  for  State   intervention 
to  promote  a  healthy  state  of  industrial  development.  He 
claimed  that,  in  a  backward  country  like   India,  a  well- 
considered    system    of    import   duties  would  afford  that 
measure  of  protection  which  is  essential  to  industries,  but, 
recognising  the  improbability  in  those  days  of  any  change 
of  the  fiscal  policy  of  the  British  Empire,  he  went  on   to 
say  :  "Even  if  political  considerations  forbid  independent 
action  in  the  matter  of  differential  duties,   the   pioneering 
of  new  enterprises  is  a  duty  which  the  Government  might 
more  systematically  undertake  with  advantage."  Ranade's 
ideas  have  gradually  permeated  both  European  and  Indian 
economic  thought  in  India,  and  to-day  a  protective  policy 
is  recognised  throughout   the    country  as   being   urgently 
called  for,   if  the  industrial  condition  is  to  be  adjusted  to 
the  growing  needs  of  the  population. 

Famine  Commissions  have  emphasised  the  neces- 
sity for  varied  occupations  for  the  working  classes,  and 
of  late  years,  it  has  become  abundantly  evident  that  new 
outlets  must  be  found  for  the  energies  of  the  ever  increas- 
ing output  of  our  modern  system  of  education.  Recog- 


THE  EFFECTOF  PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS  63 

nised  avenues  to  wealth  or  competency  are  already  over- 
crowded and  many  fail  to  find  adequate  material  return  for 
the  trouble  and  expense  which  a  good  education  entails 
upon  their  relatives.  Work  for  these  people  can  only  be 
found  in  an  extensive  development  of  industrial  life,  and 
it  is  but  natural  that  the  movement  in  favour  of  a  protective 
tariff  should,  year  by  year,  grow  stronger.  None  seem  to 
doubt  that,  if  India  were  granted  fiscal  autonomy  and  able 
to  create  a  tariff  to  suit  its  own  requirements,  the  desired 
industrial  development  would  be  brought  about. 

Such  has  undoubtedly  been  the  effect  of  protective 
tariffs  in  America,  Germany,  Austria,  Northern  Italy  and 
to  some  extent  in  Russia,  but  it  can  hardly  be  said  that  in 
the  Latin  Kingdoms  of  Europe,  in  South  America  or  in  the 
British  Colonies  in  the  Southern  hemisphere,  protective 
tariffs  have  had  any  great  measure  of  success.  It  there- 
fore seems  worth  while  to  examine  the  circumstances  of 
India,  and  to  endeavour  to  apply  to  Indian  conditions  the 
results  of  experience  with  tariffs  in  other  parts  of 
the  world.  Judging  by  the  countries  where  protective 
tariffs  have  undoubtedly  proved  an  enormous  stimulus  to 
industrial  development/success  has  been  achieved,  because 
intelligence,  skill,  capital  and  natural  resources  were  all 
available.  Failure  may  be  due,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
British  Colonies,  to  the  smallness  of  the  home  market  and 
the  high  cost  of  labour;  or  as  elsewhere,  to  the  lack  of 
initiative  and  enterprise  on  the  part  of  the  people. 

An  industrial  survey  of  India  reveals  a  flourishing 
cotton  industry,  mainly  in  native  hands,  a  flourishing  jute 
industry,  almost  entirely  controlled  by  Europeans,  and  a 
few  scattered  factories  devoted  to  miscellaneous  trades,  the 
more  important  of  which  are  of  European  origin.  In  this 
connection,  we  may  neglect  Government  workshops  which 
are  not  commercial  concerns  and  railway  workshops 


64  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

which  are  mainly  devoted  to  the  maintenance   and  repair 
of  the  material  and  rolling  stock  of  the  lines  to  which  they 
belong.  Besides  these,  there  is  a  great  indigenous  industry 
of  a  very  varied   character,   not   entirely   uninfluenced  by 
modern  progress,  but  suffering  from   lack  of  organisation 
and  adherence  to  primitive  methods  of  work.  The  artisans, 
who  carry  on  these  trades,  are  ignorant   and  uneducated 
and  the   bulk  of  their   profits  are   absorbed   by   the  local 
merchants  and  sowcars  who  finance  them.   India  imports 
manufactured  goods  and  pays  for  them  by  the  export    of 
raw  agricultural  products,  and  year  by  year,  it  is   parting 
with  increasing  quantities  of  all  of  the  elements  which  go  to 
make  up  a  fertile  soil.     Whether  the  supply  is  inexhausti- 
ble, or  not,  cannot  now  be  considered;  but,  obviously,  it  is 
desirable  that  in  these  matters  it  should  be  in  a  less  depen- 
dent condition.     The  progress  of  India  has  been  estimated, 
in  a  not  altogether  satisfactory  manner,  by  the  rapid  growth 
of  its  external  trade,  and  it  is  commonly   held  by   Indian 
writers  on  economic  subjects  that  the  local  industries  have 
been  very  adversely  affected  by  the  growth  of  foreign  trade. 
The  evidence  on  which  this  contention    is  based  is,  how- 
ever, of  a  very  slender  character,   and,  at  some  convenient 
time,  it  would  be  interesting  to  examine  it  carefully.     Pro- 
bably equally  fallacious  is  the  idea,   largely   held  in  Eng- 
land, that  the  industrial  development  of  this  country  would 
lead  to  a  diminution  in   the  volume  of  its  business  with 
Europe.    Almost  certainly,   it  would  be    otherwise.     The 
character  of  the  trade  might,  to  some  extent,   change,  but 
the  greater  diversity  of  occupations  in  India  would  lead  to 
a  greater  production  of  wealth,  to  a  general  rise   in  the 
standard  of  living  and  to  the  creation  of  many  wants  which 
could  only  be  supplied  by  foreign  trade. 

Now  most  of  the  continental  countries  and  America  have 
made  use  of  protective  tariffs  to  exclude   British  manufac- 


THE    EFFECT  OF   PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS  65 

tures  and  they  have  to  a  large  extent  succeeded,  but  they 
have  not  been  equally  successful  in  getting  rid  of  the  British 
manufacturer.  Many  English  firms,  rather  than  relinquish 
their  trade,  have  sent  part  of  their  capital  abroad  and  have 
established  branch  factories  in  foreign  countries.  Nota- 
bly has  this  been  the  case  in  America  and  to  a  less  extent 
in  Russia,  Austria  and  Italy.  In  England,  we  have  a 
similar  example  of  the  effect  of  the  legislative  enactments 
on  foreign  trade.  The  recent  reform  of  the  patent  laws 
has  compelled  foreign  firms  to  establish  factories  in  Eng- 
land in  which  to  work  their  English  patents  and  no  in- 
considerable amount  of  foreign  capital  has  recently  been 
expended  for  this  purpose,  with  the  result  that  a  large 
amount  of  employment  has  been  found  for  British  working 
men  and  a  larger  market  created  for  local  supplies  of  raw 
material. 

Bearing  in  mind  these  facts,  let  us  try  to  imagine  what 
would  probably  happen  in  India  if  a  tariff  be  placed  on 
imports,  not  for  the  purpose  of  raising  a  revenue  but  to 
stimulate  industrial  enterprise.  The  prices  of  all  the  pro- 
tected articles  would  rise  by  the  amount  of  the  duty,  and 
either  they  would  be  manufactured  in  the  country  or  they 
would  continue  to  be  imported.  In  the  latter  case,  the 
revenue  would  be  swelled  and  the  people  using  the  import- 
ed goods  would  be  taxed  by  the  amount  of  the  duty  plus  the 
cost  of  financing  the  duty  on  the  goods  from  the  time  they 
were  taken  out  of  bond  till  they  passed  into  the  hands  of 
the  consumer.  The  rise  in  prices  would  act  adversely  to 
trade  and  in  almost  every  case,  it  is  certain  that  the  de- 
mand would  fall  off.  Manufacturers  abroad  would  then 
consider  whether  or  not  it  would  be  worth  their  while  to 
make  an  effort  to  keep  the  trade  for  themselves  by  estab- 
lishing works  in  the  country.  Unquestionably,  their 
keen  commercial  instincts  would  compel  them  to  send  their 


66  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN  INDIA 

capital  to  India  and  there  would  be  a  great  outburst  of 
industrial  activity.  Managers,  heads  of  departments,  fore- 
men,  and  even  in  some  cases  workmen  would  be  sent  out 
here.  Factories  would  be  started,  business  connections 
established  and  India  would  embark  on  an  industrial 
course,  but  not  exactly  on  the  lines  that  Indian  advocates 
of  protection  desire.  Employment  would  be  found  for 
thousands  and  tens  of  thousands  of  artisans,  coolies, 
clerks  and  lower  grade  subordinates,  but  there  would  be 
little  room  in  these  factories  for  Indian  brains  and  intel- 
ligence, and  few  opportunities  would  be  afforded  to  the 
young  men  of  this  country  to  obtain  that  intimate  know- 
ledge of  manufacturing  processes  and  business  organisa- 
tion which  is  essential  to  the  successful  conduct  of  modern 
industrial  enterprise. 

Assuming  that  the  protective  duties  are  made  suffi- 
ciently high,  these  industrial  undertakings  would  be  pro- 
fitable, but  the  profits  would  not  add  much  to  the  wealth  of 
Indians.  It  would  be  largely  in  foreign  hands  and  a 
considerable  proportion  would  leave  the  country.  This 
would  be  a  small  matter  if,  in  course  of  time,  the  skill  and 
experience  necessary  to  manage  these  undertakings  were 
gradually  acquired  by  Indians,  but  that  unfortunately 
is  hardly  likely  to  happen  and  the  introduction  of  a  protec- 
tive system  in  India  would  probably  result  in  a  serious 
drain  upon  its  resources,  such  as  a  country  experiences 
when  it  suffers  from  absentee  landlordism. 

Against  all  this,  it  may  be  urged  that  with  a  protec- 
tive tariff  Indian  capital  would  seek  industrial  outlets,  that 
Indian  brains  would  manage  and  control  industrial  under- 
takings and  that  Indians,  with  their  superior  knowledge  of 
the  country  and  the  people,  would  be  able  to  successfully 
compete  against  the  foreigner  with  his  more  extended  ex- 
perience and  inherited  aptitude  for  business  organisation. 


THE  EFFECT  OF  PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS  67 

In  proof  of  this,  the  cotton  industry  would  certainly  be 
cited  and  Indians  would  point  with  pride  to  the  industrial 
enterprises  of  the  citizens  of  Bombay,  to  men  like  the 
Tatas,  the  Petits,  to  Sir  Vithaldas  D.Thackersey,  Sir  Currim- 
bhoy  Ebrahim,  Sir  Adamjee  Peerbhoy  and  many  others. 
Yet  it  is  a  singular  fact  that  it  is  only  in  this  one  part  of 
India  and  only  in  the  cotton  trade  that  Indians  have  so  far 
held  their  own. 

I  must  confess  I  cannot  satisfactorily  explain  why 
Parsis  and  Indians  have  obtained  a  commanding  posi- 
tion in  the  cotton  trade,  and  I  do  not  overlook  the 
fact  that  great  efforts  are  now  being  put  forth  to  establish 
an  iron  industry  with  Indian  capital  in  India,  or  that  a 
great  scheme  for  the  electric  generation  and  distribution 
of  power  in  Bombay  is  being  started.  These  are  great 
enterprises  and  would  be  considered  as  such,  not  merely 
in  India,  but  in  any  part  of  the  world.  They  are,  however, 
not  yet  at  work  and  at  present  they  can  only  be  reckoned 
as  probable  achievements  of  the  future.  Further,  it  must 
not  be  forgotten  that  whatever  measure  of  success  is  reach- 
ed, the  result  will  be  due  to  the  foreign  technical  experts 
as  much  as  to  the  Indian  financiers  who  have  boldly  ventur- 
ed their  capital.  The  condition  of  things  in  Bombay  is 
exceptional  and  only  serves  to  show  that  even  under  the 
present  free  trade  regime,  where  enterprise  and  initiative  are 
forthcoming,  progress  is  possible  and  a  healthy  industrial 
life  has  been  evolved  without  the  assistance  of  tariffs.  Else- 
where in  India  we  look  in  vain  for  similar  signs  of  industrial 
enterprise,  though  in  a  more  humble  way  a  good  deal  of 
activity  has  been  displayed  in  recent  years  and  efforts  are 
now  being  made  which  in  time  will  undoubtedly  fructify. 

The  truth  is,  and  to  the  Indian  imbued  with  the  swa- 
deshi  spirit  it  must  be  somewhat  unpalatable,  that  the 
people  of  this  country  are  not  yet  prepared  to  embark  on 


68  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

great  industrial  undertakings,  to  manage  large  concerns, 
and  generally  to  take  advantage  of  a  protective  system  of 
tariffs  such  as  has  been  imposed  in  other  countries  with 
such  definite  results.  The  sooner  this  is  recognised,  the 
sooner  will  the  cry  for  protection  cease  and  attention  will 
be  concentrated  upon  the  only  lines  along  which  develop- 
ment is  possible. 

Protection  in  India  will  only  come  with  fiscal  autono- 
my and  that  must  be  regarded  by  practical  people  as  a 
dream  of  the  distant  future.  The  free  trade  policy  which 
England  has  adopted  for  the  last  60  years  may  be  rever- 
sed, but  if  so  it  will  be  in  favour  of  free  trade  within  the 
empire  and  protection  against  the  foreigner.  This  is  the 
utmost  measure  of  protection  that  India  can  look  forward 
to  so  long  as  it  remains  an  integral  part  of  the  British 
Empire.  So  long  as  India  needs  British  help,  guidance 
and  protection,  so  long  must  it  accept  the  present  system 
of  financial  control  and  be  satisfied  with  the  fiscal  policy 
of  the  Central  Government.  It  cannot  enjoy  these  advan- 
tages and  at  the  same  time  shut  its  gates  to  the  free  admis- 
sion of  the  products  of  the  other  Federated  States  of  the 
Empire.  This  being  so,  it  would  be  well  to  pursue  in- 
quiries in  the  direction  I  have  indicated  and  endeavour  to 
ascertain  what  would  be  the  probable  consequences  of 
India  being  allowed  to  adopt  a  protective  tariff. 

Briefly,  in  my  opinion  protection  would  impose  a  heavy 
burden  upon  India  and  the  benefits  of  the  system  would  be 
largely  reaped  by  others  than  the  people  of  this  country. 
Indian  labour  would  of  course.find  a  new  field  for  employ- 
ment, but  that  is  a  doubtful  advantage  as  till  such 
labour  is  trained  to  be  more  efficient,  India  has  in  normal 
times  no  surplus.  At  best  it  would  promote  but  a  mush- 
room growth  founded  on  tariffs  and  sustained  by  artificial- 
ly high  prices.  This  is  not  the  goal  so  highly  desired  by 


THE  EFFECT  OF   PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS  69 

progressive  Indians  and  if  these  views  on  critical  examina- 
tion are  found  worthy  of  acceptance,  they  may  help  to 
remove  an  element  of  discontent  with  the  present  regime 
as  being  without  a  sound  basis  of  facts. 

II 

If  one  may  judge  by  the  result  of  the  General  Elec- 
tion just  concluded,  there  is  very  little  prospect  of  any 
change  in  the  Fiscal  policy  of  the  British  Isles  in  the  im- 
mediate future,  but  even  if  in  this  I  am  wrong,  the  most 
that  India  can  hope  for  from  the  Tariff  Reform  Party  will 
be  authority  to  differentiate  between  imports  from  the 
British  Empire  and  imports  from  the  rest  of  the  world.  As 
an  aid  to  establishing  industries  in  India  this  would  be  of 
slight  value  as  three-fourths  of  the  imports  of  India  now  come 
from  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  Colonies  and  the  pro- 
tective tariff  we  may  assume  would  be  sufficiently  high  to 
exclude  foreign  manufactures  almost  entirely.  From  the  In- 
dian point  of  view,  it  therefore  matters  little  whether  Tariff 
Reform  be  accepted  by  the  United  Kingdom  or  not.  In- 
dians are  discontented  with  the  existing  Policy  and  would 
be  equally  discontented  with  that  which  may,or  may  not  be, 
introduced  in  the  future.  The  question  at  issue  is  whether 
that  discontent  is  based  upon  a  real  grievance  or  whether 
it  is  founded  upon  an  inability  to  appreciate  the  present 
position.  I  regard  it  as  a  matter  of  great  importance  that 
there  should  be  no  imaginary  causes  of  discontent  against 
British  rule  in  India  as  the  future  welfare,  both  of  India 
and  the  rest  of  the  British  Empire,  depends  in  no  small 
degree  upon  the  fact  that  the  people  of  India  are  being 
treated,  and  recognise  that  they  are  being  treated,  with 
justice  and  consideration  by  the  paramount  power  and 
that  everything  is  being  done  by  a  paternal  Government 
to  foster  loyalty  and  contentment. 


70  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

My  main  contention  is  that  protective  duties  whilst 
effective  to  exclude  British  manufactures  and  thus  afford 
infant  industries  an  opportunity  to  take  root  in  this  country 
will  not  exclude  either  British  capital  or  the  British  manu- 
facturer. Let  us  assume  that  the  cotton  trade  is  effectively 
protected  and  that  imports  from  Lancashire  are  partially 
excluded.  It  will  very  materially  affect  the  mills  of 
Lancashire  and  manufacturers,  engineers  and  capitalists 
will  immediately  transfer  their  energies,  their  experience 
and  their  money  to  Western  India  and  the  Bombay  mill 
owner  will  be  faced  with  energetic  and  determined  rivals 
setting  up  in  business  alongside  him.  There  will  be 
competition  for  Indian  labour  but  the  enhanced  prices 
will  pay  for  that,  and  the  people  of  the  country  in  their 
millions  will  pay  the  enhanced  prices  for  cotton  goods. 
Who  will  benefit — the  mill  operatives  undoubtedly — the 
successful  manufacturers  certainly,  but  who  will  constitute 
that  class  ?  It  is  difficult  to  say.  The  Bombay  mill  owner 
may  hold  his  own  but  it  is  possible  that  in  a  few  years  he 
will  succumb  and  like  the  dog  in  ^sop's  fable  he  may  drop 
the  substance  in  trying  to  grasp  the  shadow.  I  believe 
in  the  industrial  future  of  India,  but  I  hope  for  the  sake  of 
the  country  that  it  will  be  of  natural  growth  and  not  a  hot 
house  plant  forced  into  existence  by  the  application  of  an 
unhealthy  stimulus. 

The  cotton  spinner  prefers  to  work  in  England  and 
export  his  manufactures  but  if  you  exclude  his  goods,  he 
will  come  over  here  and  start  making  them  in  the  coun- 
try. I  have  no  wish  to  depreciate  in  any  way  the  energy, 
skill  and  enterprise  displayed  by  the  Indian  Mill  owners 
but  I  gravely  doubt  if  they  are  as  yet  the  equals  of  the 
Lancashire  men  and  I  feel  certain  that  they  will  be  wise  to 
leave  well  alone. 

The  effect  of  protective  duties  is  to  give  the  protected 


THE   EFFECT  OF   PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS  71 

country   a  monopoly   of  its    own   market.    Now  every 
country  enjoys  a  certain  amount  of  natural  protection  and 
India  is  no  exception  to  the  rule.     What  has  happened  to 
the  naturally   protected  industries  of  India  will    serve  at 
least  as  an   indication   as  to  what   is  likely  to    happen 
if  an  artificial  system  of   protection  is  introduced  by  the 
imposition    of   import  duties.   As  examples  of   different 
types  of  naturally  protected  industries  I  submit  the  follow- 
ing list: —  (1)  Railway   repair  workshops,  (2)  Local    iron 
works,  (3)  The  jute  industry,  (4)  Tea,  (5)  Rubber,  (6)  Coal 
mining,  (7)  Petroleum    industry,  (8)  Gold  mining.   Let  us 
examine  these  in   detail,   but  before   doing  so,  it  will   be 
convenient  to  state  that  in  every  one  of  them  the  European 
is  supreme    and  the   Indian    nowhere.     It  is  true  that  in 
some  he  may  have  invested  capital  and  in  a  few  Companies 
Indians  will   be  found   on   the  Boards  of  directors,  but 
broadly  stated  the  management  and  control  of  those  indus- 
tries are  in  foreign  hands  and,  if  it  be  so  with  these  indus- 
tries, it  is  at  least  likely  that  it  will  be  so  with  industries 
artificially  protected. 

Railway  repair  workshops. — Every  Indian  Railway  has 
large  workshops  for  the  repair  of  its  rolling  stock  and  for 
the  partial  construction  of  waggons,  carriages  and,  in  some 
cases,  locomotives.  It  is  from  the  very  nature  of  the  work 
completely  protected  but  the  capital  of  the  Railways  is 
mainly  held  in  Europe  and  the  management  and  control 
are  entirely  in  European  hands.  This  is  no  doubt  a  very 
special  case,  but  with  every  inducement  to  economy  it  has 
not  been  found  practicable  to  employ  Indians  in  any 
but  comparatively  subordinate  appointments.  Even  in 
Native  States  the  Railways  and  their  workshops  are  not 
under  the  control  of  Indian  experts. 

Local  iron  works. — To  carry  on  the  current  business  of 
the  country  local  iron  works  are  necessary,  where  castings 


72  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

can  be  made,  repairs  executed  and  a  great  variety  of  mis- 
cellaneous work  undertaken  that  cannot  be  obtained  from 
abroad  without  an  expenditure  of  time  and  trouble  which 
effectually  protects  the  works  from  foreign  competition. 
All  the  leading  firms  in  Calcutta,  Bombay  and  Madras  are 
in  European  hands  and  though  there  are  some  native 
works  of  this  description,  they  do  but  a  very  small  share 
of  the  business  and  that  the  least  profitable. 

The  Jute  industry. — Bengal  has  a  practical  mono- 
poly  of  the  supply  of  jute  to  the  world  and  India 
itself  consumes  an  enormous  quantity  of  the  manufactured 
article.  Protective  duties  would  in  no  way  help  the  Indian 
jute  manufacturer  but  that  fact  offers  no  consolation  to 
the  Indian  protectionist  for  the  industry  is  almost  entirely 
in  European  hands.  It  is  needless  to  go  into  details — the 
industry  has,  of  late  years,  been  very  profitable  and  the 
ryots  who  grow  the  raw  material  are  in  a  prosperous  con- 
dition, so  also  are  the  operatives  in  the  jute  mills  but  the 
industry  affords  no  scope  for  the  employment  of  educated 
Indians,  and  the  running  of  the  mills  and  the  management 
of  the  business  is  in  the  hands  of  men  who  have  been 
trained  in  Dundee. 

Tea. — India  and  Ceylon  may  now  be  said  to  enjoy  a 
monopoly  of  the  tea  trade.  It  is  true  that  there  is  a  good 
deal  of  tea  made  in  China,  but  it  does  not  compete  with 
the  Indian  tea.  This  industry  is  partly  agricultural  and 
partly  manufacturing.  It  is  carried  on  to  some  extent 
in  the  hills  at  a  considerable  elevation,  but  the  greater  part 
of  the  area  under  tea  is  in  the  low  country  in  Assam.  This 
industry  requires  capital,  organisation  and  some  technical 
knowledge  and  has  yielded  a  good  return  on  the  money 
invested  in  it.  One  would  imagine  that  it  would  afford  an 
admirable  outlet  for  the  surplus  energies  of  educated  India 
but  it  has  not  done  so,  and  for  all  practical  purposes,  it  may 


THE    EFFECT  OF   PROTECTIVE   TARIFFS  73 

be  regarded  as  a  British  Industry  located  in  the  tropics  and 
employing  Indian  cooly  labour. 

Rubber. — This  is  another  planting  industry  which  I 
have  selected  because  it  has  been  only  recently  established 
in  the  country  ;  as  yet  it  is  an  industry  of  minor  impor- 
tance, but  the  outlook  is  extremely  promising.  There  is 
absolutely  no  reason  why  Indian  capital  and  Indian  brains 
should  not  control  the  industry,  but,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  it 
has  so  far  been  treated  with  complete  indifference,  and 
there  seems  to  be  little  likelihood  of  the  industry  pursuing 
a  course  in  anyway  different  from  that  which  tea  has 
followed. 

Coal  Mining. — In  Bengal,  Assam,  and  over  limited 
areas  in  several  other  parts  of  India  there  are  very  valu- 
able deposits  of  coal.  Except  at  the  great  seaports,  the  in- 
dustry is  completely  protected  not  only  by  the  sea  freights 
on  foreign  coal,  but  also  by  the  still  heavier  Railway 
freights.  Small  quantities  of  foreign  coal  are  still  landed 
in  India,  but  it  is  probable  that  most  of  it  is  brought  out  as 
ballast,  and  it,  at  any  rate,  has  no  effect  upon  the  Indian 
coal  trade.  Indian  coal  mines  are  shallow,  free  from  gas 
and  very  easily  worked.  They  are  now  beginning  to 
attract  attention  in  Bengal  and  mining  classes  have  been 
established  but  the  Bengali  has  yet  to  prove  that  he  can  be 
trusted  as  a  miner.  Possibly  there  are  some  native  coal 
mines  in  Bengal  but  coal  mining  is  and,  is  likely  to  remain, 
an  industry  almost  entirely  in  European  hands. 

The  Petroleum  Industry. — Like  coal,  this  has  developed 
rapidly  in  recent  years,  but  is  confined  to  certain  rather 
remote  parts  of  the  country  such  as  Assam  and  Burma,  to 
which  educated  India,  is  almost  as  much  a  stranger  as 
the  enterprising  Briton,  who  has  gone  there  to  develope 
these  valuable  oil  deposits.  The  industry  is  carried  on  by 
companies  with  very  large  capital  and  it  is  certain  that,  to, 

10 


74  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

whatever  extent  it  may  be  developed,  it  will  remain    under 
European  control. 

Gold  Mining. — This  a  very  speculative  industry  which, 
one  would  imagine,  would  attract  a  race  so  extraordinarily 
fond  of  the  excitement  of  litigation  and  its  sporting  chances. 
The  remains  of  ancient  workings  show  that  in  olden 
times  gold  mining  was  extensively  pursued  in  many  parts 
of  the  country  and  all  the  superficial  deposits  were  worked 
out  centuries  ago.  The  modern  industry  is  confined  to 
the  South  of  India,  and  as  yet  has  only  been  successful  on 
the  Mysore  plateau,  but  there  the  profits  have  been  very 
large.  To  initiate  the  industry  and  carry  it  on  success- 
fully requires  considerable  technical  knowledge  and  a 
great  deal  of  skill.  It  has  not  hitherto  attracted  native 
capital  and  it  is  quite  certain  that  till  it  does  so  the  Euro- 
peans who  invest  their  money  will  entrust  its  expenditure 
to  those  who  have  gained  practical  experience  in  mining 
development  in  other  countries. 

In  his  presidential  Address  to  the  fourth  Indian  In- 
dustrial Conference  in  1908,  the  Hon'ble  Rao  Bahadur 
R.  N.  Mudholkar  pleaded  for  some  restriction  on  the  grant 
of  mining  concessions  to  enterprising  outsiders.  He  said: 
"  If  we  do  not  show  enterprise  and  energy,  if  we  do  not 
equip  ourselves  with  the  requisite  knowledge  and  working 
capabilities,  if  we  do  not  find  the  needed  funds,  there  is  im- 
minent danger  of  outsiders  reaping  the  entire  benefit  which 
the  country's  mineral  resources  are  capable  of  affording." 

The  facts  just  presented  regarding  these  industries 
are  common  knowledge  to  every  person  who  pretends 
to, the  least  knowledge  of  Indian  economics,  but  1  am 
afraid  that  their  bearing  upon  the  question  of  protec- 
tion has  never  been  properly  considered.  It  would  seem 
that  the  genius  of  the  people  of  India  does  not  tend 
towards  modern  industrialism  and  a  rapid  develop- 


THE  EFFECT  OF  PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS  75 

ment  in  that  direction  is  hardly  possible.  In  addition 
to  lack  of  technical  knowledge  and  experience  in 
managing  complicated  organisations,  there  is  but  little 
inclination  for  co-operative  enterprise  by  joint  stock 
companies.  Everything  must  have  a  beginning  and  for  the 
present  industrialism  on  a  small  scale  is  best  suited  to  the 
needs  of  India.  Although  there  is  a  large  amount  of  pre- 
cious metal  in  the  country,  it  is  widely  diffused  and  there 
are  no  signs  that  the  owners  thereof  are  likely  to  entrust  it 
to  those  among  their  countrymen  who  are  aspiring  to  be- 
come industrial  leaders  without  the  preliminary  training 
that  is  essential. 

The  leaders  of  political  and  economic  thought  in 
modern  India  are  agitating  for  a  protective  policy  mainly 
on  the  ground  that  it  is  necessary  during  the  infant  indus- 
tries stage,  and  that  later  on,  when  adolescence  or  maturity 
is  reached,  they  think  it  will  be  no  longer  necessary.  Is 
it  possible  however  to  cite  any  instance  of  a  country  which 
has  adopted  a  protective  system  and  afterwards  has  suc- 
ceeded in  getting  rid  of  it.  The  American  and  German 
industries  have  long  ago  ceased  to  be  infants,  and  there  is 
a  very  large  body  of  opinion  in  both  countries  in  favour 
of  free  trade,  or  at  any  rate  of  a  material  reduction  in  these 
import  duties.  But  so  far,  the  vested  interests  which  have 
grown  up  under  protection  have  proved  too  strong  and  it 
is  hardly  likely  that  any  change  will  be  made  unless  it  is 
done  with  revolutionary  violence.  Apparently  it  is  ex- 
pected that  under  a  protective  system,  the  internal  com- 
petition among  the  manufacturers  will  tend  to  reduce 
prices,  but  there  is  no  evidence  any  where  in  the  world  to 
show  that  this  is  likely  to  happen.  Protection  engenders 
a' wonderful  system  of  trade  organisation  and  the  trusts  of 
America  and  the  cartels  of  Germany  should  at  least  serve 
as  warnings  of  what  is  likely  to  happen  in  this  country. 


H  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

It  seems  to  me  hardly  necessary  to  make  out  a  strong- 
er case  than  I  have  done,  but  I  would  suggest  to  any 
one,  who  is  not  convinced  by  the  facts  I  have  brought 
forward,  that  he  should  examine  carefully  the  results  of 
the  Swadeshi  movement  which  has  spread  throughout  the 
length  and  breadth  of  India. 

Ill 

The  administration  of  British  India  presents  to  the 
advanced  student  of  political  economy  an  admirable  series 
of  examples  of  the  application  of  the  principles  of  the 
science  to  the  practical  problem  of  maintaining  law  and 
order  among  more  than  300  millions  of  people.  He  can 
study  the  land  question  and  contrast  the  defects  of  private 
ownership  in  land  as  exemplified  by  the  permanent  settle- 
ment in  Bengal  with  the  advantages  of  land  nationalisa- 
tion which  is  at  the  basis  of  the  system  of  ryotwari  tenure. 
In  the  excise  duties  on  cotton  goods  manufactured  in  the 
country,  the  doctrinaire  free  trader  will  rejoice  to  see  that 
in  practice,  the  levying  of  import  duties  on  foreign  mer- 
chandise is  not  incompatible  with  the  most  strict  adher- 
ence to  his  principles  of  economic  faith.  At  the  same 
time  those  who  hold  that  the  laissez  faire  doctrines  of  the 
Manchester  school  of  economists  are  inimical  to  the  inter- 
ests of  the  bulk  of  the  community,  will  rejoice  to  see  that 
the  State  has  recognised  the  part  which  it  can  play  in  the 
corporate  life  of  the  people  in  its  railway  systems,  in  its 
irrigation  works  and  in  its  frank  recognition  of  its  duty  to 
prevent  death  by  starvation  in  famine  times. 

Truly  Administrators  of  British  India  have  studied 
political  economy  to  some  purpose  and  have  shown  no 
small  amount  of  sagacity  in  the  practical  application  of 
its  theories  to  the  problems  of  administrative  work, 
but  their  critics,  on  the  other  hand  whatever  their  the- 


THE    EFFECT   OF   PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS  77 

oretical  attainments  may  be,  have  failed  entirely  to 
apply  the  principles  of  the  science  in  dealing  with  the 
situation  in  which  they  find  themselves  placed.  Facts 
are  stubborn  things,  but  they  are  ignored  altogether  or 
count  for  very  little  when  the  Indian  Economist  is 
endeavouring  to  work  up  a  political  grievance  out  of  the 
industrial  inferiority  in  which  the  country  is  placed.  He 
is  prone  to  attach  much  importance  to  the  alleged 
exhaustion  of  the  soil — "earth  butchery"  he  is  pleased 
to  call  it — and  revels  in  the  pessimistic  conclusions  which 
he  can  draw  from  an  application  of  the  law  of  "  diminish- 
ing returns. 

The  resources  of  science  have  hardly  yet  been  applied, 
and  until  they  have  been,  the  loss  of  fertility  of  the  soil, 
if  such  is  occurring,  is  due  to  ignorance,  apathy  and 
want  of  enterprise  or  capital  on  the  part  of  the  cultivators. 
I  doubt  very  much  if  the  Irrigation  Officers  of  the  Public 
Works  Department  or  the  experts  now  attached  to  the 
various  Provincial  Agricultural  Departments  would  admit 
that  India  is  in  sight  of  the  time  when  that  economic 
bogey,  "  the  law  of  diminishing  returns ''  will  come  into 
operation. 

The  value  of  crops  is  everywhere  rising,  irrigation  is 
extending,  improved  methods  of  cultivation  are  becoming 
better  known  ;  capital,  is  however  sadly  lacking  and  even 
where  available  its  application  to  the  soil  is  rendered 
extremely  difficult  by  the  minute  area  of  the  individual 
holdings  of  each  cultivator.  Why  therefore  talk  of  "  the 
law  of  diminishing  returns  "  ?  The  judicious  investment  of 
capital  in  the  soil  almost  everywhere  yields  a  handsome 
return  and  better  than  can  be  expected  from  most  forms 
of  industrial  enterprise. 

Quite  recently  1  have  learnt  that  in  the  Gwalior  State 
the  steam  ploughing  experiments  which  have  been  con- 


78  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

ducted  at  the  instance  of  the  Maharajah  have  resulted  in  an 
increase  of  the  yield  from  black  cotton  soil  of  between  200 
and  300  per  cent,  and  I  understand  it  is  proposed  to 
develope  work  in  this  direction  as  rapidly  as  possible. 

AH  over  the  country  one  finds  herds  of  worthless 
cattle  grazing  on  waste  land  and  if  the  people  could  only 
be  brought  to  appreciate  the  enormous  importance  of 
scientific  cattle  breeding  combined  with  the  growth  of 
suitable  fodder  crops,  the  resulting  increase  in  their  pros- 
perity would  be  astonishing. 

India  grows  more  sugarcane  than  any  other  country 
in  the  world,  but  it  is  now  unable  to  supply  its  own  in- 
ternal consumption  and  year  by  year  the  imports  are 
steadily  increasing.  It  is  generally  admitted  by  those  com- 
petent to  express  an  opinion  on  the  matter,  that  Indian 
Sugar  growers  are  suffering,  not  from  the  effects  of  the 
law  of  diminishing  returns,  but  from  their  neglect  to  keep 
abreast  with  the  improved  methods  of  cultivation  which 
have  been  adopted  in  other  countries. 

In  the  south  of  India  we  have  less  than  400  oil 
engines  and  pumps  at  work,  yet  many  of  them  have, repaid 
their  cost  within  two  years  and  most  of  them  will  do 
so  with  in  four  years  of  the  time  when  they  started  to  lift 
water  for  irrigation.  There  is  room  for  one  hundred  times 
as  many  pumping  stations  as  have  been  installed  and  crores 
of  rupees  can  be  profitably  invested  in  them.  In  other 
parts  of  India  there  is  a  similar  field  for  the  employment 
of  capital,  and  I  have  good  reason  to  believe  that  capital  to 
the  extent  of  fully  one  hundred  crores  of  rupees  could  be 
invested,  not  at  once  but  in  course  of  time,  in  irrigation  by 
pumping  if  the  people  of  the  country  were  alive  to  the 
advantages  which  it  offers.  When  the  profits  derived 
from  irrigation  are  better  appreciated,  it  will  be  practicable 
to  levy  higher  water  rates  than  at  present  and  great  irriga- 


THE   EFFECT   OF   PROTECTIVE   TARIFFS  79 

tion  projects  which  are  now  pigeonholed  will  be  carried 
out.  Over  millions  of  acres  the  productivity  of  the  soil 
will  be  doubled  or  even  trebled  and  by  a  more  extensive 
use  of  mechanical  appliances  the  labours  of  the  cultivator 
will  be  reduced  and  his  increased  efficiency  will  undoubtedly 
be  accompanied  by  a  substantial  rise  in  his  standard  of 
living. 

Till  all  these  things  have  happened  and  till  the  pres- 
sure of  the  population  on  the  soil  is  at  least  double  what 
it  now  is,  we  need  not  consider  the  law  of  diminishing  re- 
turns. To  enclose  India  in  a  ring  fence,  such  as  the 
protectionists  desire,  is  either  to  deliver  the  people  over  to 
the  enterprising  foreigner  who  would  exploit  the  material 
resources  of  the  country  and  its  enormous  supply  of  cheap 
labour,  or  to  perpetuate  the  present  state  of  inefficiency 
and  apathy  from  which  we  are  being  rudely  awakened 
by  the  pressure  of  competition  from  the  outside. 

It  is  necessary  that  industries  should  develope,  but  let 
their  growth  be  natural  and  suited  to  the  environment  of 
the  people.  The  great  manufacturing  cities  of  the  West 
are  in  many  ways  a  blot  on  our  modern  civilization  and 
those,  who  have  the  interests  of  India  at  heart,  may  well  be 
asked  to  reflect  on  the  condition  of  such  towns  as 
Calcutta  and  Bombay,  before  they  advocate  the  introduc- 
tion of  a  fiscal  policy  which  would  tend  to  foster  the 
growth  of  such  centres  of  population  and  would  enable 
the  enterprising  foreigner  to  indirectly  levy  a  tax  on  the 
whole  country  for  his  personal  benefit.  The  Indians,  who 
cry  for  protection,  do  not  realise  the  conditions  under 
which  they  are  now  living  or  the  futility  of  their  measures 
for  the  development  of  Swadeshi  enterprise  and  it  is 
fortunate  for  them  and  for  the  country  at  large  that  there 
is  little  hope  that  the  fiscal  policy  which  they  advocate 
will  be  adopted. 


80  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

Hitherto,  as  the  late  Mr.  Justice  Ranade  admitted 
India  has  vastly  benefitted  by  its  close  connection 
with  the  richest  and  most  enterprising  country  in 
the  world  and  the  exchange  of  products  between  the 
two  has  been  a  great  mutual  advantage.  Protection  in 
India  would  alter  all  this  and  an  artificial  system  would 
be  built  up  which  protection  would  be  needed  to  main- 
tain. In  Japan  such  a  policy  has  been  pursued  with 
great  success,  but  Japan  is  an  independent  country  and 
its  people  have  never  been  subjected  to  foreign  dominion. 
The  Japs  apparently  possess  the  essential  qualities  of  a 
dominant  race  and  they  have  exhibited  in  a  high  degree 
the  energy,  perseverance,  power  of  self-control  and 
ability  to  combine  which  are  required  in  those  who  would 
be  industrial  leaders  and  carry  on  manufacturing  opera- 
tions on  a  large  scale.  Protection  for  India  really  means 
protection  for  the  foreign  manufacturer  and  this  the 
Indian  protectionist  is  driven  to  admit,  but  he  weakly 
contends  that  it  would  only  be  for  a  time  and  that  ultimate- 
ly Indians  will  succeed  in  ousting  the  pioneers  ;  and 
so  sure  is  he  of  this  ultimate  result  that  he  thinks  it 
would  be  worth  while  to  temporarily  pay  the  price. 

The  Hon'ble  Mr.  R.  N.  Mudholkar  in  his  address  to 
the  Industrial  Conference  very  forcibly  drew  attention  to 
the  obvious  failure  of  the  Swadeshi  movement,  but,  in  the 
remedial  measures  which  he  proposed,  he  failed  to  recog- 
nise that  the  creation  of  an  industrial  India  involves  a 
great  change  in  the  ideals  of  the  people  and  their  outlook 
on  life.  There  are  many  who  say  that  such  a  change  is 
undesirable  and  those  who  have  studied  the  question  are 
forced  to  admit  that  so  vast  a  change  in  the  habits  of  the 
people  can  only  be  effected  gradually  and  must  be  spread 
over  many  generations. 

Not  less  fallacious  is  the  prevalent  idea  that  industrial 


THE   EFFECT  OF  PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS  81 

development   is    needed   in    India   to    provide  employ- 
ment  for  the   landless  labourer  and  to  relieve  the  pres- 
sure of    the    population    on  the  soil.     This   too    in    the 
face  of  an  almost  universal  outcry  of  the  scarcity  of  labour 
and  that  this  outcry  is  well   founded   we  have  ample   evi. 
dence    in    the    steady  rise  of  wages.     It  is  only  in   famine 
times  when  agricultural  operations  cannot  be  carried  on  that 
extensive  unemployment  and  the   accompanying  destitu- 
tion exists.     Industrial  development  will  provide  no  timely 
showers  of  rain  and  consequently    will  not  help  the  agri- 
cultural population.  All  the  mills,  workshops  and  factories 
in  India  worked  on  modern  lines  only  employed  in  1908-09, 
948,000  people  and  if  the   number   were    trebled,  which 
would  mean  an  enormous  industrial  development,  it  would 
hardly  affect  the  agricultural  labour  market  at  all .     Indus- 
trial development  will    increase   the  general  resources  of 
the  country  and,  so  far  as  the  profits  from   such  develop- 
ment remain  in  the  country,  its  resources  to  meet  the  strain 
of  faminetimeswill  be  increased,  but  industrial  development 
is  not  the  direction  in  which  we    should  look  for  ways  to 
diminish  the  effects  of  famine.     A  failure  of  the  rains  means 
a  loss  of  crop  and  as  long  as  that  loss  of  crop  occurs  over 
large  areas  nothing  can  be  done  to  prevent  unemployment 
on  a  great  scale.    The  only  remedy  is   irrigation,   which 
means    a    more  extensive  conservation    of    the  available 
water  supplies,  and  it  is  fortunate   that   our  Engineers  are 
steadily  obtaining  more  complete   command  over    natural 
forces  so  that  no  one  can  now  predict  the  time  when  their 
resources  will  be  exhausted. 

During  the  last  20  years  India  has  passed  though  a 
prolonged  series  of  unfavourable  seasons  and  there  is  some 
reason  to  believe  that  this  cycle  will  be  succeeded  by  one  in 
which  the  meteorological  conditions  will  be  more  favoura- 
ble. If  that  be  so,  we  may  anticipate  in  the  future  a  still  more 
11 


82  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

rapid  development  both  in  agriculture  and  industries  than 
has  hitherto  taken  place.  Moreover,  the  educated  classes  in 
the  country  are  thoroughly  alive  to  the  necessity  for  en- 
gaging in  productive  work  and  though  their  efforts  so  far 
have  not  met  with  much  success,  experience  is  being 
gained  and  the  lines  along  which  progress  is  possible  are 
becoming  clearer. 

It  is  urgently  necessary  that  the  economic  situation 
should  be  understood  and  that  there  should  be  no  time  or 
energy  wasted  in  working  on  wrong  lines.  It  is  for  this 
reason  I  consider  it  desirable  that  the  fallacy  of  protection 
as  a  remedy  for  the  growing  difficulties  of  the  educated 
classes  should  be  exposed.  Exaggerated  impressions  are 
fostered  regarding  the  natural  resources  of  the  country  and 
it  is  eminently  desirable  that  as  soon  as  possible  it  should 
be  realised  that  they  are  mainly  of  an  agricultural  charac- 
ter. Minerals  are  widely  diffused,  but  so  far  as  our  present 
knowledge  goes  it  is  only  in  the  coal  fields  of  Bengal  and 
the  oil  fields  of  Burma  that  they  are  of  great  potential 
value.  It  is  possible  that  further  discoveries  may  be  made 
which  will  alter  the  situation,  but  for  the  present,  at  any 
rate,  it  is  outside  the  range  of  practical  considerations  to 
attach  any  economic  value  to  the  enormous  deposits  of 
iron  ore  which  occur  in  various  parts  of  India  and 
notably  in  certain  districts  of  this  Presidency.  The  poverty 
of  India  is  in  the  main  due  to  the  cleavage  between  the 
intellectual  and  the  labouring  classes  and  the  policy  of  the 
future  should  unquestionably  be  directed  to  rendering 
it  possible  for  the  former  to  assist  the  latter.  The  demand 
for  education  is  spreading  and  our  efforts  should  be  con- 
centrated on  making  it  of  a  more  practical  character. 
The  administration  is  probably  too  much  in  the  hands  of 
men  whose  training  has  been  along  literary  lines  and  it 
would  certainly  be  advantageous  in  the  future  if  more 


THE  EFFECT  OF  PROTECTIVE  TARIFFS  83 

room  could  be  found  in  the  public  services  for  men  whose 
practical  and  constructive  faculties  have  been  developed. 
To  conclude,  Indian  economics  have  hitherto  been 
studied  in  an  extremely  superficial  way,  and,  generally, 
in  the  interests  of  some  particular  section  of  the  com- 
munity. There  are  signs  that  this  unsatisfactory  state  of 
things  is  coming  to  an  end  and  that  broader  and  more 
statesmanlike  views  will  ultimately  prevail.  Tariffs,  pro- 
tective or  otherwise,  are  potent  weapons  for  good  or  ill 
and  according  as  they  are  used  wisely  or  otherwise  they 
may  promote  the  welfare  of,  or  cause  misery  and  distress  to 
millions.  Briefly,  my  view  at  the  present  time  is  that  India 
is  not  in  a  position  to  benefit  from  a  protective  system  of 
tariffs.  Whether  it  will  be  so  or  not,  in  a  future  more  or 
less  remote,  entirely  depends  upon  the  direction  in  which 
future  progress  both  economic  and  social  will  be  made. 


CHAPTER  IV 

AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL 
DEVELOPMENT 

I 

The  marked  rise  in  price  of  agricultural  products 
throughout  the  world  has  naturally  attracted  the  attention 
of  economists  and  various  reasons  are  assigned  for  it. 
The  cost  of  manufacturing  operations  has  decreased  and 
the  price  of  manufactured  goods  shows  a  steady  decline 
excepting  in  so  far  as  it  has  been  affected  by  the  enhanced 
cost  of  raw  materials.  Gold  has  depreciated  relatively  to 
wheat,  but  not  to  iron  or  copper;  whilst  it  has  enormously 
appreciated  in  comparison  with  such  metals  as  aluminium 
and  nickel,  and  with  many  hundreds  of  chemical  products, 
the  cost  of  the  production  of  which  has  greatly  decreased 
owing  to  the  application  of  scientific  methods  in  dealing 
with  them.  It  is  true  that  in  recent  years  there  has  been 
a  great  increase  in  the  production  of  gold,  but  no  incon- 
siderable proportion  of  this  increased  supply  has  been 
withdrawn  from  the  market  on  account  of  India  and  in 
view  of  the  still  greater  increase  in  the  volume  of  trade 
throughout  the  world  it  is  almost  certain  that  there  has 
been  no  marked  change  in  the  real  value  of  the  standard 
by  which  the  value  of  other  commodities  is  measured. 

The  increase  in  the  prices  of  agricultural  produce 
is  undoubtedly  in  the  main  due  to  an  increased 
demand  for  them,  owing  to  the  rise  in  the  standard 


AGRICULTURE  AND   INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT        85 

of  living  and  to  the  increase  of  population  in  the 
civilized  parts  of  the  world.  America  has  almost  ceas- 
ed to  be  a  grain  exporting  country  and  in  a  few  years 
it  will  have  difficulty  in  supporting  its  own  rapidly 
growing  population.  Germany  has  already  reached  this 
stage  and  is  dependent  on  foreign  sources  of  supply  to  an 
ever  increasing  extent.  These  facts  have  an  extremely 
important  bearing  on  the  economic  situation  of  India  and 
suggest,  at  least,  that  it  is  worth  while  enquiring  whether 
the  dependence  of  the  country  upon  agriculture  is  likely 
to  be  such  a  source  of  weakness  in  the  future  as  it  has 
hitherto  been  considered  in  the  past.  Year  by  year  the 
value  of  agricultural  produce  increases  and  the  cost  of 
freight  diminishes ;  that  is  to  say,  the  cultivator  in  this 
country  is  able  to  obtain  a  gradually  increasing  amount  of 
gold  or  manufactured  goods  in  return  for  the  surplus 
crops  he  has  to  dispose  of. 

The  world  is  moving  very  fast  and  in  another 
generation  India  may  have  no  surplus  foodstuffs  to  dispose 
of,  but  that  seems  hardly  likely  as  the  undeveloped  or 
latent  resources  are  extraordinarily  great.  The  area  under 
cultivation  is  capable  of  extension  by  at  least  50  per 
cent,  and  there  is  but  little  doubt  that  the  area  under 
irrigation  can  be  doubled.  To  what  extent  improv- 
ed methods  of  culture,  a  general  use  of  artificial  manures 
and  a  rational  policy  in  regard  to  live  stock  will  increase 
the  yield  of  the  soil,  I  am  not  prepared  to  estimate ; 
but  taking  all  the  factors  enumerated  into  consideration 
we  may  safely  reckon  on  an  annual  harvest  more  than 
double  that  now  obtained.  India  sustains  its  rapidly 
increasing  population  with  comparative  ease  and  will 
continue  to  do  so  for  a  long  time  to  come,  provid- 
ed the  people  remain  contented  with  their  present  low 
standard  of  living.  Not  withstanding  ;its  teeming  millions 


86  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

in  an  average  year  there  is  employment  for  all  and  in 
many  parts  of  the  country  there  is  a  distinct  shortage  of 
labour. 

Whilst  I  do  not  deprecate  in  the  slightest  degree  the 
efforts  now  being  made  to  establish  industries  in  this 
country,  I  think  it  is  well  that  we  should  bear  in  mind 
that  possibly  the  disadvantages  of  relying  almost  entirely 
on  agriculture  have  been  somewhat  overrated  and  that  in 
consequence  an  exaggerated  idea  has  been  created  as  to 
the  necessity  for  concentrating  efforts  on  industrial  develop- 
ments. It  has  been  asserted,  over  and  over  again,  that  to 
give  full  play  to  the  activities  of  a  nation  there  must  be 
variety  for  the  occupations  of  its  people,  and  some  ap- 
proach to  equality  in  the  opportunities  offered  by  com- 
mercial, manufacturing  and  agricultural  pursuits.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  in  the  past,  and  even  at  the  present 
time,  the  great  industrial  nations  of  the  world  are  far 
wealthier  and  more  progressive  than  those  which,  in  the 
main,  have  been  compelled  to  confine  themselves  to  till- 
ing the  soil ;  but  the  question  arises  whether  this  is  likely 
to  be  equally  true  in  the  future. 

So  long  as  agriculture  was  based  on  traditional 
methods  and  rules  of  practice  it  offered  little  scope  for  the 
exercise  of  trained  intelligence,  but  in  recent  years  a  more 
scientific  procedure  has  been  adopted,  and  in  advanced 
agricultural  practice  chemistry  and  engineering  play  an 
ever  increasingly  important  part.  In  the  United  States, 
the  Western  farmer  is  as  keen  a  man  of  business  as  the 
Eastern  manufacturer.  He  is  always  making  experiments 
and  trying  to  circumvent  the  difficulties  which  he  has  to 
encounter,  whether  due  to  natural  circumstances  or 
to  the  inadequate  supply  of  labour  which  he  can  com- 
mand. A  farmer  working  on  a  large  scale  and  with 
insufficient  capital  will  always  be  at  the  mercy  of  the 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT        87 

weather.  In  a  good  season  he  will  flourish,  in  a  bad  one 
he  is  brought  to  the  verge  of  ruin.  The  conditions  are 
rapidly  changing  in  America  and  Australia,  and  year  by 
year  the  progress  of  irrigation  and  improved  methods  of 
cultivation  are  rendering  farming  a  less  precarious  busi- 
ness. Machinery  plays  an  increasingly  important  part  in 
agricultural  operations  and  steadily  modern  farming  is 
becoming  akin  to  complex  manufacturing  operations. 

In  India  there  are  no  large  farms  and  the  cultivators 
have  but  little  capital.  They  are  burdened  with  an 
enormous  number  of  inferior  or  useless  cattle  for  whose 
maintenance  an  undue  proportion  of  the  soil  is  occupied 
with  low  grade  crops.  It  is  estimated  that  there  are  at 
least  120,000,000  bulls  and  bullocks,  cows,  buffaloes  and 
young  stock  in  the  country.  Besides  ploughing  and 
carting,  the  lifting  of  water  from  wells  for  irrigation 
employs  millions  of  the  best  cattle  and  costs  the  country 
not  less  than  40  crores  of  rupees  a  year.  Here  is  a  vast 
field  for  industrial  work  in  devising  mechanical  appliances 
to  suit  the  local  conditions.  The  movement  in  favour  of 
Co-operative  Credit  Societies  for  the  ryot  will  ultimately 
place  a  large  amount  of  capital  at  the  disposal  of  the  cul- 
tivators and  the  difficulties  connected  with  the  introduc- 
tion of  machinery  among  small  holders  can  be  met  by 
co-operation  on  an  extended  scale. 

The  natural  wealth  of  India  is  mainly  agriculture  and 
it  seems  to  me  obvious,  that  in  view  of  the  rising  value  of 
agricultural  produce,  enough  is  not  being  done  to  im- 
prove the  archaic  methods  in  vogue  in  this  country.  The 
industrial  development,  for  which  there  is  so  great 
an  outcry,  must  be  based  on  the  improvement  of 
agriculture.  The  area  under  cultivation  is  steadily 
increasing  and,  during  the  last  ten  years,  in  this  Presi- 
dency even  at  a  more  rapid  ratio  than  the  population. 


88  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDI  \ 

Labour  is  in  consequence  scarce  and  yet  only  in  a  very 
limited  degree  recourse  is  had  to  labour-saving  appliances. 
The  educated  Indian,  looking  mainly  to  the  future  of  the 
class  to  which  he  belongs,  recognises  the  necessity  for  a 
more  rapid  rate  of  progress  in  industrial  matters  and  he 
cries  aloud  for  fiscal  protection  as  the  sovereign  remedy  for 
the  economic  ills  to  which  the  country  is  subjected  by  the 
free  trade  policy  imposed  upon  it.  Industrial  protection 
can  only  be  obtained  at  the  expense  of  those  dependent 
upon  the  land  for  their  means  of  subsistence  and  to  build 
up  manufacturing  industries  the  development  of  agricul- 
ture is  to  be  checked  by  the  imposition  of  additional  bur- 
dens, 

It  is  not  sufficiently  recognised  that  for  industries  to 
flourish  in  this  country  they  must  have  an  assured  home 
market.  The  spending  power  of  the  people  of  this  coun- 
try almost  entirely  depends  upon  agricultural  progress  and 
the  more  this  is  furthered  by  improvement  in  the  means 
of  communication,  by  the  diffusion  of  scientific  know- 
ledge, by  the  introduction  of  labour  saving  appliances 
and  by  the  general  education  of  the  cultivators, 
the  sooner  will  it  be  practicable  to  establish  local 
industries  for  the  supply  of  local  needs.  It  is  an  axiom, 
the  importance  of  which  cannot  be  too  clearly  re- 
cognised, that  before  manufactures  can  be  started 
there  must  be  a  market  of  sufficient  size  to  absorb 
all  their  products.  Protection,  I  fully  admit,  by  cutting 
off  outside  sources  of  supply,  would  create  such  markets 
in  the  case  of  certain  commodities  which  are  now  large- 
ly imported,  but  it  would  be  at  the  expense  of  the  general 
community  and  most  probably  for  the  benefit  of  the 
foreign  entrepreneur. 

In   the  industrial  race  the  only    asset    which    India 
possesses,  that  is  of  supreme  value,  is  an  abundant  supply 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT        89 

of  cheap  labour  and  the  material  progress  of  the  country 
depends  largely  upon  the  education  of  these  labourers  so 
as  to  render  them  more  efficient  workmen.  The  labour 
difficulties  are  entirely  due  to  the  crude  methods  of  work- 
ing, to  the  neglect  of  labour-saving  appliances  and  to  the 
absence  of  any  efforts  to  train  labour.  The  present  pseudo 
scarcity  of  labour  is  indirectly  a  great  advantage  as  it  is 
raising  the  status  of  the  labouring  classes  and  at  the  same 
time  providing  a  much  needed  stimulus  in  favour  of  the 
use  of  labour- saving  appliances.  Evidence  of  this  is  to  be 
found  in  this  Presidency  in  the  growing  demand  for  small 
motors  to  drive  pumps,  oil  mills,  rice  hullers,  cotton  gins, 
fibre  extractors  and  sugar  mills.  In  the  Punjab  there  is  a 
demand,  in  the  irrigation  colonies,  for  harvesting  and 
thrashing  machinery  and  in  other  Provinces,  in  a  lesser 
degree,  for  a  great  variety  of  machines  to  take  the  place 
of  manual  methods  of  working. 

As  Europe  draws  its  supply  of  raw  vegetable  produce 
from  India  and  other  tropical  countries,  so  India  in  the 
future  will  have  to  depend  for  the  raw  material  of  her 
manufactures  mainly  upon  countries  more  favourably 
situated  than  she  is  for  their  production.  Assuming  the 
success  of  the  attempt  now  in  progress  to  establish  the 
manufacture  of  iron  and  steel  on  a  large  scale  under  the 
direction  of  the  Tata  Brothers,  it  is  at  least  doubtful,  owing 
to  the  high  cost  of  transport  by  railway  compared  with 
that  by  sea,  if  they  will  ever  be  able  to  compete  with  the 
foreign  producers  of  such  material  in  the  markets  of 
Southern  India.  On  the  other  hand,  if  in  course  of  time 
the  demand  for  oil-engines  and  pumps  in  the  South  of 
India  continues  to  increase,  it  is  absolutely  certain  that 
they  can  be  manufactured  out  here  on  a  large  scale  as 
cheaply  as  in  England  or  in  America.  All  that  is  wanted 
to  ensure  the  success  of  Iron  Works  devoted  to  this 

12 


90  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

particular  branch  of  manufacture  is  a  sufficiently  large 
local  market  to  absorb  the  whole  of  the  production. 
If,  therefore,  we  wish  to  establish  the  manufacture  of 
such  machines  in  this  country,  our  efforts  should  be 
directed  to  the  creation  of  a  market  for  them.  The 
greatest  users  of  machinery  should  be  the  ryots.  The 
more  advanced  their  agricultural  practice,  the  greater  will 
be  their  profits  and  in  an  equal  ratio,  the  greater  will 
be  the  spending  power  of  the  community. 

The  first  great  need  of  Indian  agriculture  is  an  assured 
supply  of  water  and  it  is  almost  as  important  that  the 
ryots  should  learn  how  best  to  utilize  an  assured  supply. 
Here  and  there  on  a  small  scale  their  practice  has  reached 
a  high  degree  of  perfection,  but  generally  over  the  country 
they  have  a  vast  amount  of  leeway  to  make  up  and  it  is 
only  by  the  diffusion  of  education  and  knowledge  that 
their  innate  conservatism  will  be  overcome. 

The  irrigation  policy  of  Government  is  based  upon  far 
too  low  ah.  estimate  of  the  value  of  an  assured  water  supply 
and  only  when  both  the  Government  and  the  educated 
classes  in  this  country  have  an  accurate  conception  of  the 
real  value  of '  water  will  funds  be  made  available  for 
the  pursuit  of  a  vigorous  policy  in  respect  to  irri- 
gation and  agricultural  development.  It  is  rightly 
considered  that  public  funds  should  only  be  devoted  to 
the  construction  of  irrigation  works  when  the  return  to  be; 
expected  from  them  will  be  sufficient  to  prevent  the  works 
becoming  a  permanent  burden  on  the  finances  of  the 
country.  What  are  classified  as  productive  works  are  ex- 
pected to  yield  a  direct  return  on  the  money  invested  in 
them  :over.and  above  the  interest  charges.  What  are 
known  as  protective  works  are  expected  to  yield  some 
return  but  not  enough  to  enable  them,  to  pay  their  way. 
The  diVect  loss  is  counterbalanced  by  the  reduction  in  cost 


AGRICULTURE  AMD  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT       91 

of  famine  relief  operations  consequent    upon  the  protect 

tion  afforded  by  the  works. 

*  *  t 

In  the  neighbourhood  of  Poona,  sugar-cane  is  grown 
under  unusually  favourable  conditions  with  an  assured 
water-supply  from  the  Nira  Canal.  This  irrigation  wodc 
involved  a  very  large  capital  outlay,  but  the  demand  for 
water  is  greater  than  the  supply  and  the  rate  for  sugar-cane 
is  now  Rs.  50  per  acre  per  annum.  So  far  as  Government 
irrigation  works  are  concerned  this  may.be  considered  an 
exceptionally  high  rate  and,  in  fact,  there  are  but  few  places 
where  rates  as  high  as  Rs.  15  per  acre  are  charged* 
On  the  other  hand,  in  Zamindari  lands  and  private 
irrigation  works,  the  cost  of  irrigation  varies  from  ;Rsj 
25  or  30  per  acre  to  at  least  Rs.  100  per  acre. spec 
annum.  The  ryots  in  the  Kistna  Delta  pay  a  water  rate 
of  Rs.  5  for  single  crop  irrigation.  The  ryots  whorqwjrx 
dry  lands  commanded  by  the  canals  are  perfectly  willing 
to  pay  this  water  rate  in  addition  to  the  cost  of  pumpitig 
water  from  the  canals.  This  costs  them  at  least  Rs.  10  an-, 
acre.  It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  it  is  more  profitable 
to  grow  irrigated  crops  and  pay  a  water  rate  of  Rs.  15  per 
acre  than  it  is  to  grow  dry  crops  and  be  dependent  upon 
the  season.  The  average  cost  of  well  irrigation  is  some- 
where about  Rs.  5  per  acre  per  month,  and  yet  when  big? 
irrigation  schemes  are  under  Construction  the  financial, 
returns  are  based  on  water  rates  which  were  obtained 
twenty  years  ago  when  the  economic  conditions  were 
greatly  inferior  to  what  they  are  now.  In  the  past  it  has 
been  possible  to  construct ,  irrigation  works  to  command 
large  areas  of  land  at  a  very  low  cost,  but  all  or  nearly  all 
the  favourable  sites  for  such  works  have  been  occupied  and 
the  bjg  irrigation  works  of  the  future  will  cost  possibly  about 
ten  times  as  much  perunit  of  water  available  .in  the.  field 
channels^ To  make  the  works  pay  the  water  rates  .will  have 


92  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

to  be  high,  but  even  then  the  profits  on  wet  cultivation  will 
prove  much  larger  and  more  reliable  than  from  the  existing 
dry  cultivation.  There  is  but  little  doubt  that  Govern- 
ment would  gladly  accept  this  view  of  irrigation  if  the  value 
of  water  as  expressed  in  currency  units  was  more  accurate- 
ly recognised.  The  ryot  often  pays  in  kind  from  Rs.  50  to 
Rs,  60  per  acre  per  annum  for  his  water,  but  he  would 
be  aghast  at  the  idea  of  paying  one-third  of  this  amount 
in  actual  currency.  In  this  direction,  however,  progress 
is  being  made  which  may  be  claimed  as  one  of  the  results 
of  irrigation  by  pumping,  though  there  is  also  another 
view  which  would  suggest  that  the  extension  of  irrigation 
by  pumping  is  the  outward  and  visible  expression  of  a  pro- 
found change  in  the  economics  of  rural  India. 

If  once  it  is  recognised  that  these  are  the  true  princi- 
ples which  must  govern  the  policy  pursued  in  this  coun- 
try in  regard  to  material  development  there  will,  I  think,  be 
but  little  difficulty  about  creating  a  healthy  and  vigorous 
industrial  system. 

II 

INDUSTRY  ON   A  SMALL   SCALE 

Educated  India  has  realized  for  sometime  past 
that  the  indigenous  industries  of  the  country  are  one  by 
one  disappearing  before  the  competition  of  free  imports 
and  that  the  proportion  of  the  population  solely  dependant 
upon  the  soil  for  subsistance  is  steadily  increasing,  whilst  in 
more  progressive  countries  an  exactly  opposite  tendency  is 
clearly  visible.  More  than  this,  however,  is  at  the  bottom 
of  the  economic  unrest  which  pervades  the  country.  It 
is  the  perception  that  the  unequal  development  of  rural 
and  urban  life  provides  inadequately  for*  the  employ- 
ment  of  the  varied  forms  of  intellectual  activity  which 
education  has  called  into  existence.  Inaccurate  arid 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT         93 

vague  ideas  still  prevail  regarding  the  natural  resources 
of  India  and  there  is  a  widespread  feeling  that  it  is 
the  policy  of  England  to  keep  India  in  economic  subjec- 
tion rather  than  encourage  a  vigorous  development  of 
industrial  activity  in  the  country.  The  laissez  faire  policy 
of  the  Victorian  Era  is  neither  understood  nor  appreciated 
in  this  country  and  the  fact  that  it  still,  to  a  large  extent, 
dominates  English  political  life,  for  reasons  totally  uncon- 
nected with  India,  is  scarcely  recognised. 

This  all  points  to  the  urgent  necessity  for  the  estab- 
lishment in  India  of  an  institution  run  on  similar  lines  to 
the  London  School  of  Economics  and  Political  Science, 
which  provides  for  the  study  of  facts  relating  to,  and  for 
the  diffusion  of  knowledge  regarding  social  and  economic 
problems.  Something  has  been  done  in  this  direction  in 
Bombay,  but  the  movement  which  started  in  the  cold 
weather  of  1908-09  by  engaging  Professor  H.  B.  Lees- 
Smith,  at  present  M.  P.  for  Northampton,  to  deliver  a 
course  of  lectures  on  Indian  Economics  has  not  yet  borne 
definite  fruit.  In  London,  it  is  true  that  increasing  in- 
terest is  being  taken  in  Indian  problems  and  attention 
may  be  directed  to  the  writings  of  both  Professor 
Lees-Smith  and  Sir  Theodore  Morison.  Their  studies, 
however,  are  made  from  the  outside  and  without  that 
intimate  knowledge  of  detail  which  can  only  be  found 
among  people  on  the  spot,  in  daily  contact  with  the 
various  phases  of  the  problems  which  require  eluci- 
dation. Changes  are  taking  place  so  rapidly  in  India  and 
the  area  under  observation  is  so  large  that  it  is  difficult 
for  any  individual  to  keep  in  touch  with  the  efforts  that 
are  being  made  and  with  the  progress  which  is  definitely 
accomplished.  Organization  is  necessary  to  accomplish 
this  and  to  a  large  extent  it  is  lacking.  The  statistical  pub- 
lications of  the  Imperial  and  Local  Governments  offer 


94  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

vast  quantities  of  undigested  material,  which  is  availed  of 
mainly  to  furnish  evidence  in  favour  of  preconceived 
theories  and  opinions.  Anything  like  a  masterly  analysis 
of  the  facts  and  a  complete  exposition  of  the  situation  has 
never  been  attempted. 

Not  only  in  religion  and  philosophy  is  there  a  vast 
gulf  between  East  and  West,  but  it  is  equally  apparent  in 
the  outlook  on  material  and  more  mundane  affairs.  The 
nineteenth  century  witnessed  the  destruction  of  the  indi- 
genous Indian  industrial  system,  which  gave  way  before 
the  modern  commercialism  of  the  West,  because  of  its  own 
inherent  weakness.  In  the  twentieth  century  we  recognise 
the  urgent  necessity  for  constructive  work,  for  providing 
India  with  an  industrial  system  suited  to  the  idiosyncracies 
of  the  people  and  capable  of  absorbing  the  surplus  crea^ 
tive  energy  which  is  slowly  becoming  apparent.  In  this 
work  the  State  must  play  an  important  part.  Its  influence 
will  be  enormous,  whether  it  adopts  a  laissezfaire  policy, 
or  actively  intervenes  and  endeavours  to  influence  the 
course  of  events  to  bring  about  a  definite  result.  To  frame 
a  policy  it  should  understand  the  situation  and  know 
what  forces  are  at  work,  what  material  there  is  to  deal 
with  and  what  latent  resources  there  are  which  can  be 
made  use  of.  Already  there  is  much  activity  .in.  various 
directions,  many  experiments  are  being  tried  and  many 
failures  are  writ  large  in  the  lives  of  pioneers;in  tru's  work. 
Nevertheless  the  record  of  progress  is  by  no  means  unsatis- 
factory, and  it  is  worth  while  to  pause  for  a  moment  and  look 
around  to  ascertain  if  possible  what  is  the  general  tendency 
in  this  movement  towards  industrial  development.  If  we  can 
discover  the  line  of  least  resistance  we  may  be  ablerto 
concentrate  effort  in  that  direction  and  avoid  in  the  future 
much  waste  of  energy  and  capital  in  futile  efforts  f ore? 
doomed  to  failure. 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT        95 

During  the  past  six  months  I  have  spent  a  considerable 
time  on  tour  in  this  Presidency  and  have  made  two  long 
journeys  through  other  parts  of  India.  I  have  had  fair 
opportunities  of  seeing  what  industrial  work  is  going  on 
and  of  judging  in  what  direction  progress  is  being  made. 
1  now  propose  to  briefly  set  down  the  general  conclusion 
I  have  come  to  in  regard  to  purely  indigenous  efforts  to 
improve  the  conditions  under  which  industrial  work  is- 
carried  on  in  India.  I  purposely  exclude  from  this  survey 
the  larger  enterprises  under  European  or  Parsee  control 
and  my  remarks  do  not  apply  to  the  cotton  industry  as 
carried  on  in  spinning  mills  and  weaving  sheds. 

At  the  last  Industrial  Congress  the  political  leaders 
lamented  the  small  results  produced  by  the  Swadeshi  Move- 
ment and  I  am  in  agreement  with  them  that  it  has  proved 
a  practical  failure.  1  would  only  emphasize  the  point  to 
drive  home  the  lesson  that  under  the  conditions  that  prevail, 
through  the  length  and  breadth  of  India,  there  is  no  hope 
that  a  mere  political  sentiment  will  have  sufficient  driving 
force  to  overcome  the  difficulties  inherent  in  changing 
from  the  ancient  system  of  hand-labour,  which  has  pre- 
vailed from  time  immemorial,  to  the  modern  European 
factory  system,  evolved  under  conditions  which  do  not 
exist  out  here  and  which  are  not  likely  to  exist  out  here 
within  any  period  of  time  which  need  concern  us. 

Nearly  everywhere  there  is  evidence  of  a  growing 
scarcity  of  labour  which,  combined  with  a  general  rise  in 
the  price  of  food,  has  tended  to  enormously  increase  the 
cost  of  work  and  forced  employers  to  look  to  labour  sav- 
ing appliance  as  a  means  of  reducing  their  wage  bills. 
Whilst  then  we  may  regret  that  there  is  little  evidence  of 
industrial  development  in  the  direction  of  new  industries 
we  may  rejoice  that  important  changes  are  taking  place 
in  the  methods  of  conducting  existing  industries.  All 


96  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

these  are  intimately  associated  with  agriculture  and  the 
sum  total  of  my  observations  is  that  in  these  industries 
power  and  machinery  of  an  automatic  character  are  re- 
placing the  old  ways  of  doing  things. 

The  Allahabad  Exhibition  afforded  some  evidence  of 
this,  and  as  a  show  its  success  was  largely  due  to  the  ex* 
hibits  of  machinery  manufacturers,  but  the  failure  of  the 
exhibition  to  do  business  on  a  large  scale  was  due  to  the 
inadequate  appreciation  of  the  conditions  peculiar  to 
India,  which  demand  special  consideration  from  those  who 
would  cater  for  the  market  now  opening  out.  If  English 
or  foreign  manufacturers  want  to  meet  the  demands  of 
the  Indian  market  they  must  make  a  special  study  of  the 
conditions  under  which  their  machinery  will  have  to  work. 
It  is  a  curious  fact,  but  nevertheless  one  of  great  impor- 
tance, that  the  economic  conditions  in  India  are  such  that 
competition  amongst  importers  does  not  facilitate  but 
rather  hinders  progress.  With  an  assured  market  better 
terms  could  be  offered  and  monopoly  rather  than  free  com- 
petition is  the  need  of  the  country.  I  can  cite  no  better 
example  of  the  truth  of  this  statement  than  by  drawing 
attention  to  the  extraordinary  popularity  of  the  Singer's 
Sewing  Machine  which,  as  a  labour  saving  appliance,  is 
in  general  use  throughout  India.  There  are  a  number  of 
rival  sewing  machines  of  possibly  nearly  equal  merit,  but 
the  superior  organization  of  the  Singer  Manufacturing 
Company  has  gained  for  itself  a  practical  monopoly  in 
the  supply  of  these  machines  to  India,  and  the  absence  of 
competition  gives  them  an  enormous  business  which  ena- 
bles them  to  supply  new  machines  on  very  favourable 
terms  and  to  provide  facilities  for  their  repair  and  for  the 
renewal  of  damaged  parts,  without  which  it  is  quite  certain 
they  would  not  be  largely  used. 

With  the  exception  of  possibly  the  Punjab  where  the 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT         97 

area  under  cultivation  is  growing  rapidly  and  where  the 
population,  owing  mainly  to  plague,  has  actually  decreased 
during  the  last  ten  years,  I  find  that  it  is  in  the  Madras 
Presidency  that  the  largest  amount  of  progress  has  been 
made  in  the  direction  of  superseding  hand-labour  by 
machinery.  It  will  be  convenient  therefore  only  to  deal 
with  the  facts  which  have  come  to  my  notice  in  this 
Presidency.  These  all  point  to  one  definite  conclusion 
— that  so  far  the  people  of  the  country  are  only  capable 
of  undertaking  industrial  work  on  a  comparatively  small 
scale.  Many  such  enterprises  have  proved  successful 
whilst  attempts  to  operate  on  a  large  scale  have  usually 
proved  abortive  or,  if  actually  started,  have  ended  in 
ignominous  failure. 

It  may  be  well  to  briefly  state  the  reasons  why  in- 
dustrialism has,  even  under  European  or  exceptional 
native  management,  failed  to  establish  itself  in  the  country 
except  along  comparatively  limited  lines.  In  connec- 
tion with  some  of  the  staple  products  of  India,  the  chief  of 
which  are  cotton,  wool,  jute,  sugar  and  wheat,  flourishing 
manufacturing  industries  have  sprung  up,  but  outside 
these,  so  far,  neither  European  nor  Indian  has  succeeded 
in  accomplishing  much.  In  the  discussions  on  this  subject 
it  appears  to  me  that  sufficient  weight  has  not  been  given 
to  the  fact  that  European  merchants  and  manufacturers 
have  for  nearly  a  century  been  doing  all  they  could  to 
create  an  industrial  system.  The  faet  that  they  have  met 
with  great  success  in  certain  directions  and  that  their 
efforts  in  others  have  proved  of  so  little  avail  may  be 
taken  as  evidence  of  the  inherent  difficulty  of  starting 
enterprises  in  this  country.  Having  tried  and  failed, 
they  are  not  altogether  to  be  blamed  if  they  have 
in  recent  years  devoted  their  time  and  attention  and 
employed  their  capital  in  creating  a  big  foreign  trade  at 

13 


98  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

the  expense,  more  or  less,  of  the  indigenous  industries. 
Unquestionably  the  merchants  have  found  it  easier  to 
finance  agricultural  operations,  to  export  produce  and  to 
import  foreign  manufactures  in  exchange.  There  is  ample 
evidence  to  show  that  much  capital  has  been  wasted  in 
efforts  to  establish  new  industries  in  this  country.  The 
difficulties  were  due  to  the  lack  of  central  markets,  to  the 
absence  of  skilled  labour,  to  the  intensity  of  foreign  com- 
petition, to  the  poverty  of  local  resources,  to  the  cost  of 
internal  transport,  to  the  inability  to  obtain  a  monopoly 
and  finally  to  an  imperfect  study  of  local  problems. 

It  is  only  in  recent  years  that  Educated  Indians  have 
become  really  interested  in  industrial  questions  and  the 
mere  fact  that  they  are  now  taking  an  interest  in  such  ques- 
tions does  not  in  any  way  facilitate  their  solution.  The  sim- 
plest suggestion,  and  that  which  is  most  clamoured  for,  is  a 
protective  tariff,  but  as  I  have  already  pointed  out 
protection  will  be  of  little  use  unless  you  exclude  the 
foreign  capitalist  and  manufacturer.  It  looks  at  first 
sight  as  though  we  were  at  an  impasse  and  as  though 
matters  will  have  to  drift  for  themselves  as  they  have  done 
during  the  past  50  years.  A  survey,  however,  of  the  work 
going  on  encourages  me  to  think  that  the  problem  will  be 
gradually  solved  in  a  perfectly  natural  way  without  the 
necessity  for  any  drastic  fiscal  legislation,  which,  if  it 
benefits  one  class  of  the  community,  must  necessarily  throw 
a  heavy  burden  on  another.  This  is  not  intended  to  be 
a  general  statement  of  universal  application  but  only  as 
true  of  India  in  its  present  state. 

Modern  industrial  enterprise  in  the  West  tends  towards 
production  on  a  larger  and  larger  scale,  but  the  conditions 
are  totally  different  in  India  and  along  certain  lines,  at  any 
rate,  it  is  becoming  evident  that  enterprise  on  a  small  scale 
is  likely  to  be  more  profitable  and  is  certainly  better  suited 


AGRlCtlLf  UR#  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT          99 

to  the  capabilities  of  the  people.     The  reasons   for  this  are 
numerous  and  may  be  stated  briefly. 

1.  The  distrust  and  suspicion  prevalent  among  busi- 
ness men  which  prevents  them  from    associating  in   Joint 
Stock  enterprises  of  indefinite  duration. 

2.  The  absence  of  large  capitalists  and  the  unwilling- 
ness of  small  capitalists  to  entrust  their  money  to   experts 
to  carry  on  business. 

3.  The  very  feeble  banking  system  developed  in  this 
country  and  the  almost  entire  absence  of  credit. 

4.  The    numerous    obstacles  to   individual    private 
enterprise  imposed  by  the  undivided  family  system. 

5.  The   dependence    of   nearly   all   forms    industry 
either  on   locally  grown  -agricultural   produce,   or   upon 
mineral  developments,  which   in   richness  compare   un- 
favourably with   similar   deposits   in   other  parts    of   the 
world. 

6.  The  fluctuating  character  of  the  season  and   the 
intermittent  supply  of  most  of  the  raw   produce  available 
for  manufacture,  which  renders  it  impracticable  to  keep 
costly  plant  and   machinery   running    through  any  large 
proportion  of  the  year. 

These  are  all  reasons  which  explain  the  failure  of 
indigenous  industrial  enterprise  on  a  large  scale.  Success 
on  a  small  scale  is  possible  because  it  avoids  the  rocks 
upon  which  larger  enterprises  have  been  wrecked.  The 
investment  of  a  large  capital  in  machinery  and  plant 
means  heavy  standing  charges  which  have  to  be  met,  year 
in  and  year  out,  whether  the  plant  is  running  or  not. 
Indian  industries  must  at  the  outset  deal  mainly  with 
local  produce,  mostly  of  an  agricultural  character,  and  they 
are  at  a  great  disadvantage  in  competition  with  similar 


100  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN   INDIA 

industries  in  Western  countries,  since  it  is  impracticable 
for  them  to  draw  their  supplies  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 
A  flour  mill  in  Delhi  can  only  obtain  wheat  from  the 
Punjab  or  from  the  neighbouring  districts  of  the  United 
Provinces.  The  crop  all  comes  in  at  one  time  and  must 
be  stored  in  granaries,  either  attached  to  the  mill  or  belon- 
ging to  the  cultivators,  till  the  time  comes  for  converting  it 
into  flour.  A  flour  mill  in  Hull  or  Manchester  derives 
its  supply  of  wheat  from  all  parts  of  the  world  and  every 
month  in  the  year  cargoes  are  coming  in,  at  one  time 
from  the  United  States,  at  another  from  Russia,  at 
a  third  from  the  Argentine,  at  a  fourth  from  India. 
By  a  judicious  blending  of  the  different  crops  super- 
ior flour  can  be  made,  but  in  the  Punjab  there  is 
only  one  kind  of  wheat  and  only  one  possible  product. 
There  is  a  big  local  market  for  it  because  people  are 
willing  to  purchase  the  products  of  the  mill  to  save 
themselves  from  the  trouble  of  grinding  the  wheat  by 
hand.  A  large  mill  can  produce  a  finer  quality  of  flour 
than  a  stnall  one  but  the  local  demand  is  for  what  are 
termed  low  grade  flours  and  these  can  be  produced  on 
a  comparatively  small  scale  with  nearly  the  same  economy 
as  on  a  larger  one.  The  industry  is  and  must  remain  a 
local  one  and,  as  the  cost  of  labour  rises  in  the  north  of 
India,  small  wheat  grinding  machines  will  prove  of  great 
value  and  each  locality  will  have  its  own  mill,  grinding  its 
own  wheat,  and  keeping  transport  charges  down  to  the 
minimum  possible.  This  was  the  condition  of  things  in 
England  and  Europe  till  a  comparatively  recent  date.  Up 
to  as  late  as  1880  there  were  as  many  10,000  flour  mills  in 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland.  The  ever  growing  dependence  of 
the  British  Isles  upon  foreign  sources  of  wheat  supply  has 
concentrated  this  trade  in  the  sea  ports  round  the  coast  and, 
within  the  last  30  years,  thousands  of  small  mills  have 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT       101 

succumbed  to  the  competition  of  the  large  mills  etablish- 
ed  at  places  convenient  for  handling  foreign  cargoes. 

A  large  part  of  the  trade  of  India  consists  in  the 
export  of  food  grains  and  oil  seeds  and  though  it  would 
be  of  immense  advantage  to  the  country  if  these  could  be 
manufactured  into  finished  products  the  conditions  are 
usually  unfavourable  for  doing  so.  In  the  case  of  paddy 
it  is  convenient  to  convert  it  into  rice  before  it  leaves  the 
country,  because  the  paddy  husk  is  of  no  greater  value 
in  Europe  than  it  is  here,  but  with  wheat  it  is  different. 
There  is  a  far  better  market  for  bran  in  Europe  than  there 
is  in  India  and  it  is  much  more  convenient  to  transport 
the  wheat  berries  in  their  natural  state  than  it  is  to  sepa- 
rate them  into  flour  and  bran  and  send  them  both  abroad. 
Both  wheat  and  oil  seeds  can  be  exported  in  bulk  or  in 
gunny  bags.but  if  theoil  is  extracted  from  the  seeds  in  India 
it  has  to  be  sent  out  of  the  country  in  expensive  drums  or 
casks  and  there  is  little  or  no  hope  that  any  profitable  busi- 
ness can  be  done  on  lines  other  than  those  hitherto  pursued. 
The  large  factories  of  India  may  possibly  be  able  to  manu- 
facture at  a  smaller  cost  than  the  small  factories,  but  they 
have  to  derive  their  supplies  of  raw  material  from  a  greater 
distance  and  they  have  to  distribute  their  finished  pro- 
ducts over  a  larger  area.  This  means  increased  expense 
in  marketing  the  goods,  and  the  savings  effected  by  con- 
centration of  manufacture  are  more  than  counterbalanced 
by  increased  transport  charges.  The  small  mill  can  there- 
fore hold  its  own  against  the  large  one  and  this  it  will  pro- 
bably long  continue  to  do. 

Apart  from  the  use  of  oil  engines  and  pumps  for 
lifting  water  for  irrigation  there  is  no  direction  in  which 
the  labour  saving  machine  is  coming  more  largely  into 
use  in  this  Presidency  than  for  cleaning  rice.  For  the 
export  trade  it  may  be  of  advantage  to  have  large  plants 


102  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

near  the  ports  of  shipment  but  for  the  local  trade  small 
mills  are  springing  up  all  over  the  country.  Most  of  these 
consist  of  a  single  set  of  machines  driven  by  an  oil  engine 
and  the  steadily  growing  demand  for  such  plantsis  evidence 
that  they  suit  the  conditions  of  the  country  and  that  the  ow- 
ners are  finding  them  profitable  to  work.  The  gradually 
growing  demand  for  labour-saving  machinery  is  the  domi- 
nant feature  of  the  present  day  and  the  demand  gradually 
leads  to  marked  improvements  in  the  efficiency  and  suita- 
bility of  the  machinery  which  can  be  supplied.  Whilst  there 
is  but  little  probability  that  India  can  ever  become  a  great 
manufacturing  country  there  is  every  reason  to  hope  that  it 
is  on  the  road  to  utilising  its  resources  in  a  better  manner 
than  hitherto.  Our  policy  should  be  to  foster  this  develop- 
ment in  every  way,  to  show  the  people  how  to  spend  their 
limited  capital  to  the  greatest  possible  advantage,  to  bring 
the  needs  of  the  people  to  the  notice  of  manufacturers,  both 
in  India  and  other  parts  of  the  world,  and  to  supply  such 
industrial  and  technical  training  as  is  necessary. 

The  invention  and  perfection  of  the  oil  engine  has 
been  of  great  advantage  to  the  small  industrialist.  It  en- 
ables him  to  obtain  the  power  he  needs  on  terms  which 
will  compare  favourably  with  even  the  largest  installations 
and  1  doubt  not  that  much  more  can  be  done  in  this  di- 
rection if  we  can  only  induce  and  encourage  inventors, 
mechanicians  and  engineers  to  turn  their  attention  to  the 
perfection  of  machinery  for  working  on  a  comparatively 
small  scale.  The  tendency,  hitherto,  has  been  all  the  other 
way,  but  now  that  it  is  recognised  that  in  tropical  and 
semi-tropical  countries,  where  labour  is  cheap  and  the  cost 
of  living  low,  there  is  a  vast  field  for  the  employment  of 
skilled  manual  labour,  it  is  certainly  worth  while  doing  all 
we  can  to  evolve  an  industrial  system  based  on  manual 
production.  Our  efforts  to  popularize  the  fly  shuttle  loom 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT        103 

and  improve  indigenous  weaving  appliances  are  an 
example  of  work  in  this  direction  which  has  met  with 
considerable  success  and  has  enabled  the  weavers  who 
have  adopted  them  to  recover  much  lost  ground.  The 
establishment  of  small  weaving  factories,  directed  by  men 
of  superior  training  and  intelligence  to  the  average  artizan 
is  a  further  step  in  industrial  progress  and  a  great  advance 
on  the  primitive  system  hitherto  in  vogue. 

In  England,  Germany  and  America  the  concentration 
of  the  population  in  large  towns  and  cities  is  not  without 
serious  disadvantages  and  those  disadvantages  are  greatly 
magnified  in  tropical  countries.  It  will  not  be  possible 
to  avoid  this  altogether  in  India  nor  is  it  desirable  to  do 
so,  as,  owing  to  the  absence  of  convenient  harbours  and 
seaports  round  the  coast,  the  trade  of  the  country  must 
inevitably  be  concentrated  at  the  few  sea  ports  which  we 
possess.  The  Railway  system  tends  to  concentrate  pro- 
duction in  certain  centres,  but  if  it  becomes  generally 
recognised  that  a  small  scale  of  working  is  better  suited 
to  the  conditions  in  India,  it  is  quite  possible  to  modify 
the  methods  of  railway  management  so  that  they  shall  be 
made  to  serve  the  best  interests  of  the  country  and  no 
longer  consider  only  what  is  best  calculated  to  produce 
the  largest  possible  profit. 

For  the  present  India  requires  encouragement  to 
develop  on  natural  lines  and  should  not  be  forced  by  those 
in  control  of  the  railways  to  work  upon  a  system  neither 
suited  to  the  people  nor  to  the  productions  of  the  country. 
It  has  just  emerged  from  that  stage  of  civilization 
in  which  every  village  was  a  self-contained  unit  and 
produced  almost  the  whole  of  its  normal  require- 
ments. The  change  has  been  effected  from  the  outside, 
through  the  intervention  of  a  Government  conducted 
on  principles  greatly  in  advance  of  the  ideas  preva- 


104  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

lent  among  the  great  bulk  of  the  population,  but 
the  Government  are  not  in  a  position,  except  by  slow 
degrees,  to  raise  the  people  to  their  own  level  and  from 
their  efforts  the  best  results  will  accrue  if  their 
influence  is  used  to  promote  a  natural  development. 
The  improvements  in  transport  and  the  accumulations 
of  capital  in  private  hands  have  already  greatly  extended 
the  possible  sphere  of  industrial  operations  and  our  ob- 
ject should  be  to  encourage  a  gradual  change  and  not  a 
complete  revolution.  The  village  has  long  since  ceased 
to  be  a  sufficiently  large  unit,  but  the  area  has  not  yet 
expanded  indefinitely.  It  is  larger  in  some  parts  of  the 
country  than  in  others,  and  generally  as  a  rough  average 
for  many  of  the  principal  staple  articles  we  may  regard 
each  revenue  district  as  about  the  area  which  can  be  dealt 
with  from  a  single  centre.  This  would  seem  to  indicate 
that  the  policy  of  allowing  District  Boards  to  levy  a 
special  railway  cess  for  the  promotion  of  local  light  rail- 
way projects  is  a  very  sound  one  and  it  is  to  be  regretted 
that  so  far  comparatively  few  districts  have  availed  them- 
selves of  it. 

Ill 

THE   LACK   OF  INDUSTRIAL   ENTERPRISE 

The  apologist  for  British  rule  in  India  dwells  with 
considerable  satisfaction  upon  the  rapid  growth  of  the 
external  trade  of  the  Indian  Empire,  whilst  the  ardent 
advocate  of  swadeshism  bitterly  complains  that  the  export 
trade  is  almost  entirely  in  raw  materials  and  the  import 
trade  in  manufactured  goods,  and  that  consequently  India 
is  denied  that  measure  of  industrial  life  which  is  essential 
to  the  well-being  of  any  nation.  To  a  large  extent  it  is 
the  remarkable  progress  that  has  been  made  in  providing 
facilities  for  transport,  in  constructing  irrigation  works  and 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT      105 

in  bringing  waste  lands  under  cultivation  that  has  engen- 
dered the  idea  that  in  the  interest  of  England  a  one-sided 
development  has  been  a  matter  of  deliberate  policy.  A 
careful  review  of  the  economic  history  of  India  during  the 
19th  century,  however,  would  dispel  this  idea  and  supply 
ample  evidence  to  show  that,  in  the  main,  as  much  pro- 
gress has  been  made  in  every  direction  as  could  reasona- 
bly be  expected.  It  would  be  foolish  to  deny  that  in 
minor  matters  a  mistaken  policy  has  been  pursued  occasio- 
nally and  in  respect  to  education  especially  a  sufficiently 
long-sighted  view  has  not  been  taken. 

Indian  industries  have  suffered  considerably  by  com- 
petition with  the  imported  manufactures  of  Europe,  but  at 
the  same  time  a  modern  industrial  system  has  been  built 
up  which,  in  part  at  any  rate,  compensates  for  the  degra- 
dation or  disappearance  of  the  ancient  handicrafts  of  the 
country.  That  the  movement  in  both  directions  has  not 
been  much  more  pronounced  than  is  actually  the  case  is 
a  matter  for  surprise.  That  the  Indian  hand-loom  weaver, 
though  hard  pressed,  still  survives  the  competition  of  the 
power  loom,  that  the  Indian  metal-worker  holds  his  own 
against  the  productions  of  English  and  continental  hollow 
ware-makers,  that  even  the  primitive  methods  of  making 
gold  lace  still  compete  with  the  extraordinarily  delicate 
and  beautiful  methods  of  Lyons,  each  and  all  indicate  a 
surprising  degree  of  tenacity  on  the  part  of  the  people  of 
this  country  to  maintain  their  primitive  methods  and 
hereditary  occupations  in  the  face  of  militant  Western 
commercialism.  Except  in  the  cotton  trade  of  Bombay 
the  present  industrial  situation  is  the  outcome  of  Western 
energy  and  Eastern  inertia. 

Education  has  at  last  become  sufficiently  diffused  to 
set  in  motion  new  forces,  to  produce  new  desires  and,  in 
fact,  ta  develop  a  not  inconsiderable  amount  of  kinetic 
14 


106  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN   INDIA 

energy  which,  from  lack  of  experience  and  knowledge,  is 
being  expended  in  fruitless  efforts  which  can  only  generate 
friction  and  heat. 

I  propose  to  briefly  review  the  situation  and  to 
enumerate  some  of  the  economic,  as  apart  from  the  social, 
reasons  why  more  has  not  been  accomplished.  Before 
the  modern  era  of  industrialism  India  was  practically  self- 
supporting  and  when  trade  sprang  up  between  the  East 
and  the  West,  it  was  largely  an  export  trade  from  India 
in  manufactured  goods  in  exchange  for  precious  metals. 
The  position  was  then  the  reverse  of  what  it  is  now,  save 
that  then,  as  now,  the  carrying  trade  was  in  the  hands  of 
enterprising  foreigners  and  the  profits  were  proportionate 
to  the  risks,  which  in  those  days  were  very  considerable. 
Transportation  was  expensive  and  the  merchants  grew 
rich.  With  the  growth  of  the  modern  factory  system  a 
vast  change  has  taken  place,  which  has  been  accelerated 
and  accentuated  by  the  reduced  cost  of  seaborne  freight, 
the  whole  advantage  of  which  has  been  reaped  by  India, 
since  a  much  smaller  percentage  of  the  exports  is  now 
required  to  pay  the  cost  of  transportation.  For  a  long  time 
it  was  looked  upon  as  natural,  both  in  India  and  in  England, 
that  the  raw  products  of  the  East  should  be  exchanged  for 
the  manufactures  of  the  West  and  it  is  on  ly  within  the  present 
generation  that  dissatisfaction  with  this  condition  of  things 
has  grown  up  and  it  is  only  recently  that  it  has  developed 
the  intensity  which  is  expressed  by  the  Swadeshi  move- 
ment. 

The  establishment  of  the  Pax  Britannica,  at  the  begin- 
ing  of  the  sixties,  inaugurated  a  new  era  in  India,  and  during 
the  last  50  years  there  has  been  an  immense  amount  of 
material  progress.  The  population  has  increased  by  more 
than  about  50  per  cent,  or  from  an  estimate  of  about  200 
millionsin  1861  to  upwards  of  315  millions  in  1911.  The 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT     107 

external  trade  has  in  this  same  period  increased  over  270  per 
cent.,  from  Rs.  4-4-0  per  head  to  Rs.  11-8-0  per  head.  The 
improvement  of  agriculture  is  the  line  along  which  action 
is  at  the  present  time  proceeding  with  the  greatest  possible 
energy  and  there  is  not  the  least  doubt  that  it  will  be  pro- 
ductive of  immense  development.  Population  is  however 
growing  very  rapidly  and  may  be  expected  to  absorb 
a  very  large  proportion  of  the  extra  food  supplies 
so  that,  unless  there  be  a  material  increase  in  the  number 
of  people  employed  in  other  than  agricultural  pursuits  or 
a  very  large  increase  in  the  efficiency  of  those  now  en- 
gaged in  such  pursuits,  there  is  not  likely  to  be  any  rapid 
growth  in  the  wealth  of  individuals.  To  secure  increased 
efficiency  of  labour  is,  therefore,  an  object  of  paramount 
importance  and  this  can  be  accomplished  by  education, 
by  industrial  development  and  by  the  scientific  application 
of  capital  to  the  exploration  of  natural  resources. 

It  is  only  in  recent  years  that  it  has  become  urgent 
to  take  steps  to  create  new  fields  for  the  employ- 
ment of  Indian  brains  and  Indian  labour,  and  even  now 
it  is  mainly  employment  for  the  former  that  is  a  matter 
of  urgency.  There  is  no  visible  surplus  of  labour  nor 
is  there  any  prospect  of  such  a  surplus  till  new  and 
more  economic  methods  of  employing  labour  are 
introduced  on  a  very  extensive  scale  and  its  efficiency 
so  increased  that  part  of  it  becomes  available  for  new 
fields  of  activity.  It  is  recognised  that  the  standard  of  liv- 
ing among  the  labouring  classes  is  much  too  low  and  it  is 
equally  recognised  that  there  is  but  little  prospect  of  im- 
provement in  this  direction  so  long  as  the  demand  for  Indian 
labour  does  not  force  the  employers  of  labour  to  devote 
their  attention  to  increasing  the  efficiency  of  such  labour. 
Under  the  laissez  faire  policy  which  has  dominated  British 
administration,  both  in  England  and  India,  for  the  last 


108  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

sixty  years,  great  commerical  interests  have  grown  up  in 
England  dependent  upon  the  Indian  market  and  the 
country  has  been  systematically  exploited  by  British 
manufacturer  with  the  acquiescence,  if  not  the  approval; 
of  the  intellectual  classes  in  India.  The  Government  has 
looked  with  a  friendly  eye  upon  the  ryot  toiling  in  his 
field,  but  has  treated  with  indifference  the  artisan  labor- 
iously fabricating  the  products  of  his  skill  by  the  primitive 
processes  of  his  forefathers. 

The  administration  of  India  under  the  Crown  inherit- 
ed to  some  extent  the  traditions  of  the  old  East  India  Com- 
pany and  treated  with  no  great  regard  the  European  capi- 
talist who  endeavoured  to  establish  manufactures  in  India. 
He  was  hampered  by  regulations,  throttled  by  Railway 
freights  and  subjected  to  unsympathetic  treatment  through- 
out, with  the  result  that  there  has  not  been  the  same  energy 
employed  in  finding  fields  for  industrial  capital  in  India 
which  has  been  exhibited  in  other  parts  of  the  world,  by  no 
means  so  favourably  situated  in  respect  to  the  primary  re- 
quisites for  industrial  progress.  A  more  liberal  policy  is  now 
pursued  but  the  old  reputation  remains  and  there  is  still  a 
strong  feeling  that  the  British  merchant  rather  than  the 
British  manufacturer  is  wanted  in  India.  In  certain  direc- 
tions the  conditions  have  been  so  favourable  that,  even 
without  official  help,  progress  has  been  made,  notably  in 
Bombay  which  received  a  great  impetus  from  the  cotton 
famine  of  1861-65  and  was  further  assisted  by  the  opening 
of  the  Suez  Canal  and  the  construction  of  the  great  rail- 
way nexus  which  has  made  it  the  chief  commercial  port 
of  India.  On  the  other  side  of  the  Peninsula  the  jute 
monopoly,  the  opening  up  of  the  Bengal  coal  fields  arid 
the  extraordinary  expansion  of  tea  planting  have  ma^ 
terially  contributed  to  make  Calcutta,  naturally  the  outlet 
of  a  vast  hinterland,  into  one  oi  the  chief  commercial 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT       109 

cities  of  the  Empire.  On  the  whole,  though  little  has 
been  accomplished  Indian  industries  have  not  been 
neglected  by  the  private  merchant  and  now  that  attention  is 
forcibly  drawn  to  them,  the  difficulties  surrounding  the 
inception  of  new  enterprises  are  perceived  to  be  very  for- 
midable and  sufficient  to  deter  European  capitalists  from 
taking  them  up.  If  this  be  so,  how  can  it  be  expected 
that  inexperienced  Indians,  will  succeed  where  Europeans 
have  failed,  or,  at  any  rate,  have  been  deterred.  Never- 
theless something  must  be  done  and  there  are  certain 
favourable  influences  at  work  which,  in  course  of  time, 
will  operate  very  powerfully,  though  hitherto  they  have 
not  been  of  much  account. 

The  reorganization  of  credit  consequent  upon  the 
development  of  Co-operative  Credit  Associations  will  re- 
duce the  rates  of  usury  and  the  money  lenders  and  native 
bankers  will  be  unable  to  offer  such  attractive  terms  to 
depositors  as  they  have  hitherto  done,  and,  by  degrees, 
small  capitalists,  finding  land  to  yield  too  small  a  return 
upon  the  money  invested  in  it,  will  begin  to  look  at  in- 
dustrial ventures  as  outlets  for  the  investment  of  their 
capital.  The  pressure  of  unemployment  will  drive  edu- 
cated Indians  to  embark  on  industrial  work  for  less 
remuneration  than  would  content  Europeans  of  similar 
qualifications  and  Indian  capital  will  perforce  flow  in  dir- 
ections which  hitherto  it  has  shunned.  With  help  and 
guidance,  for  which  he  must  probably  look  to  Govern- 
ment,  the  small  Indian  capitalist  should  find  a  natural 
outlet  for  his  energies  and  his  funds  in  placing  the  indi- 
genous industries  of  the  country  on  an  organised  basis. 
From  these  small  beginnings  experience  and  knowledge 
will  be  gained  which  will  be  applied  to  more  ambitious 
undertakings  later  on.  The  French  have  a  oroverb,  c'est  le 
premier  pas  qui  coutt,  and  the  greatest  difficulty  which 


110  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

has  been  experienced  in  the  past,  and  which  is  likely  to 
continue  to  prove  a  serious  obstacle  to  progress 
in  the  future,  is  the  pioneer  work  which  has  to  be  done. 
To  start  a  new  manufacture  in  India  or  to  introduce  im- 
provements into  one  already  existing  calls  for  an  outlay 
of  capital,  the  bulk  of  which  will  be  expended  in  pioneer 
work,  and  inmost  cases  it  will  be  impossible  to  recover 
this  outlay  without  some  kind  of  monopoly  which  will 
ensure  time  for  the  enjoyment  of  something  more  than 
the  normal  rate  of  profit  which  may  be  expected  in  settled 
industries.  Where  a  patent  can  be  obtained  this  difficulty 
vanishes,  but  usually  patents  are  not  obtainable  as  the 
processes  are  well-known  and  the  special  elements  of  risk 
in  India  are  the  adaptation  of  known  processes  to  local  con- 
ditions in  respect  to  labour,  raw  materials,  markets  and,  in 
some  instances,  climate.  Examples  of  the  latter  may  be 
found  in  tanning  and  glass-making  where,  in  the  former, 
the  heat  affects  the  raw  material  and  in  the  latter  the  health 
of  the  operatives. 

Modern  manufacture  is  now  so  highly  specialised  that 
the  whole  Indian  market  is,  in  many  instances,  insufficient 
to  keep  a  single  properly  equipped  factory  going  and,  in 
many  cases,  owing  to  the  cost  of  transport,  markets  are  re- 
stricted at  most  to  a  single  Province.  The  cost  of  internal 
transport  from  a  single  centre  in  India  is  often  much 
higher  than  the  freights  from  Europe  to  the  various  Indian 
ports,  as  these  are  abnormally  low  owing  to  the  inequality 
between  the  bulk  and  weight  of  the  merchandise  brought 
into  India  and  that  taken  away. 

The  inception  of  a  new  enterprise  in  India  generally 
involves  a  long  and  costly  preliminary  investigation,  the 
results  of  which,  when  carried  into  practice,  can  no  lon- 
ger be  concealed.  It  frequently  necessitates  the  special 
training  of  workmen  over  whom  no  permanent  hold  can 


AGRICULTURE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPM KNT       111 

be  retained.  Should  any  measure  of  success  be  met 
with,  the  pioneer  instead  of  being  able  to  enjoy  the  fruit 
of  his  labour  is  confronted  at  once  with  competitors  who 
do  not  scruple  to  avail  themselves  of  his  work  and  his 
workmen. 

A  great  obstacle  to  the  success,  and  consequently  a 
deterrent,  of  industrial  enterprise  is  the  absence  of  subsidi- 
ary or  allied  industries.  Thus  cotton  spinning  in  Bombay 
suffers  greatly  in  comparison  with  Lancashire  from  the 
absence  of  great  engineering  works  devoted  to  the  cotton 
trade  and  the  Indian  spinner  is  at  a  disadvantage  from  the 
fact  that  his  base  of  operations  is  7,000  miles  away.  The 
gradual  growth  of  enterprise  will  to  some  extent  remedy 
matters  in  this  respect,  but  a  country  in  which  manufac- 
turing enterprise  must  always  be  of  a  partial  character 
can  never  wholly  hope  to  overcome  this  difficulty. 

Industrial  operations  in  India,  connected  with  the 
manufacture  of  the  locally  grown  raw  produce,  suffer  from 
the  fact  that  the  plant  can  only  be  kept  going  during  the 
time  the  season's  crop  is  coming  in,  or  a  big  capital  outlay 
of  a  very  speculative  character  is  necessary  to  purchase 
a  sufficient  amount  of  material  to  ensure  continuity  of 
operations  throughout  the  year.  Competition  with  indus- 
trial centres  which  can  draw  on  the  whole  world  for 
supplies  and  can  obtain  them  at  intervals  throughout  the 
whole  year  is,  therefore,  out  of  the  question.  It  is  for  this 
reason  that  India  can  never  hope  to  export  flour  or  oil, 
but  must  always  be  content  to  dispose  of  its  surplus  wheat 
and  surplus  oil-seeds  just  as  the  crop  comes  from  the  ryot's 
hands.  Further,  in  respect  to  oil- seeds  the  raw  material 
is  easily  transported,  but  the  manufactured  product 
requires  to  be  carefully  packed  in  drums  or  casks  and 
the  freight  on  the  same,  owing  to  the  extra  storage 
space  required  and  the  more  careful  handling  necessary,  is 


112 


INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 


considerably  greater.  Again  the  wealthy  countries  of  the 
West  are  much  better  markets,  owing  to  the  higher 
standard  of  agricultural  practice,  for;  such  bye-products 
as  bran,  offal  and  oil  cake. 

The  high  quality  of  many  modern  products  is  often 
due  to  the  fact  that,  they  are  produced  by  blending  the 
raw  materials  from  a  variety  of  sources  and,  in  the  infant 
stages  of  Indian  industry,  it  is  obviously  impossible  to 
create  the  organisation  necessary  to  obtain  suitable  supplies 
of  raw  material.  Here  it  is  all  approximately  of  one  class 
and  50  years  of  steady  progress  in  the  cotton  trade  have 
not  sufficed  to  develop,  to  any  considerable  extent,  the 
importation  of  raw  materials  of  higher  quality  from  other 
parts  of  the  world.  Lancashire,  on  the  other  hand,  draws 
its  supplies  from  every  part  of  the  world,  and  can  without 
difficulty  obtain  exactly  the  raw  material  it  requires  to 
produce  a  specified  class  of  yarn. 

These  are  some  of  the  disabilities  under  which  India 
suffers  in  comparison  with  the  manufacturing  nations  of 
Europe,  and  to  a  large  extent,  they  account  for  the 
disinclination  of  capitalists  to  encourage  manufacturing 
enterprise  in  India.  The  force  of  some  will  be  weakened 
as  local  enterprise  grows  stronger,  but  those  that  are  due 
to  geographical  position  can  hardly  be  remedied. 


CHAPTER  V 

INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE 

I 

MADRAS  TRADE  RETURNS 

THE  statistical  records  published  by  Government  in 
various  departments  throw  a  good  deal  of  light  upon  the 
development  of  Indian  resources  and  I  propose  to  ex- 
amine some  of  the  records  of  the  past  ten  years  to 
ascertain  not  only  the  amount  of  material  progress  made 
in  this  Presidency  so  far  as  it  can  be  expressed  in  figures 
but  also  to  discover,  if  possible,  the  trend  of  the  economic 
expansion  which  is  undoubtedly  going  on.  The  first  decade 
of  the  twentieth  century  has  been  marked  by  great  activity 
in  many  directions  and  has  culminated  in  a  readjustment 
of  the  relations  between  the  rulers  and  the  ruled,  in  which 
the  latter  henceforth  participate  to  a  much  greater  extent 
than  ever  before  in  the  control  and  direction  of  their  own 
internal  affairs.  The  spread  of  education  and  the  conse- 
quent intellectual  development  of  the  people  is  in  the  main 
responsible  for  this  change,  and  there  is  now  a  rapidly 
growing  surplus  of  educated  men  for  whom  employment 
cannot  be  found  in  the  ordinarily  recognised  channels. 
They  must  create  new  fields  for  themselves  and  their  efforts 
so  far  have  not  met  with  any  great  measure  of  success ; 
there  has  therefore  gradually  grown  up  throughout  the 

15 


114  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

country  a  strong  feeling  that  Government  should  drop 
the  laissez  faire  policy  of  the  Victorian  school  of 
economics  in  favour  of  an  active  participation  on 
the  part  of  the  State  in  industrial  development. 

That  no  narrow  view  of  the  functions  of  the  State  has 
prevailed  in  the  past  the  railways  and  the  irrigation  canals 
provide  ample  evidence.  They  are  responsible  to  a  large 
extent  for  such  material  progress  as  has  been  made  and  the 
people,  recognising  the  success  which  has  thereby  been 
achieved,  and  aware  of  their  own  weakness  in  the  face  of 
Western  industrialism,  are  asking  for  assistance  to  develop 
their  own  resources  and  meet  the  competition  to  which  a 
free  trade  policy  exposes  their  initial  attempts  at  manu- 
facture on  modern  lines.  There  is  a  strong  feeling 
throughout  the  country  that  the  only  remedy  is  a  fiscal 
policy  of  an  avowedly  protective  character,  but  such 
a  policy  is  hardly  likely  to  achieve  the  object  aimed 

at,  The  State  has  done  much  for  agriculture  and  contem- 
plates doing  even  more  ;  it  has  done  little  for  other  forms 
of  industry  and  there  are  powerful  interests  opposed  to 
any  change.  In  lieu  of  protective  duties,  which  there  is 
but  little  hope  the  Home  Government  will  allow,  I  am 
strongly  in  favour  of  an  energetic  educational  and  indus- 
trial policy  having  for  its  object  the  fostering  of  industrial 
enterprise  and  the  diversion  of  a  fair  proportion  of'  the 
intellect  of  the  country  from  non-productive  to  directly 
productive  occupations.  That  India  should  remain 
almost  entirely  dependent  upon  agriculture  no  one  can 
reasonably  contend  to  be  desirable  and  yet  such  is 
unquestionably  the  effect  of  the  present  policy  of  masterly 
inactivity  in  regard  to  technical  and  industrial  education. 
The  development  of  private  enterprise  in  Bombay  and 
Calcutta  masks  to  some  extent  the  inactivity  of  the  rest  of 
India  and  it  is  for  this  reason  desirable  that  the  statistics 


INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE  115 

relating  to   the  Madras  Presidency  should   be   examined 
apart  from  those  relating  to  the  rest  of  India. 

From  the  "  Season  and  Crop  Reports"  issued  by  the 
Board  of  Revenue  it  appears  that  the  average  total  area 
under  cultivation  in  Government  and  Inam  lands  during 
the  five  years  ending  1900-01  was  27*048  million  acres  and 
that  in  1901-02  it  was  28*423  million  acres,  whilst  in 
1909-10  the  area  had  risen  to  36*358  million  acres  ;  that  is 
to  say,  in  eight  years  the  increase  in  total  cultivated  area 
amounted  to  28*2  per  cent.  In  respect  to  irrigation  the 
figures  for  1901-02  are  6*135  million  acres,  and  for  1909-10 
they  are  9*276  million  acres,  or  an  increase  of  51  per  cent. 
Possibly  this  large  increase  in  the  area  under  cultivation 
explains  the  growing  cry  which  comes  from  all  parts  of  the 
country  regarding  the  scarcity  of  labour.  During  the  period 
under  review  it  is  true  that  the  population  has  materially 
increased  but  the  area  of  land  under  cultivation  has  increas- 
ed even  more  rapidly.  At  the  same  time  the  percentage  of 
food  grains  (cereals  and  pulses)  has  fallen  from  80*5  to  79 
per  cent,  but  this  is  a  much  smaller  decrease  than  is  current- 
ly believed  to  have  taken  place.  The  increase  in  the  area  un- 
der rice  cultivation  has  been  as  much  as  44  per  cent,  whilst 
the  increase  in  the  area  under  cotton  and  oil  seeds  has 
only  been  30*7  and  23f4  percent  respectively.  It  is  evident 
therefore  that  so  far  as  the  Madras  Presidency  is  concerned 
there  has  been  no  serious  movement  in  favour  of 
the  cultivation  of  industrial,  in  place  of  food  crops. 
In  regard  to  agricultural  stock  a  quinquennial  estimate  is 
framed,  and  comparing  that  published  in  1899-1900  with 
the  statement  issued  ten  years  later,  it  appears  that  the 
number  of  mature  cattle  has  increased  from  10*671  mil- 
lions to  14*615  millions,  or  by  37  per  cent.  That  is  to  say, 
cattle  have  increased  in  number  faster  than  the  area  under 
cultivation,  but  it  is  doubtful  if  this  is  a  matter  tor 


116  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

congratulation  as  there  has  been  no  improvement  in  the 
quality  of  the  live  stock.  Experienced  agriculturists  are 
generally  of  opinion  that  there  are  far  too  many  cattle 
already  upon  the  land  and  that  a  diminution  in  their  num- 
bers accompanied  by  a  marked  improvement  in  quality 
would  be  of  immense  benefit. 

In  respect  to  the  internal  trade  of  the  Presidency  no 
statistics  are  available,  but  it  is  reasonable  to  assume  that 
the  same  is  developing  since  the  internal  rail  borne  traffic 
has  enormously  increased.  For  the  external  trade  of  the 
Presidency  very  complete  statistical  information  is  publish- 
ed every  year  and  from  the  returns  for  foreign  trade,  for 
coasting  trade  and  for  rail  borne  traffic  across  the  fron- 
tiers much  useful  information  may  be  gathered.  The 
following  table  shows  the  total  volume  of  trade  during 
each  of  the  last  10  years  and  includes — 

(1)  Foreign    merchandise    imported     or     exported 
direct. 

(2)  Products  of  India   and  foreign  merchandise  im- 
ported or  exported  coastwise. 

(3)  Rail  borne  traffic  exported   or  imported   across 
the  frontiers. 

The  figures  under  (2)  however  unfortunately  include 
coastal  movements  of  merchandise  between  ports  in  the 
Presidency.  These  items  should  balance  one  another,  as 
the  coastal  exports  of  one  port  are  registered  as  the  imports 
of  another.  They  therefore  do  not  influence  the  figures 
for  the  balance  of  trade  and  they  form  so  small  a  portion 
of  the  totals  that  their  inclusion  is  in  no  way  likely  to  lead 
to  false  deductions. 


INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE 


117 


Year. 

Total  imports 
in  lakhs,  ex- 
cluding trea- 
sure. 

Total  exports 
in  lakhs,  ex- 
cluding trea- 
sure. 

Excess  of  ex- 
port over  im- 
ports in  lakhs 
excluding  trea- 
sure. 

1900-01... 

2146 

2472 

326 

1901-02... 

2118 

2247 

129 

1902-03... 

1819 

2451 

632 

1903-04... 

1943 

2628 

685 

1904-05... 

2283 

2675 

392 

1905-06... 

2494 

2866 

372 

1906-07... 

2770 

3113 

343 

1907-08... 

2817 

3325 

508 

1908-09... 

3019 

3300 

281 

1909-10... 

3022 

3336 

314 

It  will  be  conceded  that  the  figures  in  the  above 
table  are  a  record  of  steady  progress,  but  it  will  be 
necessary  to  go  into  details  to  ascertain  the  direc- 
tions in  which  that  progress  has  been  made.  During  the 
first  five  years  of  the  period  under  review  foreign  exports 
amounted  to  6,658  lakhs  and  during  the  second  five 
years  to  8,963  lakhs,  an  increase  of  2,305  lakhs.  For  this 
increase  the  following  items  are  mainly  responsible. 

Hides  and  skins  ...  500  lakhs. 

Yarns  and  textiles  ...  64    do. 

Articles  of  food  and  drink  ...  740   do. 

Cotton  ...  401  do. 

Oilseeds  ...  301   do. 

"Articles  of  Food  and  Drink"  of  the  exports  of  tea 
are  the  most  important,  having  increased  from  32£  lakhs 
in  1900-01  to  nearly  116  lakhs  in  1909-10. 

Through  Madras  ports,  however,  a  good  deal  of  the 
trade  of  Hyderabad  and  Mysore  passes  and  a  large 


118  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

deduction  has  to  be  made  from  Madras  figures  on  this 
account.  For  instance,  thel  average  net  imports  by  rail 
from  1906  to  1910  exceeded  those  from  1901  to  1906 
for  the  following  items  by  the  amounts  specified. 

Hides  and  skins  ...  259  lakhs. 

Yarns  and  textiles  ...  268   do. 

Cereals  and  pulses  ...  441   do. 

Cotton  ...       49    do. 

Oilseeds  ...  171   do. 

Turning  to  the  coastwise  trade,  the  imports  and 
exports  for  the  quinquennium  ending  1904-05  amounted 
to  2,426  lakhs  and  2,459  lakhs  respectively,  whilst  for  the 
quinquennium  ending  1909-10  the  figures  are  3,330  lakhs 
and  2,718  lakhs  respectively.  The  rapid  growth  of  the 
import  trade  as  compared  with  the  export  trade  is 
noteworthy  and  is  mainly  accounted  for  by  the  following 
items. 

Cereals  and  puJses  ...     660     lakhs. 

Mineral  oil  ...     187         do. 

Teak  wood  ...       69        do. 

The  principle   items  of   increase  in  the  export  trade 
are- 
Oil  seeds  ...  138     lakhs. 
Cereals  and  pulses  ...      28        do. 
Yarns  and  textiles  ...       26         do. 

From  the  figures  in  detail  for  foreign  imports  into  the 
Presidency,  no  evidence  can  be  obtained  to  show  that  in 
the  matter  of  manufactures  there  is  any  falling  off  in  depen- 
dence upon  Europe.  During  the  first  quinquennium  the 
total  imports  were  valued, at  3,751  lakhs  and,  during  the 
second  quinquennium  at  4,810  lakhs,  the  increase  being 


INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE  119 

1059  lakhs  made  up  chiefly  as  follows. 

Yarns  and  textiles  ...  365  lakhs. 

Metals  and  hardware  ...  177  do. 

Machinery  ...  71  do. 

Railway  plant  ...  93  do. 

Apparel  ...  42  do. 

Provisions  ...  25  do. 

Sugar  ...  35  do. 

Glass                                        \      ...  24  do. 

Scientific  apparatus  ...  28  do. 

Matches  ...  20  do. 

Paper  ...  22  do. 

Chemicals  ...  18  do. 

Total         920        do. 

This  conclusion  is  substantiated  by  the  industrial 
statistics  regarding  factories,  mills  and  mines  complied  in 
the  office  of  the  Director-General  of  Commerical  Intelli- 
gence, Calcutta.  From  the  latest  published  figures 
it  would  appear  that  in  1904  there  were  in  the  Madras 
Presidency  132  factories  worked  with  steam  power  and 
employing  45,019  hands,  whilst  in  1908  the  number  of 
factories  had  increased  to  224,  or  by  70  per  cent,  but  the 
number  of  operatives  employed  was  only  58,531,  an  in- 
crease of  30  per  cent.  Of  these  new  factories,  29  were 
rice  mills,  26  ginning  factories,  13  tile  factories  and  4  oil 
mills,all  of  which  belong  to  a  primitive  type  of  industrialism. 
The  textile  industries  have  made  some,  but  not  much,  pro- 
gress during  the  decade.  In  1899-00  the  outturn  of  yarn 
was  32,252,000  Ibs.,  and  in  1908-09  it  was  39,635,000  Ibs. 
an  increase  of  22' 8  percent.  For  woven  goods  the 
figures  of  the  corresponding  years  are  6,940,000  Ibs.  and 
7,597,000  Ibs.  an  increase  of  only  9*5  per  cent. 

The  consumption  of   coal  is  a   measure  of   commercial 


120 


INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 


activity  and  from  the  trade  returns  it  is  possible  to  obtain 
the  figures  for  Madras  after  deducting  the  rail  borne  ex- 
ports which" chiefly  go  to  Mysore.  The  following  tabular 
statement  gives  the  details  for  each  year  of  the  period  : — 


Imports  by  sea. 

Rail 

Total 

Year. 

Indian 
Tons. 

Foreign. 
Tons. 

Borne 
Imports. 

Tons. 

1900-01*    ... 

215,656 

5,423 

—16,231 

203,848 

1901-02       ... 

241,266 

3,403 

31,433 

276,099 

1902-03       ... 

187,027 

4,062 

17,355 

208,444 

1903-04*    ... 

241,296 

4,509 

—15,507 

230,298 

1904-05       ... 

313,578  1 

6,730 

17,471 

337,779 

1905-06      ... 

182,72) 

4,698 

143,584 

331,002 

1906-07       ... 

284,767 

9,813 

64,361 

358,941 

1907-08       ... 

378,655 

22,964 

25,049 

425,968 

1908-09       ... 

382,425 

30,192 

104,578 

517,172 

1909-10       ... 

305,968 

39,845 

186,678 

532,491 

Total       ... 

2,732,358 

130,913 

558,771 

3,422,042 

It  will  be  noticed  that  the  consumption  of  coal  has  rapidly 
increased,  and  this  is  in  the  main  due  (1)  to  the  substitution 
of  coal  for  woed  as  a  fuel  and  (2)  to  the  increased  demand 
for  locomotive  fuel  consequent  upon  the  very  considerable 
expansion  of  railway  traffic.  For  industrial  purposes  there 
is  no  evidence  of  an  increased  consumption  of  coal  for 
generating  power.  Small  steam  engines  have  to  a 'large 
extent  been  superseded  by  internal  combustion  engines 
using  either  gas  generated  from  charcoal  or  mineral  oils 
and  petroleum  residues.  The  increase  in  the  imports  of 
foreign  coal  is  due  to  consignments  from  Australia  and 
Natal  and  may  be  taken  as  evidence  of  the  weakness  of  the 
Bengal  export  trade  in  coal. 

This  examination  of  the  trade    returns    suggests   the 
conclusion   that  the  increase   in   the   area  of  land  under 
*  In  these  two  years  the  exports  by  rail  exceed  the  imports. 


INDUSTRIAL   ENTERPRISE  121 

occupation  and  that  the  increase  in  the  irrigated  area  are  the 
two   main   factors  which  account  for  the  progress  of  the 
last  ten  years.     Of  any  industrial  growth  they    reveal  but 
traces  and  one  is  therefore  compelled  to   rely  on  personal 
knowledge  of  what  is  going  on  throughout  the   country  to 
formulate  any  general  statements  regarding  the  trend   of 
industrial  movements  in  Madras.    A  review  of    this    infor- 
mation leads  to  the  conclusion  that  European  enterprise  is 
stagnating,  that  organised  indigenous  effort  is  making  little 
progress,  but  that  there  is  a  distinct  tendency  to  an  increa- 
sed efficiency  in   individual  undertakings.     The  diffusion 
of  education,  the  Swadeshi  movement,  the  work  of  the  late 
Deparment  of  Industries  and  all  the  State   aid  afforded  to 
Industrialism   connoted   by   that  deparment  has  led  to  a 
better  appreciation  of  modern  methods  of  working  and  to 
the  use  of  modern  tools  in  a  small  way.    I  n  this  connection 
attention  may  be  drawn  to  the  not  insignificant  increase 
during  the  last  five  years  of  imports  due  to  the  growth  of 
enterprise  in  the  Presidency. 

Machinery     ..„  ...     71  lakhs. 

Scientific  apparatus     ...    28    do 
Chemicals     ...  ...     18     do 

The  general  tendency  may  be  indicated  by  the  suc- 
cess which  has  attended  the  efforts  to  popularize  the  use 
of  the  fly-shuttle  loom,  to  the  growing  demand  for  what 
may  be  termed  rural  factories,  in  which  machinery  driven 
by  oil  engines  replaces  the  primitive  labour  of  men  and 
cattle,  and  to  the  enormous  increase  in  and  the  more  intel- 
ligent use  of  the  coal  tar  dyes.  By  the  development  of 
agriculture,  by  the  growth  of  improved  industrial  crops 
and  by  the  extension  of  irrigation  wealth  has  increased, 
and  among  the  wealthier  classes  there  has  been  a  general 
elevation  in  the  standard  of  luxury  and  convenience  in 
modes  of  living.  The  general  rise  in  price  of  agricultural 

16 


122  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

produce  has  brought  increased  prosperity  to  the  land 
owning  classes  and  the  condition  of  the  landless  labourer 
has  also  improved  consequent  upon  the  fact  that  he  is 
not  tied  to  the  soil,  that  he  can  move  freely  about  the 
country,  seeking  a  market  for  his  labour  where  it  is  most 
in  demandand  emigrating  from  the  country  to  foreign  plant- 
ations where  his  labour  commands  high  wages.  New 
ideas  are  slowly  permeating  the  mass  of  the  population 
and  the  economic  pressure  due  to  improved  means 
of  communication  with  the  rest  of  the  world  is  bringing 
about  a  change  in  methods  of  production  which  may  be- 
come of  vast  importance  later  on.  There  is  ample  evidence 
to  show  that  labour  is  now  too  expensive  to  neglect 
labour-saving  machinery  and  the  immediate  need  of  the 
future  is  the  development  of  credit.  The  agricultural  re- 
sources are  immense,  but  the  lack  of  credit  is  a  serious 
obstacle  to  improvement  and  there  is  no  direction  in  which 
the  efforts  of  Government  can  be  more  wisely  extended 
than  inthecreation  of  a  sound  system  of  agricultural  finance. 
The  movement  in  favour  of  Co-operative  Credit  Societies  is 
a  step  in  the  right  direction  and  it  requires  to  be  supplement- 
ed by  efforts  to  establish  co-operative  working  with  the 
village  as  a  unit.  Village  irrigation  works  and  the  village 
agricultural  factory  springing  from  a  village  Co-operative 
Credit  Society  are  possibly  dreams  of  a  distant  future,  but 
the  present  condition  of  the  people  in  this  Presidency 
indicates  that  their  realization  would  be  attended  with 
very  Jiiaterial  benefits. 

II 

INDUSTRIAL   NOTES — THE   GODAVERI   AND   KISTNA 
DELTAS 

The  irrigated    area  in  these  two  deltas  now  amounts 
to  over  li  million  acres,  mainly  devoted  to  the  cultivation 


INDUSTRIAL   ENTERPRISE  123 

of  paddy,  of  which  about  one  million  tons  valued  at  more 
than  5  crores  of  rupees  is  raised  annually.  Formerly  nearly 
the  whole  of  this  crop  was  exported  as  paddy,  but  now 
a  very  large  number  of  mills  have  been  established  and  a 
large  proportion,  exactly  how  much  I  do  not  know,  is  clean- 
ed and  converted  into  rice  before  it  is  sent  away.  Some- 
times the  paddy  is  boiled  before  treatment  in  the  mill  when 
what  is  known  as  '  boiled  rice'  is  the  final  production  ;  in 
other  cases  it  is  passed  straight  into  the  mill  leading  to  the 
production  of  what  is  locally  known  as  'raw  rice'.  The 
earlier  mills  that  were  established  in  the  towns  generally 
consisted  of  two  or  three  self-contained  machines  driven 
by  an  oil  engine.  In  Bezwada  there  are  19  such  small 
factories  in  existence,  but  apparently  they  find  it  difficult 
to  compete  with  the  larger  and  better  equipped  plants 
which  have  been  started  during  the  last  year  or  two  and 
which  are  to  be  found  scattered  all  over  these  deltas.  These 
earlier  plants  were  very  crudely  installed  and  many  of 
them  are  driven  by  oil  engines,  which  use  kerosine 
oil  instead  of  liquid  fuel,  with  the  result  that  the  running 
expenses  are  thereby  very  considerably  enhanced.  The 
most  recent  type  of  mill  is  driven  by  steam,  furnished  by 
boilers  fitted  with  furnaces  capable  of  burning  the  paddy 
husk  and  that  commodity,  which  was  formerly  looked 
upon  as  waste  product,  is  now  in  considerable  demand  for 
steam  raising  purposes. 

The  new  rice  mills  are  not  attractive  looking  factories 
being  invariably  constructed  of  sheets  of  galvanised  cor- 
rugated iron  and,  to  say  the  least,  they  are  not  an  ornament 
to  the  landscape.  They  are  practically  all  built  on  the 
same  plan  and  the  machinery  used  for  hulling  the  rice 
differs  only  in  detail  in  different  factories.  Where  the 
paddy  is  first  boiled,  there  are  a  number  O:f  iron  kettles  for 
this  purpose,  into  which  steam  can  be  passed  and  there 


124  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

is  usually  a  large  area  of  cemented  floor  on  which  the 
paddy  can  be  subsequently  spread  to  dry  in  the  sun. 
When  the  paddy  goes  into  the  mill  proper,  it  is  passed 
over  reciprocating  sieves  to  remove  stones,  sticks 
and  other  foreign  matter,  and  in  some  cases  fans  are 
used  to  draw  a  current  of  air  through  the  layer  of 
paddy  which  removes  the  dust.  After  this  preliminary 
cleaning  process,  it  is  elevated  to  bins  placed  over 
the  shellers  or  hullers.  These  invariably  consist  of  discs 
of  cast  iron  faced  with  cement  mainly  composed  of 
emery.  The  paddy  is  fed  through  the  eye  of  the  upper 
disc,  the  lower  being  the  runner.  The  action  of  these 
disc  separates  the  outer  coat  or  husk  from  the  interior  of 
the  berry  formed  by  the  rice  grains.  A  certain  percentage 
of  the  paddy  passes  through  without  being  husked  and 
screens  are  necessary  to  remove  the  unhusked  grains 
which  are  passed  through  the  huller  again.  The  brown 
rice  from  the  huller  is  passed  into  a  machine  consisting  of 
a  conical  drum  mounted  on  a  vertical  spindle  running  at  a 
high  velocity.  The  drum  is  faced  with  emery  and 
surrounded  by  a  casing  lined  with  steel  wire  cloth.  The 
rice  enters  at  the  top  and  the  space  between  the  cone  and 
the  casing  is  adjusted  to  secure  a  sufficient  rubbing  action 
to  deliver  clean  rice  at  the  outlet  from  the  machine. 
Where  a  fine  quality  of  rice  is  required  it  is  passed  through 
a  similar  polishing  machine,  the  cone  being  covered  with 
sheep  skin  instead  of  emery.  A  polishing  action  is  there- 
by secured  which  greatly  improves  the  appearance  of  the 
rice. 

The  number  of  these  factories  is  steadily  increasing 
and  already  there  appears  to  be  considerable  competition 
to  obtain  supplies  of  paddy.  The  ryots  benefit  by  this, 
but  it  is  doubtful  if  the  managers  of  these  rice  mills  are 
sufficiently  versed  in  the  fluctuations  of  market  prices  to 


INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE  125 

conduct  their  business  on  altogether  sound  lines.  The 
earlier  mills  were  very  profitable  to  their  owners,  but  it  is 
reported  at  the  present  time  that  competition  has  already 
greatly  reduced  the  profits  that  can  be  earned  by  rice 
milling.  The  capital  invested  in  these  mills  amounts,  in 
the  aggregate,  to  a  very  large  sum,  but  the  fixed  charges 
of  each  individual  plant  are  by  no  means  a  heavy  burden 
and  when  prices  are  unfavourable  they  can  shut  down 
and  wait  for  better  times.  There  is,  of  course,  nothing  in 
this  part  of  the  country  that  can  compare  in  size  with 
the  large  rice  mills  in  Rangoon,  but  even  over  there  the 
small  man  is  able  to  hold  his  own  against  the  mammoth 
concern,  owing  to  the  fact  that  he  is  not  always  bound  to 
be  running  and  that  he  need  not  run  at  a  loss. 

The  high  prices  which  have  been  realised  for  paddy 
during  the  past  few  years  have  rendered  its  cultivation 
very  profitable  and  there  has  consequently  been  a  rapid 
extension  in  the  area  under  the  delta  canals.  Large  tracts 
of  land,  however,  are  at  too  high  a  level  to  be  commanded 
by  the  canals  and  flow  irrigation  is  not  possible.  There 
is  also  a  large  area  of  low  lying  land  at  the  tail  end  of  the 
irrigation  channels,  to  which  a  supply  cannot  be  given 
from  the  canals  because  it  is  all  utilised  before  it  reaches 
these  tail  ends,  and  in  the  Kistna  Delta,  at  any  rate,  it  is 
deemed  inadvisable  to  provide  specially  for  these  lands  as 
the  area  under  irrigation  is  already  nearly  as  much  as  the 
river  in  its  natural  condition  can  supply.  In  the  Kollair 
Lake,  which  is  an  unfilled  depression  between  the  two 
deltas,  and  in  the  drains,  both  natural  and  artificial,  by 
which  the  surplus  water  of'the  delta  is  removed,  there  is 
usually  throughout  the  irrigation  season  an  abundant 
supply  of  water,  but  both  in  the  lake  and  in  the  drains  it 
will  be  necessary  to  lift  the  water  several  feet  to  enable  it 
to  flow  over  the  land. 


126  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

Nineteen  years  ago  I  started  the  first  steam  pumping 
station  at  Mattugunta  on  the  banks  of  the  Upputeru  and  in 
the  following  year  a  second  one  was  started  at  Kollita  Kota 
Lanka  in  the  Kollair  lake  by  a  Guntur  firm.  Still  later  an 
experimental  pumping  station  was  established  on  the  Divi 
Island  which  ultimately  resulted  in  the  Divi  Island  Pump- 
ing Project,  which  has  now  been  at  work  so  success- 
fully for  the  last  4  or  5  years.  This  irrigation  pumping 
scheme  is  the  largest  in  the  world  of  its  kind,  but  I 
do  not  now  propose  to  describe  it  as  these  notes  are 
only  intended  to  refer  to  private  enterprise.  The  steam 
engines  and  pumps  erected  on  the  Kollair  Lake  did  not 
prove  a  brilliant  success  and  when  the  superior  merits  of 
oil  engines  as  a  source  of  motive  power  were  demonstrated, 
it  was  not  long  before  the  riparian  owners  round  Kollair 
began  to  utilise  them  for  the  irrigation  of  their  lands, 
At  the  present  time  there  are  13  installations  in  the  Kollair 
Lake,  of  which  only  one  is  driven  by  steam.  The  oil 
engines  aggregate  290  horse  power  and  the  area  under  ir- 
rigation is  3,000  acres.  In  no  case  is  the  lift  more  than 
a  few  feet.  The  majority  of  the  installations  are  badly 
designed,  the  principal  defect  being  that  nearly  all  the 
engines  are  much  larger  than  is  necessary  for  the  work  to 
be  done  and  most  of  them  are  old  patterns  which  do  not 
work  with  anything  like  the  economy  obtainable  with 
engines  of  later  construction.  Amateur  engineering  is 
very  much  in  evidence,  and  the  remodelling  of  these 
pumping  stations  would  lead  to  a  very  considerable  econo- 
my in  working  expenses. 

The  canals  taking  off  from  above  the  anicuts  at  Bez- 
wadaand  Dowleshwaram  run  for  a  considerable  distance  in 
deep  cuttings,  and  it  is  only  some  miles  from  their  heads 
that  direct  irrigation  becomes  possible.  It  is  further  to  be 
noted  that  the  high  level  canals  bounding  the  edges  of  the 


INDUSTRIAL   ENTERPRISE  127 

delta  irrigate  but  a  small  tract  on  the  side  away  from  the 
delta,  as  on  this  side  the  land  slopes  towards  the  canal. 
Some  of  these  lands  are  veFy  fertile,  others  are  saline  and 
waste  and  the  success  of  irrigation  by  pumping  has  led 
to  several  combinations  of  ryots  who  have  obtained 
permission  to  pump  water  from  the  Government  canals. 
In  the  Kistna  district  there  are  at  present  four  installations 
which  are  allowed  to  take  water  from  the  canals  for  an 
area  of  1,800  acres.  The  Atmakur  installation  was  the  first 
put  down  and  may  be  taken  as  typical.  The  water  has  to 
be  lifted  7  or  8  feet  and  the  area  originally  sanctioned  was 
500  acres.  The  motive  power  consisted  of  two  12  H. 
P.  Hornsby  engines,  driving  two  10"  centrifugal  pumps. 
Subsequently  permission  was  given  lo  extend  the  area  to 
800  acres  and  this  year  we  have  installed  a  28  B.  H.  P« 
engine  and  a  14"  Rees  Roturbo  pump.  The  ryots, 
for  these  earlier  installations,  have  been  permitted 
to  take  water,  paying  only  baling  rates  for  the  same,  but 
in  future  it  is  quite  certain  that  if  any  further  extension  of 
this  kind  of  irrigation  is  found  feasible  the  full  water  rates 
will  be  charged.  The  total  cost  of  pumping  is  probably 
from  Rs.  10  to  Rs.  12  per  acre  and  the  keenness  with  which 
ryots  are  prepared  to  take  water  for  pumps  is  evidence  of 
the  extreme  value  of  the  same. 

I  have  already  mentioned  the  possibility  of  pumping 
from  drains  and  reference  may  be  made  to  the  enter, 
prise  of  Mr.  K.  Hanumantha  Row  of  Masulipatam  who 
has  devoted  himself  to  reclaiming  large  tracts  of  land.  He 
has  at  present  three  pumping  stations  at  work  and  a  fourth, 
consisting  of  a  40  H.  P.  Crossley  Suction  gas  plant  and  gas 
engine,  driving  a  12"  and  a  10"  Rees  Roturbo  pump,  is  now 
under  erection  and  when  complete  will  lift  enough  water 
from  the  Dyyappa  Kalava  to  irrigate  about  450  acres  of 
land.  Another  installation  of  a  similar  character  but 


128  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

somewhat  smaller  is  being  erected  for  the  Zemindar  of 
Devarakota.  So  far  I  have  dealt  with  completed  projects  for 
irrigating  by  pumping,  but  there  are  several  other  proposals 
in  the  air  some  of  which  relate  to  very  large  areas  and 
ultimately,  especially  in  the  Godaveri  district,  we  may 
expect  to  see  a  great  development  of  irrigation  by  pumping. 

In  the  upland  tracts  of  these  districts  there  is,  in  many 
cases,  so  short  a  supply  of  water  that  difficulty  is  experien- 
ced in  getting  even  enough  for  domestic  purposes.  Recently 
a  considerable  number  of  borings  have  been  put  down  at 
the  bottom  of  existing  wells  and  some  of  these  have  tap- 
ped fair  supplies  of  water  which  have  proved  a  great  con. 
venience  to  the  villagers.  Applications  for  borings  are 
therefore  very  numerous.  The  Zemindar  of  Devarakota 
has  recently  purchased  a  steam  drilling  set  and  is  now 
engaged  in  making  borings  at  Sivagunga,  near  Masuli- 
patam.  At  the  time  of  my  visit  the  bore-hole  had  reached 
to  a  depth  of  250ft.  and  several  abundant  supplies  of  water 
had  already  been  tapped  at  various  levels,  but  unfortunately 
in  each  case  the  water  was  brackish.  With  increasing 
depth  the  quality  of  water  has,  however,  improved,  and  it 
is  hoped  that  at  a  still  greater  depth  a  supply  of  suitable 
water  may  be  obtained.  The  drill  was  an  expensive 
tool  as  it  cost  about  Rs.  7,000,  but  it  has  proved  an  ex- 
tremely effective  instrument  having  already  penetrated 
more  than  50  ft.  below  the  maximum  depth  that  was  ever 
reached  by  hand  tools  in  the  neighbourhood, 

Turning  to  purely  industrial  matters,  the  Zaraindar  of 
Polavaram  has  erected  a  saw  mill  and  a  small  ginning 
factory  at  Cocanada  driven  by  a  36  H.  P.  oil  engine  and 
he  assures  me  that  it  is  turning  out  a  very  profitable  invest- 
ment, though  from  some  mistake  in  the  original  calcula- 
tions it  has  proved  impracticable  to  work  both  the  saw 
mill  and  the  gins  at  the  same  time. 


INDUSTRIAL   ENTERPRISE  129 

The  most  remarkable  industrial  development  in  these 
I  districts  is,  however,   that   of   the  aluminium  industry  in 
I  Rajahmundry.     There  is  no  particular   reason  why   the 
industry  should  be  located  there  and  its  successful  establish- 
ment is  entirely  due  to  the  enterprise  of  the  people  in  that 
town..    It  originated  after  the  Cocanada  Exhibition    held 
about  10  years  ago  when  great  interest    was   displayed   in 
the  exhibits  of  the  then  Government  Aluminium    Depart- 
ment.   At  the  present  time  there  are  at  Rajahmundry  be- 
tween    20     and    30   small   factories    employing    about 
600  men   and   turning  out  goods  worth    several    lakhs 
of  rupees  a    year.     The     recent  fall     in     the   price   of 
^  aluminium    has   given    the    business    a   great    impetus 
and  as  the   metal  is    now   much   cheaper    than     brass 
it  is  commonly   used   by    even  the  poorest  classes   of 
the  community.  All  the  work  is  done  by  hand,  and  though 
the  articles  are  roughly  made  they  are   very  serviceable. 
Detailed  inquiry  shows  that  though  the  industry  has  grown 
very  rapidly  during  the  last  two  years,  the  profits  to  owners 
of  factories  are  comparatively  small,  as  through  excessive 
competition   amongst    themselves    to  get   new  business 
they  have  cut  down  the  prices  to  a  level  which  leaves  them 
an  exceedingly  small  margin  of  profit.  To  remedy  matters 
they  have  had  recourse  to  purchasing  supplies  of  continent- 
al  metal  of   a  lower  standard   of   purity    than    experi- 
ence   has    shown    to    be    desirable.     Aluminium    cook- 
ing pots  in  India  should  be  of  the  highest  standard  of  purity 
commercially  procurable  so  that  they  may  withstand  for  a 
reasonable  time  the  corroding  effects  of   the  acid  and 
saline  food-stuffs  common  amongst  people.    If  the  Rajah- 
mundry    utensils      exhibit      an     undue      tendency    to 
corrode  the  demand  for  them  will  rapidly  fall  off  and  their 
business  will  suffer.    The   Indian   Aluminium  Company 
have,  however,   taken  the  matter  up  and  are  arranging  for 

17 


130  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

large  supplies  of  the  best  metal  to  be  available  on  very 
favourable  terms.  Apparently  it  is  their  policy  to  regard 
the  Rajahmundry  factories  as  coadjutors  rather  than 
rivals.  They  are  serving  to  spread  a  knowledge  of  the 
metal  and  its  valuable  properties  throughout  the  country, 
which  I  think  cannot  but  tend  to  increase  the  demand  for 
their  own  more  varied  and  better  finished  manufactures. 
Judging  from  the  extensive  use  to  which  Aluminium 
is  now  put  in  the  Deltas  and  the  Northern  Circars, 
the  prospects  of  the  industry  are  of  an  extremely 
rosy  character  and  it  seems  likely  that  within  a 
few  years  :the  demand  for  the  metal  in  India  will  be 
so  large  as  to  fully  justify  the  establishment  of  works  in 
the  country  for  its  manufacture  from  the  abundant 
supplies  of  suitable  ore  which,  the  Geological  Department 
state,  exist  in  various  parts  of  the  country. 

It  has  naturally  been  impossible  in  these  notes  to  go 
into  any  detail  and  they  will  have  served  their  purpose,  if 
they  create  an  impression  that  in  these  districts  there  is 
a  considerable  amount  of  industrial  activity,  still  of  a  pri- 
mitive type,  but  working  on  fairly  sound  lines  and  likely 
in  the  future  to  develop.  The  people  are  accumulating  ex- 
perience, and  although  the  nature  of  their  environment  will 
probably  restrict  their  efforts  to  a  large  extent,  progress  and 
improvement  will  continue.  The  great  danger  to  be  faced 
is  excessive  competition; due  to  the  restricted  opportunities 
available,  and  it  is  important  that  every  effort  should  be 
made  to  devise  new  outlets  along  which  capital  and 

enterprise  can  flow. 

Ill 

INDUSTRIAL  NOTES—MADURA 

Excluding  Madras,  Madura  has  the  largest  popula- 
tion and  is  probably  the  wealthiest  town  in  this  Presi- 
dency. In  1871  the  population  was  returned  as  under 


INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE  131 

52,000  and  according  to  the  recent  census  it  is  132,699. 
The  town  is  in  a  notoriously  insanitary  condition,  largely 
due  to  overcrowding,  as  the  population  is  growing  very 
much  faster  than  the  number  of  houses.  The  recent 
epidemics  of  cholera  and  small  pox  are  said  to  have  car- 
ried off  nearly  2,000  people.  Whether  this  is  an  exag- 
geration or  not,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  epidemics 
were  very  severe  and  point  to  the  urgent  necessity  for 
improved  methods  of  sanitation  I  mention  these  matters 
as  a  prelude  to  my  notes  upon  the  industries  of  the  town, 
as  the  growth  and  development  of  industrial  life  must 
largely  be  affected  by  the  surroundings  in  which  it  is 
carried  on. 

The  commercial  prosperity  which  Madura  now  enjoys 
is  largely  due  to  the  efforts  of  two  men — the  late  Col. 
Pennycuick,  R.  E.,  who  brought  the  waters  of  the  Periyar 
into  the  country  to  the  immediate  north  of  Madura  and  to 
Mr.  L.K.Tulsiram,  who  introduced  the  modern  methods  of 
dyeing  now  carried  on  by  so  large  a  proportion  of  the 
population.  The  Periyar  waters  irrigate  nearly  150,000 
acres  and  have  enormously  increased  the  resources  of  the 
district.  The  land  was  formerly  dependent  on  a  large  num- 
ber of  rain-fed  and  river-fed  tanks,  the  supply  to  which 
was  extremely  precarious.  All  this  has  now  been  changed 
and  with  unfailing  certainty  the  cultivators  of  the  Periyar 
lands  can  rely  upon  receiving  an  ample  supply  of  water 
soon  after  the  burst  of  the  South-west  monsoon.  Col. 
Pennycuick  served  for  over  30  years  in  the  Madras  Presi- 
dency and  the  Periyar  irrigation  is  a  lasting  monument  not 
only  to  his  engineering  ability  but  also  to  his  force  of 
character  and  strength  of  will,  for  the  inception  of  the  work 
in  the  Travancore  hills  was  a  desperate  struggle  against 
adverse  natural  circumstances.  Madura  owes  much  to  his 
genius  and  resource  and  it  would  be  a  graceful  act  on  the 


INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

part  of  its  citizens  if  they  took  steps  to  express  their   grati- 
tude in  some  permanent  memorial. 

The  part  which  Mr.  Tulsiram  has  played  in  the  indus- 
trial development  of  Madura  is  modestly  described  by  him 
in  a  note  which  he  submitted  to  the  Industrial  Conference 
at  Ootacamund.     He  says  :    "  The  origin  of  the   industry 
in  Madura  dates  from  the  casual  visit  to  Madura    of  a 
student  of  Professor  T.K.  Gajjar  of  Bombay,  who  explain- 
ed to  me  the  method  of  dyeing  cotton   yarn  with  alizarine 
on  a  large  scale.   I  then  visited  the   dyeing   laboratory  of 
the  Badische  firm  at  Bombay  and  developed  the  industry." 
To  what  extent  the  industry  has  expanded  in  the  last  ten 
years  may  be  gauged  from  the  figures  relating  to  the   im- 
ports of  alizarine  into  Tuticorin,  the  whole  of  which  is  used 
in  the  Madura  dye  works.     In  1901-02  they    were  valued 
at  Rs.  1,51,519  and  in  1910-11  at    Rs.   5,26,795.     Besides 
alizarine,  other  dye-stuffs  are  now    beginning  to   be  used 
and  for  the  dye  trade   of  Madura  about   2,000  bales  of 
cotton,  each  weighing  400  ft>s.,  are  required  per  month:  that 
is  to  say,  the  annual  production  of  dyed  yarn  now  amounts 
to  about  10  million  pounds.     It  is  exported  to  all  parts  of 
the  Madras  Presidency  and  in  steadily  increasing  quanti- 
ties to   places    beyond   the     Presidency.      The   typical 
shade  is  a  brownish  red,  not  a   particularly   good   colour, 
but  one  which  suits  the  taste  of  the   people.     This  indus- 
try is  remarkable  not  only  for  its  extremely  rapid  growth, 
but  also  for  the  fact  that  it  is  in  the  hands  of  a  very  large 
number  of  individual  dyers,  none  of  whom  are  working  on 
a  very  large  scale.     It  is  an   excellent  example  of   indige- 
nous industry  adapted  to  modern  conditions.     The  dyers 
are  by  no  means  experts  in  their  trade,  but  they  know  how 
to  produce   the   particular   shade   required  by  the  market. 
For  some   years   past,    the  more   intelligent  among  them 
h  ave  been  asking  for  the   provision  of  technical  instruc- 


INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE  133 

tion  and  it  is  now  probable  that,  within  a  comparatively 
short  time,  a  tinctorial  laboratory  and  an  experimental  dye 
house  will  be  established  which  will  afford  the  chemical 
and  technical  knowledge  which  the  dyers  recognise  they 
are  in  need  of. 

At  the  present  time  there  is  only  one  spinning  mill  in 
Madura,  but  for  many  years  past  it  has  enjoyed  a  consider- 
able measure  of  prosperity,  owing  to  the  local  demand  for 
its  yarn.  The  mill  contains  over  35,000  spindles  and  to  it 
is  now  being  added  a  second  and  much  larger  mill  which, 
when  it  is  complete,  will  be  fitted  with  nearly  75,000 
spindles  and  the  two  together  will  probably  provide  em- 
ployment for  between  5,000  and  6,000  hands.  A  small 
spinning  mill  to  contain  3,000  spindles  is  also  being  erect- 
ed by  a  native  of  the  town,  Mr.  S.  Ramier,  and  it  will  be 
interesting  to  see  whether  he  is  able  to  make  a  commer- 
cial success  on  a  small  scale  of  an  industry  which  is 
usually  associated  with  big  capitalists  and  a  large  output. 
The  conditions  are  favourable  for  the  experiment,  but  I 
am  afraid  there  can  be  but  little  doubt  about  the  result. 

Madura  has  long  been  celebrated  as  a  great  weaving 
centre  and  the  industry  to-day  seems  to  have  been  but 
little  affected  by  the  competition  of  imported  piece-goods. 
Both  silk  and  cotton  are  extensively  woven  and  the  bulk 
of  the  production  takes  the  form  of  solid  bordered  cloths, 
which  cannot  at  present  be  woven  in  power  looms. 
It  is  difficult  to  say  how  many  looms  are  at  work  in  the 
town.  The  Imperial  Gazetteer  states  that  the  number 
is  about  2,000,  whilst  the  census  returns  of  1911 
show  that  there  are  over  16,400  persons  engaged  in  the 
weaving  of  silk  and  cotton  goods.  In  the  manufacture 
of  these  bordered  cloths  large  quantities  of  silk  and 
gold  thread  are  used.  The  latter  is  all  imported  from 
France.  Formerly,  it  was  a  local  industry  and  there 


INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION  IN   INDIA 

seems  to  be  no  reason,  except  lack  of  enterprise  why 
under  modern  conditions  it  should  not  again  be  reviv- 
ed. One  of  the  most  interesting  industrial  sights  of  the 
town  is  the  Meenakshi  Weaving  Factory  where,  in  a  large 
hall,  about  150  looms  have  been  erected,  all  of  which  are 
engaged  on  the  manufacture  of  bordered  cloths.  Some 
years  ago  an  enterprising  weaver  in  the  town  introduced 
some  important  modifications  into  the  method  of  arrang- 
ing the  harness  whereby  the  patterns  along  the  borders 
are  produced.  His  invention  was  patented  and  being  of 
some  practical  value  was  largely  taken  up  and  used.  An 
attempt  to  levy  a  royalty  led  to  extended  litigation  which 
ended  in  the  upholding  of  the  patent,  but  it  is  doubtful  if 
the  unfortunate  patentee  has  derived  anything  but  worry 
and  vexation  from  his  attempts  to  develope  the  use  of  his 
invention.  ; 

From  these  notes  it  will  be  seen  that  Madura  is  essen- 
tially a  cotton  town,  the  mill  trade  being  in  the  hands  of 
a  European  Company,  but  the  dying  and  weaving  trades 
entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  natives  and  run  very  success- 
fully on  more  or  less  indigenous  lines.  For  many  years 
past,  the  District  Board  maintained  a  fairly  efficient  indus- 
trial school,  which,  curiously  enough,  confined  itself  to 
work  in  wood  and  metal  and  entirely  ignored  the  two 
great  indigenous  industries  of  the  town.  A  year  ago  'it  was 
taken  over  by  Government  and  a  scheme  is  now  under 
consideration  for  converting  it  into  a  really  living  technical 
and  industrial  institute,  to  be  intimately  associated  with 
the  industrial  enterprise  of  the  neighbourhood. 

The  chief  object  of  interest  in  Madura  is  the  great  tem- 
ple dedicated  to  the  Goddess  Meenakshi.  The  Devastanam 
Committee  have  recently  sought  our  assistance  in  regard 
to  the  insanitary  condition  of  the  Pottamarai,  or  the 
Golden  Lily  tank,  in  which  all  the  pilgrims  bathe  on 


INDUSTRIAL   ENTERPRISE  135 

festive  occasions.  The  tank  is  of  considerable  area  and 
deep  enough  to  communicate  with  the  water  bearing  sand 
that  underlie  Madura.  We  have  installed  a  24  H.  P.  gas 
engine  and  Suction  Gas  plant  to  drive  a  6"  centrifugal 
pump  and  daily  the  water  level  in  the  tank  can  be  lowered 
from  2  to  3  feet  a  fresh  supply  of  water  coming  in  from 
the  sands  below.  This  constant  renewal  of  the  water  will 
enable  the  temple  authorities  to  keep  the  tank  in  a 
thoroughly  satisfactory  condition.  The  large  volume  of 
water  removed  daily  will  be  used  to  irrigate  the  gardens 
round  the  temple  and  the  surplus,  if  there  is  any,  will  be 
carried  by  an  existing  culvert  to  the  Elukadal  or  Seven 
Seas  tank.  The  pumping  plant  need  be  at  work  only  for 
a  few  hours  every  day  and  it  is  proposed  to  utilise  the 
available  power  in  the  evenings  to  drive  an  electric  plant  to 
light  up  the  temple.  The  plant  is  not  sufficient  to  effective- 
ly light  up  the  whole  place,  but  it  will  provide  current  for 
400  incandescent  lamps,  which  will  be  a  great  improve- 
ment on  the  present  system  of  oil  lighting. 

In  the  development  of  Madura  cheap  motive  power 
would  be  of  great  advantage  as  coal  is  expensive  and 
though  the  forests  of  the  district  can  be  made  to  yield  a 
large  supply  of  firewood,  yet,  as  the  cost  of  bringing  it 
into  the  town  is  considerable,  they  can  never  be  regarded 
as  an  altogether  satisfactory  source  of  supply.  Within  70 
miles  there  is  available,  during  the  irrigation  season,  a  vast 
amount  of  water  power  at  the  outlet  of  the  Periyar  lake. 
By  a  comparatively  slight  modification  of  the  principles 
upon  which  the  water  is  at  present  distributed  it  would  be 
possible  to  arrange  for  a  perennial  supply  sufficient  to 
yield  20,000  horse-power  for  twelve  hours  per  day.  The 
scheme  has  not  yet  been  approved  of  by  the  irrigation 
authorities  of  the  Government  of  India  as  they  are  reluctant 
to  admit  of  any  interference  whatever  with  what  they 


136  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

consider  to  be  the  paramount  claims  of  irrigation.  It  is 
certainly  however  merely  a  matter  of  time  before  this 
valuable  source  of  water  power  is  made  practical  use  of 
and  if  it  is  ultimately  found  feasible  to  arrange  for  a 
perennial  flow  of  water  from  the  lake  it  will  enable  Madura 
to  be  supplied  with  what  is  now  an  unduly  costly  item 
in  any  manufacturing  operations  carried  on  in  the  town. 

A  subsidiary  advantage  attaching  to  any  scheme  for 
supplying  Madura  with  power  would  be  the  perennial 
supply  of  water  which  would  become  available  for  the 
irrigation  of  such  crops  as  sugarcane,  which  require  water 
all  the  year  round.  A  20,000  horse-power  scheme  would 
also  enable  20,000  acres  of  the  Periyar  irrigated  tracts 
to  be  converted  to  sugarcane  cultivation  and  this  area 
would  ultimately  yield  a  much  larger  revenue  and  would 
be  to  the  district  a  much  greater  source  of  wealth 
than  it  now  is,  while  yielding  only  a  single  crop  of  paddy. 
The  Periyar  water  is  devoid  of  silt  and  carries  no  fertilizing 
material  to  the  fields.  It  is  consequently  necessary  to 
supply  manure  in  large  quantities.  This  is  a  source  of 
great  difficulty  to  the  ryots  and  ultimately  it  is  certain 
that  they  will  be  driven  to  the  use  of  artificial  manures. 
Possibly  the  electric  energy  which  can  be  obtained  from 
the  Periyar  water  may  be  of  assistance  in  solving  this 
problem.  There  is  no  doubt  that  nitrate  of  lime  could  be, 
manufactured  comparatively  cheaply  and  in  very  large 
quantities,  but  it  is  doubtful  if  that  alone  will  be  sufficient 
to  maintain  a  uniform  standard  of  fertility  in  the  Periyar 
tract.  The  manure  question  is  one  of  great  importance 
and  well  worthy  of  study  by  agriculturists  and  chemical 
engineers. 

During  the  last  year  or  two  much  interest  has  been 
evoked  by  the  remarkable  success  which  has  attended  the 
cultivation  of  what  is  known  as  Cambodia  cotton.  With  a 


INDUSTRIAL   ENTERPRISE  137 

slight  amount  of  irrigation  this  species  of  cotton  yields  extra- 
ordinarily large  crops  and  the  bolls  are  of  very  high  quality. 
Already  thousands  of  bales  have  been  put  on  the  market 
and  there  is  a  demand  in  excess  of  any  possible  supply. 
Although  the  land  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of 
Madura  is  not  favourable  for  cotton  cultivation  it  lies  in 
the  centre  of  an  immense  district  in  which  this  Cambodia 
cotton  can  be  largely  grown.  The  necessity  for  irrigation 
restricts  the  area  under  cultivation,  but  it  will  encourage 
the  development  of  well  irrigation  and  as  the  profits 
are  extremely  large  it  is  probable  that  a  diligent 
search  for  water  will  be  made  and  that  numerous 
small  pumping  plants  will  be  installed  to  deal  with  sup- 
plies lying  at  a  much  greater  depth  than  those  which  have 
hitherto  been  deemed  of  any  practical  value. 

The  minor  industries  of  Madura  are  in  a  flourishing 
state.  There  is  enterprise  in  every  direction  and  wages 
of  late  years  have  risen  to  abnormally  high  figures.  With 
or  without  a  supply  of  electric  energy  Madura  bids  fair  to 
become  a  great  industrial  city  and  it  behoves  those  who 
are  responsible  for  Municipal  administration  to  take  long 
sighted  views  of  the  requirements  of  the  town  and  to  pro- 
vide for  its  expansion  on  sound  and  well  considered  lines. 

IV 

WELL   IRRIGATION— COIMBATORE. 

In  the  Season  and  Crop  Report  for  1908-09,  I  find  it 
stated  that  in  the  Coimbatore  District  there  are  75,290 
wells  in  repair  and  8,670  wells  out  of  repair  and  not 
used.  From  these  wells  water  was  obtained  for  the 
irrigation  of  302,703  acres,  which  is  equivalent  to  an 
average  of  4  acres  of  irrigation  under  each  well.  It 
is  a  noteworthy  fact  that  there  are  nearly  as  many 
wells  in  the  South  Arcot  district,  but  they  only  irrigate 
19 


138  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

£3,790  acres,  or  an  average  of  1*2  acres  per  well.  Yet 
the  average  rainfall  of  the  Coimbatore  district  is  only  25*65 
inches  against  an  average  rainfall  of  46'40  in  South  Arcot. 
The  total  area  under  well  irrigation  in  the  Presidency  in 
1908-09  was  1,322,05  acres,  so  that  Coimbatore  alone 
accounts  for  23  per  cent,  of  the  total. 

It  is  not  difficult  to  explain  the  development  df 
well  irrigation  in  a  district  at  first  sight  singularly  devoid 
of  natural  facilities  for  the  storage  of  subterranean  water.  Ui> 
questionably  the  low  rain  fall  and  its  precarious  distribution, 
combined  with  the  fact  that  only  a  very  small  proportion  of 
the  land  could  be  irrigated  by  channels  or  tanks,has  compel - 
le$  the  people  to  resort  to  well  irrigation  to  an  extent  un- 
known elsewhere.  In  the  Coast  districts  there,  are  extensive 
beds  of  course  sand  which  can  be  made  to  yield,  without 
difficulty,  very  large  supplies  of  water,  but  in  Coimbatore 
there  are  none  of  these  sandy  deposits  and  the  wells  are  al- 
most invariably  deep  holes  in  the  ground/into  which  the 
water  percolates  from  the  surrounding  strata.  The  large 
supply  of  water,  yielded  in  many  of  the  wells,  is  due  chiefly 
to  the  thickness  of  the  layer  of  decomposed  or  partially 
decomposed  rock  which  overlies  the  gneisses  forming 
the  bedrock  of  the  great  central  plain,  bounded  by  the  Nil* 
giris  on  the  north  and  the  Anamalais  and  the  Palnis  on  the 
south.  Besides  the  wells  irrigating  the  dry  lands  there'  are 
reported  to  be  3,140  wells  which  are  used  to  supplement 
the  irrigation  of  ihe  wet  lands.  The  records  of  the  past 
century  or  more  show  that  the  ryots  of  Coimbatore  have 
steadily  pinned  their  faith  on  wells  as  a  source  of  water  for 
the  irrigation  of  garden  crops  and  we  shall  not  be  greatly 
in  error  in  assuming  that  there  are  now  80,000  wells  in 
the  district  (including  the  Karur  taluk  lately  transferred  to 
Trichinopoly.) 

The  typical   Coimbatore  well  is  a   rectangular  hoie 


iNDUStRIAL  ENTERPRISE  139 

dug  in  the  earth  which  is  usually  hard  enough  to  stand 
without  much  protection  in  the  way  of  revetment  or  walls. 
It  penetrates  through  the  soil  and  sub-soil  to  the  disinte- 
grated rock  below  and  is  continued  to  such  depth,  as  the 
resources  of  the  owner  permit,  or  till  a  sufficient  supply 
of  water  has  been  obtained.  There  is  no  permanent  water 
level.  It  varies  from  month  to  month  and  is  usually 
highest  in  November  or  December  and  lowest  in  June  or 
July.  The  range  may  be  a  few  feet,  but  it  is  usually  about 
20  feet  and  sometimes  more.  As  a  rule,  the  wells  do  nof 
exceed  40  to  45  feet  in  depth  and  the  great  majority  yield 
water  all  the  year  round  ;  that  is  to  say,  they  penetrate  to; 
some  distance  below  the  level  of  permanent  saturation  and 
we  may  take  it  that  the  water  supply  in  the  welJs.of 
Coimbatore  could  be  considerably  improved  if  every 
well  was  sunk  an  additional  10  or  20  feet.  Natural-, 
ly  the  wells  vary  very  much  in  size,  but  they  nearly  always 
cover  a  large  superficial  area  and  form  deep  reservoirs  in 
which  the  percolation  water  is  stored  all  night  to  be  remov- 
ed the  next  morning.  These  wells  represent  a  vast  expendi- 
ture of  human  labour  and  if  they  were  constructed  at  the 
present  day  they  would  involve  an  outlay  of  many  cr ores  of 
rupees.  Every  year  the  ryots  of  Coimbatore  spend  several 
lakhs  of  rupees  in  improving  their  wells  and  they  ..mny.' 
represent  an  asset  of  extreme  value. 

v       From  information  which  has  been  -kindly  placed  at- 
my  disposal  by  Mr.  J.  K.    Lancashire,  the  Special  Settle-, 
ment  officer,  I  find  that  in  regard    to  65,547   wells,  about 
which  certain  items   have   been  tabulated,  they  are  fitted 
with  105,311   water-lifts  ;   that  in   3,153    wells  there  are  3 
mhdtes,  and    in    1,177   wells   4   mhotes  or   more.     The 
average  area  irrigated   per  well  is  about  4  acres  and  the 
average  area  irrigated  per  mhote  about  2^  acres.  Well  irri- 
gation   goes,  on   all   the  year   round   and   special  cattle 


INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDtA 

have  to  be  kept  to  work  the  rohotes.  The  cost  of  keeping 
these  cattle  varies  a  great  deal  and  much  of  it  is  paid  for 
in  kind.  It  will  be  within  the  mark  to  estimate  the  month- 
ly expenditure  on  a  pair  of  average  cattle  at  Rs.  15  ; 
that  is  to  say,  it  will  cost  Rs.  180  per  annum  for  the  irriga- 
tion of  2J  acres  of  land  ;  which  means,  the  cost  of  irriga- 
tion per  acre  is  over  Rs.  70/This  is  merely  an  average  figure 
and  in  many  places,  where  the  wells  are  deep,  the  cost 
of  irrigation  is  considerably  more  and  rises  to  over  Rs. 
100  per  acre  per  annum.  Nothing  but  a  very  intensive 
system  of  cultivation  will  stand  such  a  heavy  charge  and 
the  garden  cultivation  of  Coimbatore  is  universally  ac- 
knowledged by  agricultural  experts  to  represent  the  perfec- 
tion of  empirical  methods. 

The  area  under  well  irrigation  is  over  3  lakhs  of  acres 
and  an  annual   charge  of  Rs.  70  per   acre  means  that  this 
well  water  supply  costs  the  Coimbatore    district  something 
like  2  crores    of  rupees    per    annum.    The   burden     is 
a  heavy   one  and     is  felt   more   and   more,     as    prices 
rise    and    currency    transactions    become     commoner. 
Many   years  ago   Mr.    Robertson,  the    Principal   of   the 
Saidapet  Agricultural  College,   promised  a   saving  of  20 
lakhs  a  year  if   the   people  would  use  his  double  mhote 
but  they  would  have   none  of  it  and    I  think    they  were 
right.  The  ryot  understood  better  than  the  scientific  expert 
how   to  get  work   out   of  cattle.     I    made  some  inquiries 
into  this  matter  some  years  ago  and  came  to  the  conclu- 
sion  that  we   could    not   materially  improve  the   ryots' 
methods   of   lifting   water   and  I    should   have  ceased  to 
concern  myself  with  the  problem  of  lifting  water,   but  for 
the  fact  that  in  the  oil  engine  and  centrifugal  pump  modern 
scientific  engineering  has  placed  at  our  disposal  something 
entirely   outside   the   range  of  experience   of   the  ryots. 
With  properly  designed  plant  of   this  kind   the  cost    of 


INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE  141 

liting  water  is  reduced  to  from  one-third  to  one-fourth 
the  cost  of  doing  it  by  cattle.  This  fact  is  slowly  beco- 
ming recognised  and  there  are  to-day  several  hundred  oil 
engines  and  pumps  at  work  in  the  south  of  India,  and  in 
the  Coimbatore  district  I  have  records  of  about  30  such 
pumping  installations. 

The  smallest  scale,  on  which  these  are  erected  at 
present,  involves  the  employment  of  a  3"  centrifugal  pump 
which  will  deliver  10,000  gallons  of  water  per  hour,  driv- 
ing it  by  an  oil  engine  of  power  proportionate  to  the  height 
the  water  has  to  be  lifted.  Centrifugal  pumps,  of  smaller 
size  than  this,  are  machines  which  have  to  be  run  at  a  very 
high  speed  and  are  extremely  inefficient.  The  3"  pump 
is  the  smallest  size  that  can  be  used  with  efficiency  and 
it  is  unfortunate  that  it  is  so  large,  as  it  is  equivalent  to  at 
least  four  mhotes  worked  with  the  very  best  cattle  in  the 
district  and  it  is  evident  that  unless  smaller  outfits  for 
pumping  can  he  designed  the  application  of  mechanical 
methods  of  raising  water  is  limited  to  wells  which  have  a 
large  water  supply. 

From  the  figures  given  me  by  Mr.  Lancashire,  which  I 
have  quoted,  it  appears  that  between  6  and  7  per  cent,  of 
the  wells  are  fitted  with  three  or  more  mhotes  and  assum- 
ing, as  is  only  reasonable,  that  there  is,  during  the  agri- 
cultural season,  sufficient  water  in  these  wells  for  three 
mhotes  to  be  constantly  occupied  in  lifting  it  out;  then 
our  experience  suggests  that  in  all  these  wells  it 
would  be  to  the  advantange  of  the  ryots  if  they  could 
replace  their  mhotes  by  small  pumping  plants.  As 
there  are  now  approximately  80,000  wells  in  the  Coimba- 
tore district  this  means  that  there  is  a  field  for  the  employ- 
ment of  5,000  pumping  plants.  The  average  cost  of  each 
plant  may  be  taken  as  Rs.  2000  and  the  total  expenditure 
would  amount  to  one  crore  of  rupees:  Probably  an  average 


142  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  *N  INDIA 

of  15  acres  per  well  or  75,000  acres  of  cultivation  could 
be  brought  under  the  pumps  and  it  will  be  safe  to  cal- 
culate upon  a  saving  of  Ks.  40  per  acre  in  the  cost  of  lift- 
ing water,  or  a  total  saving  of  30  lakhs  of.  rupees.  Not 
only  this,  but  the  introduction  of  such  plants  would  lead 
to  great  improvements  in  the  wells,  as  at  comparatively 
small  cost  they  could  be  deepened  very  considerably  and 
a  much  larger  quantity  of  water  obtained  from  a  somewhat 
greater  depth.  If  it  pays  now  with  cattle  to  lift  water 
from  a  depth  of  40  ft.  it  will  certainly  pay  to  go  to  a  depth 
of  100  ft.  with  pump?.  All  that  is  necessary  is  that 
the  plant  should  be  of  suitable  design  and  unaffected 
in  its  working  by  variations  in  the  water  level. 

Apart  from  its  large   capacity   the   centrifugal    pump 
does  not  altogether   meet   other   important   requirements; 
and    for    sometime  past   we  have   been   experimenting? 
with  power    driven    pumps   of   the    loose    piston  *  type;* 
Driven   with   small  engines   of    only  2  or  3  H.  P.  these; 
pump  can   be   conveniently  arranged   to  work    on  lifts; 
of  40  or   50    feet   and   to   discharge   from   two  to  three 
thousand  gallons  of  water  per  hour  ;  that  is  tot  say,   they 
will  do  as  much  work  as  two  mhotes  and  can, be:  worked! 
twice  as  long  per  day  which  makes  the  engine   equivalent 
to  four  pairs  of  cattle . 

I  have   already  stated  that  there  are    about  30  pump- 
ing stations   in    the   Coimbatore  district.     Some   of  them 
were  put  down  several  years  ago,  and  it  is  .satisfactory  to 
note  that  no  less  than  ten  have  been  put  down  in  the  last 
12  months  and  that  there  are  a  number  otnew  proposals 
under  investigation  t     We  may   claim  that  the  rvalue   of 
engines  and  pumps  is  fairly  well  recognised  and  that  the 
only  bar-    to   progress  is  the  inability  of,  the   ryots  tots 
obtain   sufficient    CQtPtnand  of  capital)  tea  enable  them  j 
to    purchas^      them.;    pbyipusly    Co-operative    Credit 


INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE  143 

Societies  cannot  help  the  man  who  wants  a  loan  of  several 
thousand  rupees.  I  have  shown  that  at  least  a  crore  of 
rupees  could  be  invested  in  engines  and  pumps  in  this 
district  and  that  it  would,  on  a  very  moderate  estimate, 
effect  a  saving  in  the  cost  of  pumping  of  at  least  30  lakhs 
of  rupees  a  year.  It  is  really  a  matter  for  financiers  to  deal 
with.  There  js  a  field  for  the  employment  of  a  large 
amount  of  money.  On  a  large  scale  the  risks  are  negli- 
gible and  the  profits  certain. 

To  some  extent  Government  have  provided  funds 
under  the  Land  Improvement  Loans  Act  and  it  is  a 
pity  that  more  general  use  is  not  made  of  the  Act.  The 
terms  offered  are  extremely  liberal  and  the  unpopularity  is 
largely  due  to  administrative  friction.  There  is  no  ques- 
tion that  in  the  next  few  years  large  sums  of  money 
will  have  to  be  found  for  the  provision  of  machinery  for 
lifting  water  for  irrigation  and  it  is  equally  certain 
that  no  one  can  provide  the  money  on  such  favourable 
terms  as  Government.  What  is  wanted  is  a  simpler  system 
of  administering  the  Act,and  of  power  to  take  the  improve- 
ments effected  by  the  loans  into  account  as  part  of  the 
security  for  the  loan.  On  the  other  hand,  the  rate  of  interest 
might  well  be  increased  to  S  or  9  per  cent,  and  the  term 
of  the  loans  shortened  so  that  they  may  be  repaid  within 
7  years.  The  interest  and  the  instalments  should  be  col- 
lected after  the  crops  have  been  sold  and  when  the  man 
can  pay  without  having  recourse  even  temporarily  to  local 
money  lenders.  Finally,  the  profits  on  the  working  would 
enable  a  competent  engineering  staff  to  be  maintained  to 
supervise  the  erection  of  the  plants  and  the  maintenance 
of  those  already  in  ,  existence  in  thoroughly  good 
working  order.  This  is  now  being  done  by  the 
Pumping  and  Boring  Department,  but  the  installations 
are  so  few  and  are  scattered  over  so  wide  an  area  that 


144  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

they  are  not  inspected  as  often  as  is  desirable.  We 
have  already  accumulated  sufficient  experience  to 
carry  out  satisfactorily  the  preliminary  investigations 
previous  to  the  installation  of  a  plant  and  there  is  in 
my  mind  no  doubt  whatever  that  a  very  large  amount 
of  money  can  be  safely  invested  in  providing  machinery 
for  lifting  water  out  of  the  Coimbatore  wells.  The  initial 
difficulties  have  been  got  over  and  it  will  be  quite  feasible 
now  to  spend  a  lakh  or  two  lakhs  a  year  on  this  work  and 
as  time  goes  on  gradually  increase  the  amount  till  the 
district  is  properly  supplied  with  engines  and  pumps. 

The  well  irrigation  in  Coimbatore  is  responsible  for 
a  considerable  area  under  sugarcane  and  the  district  enjoys 
the  advantage  of  two  crop  seasons.  In  most  cases  it 
would  not  be  difficult  to  arrange  that  the  engine  driving 
the  pump  should  also  be  available  to  drive  a  sugar 
mill.  The  crushing  of  cane  imposes  a  severe  strain  on  the 
ryots'  resources  and  the  extensive  employment  of  power 
driven  cane  crushers  would  go  far  towards  solving  the 
sugar  problem  in  this  country.  Although  the  total  areas 
under  sugarcane  in  the  district  is  less  than  9,000  acres 
there  are  a  considerable  number  of  vllages  possessing  large 
areas  under  sugar-cane,  and  from  information  kindly 
supplied  me  by  Mr.  Lancashire  I  find  that  six  villages 
Have  each  over  250  acres  of  sugarcane  cultivation.  It 
may  be  interesting  to  give  their  names  and  the  areas 
under  cultivation.  They  are  : — 

Singanallur  ...         518         acres. 

Kunujamuttur  ...        280  „ 

Alangiyam  ...         282  „ 

Oddarpalaiyam  ...        305  „ 

Budinattam  ...       1513  „ 

Sholamadur  ...         251  „ 

In  each  of  these  villages  it  will  pay  to   put  up  a  fairly 


INDUSTRIAL  ENTERPRISE  145 

large  sugarcane  crushing  mill  with  a  modern  evapora- 
ting plant  for  the  manufacture  of  jaggery.  In  each 
case  there  would  be,  within  a  mile  of  the  mill,  more 
than  sufficient  cane  to  keep  the  plant  working  day 
and  night  through  the  whole  of  the  two  cutting  seasons. 
The  expenses  of  running  the  mill  would  be  light  and  the 
ryots  would  be  saved  the  whole  of  the  work  of  converting 
their  canes  into  jaggery.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  establish- 
ment of  these  mills  is  obviously  work  that  should  betaken  up 
on  a  co-operative  basis,  but  it  might  perhaps  be  advisable 
that  Government  should  establish  one  to  demons- 
trate its  advantages.  The  cost  of  such  a  plant  may  be 
taken  as  Rs.  10,000.  Personally  I  believe  it  would  be  an 
excellent  opportunity  for  any  one  who  has  that  amount  of 
money  at  his  command  and  also  possesses  sufficient  tact 
to  gain  the  confidence  of  the  ryots,  upon  whom  he  would 
be  dependent  for  supplies  of  cane.  I  should  prefer  to  see 
such  mills  established  by  the  ryots  themselves  rather  than 
that  the  ryots  should  be  exploited  by  private  capitalists,  but 
the  second  alternative  is  preferable  to  the  present  state  of 
affairs  under  which  the  area  of  sugarcane  cultivation  is 
restricted  by  the  limited  resources  of  the  ryots  in  the  two 
vital  matters  of  water  supply  and  cane  crushing  capacity. 


19 


CHAPTER  VI 
INDUSTRIAL  LEADERS 
I 

INDIAN  TECHNICAL  STUDENTS  ABROAD 

INDUSTRIAL  Development  in  India  is  seriously  ham- 
pered by  the  difficulty  which  those,  who  wish  to  take  part 
in  it,  6nd  in  acquiring  the  preliminary  technical  know* 
ledge  and  practical  experience  which  are  essential  to  suc- 
cess in  this  direction.  The  facilities  in  India  for  technical 
education  are  of  a  very  meagre  character,  but  till  the  Swa- 
deshi movement  gathered  force,  it  could  not  be  fairly  sa  i4 
that  they  were  unequal  to  the  demand.  There  are  four 
Government  Engineering  Colleges,  which,  though  they  no 
longer  solely  train  students  for  the  Public  Works  Depart- 
ment and  do  not  confine  themselves  to  instruction  in  what 
is  broadly  termed  Civil  Engineering,  are  quite  unable  to 
meet  the  demand  for  miscellaneous  technical  knowledge 
which  is  now  in  evidence.  The  history  of  technical  educa- 
tion in  India  reveals  the  fact  that  there  has  only  been  a 
demand  for  technical  education  when  it  has  been  evident 
that  there  was  a  demand  for  the  services  of  technically 
trained  students.  Within  the  last  few  years,  however,there 
has  been  a  marked  change  in  the  attitude  of  the  educated 
classes  towards  technical  education.  There  is  now  a 
demand  for  such  education,  not  to  qualify  for  existing 
vacancies  but  to  provide  men  capable  of  developing  existing 
industries  and  pioneering  new  ones. 

I  am  not  now  concerned  to  trace  out  the  causes 


INDUSTRIAL    LEADERS  147 

which  have  brought  about  this  remarkable  change  in  the 
attitude  of  Indians  towards  what  may  be  termed  practical 
education.  At  the  bottom,  the  causes  are  economic  and 
the  Swadeshi  movement  owes  such  vitality  as  it  possesses 
to  its  economic  origin,  but  it  has  been  stimulated  into 
unhealthy  activities  by  imparting  to  it  a  political  charac- 
ter.  Hundreds  of  young  men  are  encouraged  to  expa- 
triate themselves  for  a  term  of  years  in  the  hope  that  when 
they  return  they  may  be  qualified  to  engage  in  industrial 
work,  to  start  new  industries  and  to  carry  on  manufactur- 
ing operations  in  competition  with  the  imported  pro- 
ducts of  the  West,  The  need  for  industries  to  absorb  the 
surplus  energies  of  the  unemployed  educated  classes  is 
obvious,  but  the  prospect  is  not  an  alluring  one  and  the 
best  intellect  of  the  country  still  follows  along  beaten 
tracks  and  devotes  itself  to  unproductive  forms  of  employ- 
ment. There  is  a  slight  element  of  unreality,  one  might 
almost  say  of  burlesque,  obvious  in  the  attitude  of  the 
Indian  Technical  students  one  meets  abroad.  They  are 
prone  to  indulge  in  mock  heroics  and  weave  unsubstan- 
tial day  dreams  in  which  the  dreamer  appears  as  a 
triumphant  pioneer  against  the  overwhelming  commer- 
cialism of  the  foreign  trader.  The  political  element  does 
the  students  no  good  and  gives  a  bias  to  their  studies 
which  carries  them  wide  of  the  mark. 

The  efforts  now  being  made  to  promote  a  modern 
indigenous  industrialism  are  worthy  of  the  highest  possi- 
ble commendation  but  that  should  not  prevent  the  candid 
friend  from  criticising  them.  I  am,  therefore,  tempted  to 
enquire  whether  the  means  employed  are  wise  and  in  fact 
whether  the  object  aimed  at  will  be  secured.  It  was  at  the 
Simla  Educational  Conference  in  1901  that  the  question  of 
technical  education  came  under  review,  and  a  recommen- 
dation was  made  to  the  Government  of  India  to  grant 


148  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

scholarships  to  deserving  students  to  enable  them  to  go 
to  Europe  or  America,  This  Resolution  was  accepted  and 
the  Government  of  India  Technical  Scholarships  were 
established. 

•  If!  Somewhat  unexpectedly  the  idea  of  going  abroad 
for  technical  education  found  favour  and  funds  were 
raised  by  political  associations,  by  philanthropic  bodies 
and  by  private  effort  to  send  students  to  Japan,  to  England 
and  to  other  places  in  order  that  they  might  obtain  the 
necessary  knowledge  to  render  their  country  free  from  the 
industrial  supremacy  of  Western  nations.  Japan  pursued 
a  somewhat  similar  course  30  or  40  years  ago  and  the 
result&of  introducing  Western  civilisation,  Western  methods 
and  Western  ideas  into  Japan  have  been  truly  astonishing. 
India,  it  was  thought,  might  score  a  similar  success  by 
using  like  methods.  Accordingly  Japan  was  asked  to 
extend  to  India  a  helping  hand  and  many  students  were 
sent  there.  The  language  difficulty  was  scarcely  considered, 
the  character  of  the  Japs  was  imperfectly  understood,  but 
it  was  known  that  Japan  had  already  achieved  what  India 
hoped  to  accomplish  and  the  royal  road  to  success  was 
to  study  Japanese  methods  on  the  spot.  I  do  not  know 
that  these  young  Indians  were  welcomed  in  Japan,  but  at 
any  rate  they  were  admitted  to  the  Colleges  and  allowed  to 
attend  the  lectures.  Living  was  cheap  and  the  atmos- 
phere compared  to  the  steamy  plains  of  Bengal  was 
exhilarating,  but  the  language  proved  to  be  a  more  serious 
trouble  than  was  anticipated.  The  Japanese  did  not  eagerly 
impart  the  secrets  of  their  success  and  the  students  made 
no  progress  *  The  modern  workshops  of  Japan  are  rigidly 
guarded  from  prying  eyes  and  Indian  students  had  to 
content  themselves  with  occasional  glimpses  of  the 
inimitable  methods  of  the  artizans.  Unfortunately  that 
did  them  very  little  good  and  they  have  returned  to  India 


INDUSTRIAL  LEADERS  149 

no  better  prepared  for  Industrial  work  than  when  they  first 
started. 

The  idea  of  sending  students  to  Japan  has  accordingly 
been  dropped  and  the  technical  schools  of  England  are  now 
regarded  with  more  favourable  eyes  though  the  expensive 
English  training  is  a  serious  matter.  Twice  during  the  course 
of  my  recent  furlough,  Mr.  J.  H.  Reynolds,  Principal  of  the 
Manchester  Municipal  School  of  Technology,  enabled  me 
to  meet  all  the  Indian  students  who  had  come  there  from 
various  parts  of  India.  There  were  between  40  and  50  of 
them  in  this  one  Institution,  some  with  Government  of 
India  Scholarships,  some  paying  their  own  way  and  the 
rest  supported  by  funds  subscribed  by  the  public.  Many 
of  the  students  were  in  difficulties  of  one  kind  or  another 
regarding  their  future  prospects  and  they  were  all  begin- 
ning to  realise  their  deficiencies  and  the  fact  that  the 
school  courses  must  needs  be  supplemented  by  practical 
work  before  the  training  could  in  any  sense  be  considered 
complete.  To  get  this  training  they  were  unable  and 
those,  at  the  end  of  their  time,  did  not  look  forward  to 
facing  the  future  in  India  with  equanimity.  I  could  give 
them  little  encouragement  and  no  real  help  as  they  wanted 
employment  in  English  factories  and  workshops  where 
they  could  gradually  acquire  a  practical  knowledge  of 
workshop  operations  and  business  methods,  without  which 
it  is  hopeless  to  engage  in  established  industries  and  futile 
to  attempt  to  start  new  industries  in  an  old  country  like 
India,  with  a  completely  organised  system  of  foreign  trade 
which  entirely  deprives  industrial  pioneers  of  the  protective 
effect  of  imperfect  business  arrangements. 

India  is  in  close  touch  with  the  markets  of  the  world.  ( 
She  has  a  magnificent  system  of  Railways  and  the  cost  of  I 
transport  of  her  trade,  both  internal  and  external,  is  ex*  I 
tremely  low.  As  an  agricultural  country  the  benefits  there-  J 


150  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN   INDIA 

by  conferred  on  the  people  are  enormous.  But  the  very 
perfection  of  the  system,  constructed  and  worked  by  alien 
agencies,  militates  against  the  development  of  her  manufac- 
turing resources  by  minimising  to  the  utmost  extent  pos- 
sible the  natural  protection  which  imperfect  means  of 
communication  afford. 

The  position  of  the  Indian  student  in  England  has 
been  the  subject  of  much  discussion  of  late  and  not  a  lit- 
tle has  been  done  to  render  the  period  of  his  sojourn  in 
that  country  pleasanter  from  a  social  point  of  view  and 
more  profitable  from  a  practical  one.  For  many  years 
past,  Indian  students  have  proceeded  to  England  to  finish 
their  education  but,  of  late  years,  the  number  has  increas- 
ed to  a  surprising  extent.  It  is  probably  a  symptom  of  the 
unrest  and  discontent  with  the  present  state  of  things 
which  more  or  less  prevails  among  that  section  of  the 
population  which  has  come  most  closely  into  contact  with 
and  has  been  most  affected  by  European  ideas.  Some  go  to 
the  Universities  with  the  object  of  competing  in  the  Civil 
Service  Examinations,  some  to  the  Hospitals  to  study  medi- 
cine, some  to  read  law  and  get  enrolled  as  Barristers  and  a 
few  chiefly  of  the  wealthy  classes,  with  no  defined  object. 
All  these  know  before  they  start  what  prospect  is  in  front  of 
them  when  they  return.  With  the  technical  students,  it  is 
however  otherwise,  and  it  is  the  difficulties  of  their  posi- 
tion to  which  I  think  attention  should  be  drawn. 

The  Civil  Servant  comes  back  to  India  to  engage  in 
the  administrative  work  of  the  country,  but  he  has  to 
begin  in  a  very  humble  capacity  and  gradually  work  his 
way  up.  The  Barrister  similarly,  whether  it  be  in  a  High 
Court  or  before  District  Judical  authorities,  begins  at  the 
bottom  of  the  ladder  and  slowly  and  after  much  hard 
work  wins  a  reputation  for  himself  which  enables  him  to 
command  fees  which  represent  something  more  than  a 


INDUSTRIAL  LEADERS  15 1 

living  wage.  Some  what  similary  situated  is  the  doctor, 
the  educationalist  and  the  merchant,  but  excepting  the 
rare  case  where  the  technical  student  belongs  to  a  family 
already  engaged  in  manufacturing  work,  he  is  in  an  alto- 
gether less  satisfactory  position.  He  has  been  through  a 
College  course  and  possibly  done  exceedingly  well.  His 
English  compeers  find  employment  without  great  diffi- 
culty but  seldom  of  a  lucrative  character  and  they  are 
content  to  wait  till  they  have  acquired  practical  experience 
before  they  command  more  than  a  nominal  remuneration 
for  the  services  they  render.  The  Indian  student  would 
probably  do  the  same  in  India,  if  he  could,  but  either  the  in- 
dustries do  not  exist  or  they  are  under  control  which  turns 
a  deaf  ear  to  his  request  for  employment.  Vainly  he  essays  to 
raise  capital  and  start  on  his  own  account.  Much  sympathy 
is  extended  to  him,  but  little  practical  assistance,  and  no 
one  is  willing  that  he  should  gain  his  experience  at  their 
expense. 

Sufficient  time  has  not  yet  elapsed  since  the  technical 
students  first  went  abroad  for  these  facts  to  become  widely 
known  and  the  bulk  of  those  who  have  returned  have  so 
far  been  lucky  enough  to  get  work  of  some  kind  though 
generally  not  that  for  which  they  were  looking.  The 
training  abroad  has  been  an  excellent  education  in  itself, 
their  travels  and  adventures  have  widened  their  outlook 
and  made  them  more  useful  members  of  the  community. 
So  far.  India  has  been  able  to  make  use  of  such  young 
men  but  the  numbers  are  increasing,  and  year  by  year, 
the  proportion  of  returned  students,  who  are  not  doing 
well,  will  be  found  to  increase.  It  is  not  unlikely  that,  if 
the  movement  continues  to  grow,  the  remedy  will  prove 
worse  than  the  disease  and  it  would  be  well  that  those, 
who  are  furnishing  funds  for  students  to  go  abroad  to 
obtain  technical  training,  should  pause  and  take  steps  to 


152  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN   INDIA 

ascertain  the  results  that  have  so  far  been  achieved,  The 
position  is  a  very  unsatisfactory  one  ;  Government  are 
helpless  in  the  matter  and  there  seems  to  be  no  simple 
way  out  of  the  impasse.  English  manufacturers  look  upon 
Indian  technical  students  as  possible  future  competitors 
and  naturally  they  will  extend  to  them  none  of  the  facili- 
ties or  privileges  without  which  experience  cannot 
be  gained.  Foreign  manufacturers,  especially  in  Germany, 
welcome  Indian  students  and  afford  them  greater  facilities 
but  only  because  they  regard  them  as  possible  future  cus- 
tomers. The  students  do  not  fully  recognise  this  and  are 
apt  to  return  to  India  with  the  idea  that  have  been  better 
treated  on  the  continent  than  in  England.  The  limitations 
of  the  assistance  they  have  received  are  disregarded  and 
and  its  one  sided  character  only  becomes  apparent  to  them 
when  they  proceed  to  make  use  of  it. 

It  may  be  safely  stated  that  the  majority  of  the  stu- 
dents who  proceed  from  India  to  England  for  technical 
education  do  not  possess  the  necessary  qualifications  for 
the  work  they  have  taken  up.  Few  of  them  have  attained 
distinction  in  their  previous  educational  career  and  few 
have  any  knowledge  of  or  connection  with  the  industry  in 
India  which  they  propose  to  take  up.  They  are  looking 
out  for  some  means  of  making  a  livelihood  and  the  pro- 
blem is  shelved  for  a  year  or  two  if  they  can  get  a  scholar- 
ship to  goto  England.  For  some  years  I  examined  all 
the  applications  received  in  Madras  for  the  Government 
of  India  Technical  Scholarship,  which  is  annually  allotted 
to  this  Presidency,  and  the  difficulty  was  not  to  select 
the  candidate  from  among  the  applicants  but  to  find  one 
who  was  in  the  least  degree  likely  to  make  good  use  of  it. 
Equally  my  experience  with  returned  students  has  been 
very  unsatisfactory  though,  to  be  fair,  I  must  admit  that 
it  generally  as  a  last  resource  that  they  have  appealed  to 


INDUSTRIAL  LEADERS  153 

me  for  employment  or  assistance,  and  in  consequence  I 
have  seen  and  heard  more  of  those  who  have  failed  than  of 
those  who  have  done  well. 

It  is  not  difficult  to  point  out  the  direction  in  which 
remedial  measures  may  be  taken  but  to  get  them  carried 
out  is  quite  another  matter.  In  the  first  place  it  would  be 
well  to  institute  a  more  searching  examination  into  the 
qualifications  of  students  before  they  are  allowed  to  leave 
this  country  and  the  standards  set  up  by  the  Provincial 
Government  in  respect  to  Government  of  India  scholars 
might  be  adopted  with  advantage  by  those  who  administer 
the  various  funds  which  have  been  started  to  send 
students  abroad.  Next  it  should  be  remembered  that  the 
ultimate  object  in  view  will  more  likely  be  attained  by  a 
few  good  men  than  by  a  crowd  of  mediocrities.  The  idea 
should  not  be  to  send  as  many  students  as  possible  and  for 
the  shortest  time  and  with  the  smallest  allowances  on  which 
they  will  consent  to  go.  These  are  matters  about  which 
the  candidates  for  scholarships  know  little  and  it  is  to 
be  feared  that  those  who  send  them  know  less.  The  scholar- 
ship funds  ought  to  be  administered  by  people  who  under- 
stand what  they  are  doing  and  who  are  capable  of  making 
arrangements  suited  to  the  requirement  of  each  scholar- 
ship holder.  It  is  not  enough  that  they  should  be  sent  for 
a  year  or  two  years  to  a  technical  school  and  then  left 
to  shift  for  themselves.  The  school  courses,  without  sub- 
sequent opportunities  to  gain  practical  experience,  are 
worse  than  useless  as  they  only  tend  to  demoralize  the 
individual.  Unless  the  technical  training  can  be  completed 
it  is  better  that  it  should  not  be  entered  upon. 

A  very  large  proportion  of  the  trade  between  England 

and  India  is  on  this  side  in  Indian  hands  and  these   men, 

who  distribute  the    imports    through  the  country,  have  a 

powerful  lever  to  open  the  doors  of  English  manufacturers 

20 


154  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

to  admit  Indian  apprentices.  It  is  doubtful  if  their  assis- 
tance has  been  asked,  and,  if  so,  it  is  not  unlikely  that  it  has 
been  refused,  as  the  Indian  merchants  who  trade  in  Euro- 
pean imports,  are  by  no  means  keen  to  see  their  business 
dwindle  before  an  advancing  wave  of  Swadeshism.  Public 
spirit  and  whole  hearted  co-operation  are  sorely  needed  in 
Indian  affairs  and  things  will  not  go  well  till  these  tender 
plants  hav£  attained  a  more  sturdy  growth  than  at  present. 

The  want  of  co-ordination  in  the  various  interests  in- 
volved in  the  Swadeshi  movement  has  been,  and  will  con- 
tinue to  be,  a  fruitful  source  of  waste  of  energy  and  resour- 
ces. In  no  direction  is  this  more  evident  than  in  the 
haphazard  way  in  which  the  question  of  foreign  technical 
education  has  been  dealt  with.  In  a  few  years  time  we 
shall  have  the  country  flooded  with  half-trained  young 
men  full  of  wild  cat  schemes  for  spending  other  people's 
money.  The  present  procedure  is  "putting  the  cart  before 
the  horse5'  and  till  it  is  recognised  that  industries  must 
precede  technical  education  progress  is  bound  to  be  slow. 
Till  Indian  capital  flows  freely  into  industrial  ventures  but 
little  can  be  done.  In  the  early  stages  European  control  is 
essential  and  what  India  really  wants  at  the  present  mo- 
ment is  the  establishment  of  an  entente  cordiale  between 
men  with  money  in  this  country  and  men  with  industrial 
experience  from  outside.  Co-operation  between  the  two 
should  be  productive  of  great  results,  but  that  it  may  take 
place  there  must  be  mutual  respect  and  faith  in  one  ano- 
ther on  the  part  of  both,  and  there  must  be  a  willingness 
to  risk  and  venture  capital  on  the  part  of  the  Indian  of 
which  at  present  there  are  few  signs. 

II 
EXPERT  ASSISTANCE 

A  FAIRLY  intimate  acquaintance  with  what  has  been 
going  on  during  the  last  few  years  in  connection  with 


INDUSTRIAL  LEADERS  155 

industrial  development  in  the  South  of  India  leads  me  to 
the  conclusion  that,  whilst  the  average  educated  Indian  has 
very  little  faith  in  Joint  Stock  enterprise,  the  Lord  has 
given  him  a  good  conceit  of  himself  and  he  is  willing  to 
risk  his  money  fairly  freely  in  undertakings  of  which  he 
has  very  little  practical  experience,  provided  he  is  able  to 
retain  complete  control  of  the  expenditure.  No  doubt, 
in  many  cases,  these  not  infrequently  weird  ventures  are 
the  outcome  of  family  pressure  and  are  designed  to  assist 
a  son  or  nephew  who  has  not  succeeded  in  carrying  off 
any  of  the  prizes  which  fall  to  the  lot  of  those  who  do  well 
in  schools  and  colleges.  Several  interesting  instances 
have  come  to  my  notice  where  comparatively  wealthy 
fathers  have  started  their  sons  is  some  kind  of  practical 
business  without  first  giving  these  sons  a  sufficient  train- 
ing to  ensure  a  fair  prospect  of  successful  result.  Too  late 
they  have  learnt  that  their  own  experience,  generally  in  the 
legal  profession,  has  availed  them  but  little  in  supplying 
the  deficiencies  of  their  incompetent  relatives.  For  obvi- 
ous reasons  details  of  these  failures  cannot  be  given  and  I 
allude  to  them  chiefly  because,  if,  at  the  inception  of  these 
schemes,  disinterested  expert  advice  had  been  obtained, 
many  of  them  would  have  been  worked  on  different  lines. 
It  is  true  there  is  great  difficulty  in  getting  any  such 
expert  assistanceias  there  are  no  consulting  engineers  practi- 
sing in  this  Presidency  and  the  few  technical  experts,  out- 
side Government  service,  are  in  the  employ  of  private 
firms  who  naturally  do  not  allow  them  to  take  up  work 
on  their  own  account.  The  experience  of  the  Department 
of  Industries  in  connection  with  such  matters  may  be  worth 
recounting,  especially  in  view  of  the  fact  that  ks  opera- 
tions in  this  direction  have  received  the  approval  of  the 
Secretary  of  State,  and  the  Madras  Government  are  doing 
what  they  can  to  provide  a  staff  of  experts  whose  services 


156  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

will  be  available  to  those  who  want  them.  During  the  last 
few  years  applications  have  been  made  to  me  for 
assistance  in  a  great  variety  of  ways  and  not  the 
least  useful  result  of  these  applications  has  been  that 
I  have  succeeded  in  inducing  some  would-be  pion- 
eers to  drop  their  projects  and  save  their  money.  It 
is  chiefly  in  connection  with  the  development  of  lift  irri- 
gation by  mechanical  means  that,  in  the  Department  of 
Industries,  we  have  been  able  to  render  positive  assistance 
to  a  large  number  of  people.  At  the  beginning  advice 
was  gratuitously  given  to  all  who  sought  it,  and  the  work 
of  supervising  the  erection  of  installations  was  undertaken 
free  of  charge.  Two  years  ago  the  experimental  stage  was 
considered  to  have  been  passed  through  and  Government 
sanctioned  the  levying  of  fees  of  a  very  moderate  character 
from  those  who  sought  the  advice  or  benefited  by  the 
experience  of  the  trained  staff  of  mechanical  assistants  who 
had  been  gradually  got  together  to  deal  with  this  branch 
of  our  work.  The  fees  which  may  be  levied  do  not  cover 
much  more  than  10  per  cent,  of  the  cost  of  the  work, 
but  their  effect  has  been  remarkable.  To  avoid  paying 
these  fees  ryots  dispense  with  the  advice  of  this  department, 
purchase  their  machinery  from  commercial  agents  who 
have  no  practical  knowledge  of  its  working,  and  usually  pro- 
cure the  service  of  second  rate  mechanics  out  of  employment 
to  erect  it.  The  results  may  be  described  as  invariably 
unsatisfactory  and  we  are  frequently  called  in  as  a  last 
resort  to  make  the  best  of  a  bad  job.  The  extent  to  which 
this  is  going  on  may  be  gauged  by  the  fact  that  in  1909- 
10,  whilst  33  installations  were  set  up  by  the  Department, 
no  less  than  28  were  started  without  its  aid.  In  a  few  of 
these  cases  the  work  was  done  by  competent  engineers 
connected  with  European  firms  and  to  such  instances  my 
remarks  do  not  apply. 


INDUSTRIAL    LEADERS  157 

For  years  we  have  been  studying  how  to  get  at  what- 
ever supply  of  underground  water  there  may  be  and  have 
endeavoured  at  least  to  keep  abreast  of  progress  in  me- 
thods of  lifting  water.  The  design  and  erection  of  some 
300  pumping  plants  has  enabled  us  to  accumulate  valua- 
ble experience,  but,  to  save  a  few  rupees  whilst  spending 
thousands,  this  is  put  on  one  side  and  the  penny  wise 
and  pound  foolish  cultivator  puts  himself  in  the  hands  of 
an  ignorant  mechanic  or  a  plausible  salesman. 

With  what  results  the  publication  of  a  few  examples 
may  serve  some  useful  purpose.  But  before  doing  so 
I  must  explain  that,  in  designing  pumping  plants, 
our  object  all  through  has  been  to  reduce  to  the 
lowest  possible  figure  the  ultimate  cost  of  lifting 
water.  To  achieve  this  the  engine  must  work  on 
liquid  fuel  which  is  roughly  half  the  price  of  kerosine  oil 
or  if  a  gas  plant  is  installed,  charcoal  must  be  readily  pro- 
curable at  a  reasonable  price — usually  about  Rs.  20  a  ton. 
Then  the  engine  must  be  of  sound  construction  with 
working  parts  that  can  be  easily  renewed  ;  it  must  be  of 
simple  design  and  reliable  in  action.  If  these  conditions 
are  not  favourable  the  repair  bill  will  be  heavy,  break- 
downs frequent  and  a  skilled  attendant  will  be  necessary 
to  keep  it  running  and  that  means  that  he  must  be  paid 
high  wages. 

Turning  to  the  pump  for  lifting  the  water,  it  must  be 
of  a  suitable  type  for  the  work  it  has  to  do.  It  must  pos- 
sess a  high  efficiency  and  be  so  constructed  that  it  will 
run  for  hours  or  days  at  a  high  speed  without  any  atten- 
tion worth  speaking  of.  There  are  many  pumps  on  the 
market  suited  for  various  conditions  of  work,  and  in  many 
cases  a  very  high  efficiency  is  a  matter  of  no  great  moment, 
but  to  the  ryot,  whose  pump  will  be  running  10  or  12 
hours  a  day  or  for  even  longer  hours,  efficiency  is  of 


158  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

considerable  importance.  Now,  there  are  pumps  on  the 
market  which  will  do  50  per  cent,  more  useful  work 
than  others  <vith  the  same  expenditure  of  engine  power. 
Naturally  these  pumps  are  more  expensive,  but  a  smaller 
engine  can  be  used  to  drive  them  and  what  is  saved  in  the 
cost  of  the  engine  frequently  more  than  compensates  for 
the  extra  cost  of  the  pump,  so  that,  with  the  better  pump 
the  actual  capital  outlay  is  even  slightly  less  and  the 
working  costs,  in  respect  of  fuel,  permanently  smaller. 
Between  the  brake  horse-power  of  the  engine  and  the 
useful  work  to  be  obtained  from  the  pump,  a  certain  ratio 
should  exist,  departure  from  which  means  either  trouble 
in  working  or  waste  of  capital  outlay.  Lastly,  the  varying 
conditions  as  to  volume  of  water  supply  and  level  from 
which  it  has  to  be  raised  at  different  times  of  the  year 
materially  affect  the  choice  of  the  pump  and  the  general 
design  of  the  installation,  It  may  also  be  mentioned  that, 
during  the  last  few  years,  very  marked  improvements  have 
been  effected  in  the  design  and  construction  of  both 
engines  and  pumps,  and  patents  soon  get  out  of  date.  The 
Indian  ryot  is  a  suitable  victim  on  whom  to  dump  the 
machinery  unsaleable  in  a  more  intelligent  market  and, 
naturally,  stock  of  this  description  is  readily  sold  at 
greatly  reduced  rates.  Till  the  expiry  of  the  patents  on  the 
Hornsby-Ackroyd  engine,  save  for  the  competition 'of  the 
Diesel  engine  in  larger  sizes,  it  enjoyed  an  absolute 
monopoly  of  the  market  for  engines  working  with 
liquid  fuel.  Numerous  other  types  of  engines  did  very 
well  with  kerosine  oil,  but,  in  most  cases,  their  manu- 
facture was  given  up  directly  the  master  patent  of  the 
Hornsby  Engine  expired.  Not  a  few  of  these  old  fashion- 
ed engines  have  been  sold  in  India  and  they  are  working 
in  a  perfectly  satisfactory  manner,  save  that  they  cost 
their  unfortunate  owners  thrice  as  much  for  fuel  as  is 


INDUSTRIAL  LEADERS  159 

really  necessary  to  generate  the  same  amount  of  power. 
Obviously,  some  technical  knowledge  and  practical  ex- 
perience is  needed  to  steer  clear  of  all  these  pitfalls,  and 
that  they  have  not  yet  been  avoided  the  following  cases 
will  demonstrate  : — 

1.  In  the  early  days  of  irrigation  by  pumping  a  ryot 
purchased  an  engine  and  pump  which   would   only   work 
on  kerosine  oil  and  frequently  got  out   of  order.     When 
asked  his  reason  for  purchasing  the  plant  he   produced  a 
number  of  illustrated  catalogues  and  stated  that  his  choice 
was  determined  by  the  superior  character  of  the  illustrations 
and  printing  of  the  catalogue. 

2.  A  Hornsby  Oil  Engine  was  purchased  in  Calcutta 
and  its  erection   entrusted    to  a     local    blacksmith.  The 
work  was  not  satisfactorily  carried  out   and    one    of  my 
Supervisors  was  asked  to  put  it  right.  Whilst   inspecting 
the  running  of  the  engine  the  fly-wheel  burst   and   killed 
the  unfortunate  man. 

3.  For  one  ryot  on  the  Kollair  Lake  we  installed  a  16 
B.  H.  P.  engine  and  a  10"  pump.   For  a  similar   scheme 
another  man  independently  purchased  a  24  B.H.P.  engine, 
which  would  only  run  pn  kerosine  oil,   and   an   8"  pump, 
with  the  result  that  he  pays  three  times  as  much  to  lift  his 
water.   An  even  worse  case  in  the  same   neighbourhood  is 
the  employment  of   a  32  B.  H.  P.  engine  to  drive  a  pump 
for  which  a  12  horse-power  engine  would  be  is  sufficient. 

4.  An  enterprising  Zamindar,   who   ought  to   have 
known  better,  purchased  on  his  own  account  a  24  B.H.P. 
engine  and  a  10"  pump.     The  engine  is  not  of   a  satisfac- 
tory type  and  is  of  nearly  three  times  the  power   necessary 
to  drive  the  pump  on  the  lift  on  which  it    will  be  worked. 
When  the  mistake  was  pointed  out  to    him   he   promptly 
paid   the   departmental  fees  lest,   in    the  erection   of  the 
machinery,  worse  errors  might  be  made. 


160  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

5.  In   one  case  I    inspected  a  factory    which  could 
have  easily  been  driven  by  a  small  oil  engine.     To  do  the 
work  I  found  installed  a  large  portable  steam  engine  of  an 
expensive  type   with    the  wheels   bedded   in  a   mass   of 
concrete.     The  capital  outlay   involved  in  this   case  must 
have  been  at  least  four  times  as  much   as  was   necessary 
and  the   working  expenses   increased   in  about   the  same 
proportion.     I  need    hardly  say  that   at  the    present  time 
the  factory  is   closed  and   the  owners  have    probably  lost 
all  the  capital  they  have  invested. 

6.  There  are  a  number  of  engines  offered   for  sale  in 
the   Madras  market   which  are   quite  unsuited    to   ryots' 
requirements,  but  because  they  are  cheap  they  have  been 
largely  purchased  and  it  has   come  to  our  knowledge  that 
many  of  them   are    already  worn  out   and   in  least  two 
instances  we  have  replaced  them  by  new  engines. 

7.  In  a  number  of  cases  existing  installations  erected 
by  this  department  have  been  copied,    but  the  work  has 
been  entrusted  to  inexperienced    men  with   very  unsatis- 
factory results  and  the  owners  have  finally  had  to    appeal 
to  this   department   to  re-erect   their   plant   in  a  suitable 
manner.  . 

Experientia  docet,  and  I  am  glad  to  say  that  at  the 
present  time  there  seems  to  be  less  inclination  to  avoid 
paying  deparmental  fees  and  it  is  possible  that  this  '  out- 
burst of  independence  will  prove  a  temporary  phase  in 
the  development  of  South  Indian  industries.  It  will,  I 
think,  be  our  policy  to  increase  fees  till  ultimately  they 
fully  cover  the  cost  of  the  work  done,  as  our  main  object 
is  to  develop  a  healthy  state  of  industrial  enterprise  in 
which  it  will  be  possible  for  qualified  experts  to  make  a 
living.  How  long  it  will  be  necessary  for  Government  to 
nurse  this  particular  form  of  enterprise,  it  is  impossible  to 
say,  but  unquestionably  it  may  be  taken  as  certain  that 


INDUSTRIAL   LEADERS  161 

State  assistance  will  be  withdrawn  as  soon  as  it  can  be 
safely  left  to  private  effect.  In  the  initial  stages  of  any  new 
development  in  this  country,  it  is  essential  that  private  en- 
terprise should  be  able  to  command  competent  expert 
advice  so  that  the  little  capital  available  should  be  invested 
to  the  best  possible  advantage. 

I  have  purposely  drawn  my  illustrations  from  the 
operations  of  the  Pumping  Department,  but  it  would 
be  equally  possible  to  furnish  quite  as  glaring  ex- 
amples of  waste  of  money  in  other  directions.  Failures 
due  to  incompetence  are  dotted  all  over  th«  cofuntry  and 
each  serves  as  a  deterrent  to  other  people.  When,  how- 
ever, a  certain  amount  of  success  has  been  achieved 
through  careful  adaptations  of  means  to  ends,  over-confi- 
dence is  sure  to  establish  itself  and  the  services  of  the  ex- 
pert are  dispensed  with,  to  save  a  little  money  or  gratify 
the  vaulting  ambitions  of  incompetent  amateurs.  It  is 
remarkable  that  in  commercial  and  industrial  matters  the 
value  of  expert  assistance  should  not  be  recognised 
because  in  legal  matters  it  is  very  different.  Not 
uncommonly  the  would  be  purchaser  of  an  engine 
and  pump  employs  the  services  of  a  vakil  to  interview  me 
and  explain  the  situation.  It  is  quite  unnecessary;  but  such 
is  the  force  of  habit  that  he  thinks  he  will  be  better  serv- 
ed thereby.  If  a  similar  frame  of  mind  could  be  deve- 
loped in  respect  to  expert  technical  assistance,  industrial 
progress  would  undoubtedly  be  more  rapid.  The  consult- 
ing engineer  and  the  technical  expert  cannot  obtain 
enough  practice  at  present  in  this  Presidency  to  make  it 
worth  their  while  to  start  in  business  and  there  is  no  doubt 
that  the  absence  of  these  specialists  seriously  handicaps 
private  effort.  The  Bureau  of  Industrial  Information 
to  the  establishment  of  which  Lord  Morley  has  accord- 
ed his  sanction  will,  to  some  extent,  supply  the 
21 


162 


INDUSTRIAL    EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 


deficiency  and  it  might  be  further  met  by  allowing  the 
technical  experts  of  Government  in  the  Education 
Department  to  engage  in  a  limited  amount  of  private 
practice.  There  is  a  precedent  for  this  in  the  case 
of  the  Medical  Department,  and  in  the  Indian  Institute  of 
Science  it  has  been  expressly  stipulated  that  the  pro- 
fessors of  the  staff  should,  within  certain  limits,  be  allowed 
to  engage  in  work  on  their  own  account.  It  is  perfectly 
easy  to  frame  rules  to  prevent  any  undue  development  of 
private  work  to  the  neglect  of  public  duties,  but  the  main 
argument  in  favour  ot  this  policy  is  that  its  adoption  must 
necessarily  render  the  work  of  the  teacher  more  practical. 
A  Medical  College  staffed  by  officers,  who  never  went 
inside  a  hospital  or  visited  private  patients,  would  be  con- 
sidered a  strange  anomaly,  but  Engineering  Colleges  and 
Technical  Schools  are  usually  in  this  position.  In  some 
cases,  their  officers  have  no  practical  experience  of  en- 
gineering work  in  this  country  and,  however  able  they 
may  be,  it  necessarily  follows  that  their  teaching  must  lack 
that  living  interest  which  only  profound  practical  exper- 
ence  can  impart. 


CHAPTER  VII 
CHROME  TANNING.* 

I 

One  of  the  objects  of  your  Association,  which  has 
only  recently  been  formed,  is  the  discussion  of  econo- 
mic questions  and  the  promotion  of  industrial  activity. 
As  an  association  it  is,  of  course,  only  possible  for  you 
to  take  an  indirect  part  in  the  development  of  commercial 
enterprise ;  but  in  view  of  the  conditions  which  prevail  in 
this  Presidency,  I  think  that,  if  your  efforts  are  made  on 
proper  lines,  you  may  be  able  to  do  a  very  large  amount 
of  valuable  work. 

For  many  years  past  the  indigenous  industries  of  this 
country  have  been  going  from  bad  to  worse  and  noth- 
ing has  been  done  to  arrest  their  decadence.  At  the  same 
time  a  new  India  has  been  growing  up,  characterised  by 
great  industrial  activity,  but  in  its  creation  you  have  only 
borne  a  very  subordinate  part.  Great  industries  are  springing 
up  in  India  and  large  amounts  of  capital  are  profitably  in- 
vested in  them,  but  your  share  is  insignificant.  The  cotton 
spinning  industry  of  Bombay  is  mainly  in  the  hands 
of  Parsis.  The  jute  trade  of  Bengal,  the  leather  trades  of 
Cawnpore,  and  the  great  planting  industries  of  Assam  and 
Southern  India  are  entirely  financed  and  controlled  by 
Englishmen.  I  am  not  going  to  trouble  you  with  figures 
*  An  address  to  the  South  Indian  Association,  1906 


INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

showing  the  vast  amount  of  capital  which  has  been  sunk 
in  India  in  the  magnificent  system  of  railways  and  in  the 
perhaps  still  more  wonderful  irrigtaion  works,  but  you  all 
know  it  is  very  Jarge  and  that  the  bulk  of  it  has  come  from 
Europe.  India  is  growing  richer  day  by  day,  and  1  think, 
no  unbiassed  mind  can  reject  the  evidence  that  through- 
out the  length  and  the  breadth  of  the  land  the  people  are 
on  the  whole,  more  prosperous  and  well-to-do  than 
they  were.  But  their  progress  is  slow,  so  very  slow  that 
compared  with  Western  nations  the  increase  in  material 
prosperity  seems  to  be  almost  negligible.  The  reason 
for  this  is  entirely  due  to  your  own  peculiar 
mental  attitude,  which  in  being  unable  to  shake  off  the 
customs  and  habits  engendered  by  the  necessities  of  other 
times,  displays  a  singular  want  of  elasticity.  When  life 
and  property  were  very  insecure  there  was  a  great  deal  of 
common-sense  in  investing  one's  wealth  in  readily  porta- 
ble forms  ;  but  the  habit  of  hoarding  which  was  then 
advisable  is  now  simply  utter  foolishness.  It  has  been 
computed  by  authorities,  who  are  supposed  to  know,  that 
no  less  than  550  millions  sterling  or  over  800  crores  of 
rupees  are  at  present  lying  idle  in  this  country.  Whether 
these  figures  are  strictly  accurate  or  not,  matters  little. 
We  all  know  that  the  total  amount  is  a  very  large  one  and 
some  of  us  are  equally  certain  that,  if  we  could  induce  you 
to  bring  forth  your  hoards  and  put  them  into  circulation, 
the  result  for  India  would  be  very  striking.  Those  of  you 
who  are  mathematicians  will  understand  me  when  I  say 
that  whilst  the  Western  countries  are  accumulating  wealth 
with  a  full  knowledge  of  the  laws  of  compound  interest, 
you  are  not  even  investing  your  hard  earned  savings  so  as 
to  obtain  simple  interest  upon  them.  Everywhere  we  hear 
the  cry  that  it  is  only  capital  that  is  wanted  to  develope 
India  and  everywhere  we  see  the  people  of  the  country 


CHfcOME  TANNING  165 

burying   their   capital  in  the  ground  or    hoarding  it    in 
strong  boxes. 

Now  I  take  it  that  one  of  the  most  important  func- 
tions of  your  association  is  to  spread  abroad  new  ideas 
on  this  subject  and  do  all  you  can  to  combat  your 
national  weakness.  The  vast  industrial  and  commercial 
transactions  of  modern  times  are  based  upon  a  gigantic 
system  of  credit  and,  where  credit  is  most  easily  obtainable 
there  progress  is  greatest,  In  India  credit  is  at  a  very  low  ebb 
and  there  is  no  movement  at  the  present  day  calculated  to 
confer  greater  advantages  on  the  people  of  India  than  that 
in  favour  of  the  establishment  of  Agricultural  Banks,  which 
if  they  are  successful,  will  add  enormously  to  the  credit  of 
the  cultivating  classes  and  in  an  equal  degree  diminish  the 
tyranny  of  the  money-lender.  When  money  can  be  readily 
obtained  at  reasonable  rates  of  interest  the  trade  of  the 
sowcar  will  disappear  and  the  money,  which  now  accumu- 
lates in  his  hands,  will  have  to  find  other  spheres  of  em- 
ployment and  you  will,  probably,  be  content  to  invest  it 
in  some  industrial  enterprise  yielding  you  a  steady  return 
of  from  5  to  10  per  cent.  Some  of  you  invest  money  in 
land  and  consider  yourselves  lucky  if  it  yields  3  or  4  per 
cent.  The  ownership  of  land,  which  other  people  want, 
confers  a  sense  of  power  and  flatter  one's  vanity  and  these 
pleasing  sensations  are  part  of  the  return  which  you  get 
on  your  investments.  If  you  could  only  be  induced  to 
look  at  industrial  enterprise  in  the  same  light,  it  would  be 
an  important  step  in  the  right  direction.  It  would  be  well 
if  you  could  be  induced  to  invest  money  in  industrial  un- 
dertakings and  if,  to  the  direct  return  in  the  shape  of 
dividends,  you  could  add  a  sense  of  satisfaction  at  the 
thought  of  your  enterprise  and  how  much  it  means 
those  to  whom  it  gives  employment,  things  would  be 
greatly  better  than  they  are. 


166  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

1    am  induced   to    make    these     remarks,     because 
my   work  is  almost    entirely    confined   to  the  improve- 
ment of   the   indigenous   industries  of  the  country  and 
in   no   matter   what    direction  I    turn,     I     find    that     to 
put   things  on  a  better  footing,  capital  is   required,  and  if 
you  are  to  benefit  by  the  improvements,  you  must  supply 
the  capital.  Hitherto  my  experience  has  not  been   encour- 
aging. Nearly  seven  years  ago  we  started,  in  the  School  of 
Arts,  to  work  in   aluminium  instead  of  brass   and  copper 
with   the   object    of   introducing   a     new   metal    to    the 
metal  workers  of  this  country  to  enable  them  to    preserve 
that  part  of   their   business  which    was  threatened    with 
extinction  by   the   competition     of    imported   aluminium 
wares.     From   the     outset  we   were   very  successful    and 
made  not  a    few   efforts   to    induce    native   capitalists   to 
take   up  what   seemed   likely   to    prove  a  very   profitable 
business,   but    there    was    absolutely    no    response    and 
eventually   it   was     a     certain     number    of    enterprising 
Englishmen  who  thought  it  would  pay  them   to   take    up 
and    carry   on  the  industry    which    had  been  pioneered 
through  its  infant  stages   by   Government.     I    think  I  am 
not  very  far  wrong  in  saying  that  the  shares   of  the  Indian 
Aluminium  Company  are  mainly  held  by  Europeans  and 
that  the  profits  of  this  industry  go  into  their   pockets.     Of 
course,  employment  is  found   for  a  considerable    number 
of  artizans  and  the  industry  benefits  the  country  generally, 
in  exactly  the  same  way   as  do  those  bigger   industries  to 
which  I  have  already    referred.     But  a  good    opportunity 
has  been  lost  to   found  a  native   joint-stock   enterprise   as 
the  success  of  the  Company  in   native  hands   would   have 
been  a  most  encouraging  and  valuable  object-lesson. 

During  the  last  60  years  a  most  important  export  trade 
has  been  built  up  in  hides  and  skin  amounting  in  value  at 
the  present  time  to  an  average  of  about  10  crores  of  rupees 


CHROME   TANNING  167 

a  year.     Madras  and  Calcutta  are  the  two  great  centres  of 
this  export  trade  ;  but  whilst  the   exports   from   Calcutta 
almost  entirely  consist  of  raw  hides  and  skins,  those  sent 
out  from  Madras,  till  quite  recently  were  invariably  partly 
manufactured  leather.     Of  late  years  Bombay  has    claim- 
ed   a    not   unimportant  share   in   the   trade     and    with 
its  great  natural  advantages   as   a  port    of  shipment   it   is 
likely  that  the  trade  there    will   grow,   partially  by    natu- 
ral development  and  partly  at  the  expense  of  other  export- 
ing centres.    The    annual   value    of    the    exports    from 
Madras  varies  between  2^  and  3  crores  of  rupees.    During 
the  last  10  or  15    years   the  volume    of    business   passing 
through  Madras  has  not  materially  increased  in  amount, 
owing  probably  to  the   fact  that  the  limit   of    production 
of  the    Presidency    has   been   reached,  but  the  value   of 
the  business  transacted    has   increased   by   fully  one-third 
owing     to     the     rise    in     prices     in     the    markets     of 
Europe   and   America.    It  is  not  my  purpose  this  evening 
to  enter  into  any  detailed  account  of   the  tanning  industry 
in  this  Presidency.    Those  of  you    who  wish  for  informa- 
tion on  this  point   will  find  all  that  I  have  been    able  to 
gather  in  a  Monograph  on  Tanning  and  working  in  leather 
in  the  Madras  Presidency,  which  has  recently  been  publish- 
ed by  the    Madras  Government.     What  I  want  to  do  is  to 
draw  your  attention  to  the  remarkable   change  which  has 
come  over  the   leather  trade  throughout   the    world  owing 
to  the  introduction  of  a  new  system  of   tanning,   which 
produces  a  leather  in  some  respects  so  very  much  superior 
to  that  we  have  always  been  accustomed  to.     In  this  new 
process  certain  salts  of  chromium  take  the  place  of   tannin 
and  the  resulting  material  possesses  some  very  remarkable 
properties,     The  production  of  vegetable  leather  is  a  long 
and  tedious  operations   which,    when  carried   out  in  the 
most  perfect    manner  possible,  as   in    the   case   of   thick 


168  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

hides  from  which,  what  is  known  as  sole  leather,  is  produc- 
ed, requires  from  a  year  to  18  months.  Chrome  tanning 
is  a  very  much  more  rapid  process  and  even  the  thickest 
hides  seldom  require  more  than  a  week  for  their  complete 
conversion  into  leather.  The  leather  exported  from  India 
has  hiherto  been  sent  away  in  an  unfinished  condition  and 
the  dressing  of  the  skins  or  the  currying  of  the  hides  is 
completed  in  the  importing  countries.  Now  with  chrome 
leather  it  has  been  found  necessary  to  proceed  with 
the  finishing  processes  immediately  after  the  material 
is  taken  from  the  tanning  bath.  The  reason  for  this  is 
that  chrome  leather  when  once  dried  can  never  be  pro- 
perly wetted  again. 

In  the  United  States  of  America  there  has  always  been 
a  very  considerable  demand  for  Madras  tanned  goat 
skins  but  the  growing  popularity  of  the  chrome  tanning 
in  that  country  and  in  Europe  has  led  to  the  abandonment 
of  Madras  tanned  goat  skins  in  favour  of  raw  or  pickled 
skins.  To  the  tanning  trade  of  this  Presidency  the  result 
has  been  somewhat  in  the  nature  of  a  disaster,  as  a  very 
large  percentage  of  the  skins, which  formerly  passed  through 
the  Madras  tanneries,  now  leave  the  country  without  any 
treatment  except  that  necessary  to  preserve  them  in  good 
condition. 

Two  years  ago  I  was  asked  by  the  Madras  Government 
to  enquire  into  the  state  of  the  tanning  trade  in  this  Presi- 
dency and  to  ascertain  whether  the  intervention  of  Govern- 
ment in  any  way  would  be  of  advantage  to  the  trade. 
My  report  was  naturally  based  upon  the  information  which 
was  kindly  furnished  to  me  by  those  interested  in  the  trade 
in  Madras ;  and  it  was  to  the  effect  that  whilst  the 
peculiar  properties  of  chrome  tanned  leather  require 
that  the  finishing  and  dressing  processes  should  follow 
in  unbroken  continuity  on  those  of  the  tanning,  the 


CHROME   TANNING  169 

fiscal  regulations  of  foreign  Governments  rendered  it 
impossible  to  export  to  them  finished  leather  or  dressed 
skins.  In  the  course  of  my  enquiries  I  found  that  some 
attempts  had  been  made  to  produce  chrome  leather  in 
this  country,  but  solely  with  the  view  of  exporting  it  abroad. 
They  had  ended  in  failure  and  the  failure  was  attributed  to 
the  unsuitability  of  the  Indian  climate  for  chrome  tanning 
and  to  the  non-existence  of  skilled  labour  such  as  is  neces- 
sary for  the  dressing  and  finishing  of  leather  of  the  high  qua- 
lity required  in  Western  markets.  From  the  outset  I  doubted 
very  much  if  there  was  anything  whatever  in  the  climatic 
difficulty  and  I  may  say  at  once  that  subsequent  enquiries 
both  in  England  and  in  America,  clearly  showed  that  the 
hot  climate  of  Southern  India  was  in  no  way  a  barrier  to 
the  production  of  first  class  chrome  tanned  leather.  Later 
on  enquiries  which  I  had  to  make  to  obtain  informa- 
tion for  the  preparation  of  the  Madras  Monograph,  to 
which  I  have  already  referred,  revealed  the  fact  that 
there  was  in  India  itself  an  enormously  large  consumption 
of  leather  and  that  the  great  bulk  of  that  leather  was  of  an 
exceedingly  poor  character.  It  was,  therefore,  obvious  that 
though  there  might  be  no  external  market  for  Indian 
chrome  tanned  leather  there  was  undoubtedly  a  very  big 
market  at  our  very  doors. 

Before  proceeding  further  I  think  I  shall  make  the 
position  clearer  by  quoting  from  an  American  book  on 
the  manufacture  of  leather  written  by  Mr.  C.  T.  Davis, 
who  describes  the  characteristics  of  chrome  leather  in  the 
following  terms  : — 

"  Chrome  leather  has  special  and  peculiar  qualities 
which  distinguish  it  from  all  other  kinds  of  leather  and 
these  features  cause  it  to  be  a  superior  fabric  for  all  the 
purposes  for  which  leather  is  used.  It  has  often  been 
stated  that  chrome  leather  is  water  proof,  but  this  is  not  a. 

22 


170  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

proper  term  to  use  in  connection  with  it,  it  should  more 
properly  be  called  non-absorbent.  All  kinds  of  leather 
produced  with  tannin  absord  water  readily,  like  a  sponge, 
while  chrome  leather  does  not  absorb  water  but  resists  it 
or  sheds  it,  like  the  feathers  of  a  duck.  In  fact  it  is  a 
difficult  matter  to  thoroughly  wet  chrome  leather  when 
it  is  once  dry.  Again,  water  and  air  are  the  agencies 
in  nature  which  promote  decomposition  and  decay, 
and  as  tanning  and  hide  substances  are  both  organic 
materials,  and  when  combined  as  is  the  case  in  bark 
tanned  leather,  and  subjected  to  the  process  of  wetting 
and  drying,  such  leather  will  eventually  but  surely 
deteriorate  and  become  rotten.  Chrome  leather,  on  the 
other  hand,  being  a  combination  of  an  inorganic  material 
with  the  hide  substance  and  subjected  to  the  same 
process  of  wetting  and  drying,  shows  no  effect  what- 
ever. In  fact  the  oftener  chrome  leather  is  wet  and  dried 
the  softer  and  more  flexible  it  becomes.  Even  subjecting 
it  to  boiling  water  apparently  has  no  effect  upon  it,  while 
any  sort  of  leather  produced  with  tannin  and  placed  in 
boiling  water  is  utterly  destroyed.  Moreover  chrome  lea- 
ther is  of  much  lighter  weight  than  bark  leather  and  this  is 
decided  advantage  for  almost  all  purposes  for  which  leather 
is  used." 

Compared  with  European  countries  the  consumption 
of  leather  per  head  of  the  population  is  comparatively 
small,  but  in  the  aggregate,  nearly  three  hundred  million 
people  being  concerned,  it  is  enormously  large,  and  it  is 
probable  that  the  value  of  the  leather  used  in  India  exceeds 
the  value  of  the  exports  of  hides  and  skins  both  in  the  raw 
and  manufactured  states.  No  statistics  are  available  on 
the  subject  and  only  the  roughest  possible  guesses  can  be 
made.  From  the  Census  returns  of  1901  it  appears  that 
the  total  number  of  people  in  the  Madras  Presidency 


CHROME  TANNING  171 

who  are  partially  or  entirely  dependent  upon  the  leather 
trades  is  190,000  and   of   this  number  nearly    112,000  are 
engaged    in     the    manufacture   of  boots  and  shoes    and 
sandals    and  51,000   in  the    manufacture  of  water    buck- 
ets,   wellbags,    buckets    and    ghee    pots.     The    amount 
of    work    put  into    a  given    quantity  of    leather    by  the 
chuckler  who  makes  foot  gear  is  very  much  larger  than  in 
the  case  of  the  water  bucket  maker  ;and   it  would   not   be 
unfair  to  assume  that  the  consumption  of  leather  in   these 
two  branches  of  the    trade   is   approximately   equal.     Of 
irrigation  wells  there  are   in   this    Presidency   more   than 
600,000  and  though  the  piccotah  is    largely  used   for   the 
lifting  of  water  from  shallow  wells,  from  the    majority  the 
water  is  baled   by  means   of   mhote.     Iron    buckets  are 
almost  invariably  used  with  piccotahs  but  with  the   mhote 
the  leather  kavalai  is  practically  universal.     The   buckets 
hold  from  10  to  50   gallons  of    water   and   are  generally 
made  from  fairly  well  tanned  cow  hides,  though   for   very 
large   buckets   buffalo    hides   are  sometimes   used.     The 
bucket  is  roughly  semi-cylindrical  in  shape  and  suspended 
from  an  iron    ring.     At   the   bottom   is  a   hole   about    9 
inches  in  diameter   which  leads    to  the  discharge   pipe, 
a  leather  tube  4  to   6  feet   long,  the  open  end  of  which  is 
attached  to  a  rope.     With  the  method  of  working  you  are 
all  completely  familiar  and  to  what  I  would  draw  your  at- 
tention is  the  very  hard  treatment  which  the  leather  receives 
in  the  hands  of  the  ryot ;   alternately   wet    and  dry  and 
seldom  or  never  greased  the  leather  perishes  rapidly   and, 
where  the  bucket  is  used  every  day,  its  life  is  seldom  more 
than  six  months  and  during  the  latter  part  of  that  time  it 
requires  frequent  repair,  which  is  a  source  of  much  annoy- 
ance to  the  ryot  as  he   is   entirely   in   the    hands   of   the 
chuckler.     It  would,  probably,  be   a   fair   assumption    to 
make  that   the  life  of   a  kavalai  does   not   average   more 


172  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

than  a  year;  and  that  throughout  the  Presidency  fully  one 
million  hides  per  annum  are  used  for  these  purposes.  The 
value  of  a  tanned  hide  is  from  3  to  4  rupees  and  the 
kavalai  complete  will  cost  the  ryot  from  6  to  9  rupees- 
The  expenditure,  therefore,  on  water  buckets,  including 
repairs,  can  hardly  be  less  than  40  lakhs  of  rupees  per 
annum. 

From  Mr.  Davis's  description  of  the  properties  of 
chrome  leather  I  think  you  will  agree  with  me  that  chrome 
tanned  leather  is  an  eminently  suitable  material  for  the 
manufacture  of  these  buckets.  During  the  last  12  months 
we  have  manufactured  and  sold  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  them  and  from  enquiries  which  have  been 
recently  made  I  learn  that  the  majority  of  the  pur- 
chasers are  well  pleased  with  them,  but  I  must  also 
admit  that  in  some  instances  the  results  have  not  been 
satisfactory.  I  mention  this,  because  I  wish  you  to  be  in 
full  possession  of  the  facts,  and  because  it  gives  me  an 
opportunity  of  explaining  the  unsatisfactory  results  which 
have  in  some  instances  been  obtained.  When  we  first 
commenced  operations  we  had  no  practical  knowledge 
of  chrome  tanning  and  our  earliest  attempts  at  the 
manufacture  of  chrome  leather  were  accompanied  by 
a  considerable  number  of  failures.  In  some  cases  the 
leather  produced  was  apparently  perfectly  good  but 
unfortunately  we  neglected  to  neutralise  the  acid  which  was 
left  in  it,  and  it  is  the  presence  of  this  acid  which,at  the  time 
escaped  notice,  which  has  been  the  cause  of  some  of  the 
failures  which  I  have  brought  to  your  notice,  Now  that 
we  are  aware  of  the  importance  of  completely  neutralising 
any  acid  that  may  be  left  in  the  leather  after  tanning  we 
take  good  care  that  this  is  done.  The  leather  water-buckets, 
now  made,  are  completely  free  from  this  defect  and 
I  have  not  the  slightest  doubt  they  will  prove  considerably 


CHROME  TANNING  173 

more  durable  than  the  country  tanned  water-buckets 
which  we  hope  to  supplant.  It  would  perhaps  be  rash  to 
make  any  estimate  as  to  how  much  longer  life  a  chrome 
tanned  bucket  is  likely  to  have,  since  sufficient  time  has 
not  yet  elapsed  for  any  bucket  of  well  made  chrome 
leather  to  wear  out.  But  from  a  variety  of  data  which 
I  have  in  my  possession  I  think  we  may  safely 
count  on  one  chrome  leather  bucket  outlasting  at  least 
two  of  the  ordinary  tanned  kavalais.  Supposing  then 
that  chrome  tanned  leather  were  universally  employed  for 
kavalais,  one-half  the  number  of  hides  now  used  would 
suffice  for  the  present  requirements  of  the  ryots.  If  our 
estimate  that  one  million  hides  per  annum  are  used  for 
kavalais  is  correct,  the  use  of  chrome-tanned  leather 
would  mean  a  saving  of  5,00,000  hides,  which  if  we 
value  in  their  raw  state  at  only  Rs.  3  each,  will  mean 
an  annual  saving  of  at  least  15  lakhs  of  rupees.  These 
hides  will  be  available  for  tanning  for  the  export  trade 
and  when  sent  down  to  Madras  would  swell  the  volume 
of  the  exports  from  this  Presidency  by  probably  more 
than  twenty  lakhs  of  rupees. 

The  technical  details  of  the  chrome  tanning  processes 
it  is  not  necessary  to  describe  but  it  is  important 
that  I  should  give  you  some  idea  of  the  difference 
between  the  old  and  the  new  methods  of  tanning,  in 
order  that  you  may  form  some  notion  of  the  rela- 
tive costs  of  production  of  chrome-tanned  and  veget- 
able-tanned leather.  In  the  first  place  the  cost  of 
the  raw  material,  namely  the  hides  or  skins,  will  be 
the  same  whatever  process  is  employed.  Secondly,  the 
preparation  of  the  pelt  for  tanning  is  in  both  cases  the 
same  ;  only  with  chrome  tanned  leather  it  is  necessary  to 
be  more  careful  about  the  complete  elimination  of  the 
lime  when  the  preliminary  processes  are  complete. 


174  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

In  the  experiments  now  being  carried  on  at  the 
School  of  Arts,  alJ  this  work  is  done  for  us  by  native 
tanners  outside  the  Municipal  limits,  and  the  pelts,  ready 
for  tanning,  are  pickled  in  a  solution  of  alum  and  salt, 
which  prevents  decomposition  and  enables  us  to  deal 
with  them  at  our  leisure. 

The  tanning  solution  is  made  by  dissolving  chrome 
alum  in  water  and  adding  to  it  washing  soda  in  certain 
definite  proportions.  This  causes  the  rapid  evolution  of 
carbonic  acid  gas  and  it  is  necessary  to  constantly  stir 
the  mixture.  To  this  solution  common  salt  is  added,  in 
order  to  swell  the  pelt  and  enable  the  tanning  liquors  to 
operate  rapidly.  The  tanning  process  may  either  be  carri- 
ed on  in  vats  in  which  the  pelts  are  suspended,  or,  as  is  the 
practice  in  the  School  of  Arts,  in  rotating  drums,  which 
enable  us  to  keep  the  pelts  in  constant  motion  in  the  tan- 
ning liquor. 

Sheep  skins  are  usually  tanned  in  3  or  4  hours,  goat 
skins  in  5  or  6  hours,  raw  cow  hides  in  24  hours,  and 
very  heavy  buffalo  hides  in  7  days.  When  the  goods  are 
completely  tanned  they  are  of  a  uniform  blue  colour 
throughout  the  section  and,  after  this  is  attained,  it  is  ad- 
visable to  allow  them  to  remain  in  the  bath  some  little  time 
longer.  They  are  then  removed  from  the  tanning  drums 
and  piled  on  a  table  for  about  24  hours,  to  allow  the 
tanning  liquors  to  thoroughly  complete  the  tanning  pro- 
cess. After  this  the  pelts,  which  are  now  converted  into 
leather,  are  well  washed  in  several  changes  of  water  and 
are  then  put  into  a  solution  of  borax  and  water  to 
neutralise  any  traces  of  acid  which  may  remain.  This 
last  step  is  of  extreme  importance  if  the  leather  is  to  be 
of  a  durable  character  and  careful  tests  have  to  be 
made  to  determine  that  no  traces  of  acid  are  left. 
Further  washing  with  water  completes  the  tanning 


CHROME  TANNING  175 

process  and  the  leather  is  now  ready  to  be  dyed  or  fat- 
liquored  according  as  it  is  required  for  conversion  into 
finished  leather,  such  as  is  used  for  boots  and  shoes,  har- 
ness and  saddlery,  or  book  binding  and  upholstery  work, 
or  for  such  rougher  work  as  the  manufacture  of  piccotah 
buckets,  kavalais,  leather  ropes  and  the  commoner  forms 
of  boots,  shoes  and  sandals.  The  dyeing  of  chrome  lea- 
ther require  great  care  and  experience  to  produce  uniformly 
good  results. 

The  fat-liquoring  by  which  we  introduce  a  certain 
amount  of  oil  into  the  structure  of  the  leather  is  a  very 
simple  but  a  very  important  operation.  Castor  oil  is 
made  into  a  soap  by  the  addition  of  caustic  soda  and 
to  this  a  certain  proportion  of  castor  oil  is  added  and 
the  mixture  dissolved  in  hot  water.  This  forms  a  com- 
plete emulsion  which  the  leather  readily  takes  up.  The 
leather  is  placed  in  a  drum  with  the  fat  liquor  and  in  20 
minutes  or  half  an  hour  all  the  oleaginous  matter  passes 
from  the  water  into  the  leather.  After  fat  liquoring  the 
leather  is  kept  in  a  moist  condition  all  night  and  next 
morning  it  is  sleeked  on  a  stone  table  and  then  stretched 
out  on  boards  to  dry.  When  this  is  complete  the  leather  is 
rather  hard  and  requires  thoroughly  staking,  whereby  it  is 
rendered  very  soft  and  pliable. 

From  this  brief  account  of  the  process  of  chrome 
tanning  you  will  see  that  there  is  nothing  about  it  that  is 
expensive  and  the  cost  of  producing  chrome  leather  should 
only  be  very  slightly  more  than  that  of  ordinary  bark- 
tanned  leathers,  the  difference  being  due  to  the  slightly 
greater  price  which  has  to  be  paid  for  the  chemicals  as 
compared  with  the  tanning  bark. 

I  have  now  placed  before  you  the  salient  facts  relat- 
ing to  the  manufacture  of  chrome  leather  and  it  only 
remains  for  me  to  point  out  what  I  consider  to  be  the  best 


176  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

way  for  you  to  deal  with  this  industry  if  you  wish  to  take 
active  measures  to  foster  it  throughout  the  country.  In 
the  first  place,  it  is  necessary  to  disseminate  a  knowledge 
of  the  properties  of  chrome  leather  among  the  cul- 
tivating classes  throughout  the  length  and  breadth 
of  the  country.  Unfortunately,  the  ryots  do  not,  as  a 
rule,  read  newspapers,  and  ordinary  advertisements 
are  therefore  of  little  use.  Many  of  you  own  lands  your- 
selves and  have  possibly  numerous  kavalais  in  use. 
For  these  you  can  yourselves  try  the  chrome  leather 
and  you  can  all  of  you  bring  it  to  the  notice  of 
your  friends  and  get  them  to  try  it.  In  this  way  there  will 
be  created  a  very  considerable  demand,  which  should 
rapidly  grow  far  beyond  the  capacity  of  the  present  plant 
of  the  School  of  Arts.  I  would  suggest  to  the  Committee 
of  your  Association  that  you  should  appoint  a  Sub- 
Committee  of  three  of  your  members  to  investigate 
the  facts  which  I  have  placed  before  you.  The 
Sub-Committee  having  come  to  a  definite  conclusion 
might  submita  report  to  your  General  Committee,  and  if 
that  report  is,  as  I  think,  I  may  fairly  anticipate 
it  will  be,  a  favourable  one,  it  remains  for  you  to  con- 
sider whether  it  will  be  worth  while  to  start  a  limit- 
ed liability  company  with  sufficient  capital  to  carry  on 
the  process  in  several  parts  of  the  Presidency.'  With 
a  lakh  of  rupees,  which  you  might  raise  by  issuing 
4,000  shares  at  25  rupees  each,  it  would  be  quite  easy  for 
you  to  establish  at  least  4  tanneries  in  the  centres  of  the 
great  well  cultivation  districts  such  as  Bangalore,  Vellore, 
Dindigul,  Coimbatore,  Bellary,  andiTrichinopoly.  Local 
hides  could,  at  any  of  these  places,  be  purchased  cheaply 
and  I  am  sure  there  would  from  the  outset  be  a  rapid  and 
growing  demand  for  kavalais  and  it  would  also  be  possible 
to  arrange  to  tan  hides  belonging  to  the  ryots  themselves. 


CHROME  TANNING  177 

The  work  in  and  round  Madras  and  for  other  parts  of 
India  might  still  be  continued  by  the  authorities  in  the 
School  of  Arts,  and  I  think,  it  is  not  improbable  that  Gov- 
ernment will  be  prepared  to  develop  the  experimental 
tannery  now  at  work  and  make  it  a  real  centre  of  instruc- 
tion for  the  tanning  trade  of  this  country.  Into  the  details 
of  what  we  might  do  at  present  this  is  hardly  a  convenient 
time  to  enter  but  I  think  if  you  will  actively  co-operate  in 
the  work  we  have  done,  there  is  a  fine  field  of  usefulness 
fora  tanning  school  in  Madras. 

The  imports  of  manufactured  leather,  notwithstanding 
of  the  great  tanneries  at  Cawnpore,  still  amount  to  a  very 
considerable  sum  and  by  the  proper  application  of  energy 
and  skill  it  should  be  possible  to  capture  a  ve«ry  large 
proportion  of  this  trade  in  finished  leather  goods.  The 
initial  work  of  training  the  labour  may  well  be  under- 
taken by  a  Government  Institution  and,  I  think,  that  it 
is  highly  probable  that  Government  would  be  prepared 
to  find  the  funds  necessary,  if  they  were  assured  that 
there  is  an  energetic  and  capable  native  public  ready 
to  take  up  and  turn  to  advantage  the  work  of  the  school. 

II 

HIDES  and   skins,   either   in  their  raw  condition  or 

j  lightly  tanned,   form  important  items  in  the  export   trade 

!  of  India.     Fluctuating  from  year  to  year  and   dependent 

to  some  extent  upon  the  character  of  the  season,  they  have 

for  some  years  past  averaged   about  9  crores  of  rupees  in 

value,   but   last   year  *   stimulated     by   the  high    prices 

obtainable   in  Europe  and  America  the  value  of  the  trade 

rose  to  nearly  14  crores  of  rupees  and  in  the  list  of  exports 

arranged  in  the  order  of  their   importance   they  have  now 

reached  the  fourth  place.     The  great  bulk  of  the   trade  is 


*   1906. 
23 


178  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

done  in  the  raw  material  and  is  mainly  from  the  three 
Presidency  ports  of  Calcutta,  Bombay  and  Madras. 
The  Calcutta  trade  is  entirely  in  raw  hides  and  skins, 
the  Bombay  trade  includes  a  considerable  percentage 
of  tanned  hides  and  skins,  whilst  in  Madras  only 
tanned  hides  are  exported  and  in  the  skin  trade  nearly 
two-thirds  of  the  value  of  the  exports  are  in  the  tanned 
condition.  Up  to  the  year  1898  there  was  no  export  of  raw 
material  from  Madras,  and  although  now  in  the  skin  trade 
it  amounts  to  nearly  40  per  cent,  it  has  not  grown  so 
rapidly  as  was  anticipated  some  four  or  five  years  ago. 

The  demand  for  leather  throughout  the  world  seems 
to  be  rapidly  increasing  and, being  in  excess  of  the  supply, 
prices  have  had  an  upward  tendency  for  many  years  past. 
Excluding  the  great  stock  raising  countries,  such  as  the 
Australian  Commonwealth  and  the  Argentine  Republic, 
India  is  one  of  the  few  countries  which  on  account  of  its 
poverty  is  still  able  to  export  a  very  large  proportion  of 
the  hides  and  skins  which  it  produces.  The  external  trade 
has  risen  to  nearly  14  crores  of  rupees,  but  it  is  impos- 
sible to  even  roughly  estimate  the  value  of  the  internal 
consumption.  Possibly  its  value  is  as  great  or  greater 
than  that  of  the  external  trade  and  there  is  evidence  that 
it  is  steadily  rising,  Indian  skins  are  of  good  quality,  but 
with  few  exceptions  the  hides  are  inferior  and  it  is  impossi- 
ble to  obtain  a  first-class  manufactured  product  from  them. 
Cawnpore  is  the  centre  of  the  modern  leather  trade  and 
Bombay,  on  a  smaller  scale,  produces  leather  in  no  way 
inferior.  This  industry  has  grown  up  under  the  stimulus 
of  demands  from  the  Military  Department  and  its  flourish- 
ing condition  to-day  is  due  not  only  to  the  expansion 
of  military  requirements  but  also  to  indents  from  other 
Government  departments  which  in  the  aggregate  require 
considerable  supplies  of  leather  goods,  In  recent  years 


CHROME  TANNING  179 

an  internal  demand  has  grown  up  for  cheap  machine- 
made  boots  and  shoes  and  it  is  probable  that  the 
Swadeshi  movement,  especially  in  Bengal,  has  benefit- 
ted  local  manufacturers  of  such  goods.  Excluding  boots 
and  shoes,  the  value  of  which  is  not  given  separately,  the 
trade  returns  show  that  from  25  to  30  lakhs  of  rupees 
worth  of  leather  or  leather  goods  are  imported  into  India 
yearly.  The  bulk  of  this  trade  is  probably  in  dressed 
skins  for  book-binding  and  upholstery  work,  in  high  class 
leather  for  belting  and  machinery  and  to  some  extent  in 
fancy  leather  goods.  It  is  hardly  probable  that  the  whole 
of  this  not  inconsiderable  import  business  could  be 
captured  by  native  manufacturers,  but  there  is  no 
reason,  except  want  of  enterprise  on  the  part  of  the  manu- 
facturers, why  India  should  not  produce  dressed  skins  equal 
in  quality  to  any  made  in  Europe  and  America. 

The  bulk  of  the  leather  used  in  the  country 
is  very  poor  stuff  and  the  methods  of  tanning  are 
so  crude  that  vast  quantities  of  fairly  good  hides 
are  converted  into  most  inferior  leather.  The  in- 
efficiency of  the  indigenous  tannery  is  notorious  and 
in  the  aggregate  the  annual  waste  of  material  amounts 
to  a  sum  which  can  only  be  estimated  in  crores  of  rupees. 
Boots  and  shoes,  sandals,  harness,  mussacks,  paccali  bags 
and  bags  for  lifting  water  from  wells  for  irrigation  are 
among  the  chief  articles  for  which  the  inferior  country 
leather  is  in  large  demand.  No  information  is  available 
regarding  this  native  business.  The  village  chuckler  was 
both  tanner  and  leather  worker,  but  in  the  South  of  India 
at  any  rate,  the  numerous  tanneries  which  have  sprung  up 
for  dealing  with  the  surplus  hides  and  skins  available  for 
the  export  trade,  have  also  secured  a  good  deal  of  his 
business  as  a  tanner.  Yet  he  is  by  no  means  extinct  and  the 
enormous  increase  in  the  export  trade  of  the  last  two  years 


180  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

indicates  the  probability  that  there  is  still  a  good  deal  of 
valuable  material  to  be  rescued  from  his  primitive  methods 
of  treatment.  In  one  direction  due  to  the  increase 
in  the  number  of  wells  used  for  irrigation  from  which 
the  water  is  drawn  by  mhotes  there  has  certainly 
been  an  enormous  expansion  in  the  local  demand  for 
leather.  All  over  India  the  mhote  or  charsa  is  a  familiar 
object  and  every  year  millions  of  good  hides  are  conver- 
ted into  bad  leather  for  these  water  lifting  appliances. 
The  material  is  not  altogether  suited  for  the  work  and  in 
constant  use  water  bags  have  but  a  comparatively  short 
life.  If  anything  could  be  done  to  improve  the  quality  of 
the  leather  and  render  it  more  durable  it  would  be  con- 
ferring a  very  substantial  boon  upon  the  ryot  and,  in 
proportion  to  the  improvement,  there  would  be  set  free  a 
corresponding  number  of  hides  for  export.  The  increas- 
ing demand  for  leather  in  India  is  due  to  a  rise  in  the 
standard  of  living  of  the  people  and  sooner  or  later  it 
will  affect  the  export  trade  unless,  in  the  meantime,  the 
available  supplies  of  raw  material  are  treated  with  greater 
respect  and  converted  into  better  and  more  durable 
leather  than  at  present. 

The  mhote  in  good  working  order,  and  with  a  water 
bag  the  capacity  of  which  is  properly  proportioned  to  the 
weight  of  the  bullocks,  is  an  extremely  efficient  method 
of  lifting  water  when  only  animal  power  can  be  employed, 
but  the  normal  condition  of  the  ryot's  mhote  is  far  from 
satisfactory  as  the  bag  soon  becomes  brittle  and  tears  and 
the  rents  are  badly  patched  and  fully  a  third  of  the  water 
which  is  lifted  from  the  well  falls  back  into  it  before  the 
bag  is  emptied.  In  the  matter  of  repairs  the  ryot  is  entirely 
in  the  hands  of  the  village  chuckler  and  if  he  could  be 
supplied  with  a  better  material  than  the  common  country 
leather,  there  is  but  little  doubt  that  as  soon  as  he  becomes 


CHROME   TANNING  181 

practically  acquainted  with  its  advantages,  he  will  readily 
adopt  it,  even  though  it  costs  considerably  more.  In  the 
South  of  India  the  piccotah  with  an  iron  bucket  is  almost 
universally  employed  in  the  Coast  Districts  where  the 
water-bearing  sands  are  not  more  than  12  or  15  feet  from 
the  surface  and  not  a  few  mhotes,  in  use  in  brick  wells  are  of 
composite  construction,  sheet  iron  being  used  for  the  bag 
and  leather  only  for  the  trunk.  With  care  such  mhotes  are 
satisfactory,  but  they  are  easily  damaged  and  difficult  to 
repair.  In  many  districts,  the  irrigation  wells  are  large  holes 
sunk  into  the  rock  and  in  practice  it  has  been  found  that  the 
leather  bag  is  superior  to  the  iron  bucket,  as  the  latter  is 
easily  damaged  against  the  rocky  sides.  Moreover,  they  must 
be  very  thin  or  else  the  weight  becomes  excessive  and  when 
very  thin  they  require  carefully  looking  after  or  they  rapid- 
ly rust  through.  From  time  to  time  experiments  have  been 
made  with  various  substitutes  for  leather,  but  nothing 
seems  to  have  caught  on  and  it  remains  therefore  to  im- 
prove the  quality  of  the  leather  till  a  more  satisfactory 
substitute  for  it  can  be  found. 

With  these  facts  very  forcibly  impressed  upon  me 
whilst  conducting  a  series  of  experiments  on  various 
types  of  water-lift  in  Southern  India  it  was  only  natural, 
when  I  learnt  of  chrome  leather  and  the  very  slight 
action  which  water  has  upon  it,  to  experiment  with  it  and 
ascertain  whether  it  was  feasible  or  not  to  manufacture 
the  leather  in  the  country.  The  practical  tanners  of 
Madras,  whom  I  consulted  in  the  matter,  were  unanimous- 
ly of  opinion  that,  owing  to  the  climate,  chrome  tann- 
ing would  be  a  failure.  They  had  made  experiments 
themselves  and  their  experiments  led  to  nothing  because 
their  object  in  view  was  to  produce  a  material  suitable  for 
export.  That  was  not  the  way  I  looked  at  the  matter  at  all 
and  it  seemed  to  me  that  though  it  might  be  impracticable. 


182  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

to  manufacture  chrome  leather  or  glace  kid  which  would 
find  a  market  in  Europe  or  America,  yet  it  might  be 
possible  to  produce  in  India  chrome  leather  suited  to 
Indian  requirements.  Accordingly  the  Government  of 
Madras  were  addressed  on  the  subject  and  a  sum  of 
Rs.  2,000  was  placed  at  my  disposal  for  experiments 
on  the  lines  which  I  indicated,  the  main  object  be- 
ing to  produce  a  chrome  tanned  leather  suitable 
for  use  in  well  irrigation.  I  had  no  previous  know- 
ledge of  leather  manufacture  and  naturally  began 
working  on  a  small  scale,  tried  many  experiments  and 
met  with  not  a  few  failures,  but  ultimately  was  able 
to  demonstrate  the  practicability  of  the  orginal  idea.  That 
was  probably  the  easiest  part  of  the  work  as  much 
assistance  was  obtained  from  such  books  as  Procter's 
"Principles  of  Leather  Manufacture "  and  in  working 
out  the  local  Indian  problem  the  Secretary  of  State  for 
India  permitted  me  to  enlist  the  services  of  a  first-class 
English  expert.  The  first  stage  has  been  accomplished  and 
the  more  difficult  matter  of  persuading  the  people  of  this 
country  to  give  Indian  chrome  leather  a  fair  trial  is  now 
engaging  attention. 

We  can  manufacture  chrome  leather  good  enough 
for  most  purposes  and  the  experience  of  the  last  two 
years  has  shown  that  the  original  anticipations  'of  its 
superiority  have  been  fully  justified.  The  price  list  of 
our  manufactures,  which  we  have  issued  recently,  con- 
tains a  large  number  of  favourable  testimonials  from 
people  who  have  used  it,  but  still  the  demand  for  chrome 
leather  is  small  when  compared  with  the  enormous  con- 
sumption of  leather  and  only  very  slowly  do  sales  increase. 
Nevertheless  we  are  making  progress  and  have  now  some 
sort  of  assurance  that  ultimately  the  chrome  processes  of 
manufacture  will  supersede  the  crude  and  wasteful  me- 


CHROME    TANNING  183 

thods  of  the  chuckler.  Many  hundreds  of  water  buckets 
have  been  manufactured  and  brought  into  use  in  all  parts 
of  India  and  the  general  concensus  oi  opinion  of  those 
who  have  used  them  is  that  the  material  is  superior  to 
ordinary  country  leather  and  the  life  of  a  bucket  is  very 
much  longer.  As  will  be  seen  later  on  there  is  no  great 
difference  in  the  cost  of  manufacturing  leather  by  the  two 
processes,  though  naturally  in  an  experimental  tannery 
like  that  attached  to  the  School  of  Arts  in  Madras  the  cost 
of  making  chrome  leather  is  heavier  than  it  would  be  in  a 
large  tannery  doing  a  big  trade.  If  bark  tanned  leather 
were  made  under  similar  conditions,  the  cost  of  doing  so 
will  be  much  greater  than  it  is  in  an  ordinary  native 
tannery. 

Having  produced  chrome  leather  situable  for  water 
bags,  or  kavalais  as  they  are  locally  known,  it  was  natural 
to  experiment  with  the  leather  in  other  directions  and 
boots  and  shoes,  sandals,  harness  and  a  great  variety  of 
miscellaneous  articles  have  been  made  from  it.  The 
natural  colour  of  the  leather  is  a  pale  lavender  blue  which 
is  almost  white  when  the  leather  is  made  in  weak  solu- 
tions. The  colour  is  not  at  all  displeasing  and  a  good 
deal  of  it  is  worked  up  in  the  undyed  condition,  especially 
for  harness  in  Madras.  Usually  iiowever,  after  the  leathei 
is  tanned,  it  has  to  be  dyed  and  black  leather  and  several 
shades  of  brown  leather  are  regularly  manufactured. 
Experiments  also  have  been  made  in  tanning  skins  and 
preparing  glace  kid  and  though  it  must  be  confessed  that 
our  productions  are  not  equal  in  finish  to  those  imported, 
they  have  proved  serviceable  enough  and  being  much 
cheaper  have  found  a  ready  sale.  So  far  our  work  has 
been  done  almost  entirely  without  the  aid  of  machinery 
and  now  it  is  under  contemplation  to  establish  a  separate 
tannery  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Madras  and  to  undertake 


184  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

the  manufacture  of  leather  on  a  much  larger  scale.  The 
plans  for  the  new  tannery  have  been  prepared  and  include 
the  installation  of  a  fairly  complete  set  of  modern  leather- 
dressing  machinery.  It  will  then  be  possible  to  do  much 
better  work  and  ultimately  we  hope  to  be  able  to 
materially  displace  the  leather  imported  from  Europe  and 
America. 

Characteristics  of  Chrome  Leather. — I  do  not  pro- 
pose to  discuss  these  at  any  length,  but  it  may  be 
well  to  briefly  draw  attention  to  some  of  the  more 
important  points  in  which  it  differs  from  ordinary 
leather.  In  the  first  place,  from  a  given  weight  of  hide  sub- 
stance, the  weight  of  chrome  leather  produced  is  consi- 
derably less  than  when  it  is  converted  into  bark  tanned 
leather.  In  the  chrome  process  the  hide  substance  is  acted 
upon  by  the  chemicals  in  the  tanning  bath,  but 
very  little  additional  weight  is  gained  by  absorption, 
whereas,  as  is  well  known,  a  very  marked  increase  in  weight 
is  obtained  when  the  ordinary  bark  tanning  processes  are 
properly  conducted.  From  ten  pounds  of  flint  dry  hide 
the  average  weight  of  bark  tanned  leather  produced  is 
nearly  10  Ibs.,  but  the  weight  of  chrome  leather  will  be 
not  more  than  7J  Ibs.  The  ratio  is  roughly  three-fourths. 
It  therefore  follows  that  buying  chrome  leather  by  the 
pound  the  price  will  always  be  at  least  33  per  cent,  more 
than  that  of  bark  tanned  leather.  Chrome  tanned  leather 
is  stronger  than  bark  tanned  leather,  so  much  so  that  the 
loss  in  weight  and  decrease  in  sectional  area  is  actually 
accompanied  by  an  increase  in  the  strength.  Its  chief 
physical  characteristic  is  its  extreme  softness,  which 
renders  it  very  suitable  for  boot  and  shoe  uppers.  In 
many  cases,  however,  stiffness  is  distinctly  desirable, 
and  such  articles  as  solid  leather  bags  and  trunks  are 
much  better  made  of  ordinary  leather.  Chrome  tanned 


CHROME   TANNING  185 

leather  unless  very  carefully  manufactured  tends  to  stretch 
considerably  more  than  bark  tanned  leather,  and  for 
certain  purposes  that  is  considered  a  serious  disadvantage. 
With  care  it  is,  however,  possible  to  manufacture 
chrome  leather  which  possesses  no  more  stretch  than 
ordinary  leather  and  which,  at  the  same  time,  has  a 
considerably  greater  tensile  strength.  Harness  made 
from  the  leather  turned  out  in  Madras  has  proved  per- 
fectly satisfactory,  and  large  quantities  of  belting  are  in 
use  where  centrifugal  pumps  driven  by  oil-engines  are 
lifting  water  for  irrigation.  This  is  very  trying  woik  for 
belting,  and  though  we  have  not  yet  succeeded  in  produc- 
ing an  absolutely  satisfactory  chrome  leather  belt,  yet 
those  made  in  Madras  are  able  to  hold  their  own  against 
the  belts  formerly  used. 

In  the  manufacture  of  sole  leather  the  chrome 
process  yields  a  material  which  is  extremely  durable, 
and  it  has  been  employed  in  making  up  thousands  of  pair 
of  boots  and  sandals.  The  leather  is  sufficiently  soft  to 
make  it  comfortable  to  the  feet,  and  it  possesses  a  power 
of  resisting  abrasion  which  has  never  been  approached 
by  the  very  best  English  sole  leather.  For  boots  and 
shoes  it  possesses  one  serious  disadvantage  due  to  the  fact 
that,  when  wet,  the  surface  becomes  slippery  and  it  is  not 
altogether  safe  to  walk  about  on  chrome  tanned  soles  in 
cities  which  are  paved  with  asphalt  or  stone  flags.  This 
is  a  matter  of  no  importance  in  India  where  pavements  are 
almost  non-existent,  and  the  general  suitability  of  chrome 
leather  for  both  soles  and  uppers  is  attested  by  the  popul- 
arity of  Madras  chrome  leather  boots  among  the  planters 
of  India. 

The  final  property  of  chrome  leather  to  which    I  wish 
to  draw   attention  is    its  peculiar  behaviour  when  wetted. 
Ordinary   leather  when   wetted  and    dried  becomes    hard 
24 


186  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION'  IN   INDIA 

and  stiff,  and  if  soaked  in  water  for  any  length  of  time, 
the  water  becomes  turbid  due  to  the  solution  of  some  of 
the  constituents  of  the  leather.  On  the  other  hand,  chrome 
leather  when  wetted  and  dried  remains  quite  soft,  and 
prolonged  immersion  in  water  has  no  effect  upon  it.  If 
ordinary  leather  be  boiled,  in  a  few  minutes  it  is  practically 
destroyed,  whereas  very  little  harm  is  done  in  the  same 
time  to  chrome  leather.  Chrome  leather  is  in  no  sense 
waterproof,  but  for  practical  purposes  it  is  unaffected  by 
water  and  is  consequently  well  suited  for  exposure  to  the 
action  of  moisture. 

Methods  of  chrome  tanning  employed  in  Madras. — 
In  1903,  under  the  orders  of  the  Government  of  India,  a 
Monograph  on  Tanning  and  Working  in  Leather  was 
specially  prepared  in  each  Province  of  India  and  those 
who  are  desirous  of  information  regarding  native  methods 
of  tanning  will  do  well  to  consult  these  papers. 

In  an  addendum  to  the  Madras  Monograph  a 
brief  account  of  the  earlier  experiments  in  chrome  tanning 
is  given  and  in  the  remainder  of  this  paper  I  propose  to 
amplify  that  note  and  describe  in  some  detail  the  actual 
methods  of  working  employed  in  the  Chrome  Leather 
Department 

Hides  and  skins. — The  purchase  of  suitable  raw 
material  has  proved  to  be  one  of  the  greatest  difficulties 
we  have  had  to  contend  with,  as  not  only  at  the  outset 
were  we  inexperienced  in  regard  to  the  methods  of  the 
trade,  but  we  had  little  or  no  knowledge  as  to  what  was 
best  suited  for  the  chrome  tanning  process.  There  are  a 
considerable  number  of  tanneries  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Madras,  but  they  mainly  deal  with  coast  hides  or  Calcutta 
rejections  and  it  is  practically  impossible  to  get  suitable 
raw  material  from  such  stock.  We  soon  found  that  satis- 


'      CHROME  TANNING  187 

factory  chorme  "leather  could  only  be  produced  from  good 
hides  and  latterly  for  light  hides  we  rely  almost  entirely 
upon  those  which  can  be  obtained  from  the  Madras 
slaughter-houses.  For  a  heavier  class  of  hide,  the  best  of 
which  are  good  enough  for  harness  leather,  we  mainly  rely 
upon  Nellore  cow  hides,  of  which  hitherto  we  have  been 
able  to  get  as  many  as  we  wanted  at  very  reasonable 
prices.  For  water  bags,  or  kavalais  as  they  are  locally 
called,  light  cow  hides  were  found  to  be  unsatisfactory 
and  expensive  and,  light  buffs  which  are  usually  free  from 
brands  and  are  fairly  cheap,  have  proved  to  be  more 
suitable.  There  is  a  very  considerable  demand  for 
chrome  tanned  sole  leather  which  has  to  be  made  from 
hides  much  heavier  than  those  usually  obtainable  in  the 
local  market  and  there  is  some  difficulty  in  getting  a 
sufficient  quantity.  Buffalo  hides  are  invariably  used 
and  in  the  wet  salted  condition  they  may  weigh  from 
50  to  100  tbs,  depending  upon  the  extent  of  the  spread. 
One  fairly  large  consignment  of  hides  from  Rangoon 
proved  extremely  satisfactory  in  regard  to  price,  but  in 
the  absence  of  machinery  for  splitting  the  hides  we  found 
many  of  them  too  thick  and  they  could  only  be  worked 
up  by  incurring  a  heavy  loss  in  shaving  the  leather  down 
to  a  suitable  thickness.  Latterly  we  have  purchased 
dry  salted  and  arsenically  cured  hides  in  the  Calcutta 
market  and  have  found  them  fairly  satisfactory.  The 
demand  for  sole  leather  enables  us  now  to  make  fairly 
large  purchases  at  a  time  and  there  is  in  consequence  less 
difficulty.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  procure,  good  calf 
skins  but  there  has  been  no  difficulty  in  the  matter  of  goat 
and  sheep  skins. 

It  may  here  be  convenient  to  mention  that  a 
very  considerable  business  has  developed  in  tanning 
skins  of  wild  animals  such  as  those  of  the  tiger,  panther, 


188  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN 

bear  and  various  kinds  of  deer  with  the  hair  on, 
and  the  results  are  extremely  satisfactory  if  the  skins 
are  in  good  condition.  The  hair  is  unaffected  by  the 
chrome  liquor  and  the  skins  when  finished  possess  all 
the  qualities  of  a  good  chrome  leather.  In  a  similar  way 
a  good  many  crocodile  hides  and  a  large  number  of  snake 
skins,  have  been  tanned,  the  latter  being  in  great  demand 
for  the  manufacture  of  fancy  articles  especially  ladies' 
waist  belts.  In  their  natural  colour  they  look  very  well 
and  can  be  readily  dyed  to  any  required  shade.  Snake 
skins  are  very  plentiful  in  India  but  so  far  as  I  know  this 
is  the  first  attempt  that  has  ever  been  made  to  turn  them 
to  practical  account.  To  obtain  good  results,  the  skins 
must  not  be  damaged  and  special  care  has  to  be  taken  in 
killing  the  snakes. 

Processes  preliminary  to  tanning. — These  differ  very 
little  from  those  ordinarily  practised  in  native  tanner- 
ies but  if  good  results  are  to  be  obtained,  it  is 
necessary  to  exercise  the  greatest  possible  care  at  each 
stage.  The  first  step  is  to  get  the  hides  back  into  their 
natural  condition  and  free  from  blood  and  dirt.  The 
dried  hides  require  soaking  in  water  for  about  24  hours 
and  when  quite  soft  should  be  washed  in  several  changes 
of  water.  The  green  and  wet  salted  hides  merely  require 
to  be  thoroughly  washed,  and  they  are  then  in  a  fit'condi- 
tion  to  be  put  in  the  lime  pits.  These  are  worked  in  a 
series  of  four,  the  first  pit  containing  the  oldest  lime  and 
the  last  pit  containing  the  fresh  lime.  The  hides  pass 
through  the  series  of  pits  remaining  in  each  pit  about  2^ 
days,  so  that  the  whole  liming  process  lasts  about  10  days. 
The  operations  of  unhairing,  fleshing  and  scudding  need 
not  be  described  here  in  detail  as  there  is  nothing  novel 
about  them.  It  is  most  important  that  whilst  the  hides 
hould  be  well  plumped  up  or  swollen  by  the  action  of 


CHROME   TANNING  189 

the  lime,  this  should  not  be  continued  long  enough  to 
allow  of  the  lime  dissolving  any  appreciable  quantity  of 
the  hide  substance.  If  this  is  not  carefully  attended  to  the 
final  leather  will  certainly  be  unsatisfactory.  In  the 
manufacture  of  good  sole  leather  this  is  of  the  greatest 
possible  importance,  and  latterly  we  have  greatly  shor- 
tened the  liming  process  by  the  use  of  sulphide  of  sodium. 

After  unhairing  the  hides  are  washed  in  water  and 
put  into  SL  tub  of  fresh  lime  where  in  24  hours  they  are 
sufficiently  plumped  to  be  ready  for  further  treatment. 
After  scudding  it  is  necessary  to  remove  all  traces  of 
lime  from  the  hides,  and  to  this  end,  they  are  thoroughly 
washed  in  water  and  well  trodden  over  by  the  coolies. 
The  last  traces  of  lime  are  removed  by  means  of  lactic 
acid  of  which  a  solution  containing  three-quarters  of  one 
per  cent,  is  employed.  After  being  put  in  the  solution,  the 
hides  rapidly  lose  their  plumpness  and  become  very  slip- 
pery to  touch.  To  test  whether  the  last  traces  of  lime  are 
removed  or  not,  a  small  piece  is  cut  out  of  the  thickest 
portion  of  the  hide  and  to  the  cut  surface  a  drop  of  a 
solution  of  phenol  phthalein  in  alcohol  is  applied.  If  the 
cut  surface  turns  red,  it  indicates  that  there  is  still  some 
lime  left,  on  the  other  hand  if  no  colouration  is  produced 
it  may  be  taken  that  the  hide  has  been  sufficiently  de- 
limed.  Every  hide  is  tested  in  this  way  and  as  soon  as  it 
passes  the  test  is  removed  from  the  lactic  acid  bath  and 
well  washed  in  clean  water. 

Pickling. — The  next  operation  through  which  the 
hides  must  pass  is  that  of  pickling  which  gives  a  preli- 
minary alum  tannage  to  the  surface  of  the  hides  and  thus 
prevents  to  a  large  extent  the  formation  of  a  drawn  grain 
when  the  hides  are  finally  tanned.  For  the  pickling  solution 
6  Ibs.  of  potash  alum  and  4  Ibs.  of  common  salt  per  100  Ibs. 
of  the  drained  weight  of  the  delimed  hides  are  dissolved  in 


190  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

sufficient  water  contained  in  a  large  rotary  drum.  The 
hides  are  put  into  this  solution  and  kept  in  it  for  about  24 
hours,  the  drum  being  rotated  from  time  to  time  by  hand. 

Although  chrome  tanning  can  be  carried  on  in  pits 
or  tubs,  it  is  more  convenient  to  employ  large  drums  to 
hold  the  tanning  solution.  They  are  made  locally  of  teak- 
wood  and  are  mounted  on  a  suitable  wooden  framing. 
The  weight  of  the  drum  is  carried  by  two  centrally  placed 
gun  metal  rings,  one  on  each  side,  which  rest  on  friction 
rollers  supported  by  iron  pedestals  attached  to  the 
framing.  On  one  side  of  the  drum  is  fixed  a  large  cast 
iron  spur  wheel  of  the  same  diameter  as  the  drum  and  it 
is  driven  by  a  small  pinion  mounted  on  the  framing.  The 
drums  we  have  constructed  in  Madras  range  from  6  to  8 
feet  in  diameter  and  from  3  to  4  feet  6  inches  in  width. 
At  present  they  are  turned  by  hand,  coolies  being  em- 
ployed for  the  purpose,  but  it  is  ultimately  intended  to 
drive  them  all  from  a  line  of  shafting.  By  hand  power  it 
is  not  possible  to  revolve  them  more  than  two  or  three 
times  a  minute,  but  when  driven  by  a  belt  from  shafting, 
the  gearing  will  be  arranged  so  that  the  drums  make 
about  8  revolutions  a  minute.  Inside  the  drums  strong 
wooden  pegs  are  fixed  so  as  to  turn  the  hides  over  as  the 
drums  rotate.  This  greatly  quickens  process  of  tanning 
and  the  drums  can  also  be  usefully  employed  for  wash- 
ing, pickling  and  for  removing  the  last  tracts  of  acid 
after  the  tanning  processes  are  complete. 

Chrome  tanning. — There  are  two  methods  of  chrome 
tanning  known  respectively  as  the  single  and  the  double 
bath  process.  The  latter  produces  the  finest  leather,  but 
the  former  is  both  cheaper  and  simpler  to  work  and  has 
been  adopted  in  Madras  exclusively  as  it  yields  sufficiently 
good  results,  and  with  the  unskilled  labour  available  there 
is  much  less  risk  of  anything  going  wrong. 


CHROME  TANNING  191 

To  secure  uniform  results  and  to  save  tanners,  who 
are  not  chemists,  from  the  risks  of  buying  their  own 
chemicals  a  number  of  tanning  liquors  have  been  put 
on  the  market  ready  for  use.  Experiments  on  a 
fairly  extensive  scale  were  made  with  two  of  these — 
one  the  well-known  Tanolin,  which  was  supplied  to  us 
by  the  Martin  Dennis  Chrome  Tannage  Company  of 
Newark,  New  Jersey,  and  the  other  by  Messrs.  Lepetit 
Dollfus,  Gansser  of  Milan  whose  Chromo -Chrome  produc- 
ed excellent  leather.  With  both  the  results  were  quite 
satisfactory,  but  the  leather  was  no  better  than  that  made 
using  the  very  simple  process  described  by  Professor  Proc- 
ter on  page  212  of  his  principles  of  Leather  Manufacture. 
The  tanning  solution  is  made  by  dissolving  10  Ibs.  of 
chrome  a'um  in  4  gallons  of  water.  To  effect  the  solution 
readily  the  alum  should  be  crushed  to  a  fine  powder. 
Between  3  and  3£  fts.  of  ordinary  washing  soda  is  dissolv- 
ed in  water  and  slowly  added  to  the  solution  of  alum- 
Rapid  effervescence  takes  place  and  the  mixture  should 
be  thoroughly  stirred.  If  too  much  soda  is  added,  a  heavy 
precipitate  is  formed  and  there  is  a  waste  of  valuable 
chemicals.  The  chrome  alum  costs  in  Madras  Rs.  13-8-0 
per  cwt.  or  roughly  2  annas  a  pound  and  one  pound  of 
chrome  alum  is  sufficient  for  the  production  of  3  Ibs.  of 
finished  leather.  The  carbonate  of  soda  costs  Rs.  7-8-0 
per  cwt.  equivalent  to  slightly  more  than  one  anna  a  pound 
and  as  only  one  pound  of  washing  soda  is  required  for  10 
Ibs.  of  leather,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  total  cost  of  the  che- 
micals employed  in  the  tanning  solution  is  very  small  and 
is  actually  less  than  that  of  the  bark  used  in  the  ordinary 
processes  of  tanning.  The  tanning  solution  prepared  in 
the  above  proportions  contains  25  per  cent,  of  chrome 
alum  and  is  used  as  a  stock  solution.  By  diluting  it  with 
water  solutions  of  any  strength  are  readily  prepared. 


192  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

Usually  tanning  commences  in  a  one  per  cent,  solution 
and  ends  in  a  solution  the  strength  of  which  is  about  5 
per  cent. 

The  tanning  is  done  in  the  drums  already  described 
and  usually  about  500  or  600  Ibs.  of  pelt  are  put  in  each 
drum.  Tne  drums  are  arranged  in  a  series  through  which 
the  hides  pass,  first  entering  the  drum  containing  the 
weakest  solution  and  finally  passing  out  of  that  containing 
the  strongest.  To  the  tanning  liquor  in  the  first  drum 
about  15  fbs  of  sodium  sulphate  are  added  to  prevent  the 
formation  of  a  drawn  grain,  The  time  occupied  in  com- 
pleting the  tanning  processes  depends  upon  the  thickness 
of  the  hides.  Sheep  and  goat  skins  are  tanned  in  a  few 
hours,  cow  hides  in  from  one  to  three  days,  whilst  the 
thick  buffalo  hides  used  as  sole  leather  take  from  a  week 
to  ten  days.  The  process  could  be  quickened  considera- 
bly if  the  drums  were  worked  by  night  as  well  as  by  day 
and  it  is  probable  that  it  would  also  be  shortened  if  power 
were  employed  to  drive  the  drums  at  a  faster  speed  and 
continuously.  The  hides  are  considered  to  be  tanned 
sufficiently  when  the  blue  colour  produced  by  the 
chrome  liquor  has  penetrated  right  through  the  hide 
and  there  is  no  white  streak  in  the  centre.  Experience 
seems  to  indicate  that  there  is  considerable  danger  of 
producing  bad  leather  by  over-tanning  and  that  where 
the  hides  are  of  very  unequal  thickness  in  different 
parts  they  should  be  rounded  off  as  much  as  possible 
before  being  put  in  the  tanning  drums.  Leather  which 
has  been  over-tanned  soon  becomes  brittle  and  useless 
and  it  is  impossible  to  emphasize  too  much  the  necessity 
for  care  at  this  stage.  As  soon  as  it  is  decided  that  the 
tanning  is  complete,  the  hides  are  removed  from  the 
solution  and  spread  out,  one  over  the  other,  on  a  wooden 
horse  where  they  are  allowed  to  soak  and  drain  for  24 


CHROME  TANNING  193 

hours.  The  tanning  liquor  remaining  in  the  hides 
contains  a  considerable  percentage  of  sulphuric  acid  and 
it  is  absolutely  essential  that  this  should  be  completely 
removed  or  the  leather  will  perish  in  a  very  short  time. 
It  may  be  here  remarked  that  the  three  principal  causes 
of  the  production  of  bad  chrome  leather  are  (1)  over- 
liming,  (2)  over-tanning  and  (3)  acid  in  the  finished  leather. 
It  is  not  difficult  to  guard  against  damage  arising  from  these 
causes  once  they  are  recognised,  but  there  is  no  doubt  that 
a  good  deal  of  chrome  leather  made,  both  in  Madras  and 
elsewhere,  has  been  unsatisfactory  through  neglect  to  take 
proper  precautions  to  prevent  damage  arising  from  the 
operation  of  any  one  or  all  of  them.  To  remove  the  acid 
the  hides  are  first  washed  in  several  changes  of  water  and 
then  drummed  in  a  half  per  cent,  solution  of  borax,  the 
quantity  of  borax  used  being  3  Ibs.  per  100  Ibs.  of  wet 
leather.  Litmus  paper  is  used  to  test  whether  or  not  the 
acid  has  been  completely  removed.  When  it  is  ascer- 
tained that  the  leather  is  free  from  acid  it  is  taken  out  of 
the  borax  solution  and  well  washed  in  several  changes  of 
water  to  remove  any  soluble  salts  that  may  have  formed 
in  the  substance  of  the  leather. 

Fat-liquoring. — For  leather  which  is  not  to  be  dyed 
this  is  the  final  chemical  process  to  which  it  is  subjected, 
any  further  treatment  being  of  a  purely  mechanical  nature. 
The  "  Fat-liquor  "  is  an  emulsion  of  oil  in  a  solution  of 
soap  and  when  the  chrome  leather  is  put  into  this  the 
oil  is  absorbed  and  renders  the  leather  soft  and  pliable. 
The  soap  employed  is  made  in  the  following  way  : — 

One  hundred  Its.  of  castor-oil,  selected  because  it  is 
both  cheap  and  gives  satisfactory  results,  are  placed  in  a 
wooden  tub  and  20  fbs.  of  caustic  potash  are  dissolved  in 
water  and  allowed  to  cool.  When  cold  the  caustic  potash 
solution  is  slowly  poured  into  the  castor-oil  and  the 
25 


194  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

mixture  stirred  for  about  quarter  of  an  hour  so 
as  to  ensure  that  the  potash  and  oil  are  thoroughly 
mixed.  After  standing  about  24  hours  the  soap  is  ready 
for  use. 

To  prepare  the  fat  liquor  7  flbs,  of  the  soap  are  dis- 
solved in  two  gallons  of  boiling  water  to  which  is  added 
an  equal  quantity  of  castor-oil  and  the  mixture  is 
boiled.  It  is  then  placed  in  an  emulsifier  which  consists 
of  a  cylinder  made  of  tin  plate  about  3  feet  6 
inches  high  and  about  10  inches  in  diameter.  In 
this  works  a  losely-fitting  piston  attached  to  a  long  handle. 
The  piston  is  perforated  with  a  large  number  of  small 
holes  and  by  working  it  up  and  down  the  cylinder  after 
the  mixture  of  oil  and  soap  has  been  put  in  the  emulsifica- 
tion  is  completed.  When  it  is  desired  to  produce  the 
better  qualities  of  leather  2  Ibs.  of  egg  yolk  are  added  to 
the  emulsion  and  thoroughly  incorporated  with  it.  When 
the  emulsion  is  properly  prepared  it  will  mix  with  hot 
water  without  showing  any  trace  of  oil.  For  leather  in- 
tended for  water  bags  and  rough  usage  it  is  desirable  to 
make  it  absorb  as  much  oil  as  possible  and  in  practice  we 
find  that  about  10  per  cent,  will  be  taken  up  by  the 
leather.  This  gives  the  surface  a  dirty  appearance  but 
that  is  a  matter  of  no  consequence. 

The  hides  are  fat-liquored  in  a  drum  which  has  been 
previously  heated  by  means  of  boiling  water.  The 
door  of  the  drum  is  closed  and  the  requisite  quan- 
tity of  concentrated  fat  liquor  diluted  with  sufficient 
hot  water  at  a  temperature  of  140  °  F.  is  passed  in  through 
the  hollow  axle  of  the  drum,  which  is  then  set  in  motion. 
After  drumming  for  about  half  an  hour  it  will  be  found 
that  the  fat  liquor  has  been  entirely  absorbed  by  the  hides 
which  are  removed  and  laid  over  a  wooden  horse  to  drain 
for  several  hours.  Afterwards  the  hides  are  sleeked  on  stone 


CHROME  TANNING  195 

tables  and  then  stretched  on  wooden  frames  to  dry.  When 
the  hides  are  dry  they  are  taken  off  the  frames  and  subjec- 
ted to  the  staking  process  which  gives  the  leather  that 
softness  which  is  one  of  its  principal  characteristics.  This 
completes  the  process  of  converting  both  skins  and  hides 
into  undyed  chrome  leather.  When  it  is  essential  that  the 
leather  should  have  a  good  appearance,  the  percentage  of 
fat  liquor,  which  the  hides  are  allowed  to  absorb,  must  be 
reduced  and  when  the  staking  operations  are  completed  a 
little  French  chalk  is  dusted  over  the  grain  side. 

Sole  leather. — The  process  of  unhairing  now  employed 
when  the  hides  are  destined  for  sole  leather  has  already 
been  described.  The  tanning  takes  from  a  week  to  ten 
days  and  the  subsequent  removal  of  the  acid  has  to  be 
carefully  attended  to  on  account  of  the  greater  thickness 
of  the  leather.  It  seems  doubtful  whether  the  process  of 
fat-liquoring  is  necessary.  At  present  the  leather  is  drum- 
med in  a  concentrated  solution  of  the  fat  liquor  the  pro- 
portion employed  being  about  5  per  cent,  of  the  weight  of 
the  sammed  leather.  After  fat-liquoring  the  leather  is 
brought  into  a  sammed  condition  either  by  allowing  it  to 
dry  naturally  or  by  passing  it  between  a  pair  of  rollers. 
When  nearly  dry  it  is  ready  for  stuffing.  The  composition 
of  the  mixture  employed  is  as  follows  : — 50  Ibs.  of  Burmese 
paraffin,  12J  Ibs.  of  tallow  and  2|  Ibs.  of  resin,  For  the 
stuffing  process  it  is  advisable  to  use  a  flat  copper  or  alu- 
minium dish  large  enough  to  take  the  biggest  of  the  butts 
which  go  through  the  process.  The  dish  should  be  from  6 
to  8  inches  deep  and  supported  on  an  iron  frame.  Under- 
neath a  fire  is  placed  and  the  mixture  of  paraffin,  tallow 
and  resin  melted.  The  sole  leather  butts  in  a  sammed  or 
partially  dried  condition  are  put  into  the  melted  mixture, 
the  temperature  of  which  is  sufficiently  high  to  cause  the 
air  in  the  pores  of  the  leather  and  the  remaining  moisture 


196  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

to  rapidly  pass  off  in  bubbles.  The  stuffing  penetrates 
thoroughly  into  the  substance  of  the  leather  and  when  all 
the  moisture  has  been  driven  off,  as  is  indicated  by  the 
cessation  of  the  stream  of  bubbles  rising  from  the  surface 
of  the  leather,  it  is  removed  from  the  dish  and  allowed  to 
drain.  As  soon  as  it  is  cold  the  leather  is  rolled  under 
considerable  pressure  between  heavy  rollers  and  is 
then  ready  for  use. 

Dyed  leathers.— Most  of  the  leather  required  for  boots 
and  shoes,  saddlery  and  similar  articles  has  to  be  dyed 
either  black  or  some  shade  of  brown  as  the  natural  colour 
of  the  leather  meets  with  but  little  appreciation.  This 
adds  considerably  to  the  cost  of  the  leather  and  from  the 
beginning  it  was  recognised  that  it  would  be  desirable  to 
devise  a  simple  process  which  could  be  carried  out  with- 
out having  resort  to  aniline  dyes.  Experiments  in  this 
direction  have  resulted  in  the  production  of  a  very  satis- 
factory brown  leather,  prepared  by  subjecting  the  neutra- 
lised leather  after  it  leaves  the  tanning  solution  to  a 
superficial  tannage  with  avaram  bark  (Cassia  auriculata). 
The  tanning  liquor  contains  about  5  per  cent,  of  bark  and 
the  hides  are  drummed  in  it  for  about  half  an  hour.  They 
are  then  removed  and  washed  and  again  drummed  in  a 
solution  of  Bichromate  of  Potash,  there  being  about  8  oz. 
of  the  salt  to  every  100  tbs.  of  sammed  leather.  After  this 
the  leather  is  fat-liquored  and  finished  in  the  usual  way. 
The  depth  of  colour  can  be  increased  by  prolonging  what 
is  practically  a  bark  tanning  process  till  in  the  extreme 
limit  a  combination  tannage  is  produced  which  will  be 
dealt  with  later  on.  The  brown  leather  thus  produced  Was 
first  intended  only  for  the  uppers  of  cheap  ammunition 
boots.  When  worked  up  with  the  ordinary  leather  dress- 
ings it  has  proved  quite  satisfactory  for  all  classes  of 
goods  though  some  people  prefer  a  much  darker  colour. 


CfcROME  TANNING  19? 

Coloured  leathers  for  boot  uppers  pass  through  ex- 
actly the  same  processes  as  those  already  described  but 
it  is  permissible  to  allow  of  a  somewhat  longer  liming 
so  as  to  produce  greater  softness  and  flexibility. 
It  is  best  to  dye  the  leather  to  the  colour  re- 
quired after  the  acid  has  been  washed  out  of  it 
and  before  the  fat-liquoring  process.  The  dyes  employ- 
ed are  all  aniline  dyes  and  to  fix  them  satisfactorily 
the  leather  must  first  be  mordanted  with  some  vegetable 
tanning  material.  In  Madras  we  have  found  avaram 
bark  both  cheap  and  satisfactory.  The  leather,  after  being 
neutralised  is  well  struck  out  on  the  grain  side  and  then 
transferred,  to  a  drum  containing  the  decoction  of  bark, 
of  which  about  5  per  cent,  on  the  weight  of  the  sammed 
leather  is  employed.  The  temperature  should  be  about 
140°  F.,  and  the  drumming  should  last  for  about  half  an 
hour.  The  leather  which  will  then  be  of  a  light  yellow 
colour  is  removed  and  washed  in  several  changes  of  water 
after  which  it  is  spread  out  on  the  sleeking  table  and 
thoroughly  struck  out  on  the  flesh  side  so  as  to  remove  as 
far  as  possible  all  surplus  moisture.  The  leather  is  now 
ready  for  fat-liquoring,  about  5  per  cent,  of  which  is  used 
on  the  struck  out  weight  of  the  leather.  The  fat-liquor- 
ing is  done  in  a  drum  at  a  temperature  of  about 
160°  F.  and  when  all  the  oil  has  been  absorbed,  the 
hides  are  taken  out  and  piled  on  a  table  where  they  are 
allowed  to  gradually  cool  down,  Each  hide  or  skin 
is  dipped  in  hot  water  and  then  well  struck  out  on 
the  grain  side  so  as  to  remove  all  the  surface  grease 
which,  would  make  the  subsequent  dying  uneven.  With 
the  enormous  number  of  dyes  now  available  any  colour 
and  almost  any  shade  of  that  colour  can  easily  be  pro- 
duced by  using  suitable  combinations. 

The   dyes  we  employ  are   mainly   of  English  manu- 


198  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

facture  being  phosphine  substitute,  new  acid  green, 
azoflavine  R  and  acid  green.  The  proportion  in  which 
they  are  mixed  depends  upon  the  colour  required  and  as 
typical  mixtures  the  following  are  given  : — 

(1)  4  oz.   of   phosphine   substitute  and  1  oz.  of  new 
acid  brown. 

(2)  3  oz.  of  phosphine  substitute,   3  oz,  of   new    acid 
brown  and  £  oz.  of  acid  green. 

(3)  4  oz.  of    phosphine  substitute   and  3  oz.  of   new 
acid  brown. 

(4)  5  oz.  of  phosphine    substitute,  2  oz.  of  new   acid 
brown  and  one-fifth  oz.  of  acid  green. 

These  quantities  are  for  a  dozen  average  sized  skins. 
The  total  quantity  of  dye  stuff  required  varies  with  differ- 
ent classes  skins,  about  half  an  ounce  being  required  for 
a  sheep  skin  and  a  little  over  an  ounce  for  a  light  cow 
hide.  The  aniline  dyes  are  dissolved  in  boiling  water  and  the 
solution  is  filtered  to  remove  any  suspended  impurities.  The 
dyeing  is  done  in  drums  at  a  temperature  of  about  150°  F. 
About  half  the  quantity  of  the  dye  stuff  is  used  at  the  out- 
set and  the  rest  is  added  after  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour. 
At  the  end  of  another  30  minutes  three-fourths  of  the  dye- 
ing liquor  is  run  out  of  the  drum  and  egg  yolk  added 
to  the  extent  of  about  1  per  cent,  on  the  struck-out  weight 
of  the  leather,  after  which  the  drumming  is  continued  for 
another  20  minutes,  when  the  goods  are  removed,  horsed 
up  and  struck  out.  The  skins  are  stretched  on  boards  or 
frames  to  dry  and  the  grain  side  is  lightly  rubbed  over 
with  a  solution  of  20  per  cent,  of  glycerine  in  water. 
Before  the  skins  are  quite  dry  they  are  removed,  being 
then  in  a  good  condition  for  staking.  After  staking  the 
colour  may  be  improved  by  topping  with  a  half  per  cent, 
solution  of  the  dye  used  warm  and  applied  with  a  soft 
brush.  When  this  is  done  the  goods  should  be  again 


CHROME  TANNING  199 

staked  and  then  finally  dried  right  out  so  as  to  be  in  a 
condition  to  receive  a  coat  of  seasoning. 

Seasoning. — This  is  made  by  taking  3  oz.  of  white  of 
egg  and  one  pound  of  milk  and  making  up  with  water  to 
one  gallon  adding  sufficient  of  the  dye  solution  to  tint  the 
mixture.  The  seasoning  is  applied  lightly  on  the  grain 
side  and  when  the  goods  are  sufficiently  dry  they  are 
glazed  in  a  pendulum  machine  and  afterwards  re-staked 
and  then  the  seasoning  and  glazing  processes  are  gone 
through  a  second  time,  at  the  end  of  which  the  leather  is 
ready  for  use. 

Blacks. — Experiments  with  aniline  dyes  such  as  Cor- 
voline  B.  T.  using  Cutch  as  a  mordant  have  not  been  very 
successful  and  we  have  obtained  better  results  with  Hae- 
matine  or  logwood  extract  followed  by  the  application  of 
ferrous  sulphate.  About  1|  per  cent,  of  logwood  extract, 
calculated  on  the  drained  neutralised  weight  of  the  leather,  is 
dissolved  in  water,  to  which  is  also  added  a  quantity  of 
washing  soda  equal  to  about  one-eight  of  the  weight 
of  the  logwood  extract.  The  leather  is  first  drummed 
in  this  solution  and  in  about  half  an  hour  obtains 
a  deep  blue-black  colour.  The  goods  are  then  removed 
from  the  drum  and  sleeked  well  on  the  grain  side  and 
"pleated;"  i.  e.y the  skin  is  laid  on  the  table,  doubled 
down  the  ridge  with  the  flesh  side  inside  and  the  shanks 
and  belly  are  sleeked  over  so  as  to  stick  them  together  the 
idea  being  to  keep  the  flesh  side  protected  from  contact 
with  the  iron  solution  through  which  the  goods  are  now 
passed.  This  consists  of  a  1  per  cent,  solution  of  ferrous 
sulphate  through  which  the  skins  are  pulled  twice  and 
then  immediately  washed  in  hot  water  and  struck  out. 
The  iron  in  the  ferrous  sulphate  acts  upon  the  small 
quantity  of  tannin  present  in  the  logwood  extract  and  turns 
the  blue-black  shade  into  a  thoroughly  good  black.  It  is 


200  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

necessary  to  carefully  remove  any  excess  of  ferrous  sulphate 
that  the  leather  may  contain  or  the  process  of  fat  liquor- 
ing will  be  unsuccessful.  This  operation  is  identically 
the  same  as  for  brown  leather  and  need  not  be  described 
again.  The  seasoning  for  blacks  should  be  of  the  follow- 
ing composition  : — 

Two  oz.  of  logwood  extract  is  dissolved  in  a  quart  of 
hot  water  and  allowed  to  cool  and  £oz.  of  ferrous  sulphate 
in  a  quart  of  cold  water.  One  pint  of  blood,  1  pint  of  milk 
and  J  oz.  of  glycerine  are  mixed  together  and  diluted  with 
one  quart  of  water.  To  this  the  logwood  extract  solution 
is  added  and  the  whole  well  stirred.  Finally  the  ferrous 
sulphate  solution  is  added  and  the  whole  made  up  to  one 
gallon  with  water.  The  mixture  is  applied  with  a  sponge  and 
the  goods  glazed  for  the  first  time  whilst  very  slightly  damp. 
The  staking,  seasoning  and  glazing  may  with  advantage 
be  repeated  after  which  the  leather  is  ready  for  the  market. 

Combination  Tannage. — For  some  purposes  chrome  lea- 
ther is  distinctly  inferior  to  well  tanned  bark  leather  and  it 
is  possible  by  subjecting  the  hides  to  both  processes  to 
obtain  a  material  which  possesses  in  a  marked  degree  the 
good  qualities  of  both  tannages.  The  production  of 
such  leathers  will  of  course  be  much  more  expensive  than 
when  either  process  is  used  alone. 

There  are  three  ways  of  carrying  out  a  combination 
tannage.  Either  process  may  be  carried  out  first,  or 
the  two  tanning  liquors  may  be  mixed  together  and 
allowed  to  act  simultaneously.  Most  excellent  leather 
has  been  produced  by  purchasing  from  local  tanners 
hides  and  skins  which  have  been  lightly  tanned  in 
avaram  bark  but  not  subjected  to  any  process  of  dyeing 
with  myrobolams  or  stuffing  with  grease.  These  lightly 
tanned  kips  or  skins  were  chrome  tanned  in  the 
usual  way  and  either  finished  in  their  natural  colour  or 


CHROME  TANNING  201 

dyed  brown  or  black.  The  leather  has  proved  very 
suitable  for  many  purposes  and  as  the  natural  colour 
is  a  not  unpleasing  brown  it  does  not  really  cost  anything 
more  than  ordinary  chrome  leather  dyed  brown.  In  a 
similar  way  sole  leather  has  been  made  from  combination 
tanned  hides,  but  there  has  not  yet  been  time  to  ascer- 
tain whether  there  is  any  very  marked  advantage  in 
the  process.  For  highly  finished  boots  it  can  certainly 
be  employed  as  it  lends  itself  more  readily  to  a  neat 
finish  than  does  ordinary  chrome  sole  leather. 

Experiments  have  also  been  made  in  which  the  hides 
are  first  subjected  to  the  chrome  process  and  then  tanned 
in  an  avaram  bark  solution.  As  already  mentioned  this 
process  has  been  largely  employed,  more  with  a  view  to 
dyeing  leather  than  to  materially  altering  its  properties,and 
so  far  it  has  proved  perfectly  satisfactory.  Experiments 
with  a  more  prolonged  vegetable  bark  tannage  have  not 
been  satisfactory  and  at  present  it  seems  doubtful  if  this 
order  of  tanning  will  be  able  to  compete  with  that  in  which 
the  vegetable  process  takes  precedence.  Tanning  with 
mixed  solutions  has  not  yet  been  tried. 

Conclusion. — The  processes  of  chrome  tanning  which 
we  follow  in  Madras  have  been  described  in  the  above 
general  terms,  not  because  there  is  any  novelty  about 
them,  but  because  there  is  prevalent  in  India  an  idea  that 
chrome  tanning  involves  the  introduction  of  machinery  on 
a  large  scale  and  methods  of  operating  better  adapted  for 
employment  among  more  advanced  communities.  Whilst 
the  trade  in  hides  and  skins  is  in  a  flourishing  condition 
the  art  of  tanning  in  India,  except  in  a  few  tanneries,  is  in 
a  deplorably  backward  state.  In  the  Madras  Presidency, 
where  the  tanned  skin  trade  represents  the  highest  develop- 
ment of  native  tanning,  nearly  all  the  best  skins  are  bought 
up  and  exported  to  Europe  or  America  in  a  raw  state, 
26 


202  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

year  the  average  value  of  each  raw  skin  exported  was 
Rs.  1-12-0,  whilst  the  average  value  of  tanned  skins  was 
only  Rs.  1-3-0.  The  report  of  the  Committee  of  the 
Society  of  Arts  on  leather  for  book-binding  condemned 
East-India  skins  tanned  with  avaram  bark  as  being  the 
worst  and  most  unfit  from  which  to  manufacture  book- 
binding leathers,  This  was  not  due  to  any  defect  in  the 
skins  themselves  but  solely  because  avaram  bark  contains 
catechol  tannin  and  experiments  have  clearly  demonstrat- 
ed that  to  secure  the  necessary  durability  in  leather  bind- 
ings those  only  can  be  used  which  have  been  prepared 
with  a  pyrogallol  tannin.  The  effect  of  this  report  has 
been  to  restrict  the  market  for  Madras  tanned  sheep  and 
goat  skins  and  to  encourage  the  export  of  all  the  best 
skins  in  the  raw  state.  Myrabolams  and  divi-divi  both 
yield  excellent  pyrogallol  tannins.  The  former  are  already 
exported  on  a  large  scale  and  it  would  probably  be 
wise  to  ascertain  whether  these  natural  products  of  the 
soil  could  not  be  utilised,  not  so  much  to  bolster  up  a 
moribund  industry  as  by  a  re-arrangement  of  ideas,  to 
create  a  new  one.  The  hides  and  skins  of  the  domestic 
animals  of  India  have  come  to  be  an  important  asset  and 
it  seems  desirable  that  the  most  that  can  be  made  should 
be  made  of  this  national  source  of  wealth.  The  abolition 
of  the  crude  system  of  branding  cattle  which  now  prevails 
would  probably  add  fully  a  crore  of  rupees  to  the  value  of 
the  exports  of  hides  and  the  abolition  of  the  village  tanner 
would  even  lead  to  greater  results.  It  will  probably  be  a 
long  time  before  the  people  can  be  induced  to  abandon 
branding,  but  the  gradual  extension  of  the  chrome  process 
and  the  keener  demand  for  raw  hides,  which  the  enhanced 
value  of  leather  now  enables  dealers  to  offer,  will  do  much 
to  improve  the  methods  of  realising  the  real  value  of 
hides  and  skins. 


CHAPTER  VIII 
HAND-LOOM  WEAVING 
I 

WEAVING   IN   INDIA* 

It  is  now  nearly  two  years  since  I  first  had  the  pleasure 
of  meeting  the  members  of  the  South  Indian  Association 
and  addressing  them  on  industrial  subjects,  the  discussion 
of  which  was  one  of  the  objects  with  which  the  Association 
was  formed.  On  that  occasion  I  brought  to  your  notice 
the  experimental  work  which  was  going  on  at  the  School 
of  Arts  in  connection  with  the  development  of  the  manu- 
facture of  chrome  leather,  and  I  sketched  out  a  plan  for 
developing  this  industry  with  indigenous  capital  to  be 
subscribed  by  shareholders  in  a  Limited  Liability  Company. 
My  suggestions,  however,  fell  on  barren  ground,  and  as 
an  Association  I  received  no  help  from  you  in  what,  after 
all,  was  a  well-meant  attempt  to  induce  people  in  India 
to  make  a  better  use  of  one  of  their  raw  products  than 
they  now  do.  Nor  so  far  as  I  know  has  any  one  else 
met  with  better  success — you  have  welcomed  lecturers 
upon  various  subjects  connected  with  Indian  industries 
and  have  doubtless  been  interested  in  their  enthusiasm, 
but  they  have  not  aroused  you  to  action,  and  I  am  not 
sanguine  that  this  afternoon  anything  I  have  to  say  will 
meet  with  a  better  fate.  I  have  purposely  indulged 
in  this  mild  diatribe  not  because  you  are  any  worse 

*  A  lecture  delivered  at  the  South  Indian  Association,  Madras. 


2()4  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

than  your  neighbours,  but  because  I  wish  to  draw 
prominent  attention  to  the  fact  that,  although  during 
the  last  two  or  three  years  there  has  been  an  enor- 
mous amount  of  writing  and  talking  about  the  regenera- 
tion of  Indian  industries  and  much  enthusiasm  has  been 
aroused  over  the  expression  'Swadeshi/  yet  little  or  nothing 
practical  has  come  of  it,  and  I  think  I  am  stating  what  is 
a  literal  fact  when  I  say  that  two  years'  political  agitation 
has  done  absolutely  nothing  whatever  to  further  industrial 
progress  in  India,  The  Swadeshi  movement,  though  per- 
haps not  generally  known  by  that  name,  was  steadily 
gaining  ground  before  it  was  dragged  into  prominence  by 
the  fervid  politicians  who  have  arisen  in  these  later  days 
and  ask  to  be  entrusted  with  the  control  of  the  destinies 
of  India.  These  gentlemen  are  asking  for  power,  and  to 
demonstrate  their  capacity  for  achievement  have  voluntarily 
taken  upon  themselves  to  create  a  new  industrial  India. 
The  undertaking  is  no  light  one,  and  their  fitness  for  power 
may  well  be  judged  by  the  success  with  which  they  ac- 
complish their  self-imposed  task.  It  will  demonstrate  to 
the  world  at  large  that  they  are  able  to  do  something  more 
than  criticise,  that  their  capacity  for  production  extends 
beyond  the  manufacture  of  verbiage,  and  that  they  are 
capable  of  the  self-sacrifice  and  sustained  effort  which  is 
necessary  to  achieve  great  objects  in  the  face  of  unusual 
difficulties.  I  do  not  for  a  single  moment  deny  the  fact 
that  India  is  making  considerable  industrial  progress  but, 
having  perhaps  more  than  average  opportunities  of  seeing 
what  is  going  on  in  various  parts  of  India,  I  can  confident- 
ly assert  that  the  Swadeshi  movement  and  the  Bengal 
methods  of  boycott  have  so  far  done  nothing  to  advance 
the  material  interests  of  the  country.  Much  work  is  going 
on  and  not  a  few  people  are  earnestly  labouring  to  reduce 
the  pressure  of  the  population  on  the  soil,  and  the  success 


rtAND-LOOM   WEAVING  205 

which  has  been    obtained  if   not    sufficient   to  engender 
enthusiasm,  warrants  further  efforts  in  the  same  direction. 
Not  long  ago   I  received    from  the   Editor  of  a  local 
monthly  review  a  request  to  furnish  him  with  a  note  setting 
forth  the  reasons  which  in  my  opinion  have  prevented  the 
Swadeshi   movement   from     accomplishing    anything   of 
real  practical  importance.   Possibly  some  of  you  may  think 
that  this  gentleman  has  been    rather  previous  in    acknow- 
ledging the  failure  of  the  so-called  national  movement,  but 
for  myself  I  think  he    is  rendering  you    useful  service   in 
frankly  acknowledging  the  existing  state  of  things,  and   in 
endeavouring    to  ascertain   whether  any   remedy  is  to  be 
found  by  setting  to    work   again  on  new    lines.     The  dis- 
cussion which   he  is  endeavouring  to  excite  covers  an  ex- 
tremely wide  field  and  touches  upon  many  very  controversial 
topics.  What  Japan  has  done,  you  would  like  to  do,  and  the 
ambition  would  well  become  a  nation,  provided  its  patrio- 
tism was  sufficiently  deep-rooted  to   eusure   the  strenuous 
effort  and  individual  sacrifice  which  has  been  shown  by  the 
Island  Nation  of  the  Far  East.     It  is  impossible  for  me  in 
the  time  at  my   disposal  this   afternoon    to    discuss    these 
questions  at   any  length,  nor  is   there  any  necessity  that  I 
should  do  so  because,  as  a  matter  of  fact,   the  reasons  for 
the  failure  of  indigenous   industrial   enterprise  are  neither 
obscure  nor  very  complex.     The  occasion,  however,  seems 
to  me  to   be   favourable  to   impress   upon  you   one  of  the 
most  important    lessons  to   be   derived    from   the    recent 
financial  disasters  which  have  occurred  in  this  Presidency 
and  by  which  so  many   hundreds  and  even   thousands   of 
you  have  been  deprived  of  no  small  portion  of  your  savings. 
The  accumulations  of  half  a  generation  have  disappeared, 
and  you  have    nothing  to  show  for   them.     For   reasons 
which  I  need  not  go  into,  you   have  preferred  to   entrust 
others  with  your  capital  and  have  refused  to  embark  upon 


206  INbUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION    IN  INDIA 

indigenous  enterprises  conducted  by  men  of  your  own 
race.  Much  outcry  has  been  made  regarding  the  drain 
of  India's  wealth,  but  the  drain  of  experience  which  is 
constantly  going  on  has  almost  entirely  escaped  the  atten- 
tion of  your  political  leaders.  There  is  much  industrial 
enterprise  in  India,  but  it  is  mainly  in  the  hands  of 
foreigners,  and  year  by  year  these  men  retire  from  the 
country,  taking  with  them  not  only  some  of  the  wealth  they 
have  helped  to  create,  but  all  the  experience  they  have  been 
able  to  gain.  If  you  wish  to  see  India  restored  to  the  indus- 
trial pre-eminence  which  centuries  ago  it  undoubtedly  en- 
joyed, you  must  be  prepared  to  recognise  the  changed  con- 
ditions under  which  modern  industrial  activity  is  carried 
on,  and  you  must  be  prepared  to  entrust  your  capital  to 
your  own  countrymen.  Only  in  this  way  can  you  gradually 
accumulate  in  this  country  that  fund  of  industrial  experi- 
ence which  must  exist  if  you  are  to  successfully  compete 
against  manufacturers  in  other  parts  of  the  world.  It 
is  thought  that  much  can  be  done  by  sending  promising 
young  men  to  Europe,  America  or  Japan  to  acquire  a 
knowledge  of  the  industrial  processes  which  are  there 
carried  on.  The  results  of  the  work  in  this  direction  are 
far  from  encouraging,  mainly  because  the  wrong  class  of 
people  have  been  sent  and  few  of  them  have  stayed  long 
enough  to  gain  that  knowledge  and  experience,  not  only 
of  the  processes  of  manufacture  but  also  of  the  methods  of 
conducting  business,  which  are  absolutely  essential  to 
the  successful  initiation  of  industrial  undertakings.  It 
is  generally  forgotten  that  these  young  men  leave  India, 
not  to  undergo  a  preliminary  training  or  to  pass  examina- 
tions which  may  enable  them  to  start  on  a  definite  and 
well  recognised  career  when  they  return,  but  to 
acquire  a  thorough  knowledge  of  some  practical  trade 
or  industry,  and  they  are  always  in  too  great  a  hurry 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  207 

to  do  this  properly.  Consequently  when  they  return 
and  find  they  have  to  depend  entirely  upon  their  own 
resources,  hopeless  failure  is  nearly  always  the  result.  I 
need  not  remind  you  that  industrial  work  offers  few 
attractions  to  the  intellectual  youth  of  this  country,  and 
that  only  those  who  have  evinced  no  aptitude  for  the 
studies  necessary  to  success  at  University  Examinations 
turn  as  a  last  resource  to  commercial  and  industrial 
pursuits.  I  do  not  say  that  the  course  which  you  at  pre- 
sent pursue  is  a  foolish  one,  for  the  circumstances  of  the 
country  are  such  that  there  is  but  little  prospect  of  a  suc- 
cessful career  open  to  those  who  take  up  industrial  work. 
There  must  be  a  beginning  to  all  things,  and  over  the 
greater  part  of  India  no  attempt  has  yet  been  made 
to  carry  on  industrial  work  on  modern  lines.  Every- 
thing remains  as  in  the  days  when  the  artisan  was 
supreme,  and  if  improvements  are  to  be  effected,  capital 
must  be  put  into  Indian  industries,  technical  knowledge 
applied  to  them,  and  a  regular  organisation  introduced, 
involving  a  minuter  sub-division  of  labour  with  its  attend- 
ant economy  and  efficiency.  As  an  example  of  what 
can  be  done  in  this  direction,  I  should  like  to  draw  your 
attention  to  the  workshops  of  the  Indian  Aluminium 
Company,  situated  in  the  very  heart  ol  Triplicane.  There 
you  will  see  one  of  the  oldest  native  industries  in  Madras 
working  on  modern  lines  and  the  most  improved 
and  up-to-date  metal  working  machinery  used  in  con- 
junction with  the  cheap  but  highly  skilled  hand-labour 
of  Southern  India.  On  a  fairly  large  scale  the  experiment 
has  turned  out  extremely  successful — a  not  inconsiderable 
number  of  artisans  find  remunerative  employment,  and 
the  capital  embarked  upon  this  venture  earns  very  good 
dividends.  Practically  the  whole  of  India  derives  its 
supplies  of  aluminium  utensils  from  this  little  factory,  and 


208  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

the  scale  of  production  is  in  consequence  sufficiently 
large  to  enable  work  to  be  turned  out  at  rates  with  which 
imported  goods  cannot  compete.  The  only  unsatisfac- 
tory feature  about  the  business,  from  a  purely  Indian 
point  of  view,  is  that  the  bulk  of  the  capital  does  not 
belong  to  the  people  of  this  country,  and  as  a  natural 
consequence  the  supervision  and  management  are  in  the 
hands  of  Europeans. 

Quite  recently  I  paid  a  visit  to  Madura,  and  I  spent 
some  time  in  enquiring  into  the  conditions  under  which 
the  dyeing  industry  of  that  town  is  carried  on.  The 
modern  phase  of  this  ancient  industry  dates  back  to  only 
1895,  when  Mr.  K.  Tulsiram,  a  Sourashtra  of  Madura, 
started  with  a  capital  of  only  Rs.  100  to  dye  grey  yarn 
with  alizarine  red.  The  methods  of  working  struck 
me  as  extremely  primitive,  but  when  I  tell  you  that  the 
outturn  last  year  of  dyed  yarn  was  valued  at  as  much  as 
24  lakhs  of  rupees,  and  that  upwards  of  250  tons  of  alizarine 
dye  worth  about  Rs.  1,100  a  ton  was  consumed,  you  will 
be  able  to  form  some  idea  of  the  energy  and  ability  which 
have  been  displayed  in  the  development  of  this  trade. 
There  are  now  between  35  and  40  dye  houses  in  Madura. 
Every  available  open  space  in  the  suburbs  of  the  town 
is  utilised  for  drying  the  yarn,  a  process  which  has  to  be 
tfone  through  some  thirteen  or  fourteen  times  before 
the  final  product  is  obtained.  I  am  told  that  the  demand 
for  the  yarn  is  greatly  in  excess  of  the  supply,  and  it 
struck  me  that  the  introduction  of  more  capital  into  the 
industry  would  be  attended  with  every  beneficial  results. 
The  surprising  growth  of  this  trade  in  the  last  10  years 
has  been  due  to  the  multiplication  of  the  number  of  firms 
engaged  in  it  rather  than  to  the  growth  of  the  pioneer 
firms.  A  very  large  amount  of  labour  is  employed  in 
carrying  on  the  operations,  and  the  time  required  to  carry 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  209 

them  out  runs  into  weeks  owing  to  the  dependence  of  the 
dyers  upon  open  yards  for  drying  their  yarn.  The  way 
in  which  the  work  is  done  affords  employment  to  a  great 
number  of  coolies  and  a  few  maistries,  but  for  the  techni- 
cally trained  chemist  or  mechanic  there  is  no  opening. 
I  do  not  now  propose  to  criticise  in  detail  the  methods 
of  working  pursued,  but  what  I  wish  to  draw  your  attention 
to  is  that  they  are  undoubtedly  wasteful  of  capital  and 
prodigal  of  labour.  The  capital  locked  up  in  the  drying 
yards  represents  a  very  large  sum,  and  it  is  possible 
that  a  fraction  of  this  amount  invested  in  machinery 
would  materially  diminish  the  time  required  for  dyeing, 
effect  an  enormous  economy  in  unskilled  labour  and  give 
employment  to  a  few  men  of  a  higher  class  from  whom 
we  might  expect  that  further  developments  would  emanate. 
Mr.  Tulsiram  is  fully  aware  of  the  direction  in  which  it  is 
probable  that  improvements  can  be  effected,  but  lacking 
the  stimulus  of  enterprising  competitors  and  coming  but 
little  into  contact  with  men  accustomed  to  Western  me- 
thods of  working,  he  has  experienced  some  diffidence 
in  launching  out  on  untried  lines.  This  is  but  natural  and 
perhaps  not  altogether  devoid  of  wisdom  ;  at  any  rate  it 
is  characteristic  of  the  way  in  which  things  are  done  in 
this  country,  due  to  the  marked  objection  which  exists  to 
converting  liquid  capital  employed  in  trade  into  the  less 
easily  realisable  forms  which  investment  in  machinery 
necessitates. 

The  regeneration  of  Indian  industries  can  only  be 
accomplished  by  the  intelligent  application  of  capital  and 
by  bringing  to  the  assistance  of  the  artisans  the  technical 
results  of  modern  science.  The  day  has  gone  by  when 
each  artisan  family  could  be  considered  a  complete  indus- 
trial unit,  and  if  any  improvement  is  to  be  effected  in  the 
status  of  thd  indigenous  industries  it  must  follow  on  the 


210  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

lines  on  which  industrial  development  has  proceeded  in 
almost  all  industries  all  over  the  world.  All  modern  pro- 
gress is  in  the  direction  of  a  minuter  sub-division  of  labour 
and  the  introduction  of  automatic  appliances  which 
render  production  less  dependent  upon  manual  skill  and 
dexterity,  The  artisan  can  no  longer  work  for  himself, 
he  is  bound  to  co-operate  with  others,  and  his  daily  work 
must  be  directed  by  men  who  have  received  a  special 
training  to  fit  them  to  exercise  efficient  control  over  con- 
siderable numbers  of  hand-workers. 

For  the  last  20  years  it  has  been  generally  recognised 
throughout  this  country  that  the  hand  industries  were  in  a 
decadent  condition,  and  many  futile  efforts  have  been 
made  to  do  something  to  resist  the  inevitable  decay. 
Technical  education  and  industrial  education  have  been 
invoked  to  remedy  matters  because  in  other  countries  their 
necessity  was  obvious.  At  the  end  of  the  seventies  we,  in 
England,  discovered  that  our  manufacturing  industries 
were  suffering  from  the  competition  of  the  scientifically 
directed  and  technically  trained  workmen  on  the  Conti- 
nent. It  was  gradually  realised  that  a  successful  manu- 
facturer must  go  through  a  preliminary  training  to  put 
him  in  a  position  to  take  advantage  of  the  practical  instruc- 
tion to  be  obtained  in  workshops  and  factories.  Technical 
Schools  and  Colleges  arose  to  supply  this  demand/ and  at 
the  present  day  it  is  generally  admitted  that  the  provision 
for  technical  instruction  is  fairly  adequate.  In  India  indus- 
tries are  not  dying  out  because  they  have  become  so  compli- 
cated that  the  old  methods  of  training  men  to  direct  them 
have  become  inadequate ;  on  the  contrary  they  are  gradual- 
ly being  extinguished  because  the  methods  of  working 
continue  in  their  primordial  simplicity,  and  no  attempt 
whatever  has  been  made  to  take  advantage  of  modern 
developments.  At  the  outest  this  was  not  recognised  and 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  211 

the  remedy  called  for  in  India  was  the  same  as  that  which 
had  proved  efficacious  in  England.  Schemes  to  provide 
technical  instruction  were  set  on  foot,  technical  institutes 
founded,  scholarships  offered  and  greedily  accepted  by 
impecunious  youths,  but  gradually  it  was  realised  that 
there  was  no  field  of  employment  for  the  students  when 
they  had  completed  their  training  and  that  in  fact  the 
course  of  treatment  was  not  applicable  to  the  complaint. 
Time  has  revealed  the  situation  more  clearly,  and  we  are 
now  able  to  make  a  more  or  less  correct  diagnosis  of  the 
disease  and  to  indicate  the  direction  in  which  efforts  must 
be  made  if  any  improvements  are  to  be  effected.  It 
remains  to  be  seen  how  far  we  can  get  you  to  readjust 
yourselves  to  the  changed  environment  and  how  far  the 
Government  in  this  country  can  judiciously  take  a  direct 
part  in  establishing  new  industries  and  resuscitating  old 
ones. 

In  the  Madras  Presidency  more  has  been  done  in 
this  direction  than  in  other  parts  of  India,  and  as  the 
Secretary  of  State  has  recently  sanctioned  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  special  officer  to  deal  with  industrial  and 
technical  inquiries,  it  may  be  presumed  that  the  work 
which  has  been  done  in  the  past  has  been  sufficiently  suc- 
cessful to  justify  its  continuance  and  development  in  the 
future.  Where  the  people  are  self-reliant  and  private 
enterprise  is  strong,  the  direct  intervention  of  Govern- 
ment in  industrial  matters  is  calculated  to  do  more  harm 
than  good.  But  in  this  Presidency  these  conditions  do 
not  prevail,  and  Government  acting  as  a  pioneer  may  do 
much  useful  work  and  determine  the  direction  in  which 
the  capital  available  may  be  most  judiciously  employed. 

One  of  the  greatest  difficulties,  Indian  capitalists  expe- 
rience in  their  efforts  to  start  new  industrial  undertakings, 
arises  from  the  fact  that  they  cannot  obtain  disinterested 


2l2  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

advice  on  technical  matters,  and  there  is  no  question  that 
Government  in  this  direction  will  greatly  stimulate  private 
effort  if  steps  are  taken  to  render  it  practicable  for  any 
one  in  this  country  to  get  expert  assistance  in  working 
out  new  schemes.  This  will  in  part  counteract  the  evils, 
which  you  are  suffering  from,  owing  to  the  lack  of  that 
fund  of  industrial  experience  which  has  been  gradually 
accumulating  in  other  countries.  It  would  be  interesting 
to  discuss  these  general  questions  further,  but  this  evening 
I  have  come  here  to  tell  you  what  has  been  done  and 
what,  so  far  as  I  can  see,  is  likely  to  be  done  in  the  future 
with  the  hand-loom  industry. 

For  nearly  ten  years  the  decadence  of  the  native 
hand-weaver  has  been  the  subject  of  much  correspon- 
dence and  discussion  in  the  Indian  daily  papers  and 
a  good  deal  of  false  sentiment  has  been  engendered  in 
connection  therewith.  The  glamour  of  the  past  has 
bonded  the  friends  of  the  weaver  to  the  realities  of  the 
present  and  to  a  large  extent  the  efforts  which  have 
been  made  to  improve  his  position  have  been  futile  be- 
cause they  have  neglected  to  take  into  account  certain 
economic  factors  of  overwhelming  force.  Two  cen- 
turies ago  Europe  was  scarcely  on  a  par  with  India  in 
respect  to  textile  manufactures  and  the  exports  from  India 
to  England  had  much  influence  in  bringing  about  that 
marvellous  revolution  in  the  processes  of  manufacture 
employed  in  the  textile  trades  which  began  about  a 
century-and-a-half  ago  and  has  scarcely  been  completed 
yet.  It  will  not  be  true  to  say  that  all  this  while  the  Indian 
weaver  has  stood  still  ;  for  he  also  has  been  affected,  and 
his  methods  of  working  to-day  are  an  advance  on  those  of 
the  18th  century.  Nevertheless  he  has  been  very  badly 
worsted  in  open  competition  with  the  products  of  the 
power-looms  of  Lancashire  and  even  where  he  is  not 


HAND- LOOM  WEAVING  213 

subjected  to  the  stress  of  direct  competition,  the  primitive 
organization  of  his  trade  places  him  at  a  serious  dis- 
advantage. 

There  are  many  fabrics  manufactured  in  India  which 
cannot  be  made  with  commercial  success  in  the  power- 
loom  and  in  these  branches  of  weaving,  the  only  thing  to 
be  feared  is  that  the  hand-weaver  may  lose  his  business 
through  changes  in  the  tastes  and  customs  of  the  people 
which  may  lead  them  to  substitute  fabrics  which  can  be 
made  in  power-looms  for  those  which  arenowmade  and  can 
only  be  made  in  hand-looms.  As  an  example  of  the  class 
of  goods  to  which  I  refer,  I  would  draw  your  attention  to 
the  beautiful  solid  bordered  cloths  which  are  manufactured 
in  large  numbers  in  Salem  and  Madura.  Attempts  have 
been  made  to  produce  them  in  power-looms,  but  the 
article  produced  was  not  at  all  the  same  thing,  and 
weavers  of  these  cloths  are  as  yet  unaffected  by  direct 
competition  of  power-looms.  These  cloths  are  expensive 
and  the  demand  for  them  has  diminished,  because  other 
cloths  of  inferior  quality  can  be  produced  so  very  much 
more  cheaply.  In  the  manufacture  of  very  coarse  cloths  a 
vast  amount  of  dungri  is  made  from  very  inferior  cotton 
on  hand-looms,  and  those  engaged  in  this  branch  of  the 
trade  have  little  to  fear  from  the  competition  of  power- 
looms  because  the  material  employed  does  not  possess 
the  strength  which  must  of  necessity  be  found  in  warps 
which  are  to  be  employed  on  such  looms.  The  hand-loom 
has  not  died  out  in  Europe  but  wherever  it  is  found 
working,  investigation  generally  shows  that  there  are 
special  reasons  why  it  continues  to  be  employed,  and  as 
these  reasons  are  not  applicable  to  India,  they  offer  no 
encouragement  to  those  who  are  endeavouring  to  make 
out  a  case  for  the  vitality  of  the  hand-loom  industry.  The 
hand-loom  weaver  of  India  still  survives  to  the  present  day 


214  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN   INDIA 

mainly  because  there  was  no  alternative  open  to  him  ;  but 
in  the  struggle  he  has  been  reduced  from  prosperity 
to  poverty  and  even  with  the  assistance  of  his 
women  and  children,  he  is  only  just  able  to  earn  a 
bare  livelihood.  In  many  cases  he  is  no  better  off 
than  an  unskilled  labourer  and  in  times  of  famine  and 
scarcity  the  cessation  of  the  demand  for  his  cloths  reduces 
him  to  complete  destitution  at  once. 

Five  or  six  years  study  of  the  problems  connected 
with  hand-weaving  has  led  me  to  the  conclusion  that 
whatever  may  be  the  ultimate  fate  of  the  hand- weaver 
he  can  easily  hold  his  own  for  a  long  time  to  come,  since  he 
is  content  to  exist  on  but  little  more  than  the  bare  neces- 
sities of  life.  Even  as  a  hand-weaver  he  has  much  to 
learn,  and  if  we  could  endow  him  with  intelligence 
and  energy  there  is  no  doubt  that  a  bright  future 
would  be  in  store  for  him.  The  condition  of  the  hand- 
weavers  varies  much  in  different  parts  of  India,  mainly 
because  the  pressure  of  outside  competition  has  been  felt 
much  more  severely  in  some  branches  of  the  trade  than 
in  others,  but  this  alone  does  not  account  for  the  whole 
difference.  In  some  places  the  local  conditions  are 
favourable  to  the  weaver,  in  others  the  reverse,  and  in 
places  where  the  weaver  has  been  induced  by  friendly 
assistance  and  control  to  adopt  more  modern  methods  of 
working  there  his  condition  is  by  no  means  so  deplora- 
ble. Climate  has  a  good  deal  to  do  with  success  in 
weaving  and  much  better  work  can  be  done  in  the  moist 
climates  of  the  Coast  Districts  than  in  the  dry  regions  of 
the  interior.  In  Lower  Bengal  the  weavers  not  only  enjoy 
a  favourable  climate,  but  in  some  of  the  Districts  they 
have  adopted  the  fly-shuttle  loom,  and  this  enables  them 
to  make  a  rather  better  living  than  their  contemporaries 
who  still  adhere  to  the  old-fashioned  method  of  passing 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  215 

the  shuttles  through  the  warp  by  hand.  The  efforts  to 
improve  the  hand-loom  industry  during  the  last  year 
or  two  have  mainly  been  confined  to  attempts  to  introduce 
improved  forms  of  loom  whereby  the  rate  of  working  may 
be  considerably  increased,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that 
whatever  is  accomplished  in  this  direction  is  to  the 
weaver's  benefit,  but  it  must  not  be  assumed  that  the 
difficulties  of  the  hand-weaver  will  entirely  disappear  in 
the  presence  of  an  improved  hand-loom.  In  a  paper  re- 
cently contributed  to  the  Industrial  Conference  at  Calcutta 
it  was  stated  : — 

" The  production  of  hand-looms  working  in  the 
country  is  estimated  at  1650  million  yards.  The  looms 
work  at  an  average  effective  speed  at  20  picks  per  minute, 
and  if  this  can  be  increased  to  50  picks,  the  increased 
production  with  the  same  number  of  looms  will  be  2,475 
million  yards.  This  increase  more  than  equals  the  total  cloth 
imports  to  the  country.  As  this  increase  can  be  produced 
by  the  same  number  of  men  as  are  now  engaged  on  the 
looms,  the  price  per  yard  will  be  cheaper  than  at  present, 
and  their  ability  to  withstand  foreign  competition  will  so 
far  be  increased." 

There  is  a  germ  of  truth  in  the  above  paragraph,  but 
it  is  easy  to  exaggerate  the  effect  of  an  improved  loom, 
and  it  is  quite  certain  that  the  mere  doubling  or  trebling  of 
the  out-put  of  the  hand-loom  will  not  by  itself  bring  about 
any  material  improvement  in  the  weaver's  condition.  In 
the  first  place  weaving  is  but  one  of  the  processes  through 
which  cotton  is  made  to  pass  in  its  conversion  from  yarn 
into  cloth,  and  an  improvement  in  this  one  stage  may 
have  only  a  very  slight  effect  upon  the  total  cost. 
Between  the  primitive  methods  of  warping  and  sizing 
employed  by  the  hand-weaver,  and  the  methods  employed 
in  the  modern  power-loom  factory  there  is  an  immensely 


216  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

greater  difference  in  the  rate  and  cost  of  production  than 
there  is  between  the  outturn  of  the  hand  and  the  power- 
loom.  Similarly  between  the  methods  of  disposal  of  the 
finished  goods  adopted  by  a  highly  organised  weaving 
factory  and  the  primitive  system  in  vogue  in  the  bazaar, 
there  is  an  equally  great  difference,  and  it  can  scarcely  be 
doubted  that  the  hand-loom  weaving  industry  would  be 
in  a  very  much  more  flourishing  state,  if  the  hand-loom 
weavers  could  be  induced  to  work  in  factories  under 
proper  supervision  and  organised  in  such  detail  as  to 
reap  the  advantages  which  always  accrue  from  a  proper 
sub-division  of  labour.  That  there  is  something  in  this 
contention  is  widely  recognised  and  within  the  last  year 
Government  have  permitted  me  to  extend  the  scope 
of  our  weiving  experiments  by  opening  a  hand-loom 
weaving  factory  at  Salem,  whilst  a  number  of  purely 
commercial  factories  are  being  started  in  other  parts 
of  the  Presidency.  In  Madura,  the  Meenakshi  Weav- 
ing Company  has  been  established  with  a  capital 
of  about  one  lakh  of  rupees,  and  the  Proprietors  are 
building  a  weaving  shed  at  a  cost  of  nearly  Rs.  40,000. 
Whilst  this  work  is  going  on,  they  are  employing  70 
weavers  to  work  for  them  in  their  own  homes  and  have 
supplied  them  with  20  fly  shuttle-looms  for  weaving  plain 
cloth,  and  50  looms  for  bordered  cloths,  each  of  the  latter 
being  fitted  with  a  system  of  harness  for  weaving  pat- 
terns, which  is  the  invention  of  a  local  weaver  and  is 
a  marked  improvement  upon  the  very  cumbrous  system 
usually  employed.  This  enterprise  has  been  started  on 
very  sound  lines,  and  it  seems  likely  that  the  capital  em- 
ployed will  yield  a  good  return. 

What  is  perhaps  of  greater  interest  to  you,  since  it  is 
situated  near  Madras,  is  the  weaving  factory  in  Tondiarpet 
which  has  been  started  by  Mr.  P.  Theagoraya  Chetty. 


HAND-LOOM    WEAVING  217 

In  this  factory  some  experiments  are  now  being  made  with 
warping  and  sizing  machinery  recently  imported  from 
England  ;  but  what  I  should  like  to  make  clear  to 
you  is  this,  that  the  ultimate  improvement  of  hand-weav- 
ing depends  more  upon  the  successful  establishment  of 
these  hand-weaving  factories  than  upon  the  details  of 
methods  of  working  which  may  yet  be  devised  to  increase 
their  capacity. 

For  many  years  past  the  weaving  establishments 
of  the  Basel  Mission  on  the  West  Coast  have  been  suc- 
cessful examples  of  hand-loom  factories,  and  a  careful 
study  of  the  methods  of  management  adopted  by  these 
German  Missionaries  will  render  it  comparatively  easy  to 
establish  native  factories  on  similar  lines.  It  is  true  that 
they  are  not  run  as  purely  commercial  institutions,  but 
nevertheless  they  have  proved  successful  on  the 
financial  side.  In  these  factories,  they  employ  ball  warp- 
ing mills,  the  weaving  is  done  on  European  hand-looms 
and  where  complicated  patterns  have  to  be  woven 
suitable  dobbeys  or  Jacquart  apparatus  are  employed.  I  do 
not  wish  it  to  be  implied  that  all  has  been  done  that 
can  be  done  to  improve  the  hand-loom  machinery  but 
what  I  wish  to  emphasise  is  that  if  full  use  is  made 
of  what  has  already  been  tried  somewhere  or  other 
on  an  extensive  scale,  there  is  reasonable  prospect 
of  infusing  new  life  into  hand-loom  weaving  and 
putting  the  weavers  themselves  into  a  more  secure 
position. 

The  difficulties  which  have  to  be  faced  lie  mainly 
with  the  weavers  themselves,  and  of  these  we  have  ex- 
perienced a  full  measure  in  the  work  which  is  going  on 
at  Salem.  There  is  not  the  least  doubt  that  the  fly- 
shuttle  loom  is  from  50  to  100  per  cent,  more  effective  than 
the  native  hand-loom,  but  the  weavers  object  to  turning 
28 


218  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

out  in  a  day  more  cloth  than  they  have  been  accustomed 
to,  and  neither  in  Salem  nor  Madras  have  we  ever  been 
able  to  get  them  to  make  full  use  of  the  improved  way  of 
working.  It  is  perhaps  difficult  for  most  of  you  to  realise 
the  great  change  which  bringing  the  weaver  into  a  factory 
system  involves.  He  is  a  fairly  hard-working  individual, 
as  if  it  were  not  so  he  would  be  starving,  but  he  is  ac- 
customed to  work  at  his  own  time  and  in  his  own  home, 
and  the  regular  hours  obtaining  in  a  factory  are  extremely 
distasteful  to  him.  In  the  factory  the  work  is  undoubted- 
ly more  monotonous  than  in  the  domestic  circle,  and  the 
main  compensation  which  the  weaver  can  look  forward 
to  is  that  he  will  have  to  work  shorter  hours  and  be  able 
to  earn  sufficient  wages  to  keep  his  family  respectably, 
and  allow  them  to  enjoy  freedom  from  sordid  cares  and 
anxieties  which  at  present  is  very  much  their  lot. 

The  establishment  of  hand-loom  factories  will 
afford  excellent  opportunities  for  educated  young  men 
to  acquire  a  knowledge  and  insight  into  the  princi- 
ples and  methods  which  must  be  pursued  to  enable 
manufacturing  operations  to  be  carried  on  profitably. 
Excepting  these  recently  established  factories,  I  think  I 
am  correct  in  saying  that  not  a  single  educated  man  is 
directly  employed  in  the  weaving  trade  although  it  is  by 
far  the  largest  indigenous  industry  in  this  country.  I  am 
not  without  hope  that  we  may  see  hundreds  of  weaving 
factories  gradually  coming  into  existence,  and  it  will  be 
difficult  then  to  estimate  the  effect  of  the  improvements 
which  will  be  brought  about  by  associating  the  work  of 
the  weaver  with  men  whose  intellects  have  been  trained 
and  who  have  a  full  knowledge  of  the  conditions  under 
which  the  weaving  industry  must  be  carried  on.  If  this 
is  to  be  accomplished  it  must  be  in  the  main  the  work  of 
private  enterprise  though  Government  at  the  outset  has  pro- 


WAND-LOOM  WEAVING  219 

vided  the  initial  stimulus  and,  for  some  time  to  come,  must 
exercise  a  preponderating  influence  on  the  way  in  which 
the  weaving  problem  is  handled.  We  have  already, 
as  you  are  aware,  an  experimental  weaving  factory  in 
Salem,  where  weaving  experiments  on  a  practical  scale 
are  being  carried  out,  where  new  apparatus  can  be  tried 
and  new  ideas  tested.  What  we  lack  at  the  present 
time  is  advanced  expert  knowledge  in  regard  to  the  higher 
developments  of  pattern-weaving,  and  there  is  no  doubt 
that  by  providing  typical  apparatus  and  bringing  out  a 
capable  expert  to  develop  its  use,  much  good  work  could 
be  done  through  the  medium  of  the  weaving  factories  al- 
ready established  and  through  those  which  are  likely  to 
spring  up  in  the  immediate  future.  I  am  of  opinion 
that  when  the  hand-weaving  factory  system  has  got 
fairly  into  motion,  much  good  may  be  done  not  only 
by  sending  men  home  to  study  technical  weaving  in  such 
schools  as  exist  in  Manchester  and  elsewhere,  but  that 
still  more  may  be  done  by  bringing  out  to  India  experts 
to  assist  private  enterprise  in  working  out  new  develop- 
ments in  the  local  factories.  This  is  but  an  example  of  the 
way  in  which  Government  may  help  you  out  of  the  diffi- 
culties which  have  arisen  from  the  fact  that  in  this  country 
you  have  not  hitherto  been  able  to  do  anything  towards 
accumulating  that  fund  of  technical  experience  and  skill 
without  which  it  is  impossible  that  you  should  make  the 
least  headway. 

From  all  parts  of  India  correspondents  apply  to  me 
for  advice  regarding  the  establishment  of  hand-loom 
factories  but  without  local  knowledge  there  are  only  cer- 
tain matters  which  can  be  dealt  with  in  general  terms. 

The  first  question  which  naturally  arises  is  on  what 
scale  hand-loom  factories  should  be  started,  and  this,  I 
think,  depends  very  largely  upon  the  method  of  warping 


220  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    iNDiA 

which  is  to  be  employed  at  the  outset.  If  the  ordinary  native 
methods  of  warping  are  employed,  it  will  be  practicable  to 
make  a  start  with  20  or  30  looms,  as  if  properly  arranged 
the  outturn  from  these  should  give  full  employment  to  a 
competent  manager  ;  and  the  profit  on  working  should  be 
sufficient  to  provide  him  with  adequate  remuneration  in- 
cluding interest  on  the  capital  outlay.  Machines  which  pro- 
duce the  warp  in  a  continuous  sheet,  which  is  wound  direct- 
ly on  the  weaver's  beam,  as  in  the  slasher  sizing  machine  or 
machines,  of  smaller  capacity,  which  produce  the  warp  in 
sections  to  be  subsequently  combined  and  run  off  on  to  the 
weaver's  beam,  have  a  very  much  larger  output,  and,  if  the 
capital  outlay  expended  on  them  is  to  be  fully  utilised,  the 
weaving  factory  must  possess  from  150  to  200  looms. 
In  regard  to  the  equipment  of  a  hand-loom  weaving 
factory,  it  is  essential  to  definitely  settle  what  cloth  it  is 
proposed  to  manufacture  before  any  machinery  is  pur- 
chased, and  then  warping  mills  and  looms  should  be 
purchased  which  are  best  suited  to  turn  out  such  work. 
At  present  I  cannot  recommend  any  of  the  warping 
machines  which  have  been  recently  suggested  as  suitable 
for  hand-weaving  factories.  The  superiority  of  hand- 
woven  goods  in  this  country  depends  very  largely  upon 
the  methods  of  sizing  employed,  and  machines  cannot 
effect  this  operation  so  as  to  produce  a  result  similar  to 
that  obtained  by  stretching  the  warp  and  brushing  it 
by  hand.  This  of  necessity  involves  employing  a  very 
large  number  of  leases,  and  the  hand-warping  machines 
now  in  use,  of  which  large  numbers  may  be  found  in  the 
bazaars  of  weaving  towns  like  Salem  and  Madura,  do  very 
excellent  work.  With  good  fly-shuttle  looms  the  output 
of  a  weaving  factory  should  be  double  that  which  can  be 
obtained  from  the  same  number  of  native  hand-looms, 
and  it  is  therefore  desirable  that  much  longer  warps 


tUND-LOOM  WEAVING  221 

should  be  employed  than  at  present  is  the  custom  ;  but 
at  the  same  time  care  must  be  taken  not  to  employ  too 
long  warps,  lest  the  sizing  should  deteriorate  and  the 
threads  become  rotten. 

Much  attention  has  been  paid  during  the  last  two  or 
three  years  to  the  improvement  of  hand-looms,  and  a  great 
number  of  patents  have  been  taken  out  but  I  need  hardly 
tell  you  that  most  of  them  are  very  imperfect  and  are  never 
likely  to  be  brought  into  practical  use.  Up  to  the  present 
time  I  have  not  been  able  to  discover  any  better  loom  than 
that  which  I  have  adopted  for  work  in  the  Salem  factory, 
and  which  Mr.  Theagoraya  Chetty  has  also  adopted  in  his 
factory  at  Tondiarpet.  This  is  practically  the  old  English 
fly-shuttle  loom  with  as  few  complications  as  possible.  It 
possesses  an  automatic  take-up  motion  to  ensure  regulari- 
ty of  picking,  but  in  every  other  respect  it  is  a  non- 
automatic  machine.  Very  ingenious  hand-looms,  or  it 
would  be  better  perhaps  to  call  them  foot-looms  have 
been  put  on  the  market  by  one  or  two  English  firms,  such 
as  Messrs.  Hattersley  &  Sons  and  Messrs.  Raphael  Brothers, 
but  my  experience  with  them  is  unsatisfactory.  They  are 
really  power  looms  adapted  for  working  with  treadles 
or  pedals.  They  are  complicated,  expensive  and  much 
too  heavy  for  the  ordinary  weaver  to  drive.  A  high  rate 
of  picking  can  only  be  obtained  either  by  the  use  of  a 
very  light  shuttle  or  by  the  expenditure  of  considerable 
power,  and  in  a  successful  hand-loom  it  is  desirable  to 
adopt  a  middle  course  and  make  the  rate  of  picking  such 
that  it  can  be  kept, up  with  a  fair  amount  of  regularity 
throughout  a  working  day.  The  effort  required  to  drive 
the  shuttle  backwards  and  forwards  through  the  warp  is 
very  fatiguing  in  the  English  hand-loom  and  the  weaver 
only  keeps  going  because  he  has  frequent  interruptions 
.which  enable  him  to  rest  his  arm,  and  there  is  no  practical 


222  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

advantage  in  introducing  devices  which  will  lessen  the 
period  of  these  interruptions  beyond  that  which  is  neces- 
sary to  the  weaver  to  enable  him  to  keep  going.  If  the 
weaver  can  throw  his  shuttle  effectively  for  half  the  time 
he  is  at  the  loom,  the  result  may  be  considered  satisfactory. 
In  the  English  hand-loom  the  throwing  of  the  shuttle  and 
the  beating  up  of  the  weft  are  two  independent  opera- 
tions and  naturally  inventors  endeavour  to  combine 
them  and  thus  render  the  working  of  the  loom  much 
simpler.  This  is  done  in  the  Japanese  hand-loom  and 
in  the  very  ingenious  loom  designed  by  Mr.  Churchill  of 
the  American  Mission  at  Ahmednagar.  In  both  these 
looms  the  picking  strings  are  done  away  with,  and  the 
picking  is  effected  by  a  mechanism  worked  from  the  slay 
which  comes  automatically  into  operation  in  the  process 
of  beating  up.  The  Japanese  loom  is  too  much  like  a 
power  loom  to  be  suitable  for  a  hand-loom  weaving  factory, 
and  Mr.  Churchill's  loom  is  unfortunately  defective  in  the 
mechanism  for  timing  the  throw  of  the  shuttle,  and  in 
practice  we  have  found  no  advantage  in  its  use  when  the 
cloth  to  be  woven  was  more  than  a  yard  wide.  These 
defects  Mr.  Churchill  has  been  the  first  to  admit,  and  only 
recently  he  wrote  to  me  saying  that  he  was  still  at  work 
endeavouring  to  produce  an  effective  hand-loom.  The 
problem  is  a  very  difficult  one,  and  his  disinterested  labours 
will  be  watched  with  interest,  for  there  is  no  doubt  that  if 
he  succeeds  in  producing  a  hand-loom  which  will  work  as 
effectively  on  wide  warps  of  high  counts  as  the  Ahmeda- 
nagar  loom  now  does  on  narrow  warps  of  low  counts,  the 
benefit  to  India  and  to  the  weaving  population  will  be  very 
considerable. 

In  conclusion  I  should  like  to  briefly  sum  up  the 
view  of  the  situation  which  1  have  endeavoured  to  place 
before  you.  It  is  this,  that  the  amelioration  of  the  con- 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  223 

dition  of  the  hand-weavers  in  India  depends  upon 
the  introduction  of  the  factory  system  and  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  labour  available  in  a  more  efficient  manner. 
This  will  necessitate  the  employment  of  capital  and 
will  find  occupation  for  a  considerable  number  of 
highly  trained  young  men.  The  weaver  will  have  to  be 
educated,  and  his  lot  will  be  improved  only  when  his 
services  become  more  valuable.  Only  those  who  have  tried 
to  manage  hand-weaving  factories  can  form  any  adequate 
idea  of  the  difficulties  which  have  to  be  faced,  and  I 
commend  to  your  attention  the  extremely  valuable  work 
Mr.  P.  Theagoraya  Chetty  has  done  in  Tondiarpet. 

II 
THE  SALEM  WEAVING  FACTORY.* 

In  the  present  paper  1  propose  to  give  a  brief  account 
of  the  origin  and  objects  of  the  Hand-loom  Weaving 
Factory  which  was  established  early  last  year  in  Salem 
under  the  orders  of  the  Government  of  Madras.  This 
Factory  has  attracted  a  great  deal  of  attention  not  only  in 
the  Madras  Presidency  but  in  all  parts  of  India,  unfortu- 
nately however  its  aims  and  objects  have  been  misunder- 
stood with  the  result  that  the  work  done  there  has  not 
exercised  that  influence  over  the  movement  in  favour  of 
reform  in  the  methods  of  the  hand-weaver  which  we  think 
it  is  entitled  to  and  which  in  the  interests  of  the  Indian 
weavers  themselves  ifshould. 

As  far  back  as  the  year  1900  my  attention  was  drawn  ' 
to  fly- shuttle  looms  as  an  improvement  over  native  hand- 
looms  by  the  then  Deputy  Superintendent  of  the  Chingle- 
put  Reformatory  and  in  the  following  year  I  set  up  about 
half  a  dozen  fly-shuttle  looms  in  a  shed  in  the  School  of 
Arts,  Madras,  with  the  object  of  getting  experience  as  to 

•  Contributed  to  the  Industrial  Conference,  Surat,  1907. 


224  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

their  working  capacity  and  data  regarding  their  possibilities. 
I  was  aware  of  the  existence  of  the  large  weaving  establish- 
ments on  the  West  Coast  belonging  to  the  Basel  Mission 
where  fly-shuttle  looms  are  exclusively  used  and,  as 
Inspector  of  Technical  Schools  in  Madras,  I  knew  of  a 
number  of  mission  institutions  where  weaving  with  fly- 
shuttle  looms  was  taught.  But  in  every  case  the  work 
was  with  comparatively  coarse  counts  and  the  goods 
turned  out  were  invariably  copies  of  the  Basel  Mission 
work.  So  far  as  I  was  aware  no  attempt  had  ever 
been  made  to  turn  out  purely  indigenous  cloths  on  fly- 
shuttle  looms  and  it  was  to  achieve  this  Qbject  that  1 
began  the  investigations.  From  enquiries  in  Madras 
I  found  that  some  attempts  had  been  made  by  people 
interested  in  the  piece-goods  trade,  but  that  nothing  had 
come  of  them  and  a  Muhammadan  firm,  Messrs.  Hajee 
Mahomed  Badsha  Sahib  &  Co.,  showed  me  the  results  of 
a  very  extensive  series  of  experiments  they  were  under- 
taking in  the  manufacture  of  Madras  handkerchiefs  with 
the  domestic  hand-loom  manufactured  by  Messrs.  Hatter- 
sley  &  Sons.  When  their  experiments  ended  in  failure 
they  lent  me  some  of  the  looms  with  which  to  make 
further  experiments  and  these  looms  may  still  be  seen  in 
the  School  of  Arts,  Madras,  among  the  discarded  relics  of 
our  various  weaving  experiments. 

At  the  outset  Madras  handkerchiefs  were  taken  up 
and  for  two  or  three  years  we  made  great  efforts  to  im- 
prove the  various  details  of  their  manufacture  in  the  hope 
of  being  able  to  turn  them  out  at  a  profit.  At  first  the 
handkerchiefs  fetched  poor  prices,  but  latterly  we  were 
able  to  command  the  highest  rates  paid  for  them. 
Attempts  were  also  made  to  introduce  the  manufacture  of 
these  handkerchiefs  into  some  of  the  Industrial  Schools, 
but  in  every  case  the  experiment  ended  in  failure  and  at 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  225 

the  end  of  1905  after  carrying  on  the  work  for  nearly  five 
years  it  was  found  impracticable  to  make  the  fly-shuttle 
loom  a  success  on  the  lines  along  which  we  were  working. 
We  had,  however,  definitely  ascertained  that  it  was  practi- 
cable to  turn  out  a  much  larger  percentage  of  cloth  on  a 
fly-shuttle  loom  than  on  the  native  loom,  that  a  cloth  of 
even  better  texture  could  be  produced  and  that  if  the  sizing 
processes  could  be  improved  there  seemed  to  be  some 
hope  of  the  fly-shuttle  loom  coming  into  general  use 
throughout  the  country.  Our  want  of  success  was  partly 
due  to  trying  to  do  too  many  things  at  onetime  but  mainly 
to  the  difficulty  of  getting  good  weavers  to  work  regularly 
in  the  weaving  shed. 

In  August  and  September  1905,  I  made  a  tour  through 
Bombay,  the  United  Provinces  and  Bengal  and  in  passing 
orders  on  my  report  the  Government  of  Madras  expressed 
their  willingness  to  establish  a  hand-loom  weaving  factory 
for  experimental  work  either  in  Salem  or  Madura.  For  a 
variety  of  reasons  the  former  town  was  selected  and  in  Feb- 
ruary of  last  year  the  looms  and  apparatus  with  which  we 
were  working  in  Madras  were  transferred  to  Salem  and  a 
new  start  was  made.  Salem  was  selected,  because  accord- 
ing to  the  Census  Reports  there  were  over  8,000  hand- 
weavers  in  the  town  who  were  supposed  to  be  in  a  more 
or  less  chronic  state  of  poverty,  because  the  climate  was 
considered  suitable,  and  finally  because  it  was  conveniently 
situated  in  regard  to  access  from  Madras — a  matter  of  some 
importance  in  connection  with  the  supervision  of  the 
factory.  All  the  experience  gained  in  running  the  looms 
in  Madras  was  made  use  of  in  considering  the  lines  upon 
which  the  Salem  Weaving  Factory  was  to  work. 

In  a  report  on  the  results  of  the  first  year's  working  of 
the  factory  which    was   submitted    to  the  Government  of 
Madras  I  have  explained  that  it  is  an  experiment  to  ascertain 
29 


226  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

whether  it  is  possible  to  improve  the  condition  of  the  hand- 
weavers  in  Southern  India. 

(1)  by  substituting  for  the  native  hand-loom  improved 
hand-looms  which  will  enable  the  weaver  to   produce  a 
greater  length  of  cloth  in  a  given  time  without  in  any  way 
sacrificing  the  essential  characteristics  of  native  hand-woven 
goods ; 

(2)  by    introducing  the  factory   system  among  the 
weavers  so  that  they  may  work  under  the   management  of 
men    with    commercial    and    manufacturing    experience 
and  so  that  capital  and   organisation  may    be   introduced 
into  the  industry  to  render   the   hand    labour    more   pro- 
ductive ; 

(3)  by  introducing,  if   possible,  improved  preparatory 
processes  to  diminish  the  cost  of  the  preliminary  warping 
and  sizing  which  the  yarn  undergoes  before   it  is  placed 
in  the  loom. 

From  this  it  will  be  seen  that  the  Weaving  Factory 
is  not  a  school  for  imparting  instruction  in  the  trade, 
but  is  simply  for  solving  certain  problems  which  have 
been  definitely  formulated  and  the  future  action  of 
Government  in  regard  to  the  weaving  industry  will 
largely  depend  upon  the  solution  which  is  arrived 
at.  With  the  first  set  of  problems  and  the  third  set  no 
one,  I  think,  will  disagree,  but  a  great  deal  of  opposition 
has  been  raised  to  what  is  characterised  as  an  attempt  to 
introduce  the  factory  system  with  its  assumed  squalor  and 
ugliness  into  what  is  deemed  an  artistic  handicraft.  If 
the  hand-weaving  industry  is  to  be  materially  improved, 
a  great  deal  has  to  be  done  not  merely  in  connection  with 
the  technical  details  of  the  weaving  processes,  but  also  in 
connection  with  the  training  and  education  of  the  weaver 
himself.  In  the  design  of  woven  fabrics  there  is  immense 
scope  for  artistic  -skill,  but  the  production  of  these  fabrics 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING 

in  the  loom  is  a  purely  mechanical  operation  and  the  hand- 
weaver  is  an  artisan  and  not  an  artistic  handicraftsman. 
The  production  of  solid  bordered  cloths  is  still  beyond 
the  capabilities  of  the  power-loom  and  for  the  very 
finest  work  the  native  hand-loom  is  still  supreme  ; 
but  for  the  bulk  of  the  textile  fabrics  required  by  the 
people  of  India  the  power-loom  is  one  method  of  manu- 
facture and  the  question  which  has  yet  to  be  answered  is 
whether  or  not  it  will  ultimately  be  the  only  method  of 
manufacture. 

Those  who  study  the  weaver  in  his  house  amid  his 
ordinary  everyday  surroundings,  often  short  of  work  and 
nearly  always  in  the  hands  of  the  cloth  merchants  in  the 
bazaar,  see  little  of  the  independent  artisan  who  is  to  be 
the  industrial  backbone  of  this  country,  but  much  of  the 
misery  and  poverty  of  his  lot.  With  the  assistance  of 
his  women  and  children  he  ekes  out  a  miserable  existence 
and  his  seeming  independence  is  merely  indolence  and 
aversion  to  regular  work.  The  imagination  of  the  artist 
casts  a  glamour  over  the  wretched  isolation  of  the  weaver 
and  would  have  us  leave  him  to  fight  a  losing  battle 
against  the  products  of  one  of  the  largest  and  best 
organised  industries  in  the  world,  telling  him  to  work 
with  tools  which  have  been  discarded  in  other  countries 
as  inefficient.  The  purchasing  power  of  money  in  India 
is  steadily  decreasing  and  in  most  of  the  other  trades  and 
industries  the  earnings  of  the  workers  are  increasing. 
In  the  weaving  trade  at  best  they  are  .stationary  and  in 
many  places  are  on  the  decline.  Will  the  hand-weaver 
survive  the  stress  of  competition  or  will  he  be  driven  as 
in  other  countries  to  seek  a  livelihood  at  other  work? 
The  answer  is  doubtful.  The  fact  that  he  has  survived  so 
long  is  in  his  favour  and  there  is  no  doubt  the  transitional 
period  can  be  prolonged,  but  it  is  still  an  open  question  as 


228  [INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

to  whether  he  can  be  put  in  a  position  which  will  enable 
him  to  command  the  same  wages  for  the  same  number 
of  hours  of  work  as  the  power-loom  weaver,  or  the 
blacksmith  or  carpenter,  whose  industrial  existence  is 
not  threatened  by  the  prospect  that  ingenious  machinery 
will  be  devised  to  supplant  them.  On  all  these  ques- 
tions, I  have  in  respect  to  the  weaving  factory 
endeavoured  to  preserve  an  open  mind  and  it  has 
only  been  called  a  factory  and  organised  on  factory 
lines  because  it  seemed  to  be  the  simplest  way  of  testing 
the  efficiency  of  new  methods  of  working  and  of  training 
a  certain  number  of  weavers  to  carry  on  industrial  experi- 
ments to  a  definite  commercial  conclusion.  As  a  Govern- 
ment institution  one  can  hardly  hope  that  it  will  be  a 
great  commercial  success.  Experimental  factories  cannot 
be  run  on  purely  commercial  lines  and  there  is  no  chance 
of  establishing  any  sort  of  a  monopoly  which  might  ena- 
ble us  for  a  time  to  obtain  unusually  profitable  work. 

So  far  at  Salem  we  have  not  had  time  to  tackle  any 
technical  problems  connected  with  the  hand-weaving 
industry.  All  our  time  has  been  engaged  in  getting  to- 
gether a  sufficient  number  of  capable  hand-weavers 
to  really  test  the  capacity  of  the  various  looms  which 
have  been  brought  to  our  notice.  We  have  found 
that  the  hand- weavers  of  Salem  like  the  hand-wea- 
vers of  Madras  object  to  working  in  factory,  and 
although  their  wages  are  good  their  attendance  is 
unsatisfactory.  This  is  mainly  because  the  weavers 
prefer  to  work  in  their  own  homes,  assisted  by  their 
women  and  children,  and  dislike  being  subjected  to 
the  discipline  and  regular  hours  of  working  which  must 
necessarily  prevail  in  the  factory.  Although  the  men  can 
earn  considerably  more  than  they  do  in  their  own  houses 
and  are  ensured  regular  and  continuous  employment,  they 


HAND-LOOM    WEAVING  229 

much  prefer  the  old  system  and  seem  to  find  steady  employ- 
ment extremely  irksome,  but  few  of  them  are  free  agents 
and  nearly  all  are  in  the  hands  of  the  cloth  merchants  who 
from  time  to  time  make  them  advances  and  receive  the 
cloths  they  manufacture.  Naturally  these  gentlemen  view 
the  experiments  at  the  Weaving  Factory  with  suspicion 
and  their  influence  has  all  along  been  against  us.  So  far, 
therefore,  we  have  had  to  work  mainly  with  the  waifs  and 
strays  of  the  weaving  community,  and  the  Assistant  in 
charge  of  the  Factory  has  had  a  long  and  tedious  task  in 
getting  it  into  even  some  semblance  of  order.  Private  in- 
dividuals however  have  watched  our  efforts,  imitated  our 
methods  and  without  any  special  advocacy  on  our  part  a 
considerable  number  of  hand-weaving  factories  have  been 
started  in  various  parts  of  the  Presidency,  but  with  what 
degree  of  success  I  am  not  able  to  state. 

The  interest  in  hand-weaving  is  mainly  due  to 
the  Swadesi  movement  and  most  of  these  factories 
owe  their  existence  to  the  enthusiasm  engendered  at 
the  birth  of  a  new  political  movement.  Whether,  in 
the  long  run,  they  will  hold  their  own  or  not,  and 
whether,  in  consequence,  they  will  grow  in  size  and 
multiply  in  number,  remains  to  be  seen.  Comparatively 
recently  there  has  been  a  great  development  in  the  use  of 
cotton  checks  for  native  clothing  and  it  is  largely  to  sup- 
ply this  demand  that  most  of  the  factories  were  started. 
The  pioneer  work  in  this  direction  was  done  by  the  Basel 
Mission  weaving  establishments  and  it  is  not  improbable 
that  if  the  demand  continues  to  grow  to  any  great  extent 
the  power-loom  weavers  will  try  to  cut  into  the  business 
and  possibly  with  success.  In  Madras,  at  any  rate,  there 
are  two  large  hand-weaving  factories  in  Tondiarpet,  both 
of  which  are  manufacturing  Madras  handkerchiefs  and 
in  this  direction  the  proprietors  assure  me  that  they  are 


230  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

doing  better  than  with  native  hand-looms,  but  as  no 
accounts  are  available  it  is  difficult  at  present  to  tell 
whether  they  have  succeeded  in  placing  these  factories 
on  a  firm  commercial  basis,  or  whether  they  have 
achieved  little  or  nothing  more  than  has  been  done  in 
the  Government  Weaving  Factory. 

I  freely  invite  criticism  of  our  methods  of  working 
and  of  the  way  we  are  tackling  the  Cveaving  problem,  but 
I  deprecate  all  criticism  which  is  based  on  ignorance  of 
our  local  conditions.  In  Conjeeveram,  a  large  weaving 
centre,  at  no  great  distance  from  Madras,  the  National 
Fund  and  Industrial  Association  have  endeavoured  to 
popularize  the  fly-shuttle  loom  and  I  have  assisted  their 
efforts  in  so  far  that  I  have  lent  them  six  fly-shuttle  hand- 
looms,  but  the  experiment  has  not  been  productive  of  any 
satisfactory  result  and  the  National  Fund  and  Industrial 
Association  have  failed  to  popularize  the  fly-shuttle 
loom  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  they  fully  recog- 
nise its  merits.  Similarly  in  the  town  of  Madura 
where  the  weavers  are  more  enterprising  than  inmost 
parts  of  the  country  numerous  experiments  have  been 
made  with  fly-shuttle  looms  and  I  have  seen  the  most  im- 
proved types  of  European  hand-loom  such  as  the  domes- 
tic loom  of  Messrs.  Hattersley  &  Sons  at  work  in  the 
bazaar,  but  none  of  these  looms  have  caught  on  and  plain 
weaving  to-day  is  done  in  Madura  much  in  the  same  way 
as  it  was  more  than  a  hundred  years  ago.  It  is  not  the 
expense  which  a  good  fly-shuttle  loom  entails  which  stands 
in  the  way,  for  in  places  where  looms  have  been  lent 
there  has  been  no  eagerness  on  the  part  of  the  weavers  to 
avail  themselves  of  the  loan.  Finally  our  experience  in 
Salem  itself  is  dead  against  any  idea  that  the  fly-shuttle 
loom  can  be  popularised  among  the  weavers  themselves. 
On  the  other  hand  in  the  Guntur  arid  Krishna  Districts 


HAND-LOOM   WEAVING  231 

there  are  signs  that  the  weavers  are  beginning  to  take  to 
the  fly-shuttle.  It  was  first  introduced  to  their  notice  at 
the  Vetapallyam  weaving  school  and  it  is  certainly  now 
largely  used  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Masulipatam.* 

In  connection  with  weaving  in  fly-shuttle  loom  the 
opinion  has  hitherto  generally  prevailed  that  fine  cloths 
cannot  be  woven  on  looms  fitted  with  the  fly-shuttle 
attachment,  because  owing  to  the  greater  strain  only  com- 
paratively course  yarn  which  will  not  readily  snap  can  be 
used  for  the  warp.  This  opinion  has  absolutely  no  founda- 
tion  in  fact,  as  where  the  fly-shuttle  looms  are  designed 
for  working  in  fine  counts  no  difficulty  has  been  experien- 
ced. The  great  bulk  of  the  work  done  in  the  Salem  Weav- 
ing Factory  is  in  counts  between  60's  and  100's  and  I 
should  not  have  the  least  hesitation  in  undertaking  work 
in  higher  counts  if  the  orders  were  sufficiently  large 
to  make  it  worth  while.  The  fly-shuttle  loom,  no  matter 
what  type,  must  be  constructed  to  suit  the  work  for 
which  it  is  intended  and  a  loom  which  may  do  very  well 
for  dungries  or  checks  may  be  unsuited  for  fine  counts 
and  it  is  mainly  owing  to  the  neglect  of  this  point 
that  fly-shuttle  weaving  has  made  so  little  real  progress 
among  the  Indian  weavers. 

From  the  time  when  these  experiments  in  weaving 
were  first  started  a  great  deal  of  attention  has  been  paid  to 
the  various  forms  of  loom  which  have  been  placed  on  the 
market  and  any  pattern  which  offered  the  least  promise  of 

*  A  recent  detailed  enquiry  (December  1911)  has  established  the  fact 
that  there  are  now  nearly  10,000  fly  shuttle  looms  in  use  in  the  Coast 
Districts  to  the  North  of  Madras  and  that  the  adoption  of  this  method  of 
weaving  has  greatly  improved  the  condition  of  the  weavers.  In  many 
respects  the  people  on  the  East  Coast  seem  to  be  more  susceptable  to 
the  influence  of  new  ideas  than  in  other  parts  of  the  country.  Evidence 
of  tnis  may  be  seen  in  almost  universal  use  of  aluminium  in  place  of 
Brass  and  copper,  in  the  numerous  small  factories  which  have  been 
started  and  in  the  extensive  use  of  oil  engines  and  pump  for  irrigation, 


232  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

success  has  been  thoroughly  and  carefully  tried  and  I  pro- 
pose briefly  to  state  the  results  of  the  observations.  Work 
was  started  on  hand-looms  of  the  pattern  generally  found 
in  mission  schools  in  the  south  of  India  and  it  was  found 
in  such  looms  that  although  fly-shuttle  enabled  the 
rate  of  picking  to  be  greatly  increased  yet  the  increased 
time  spent  in  mending  broken  threads  in  the  warp 
almost  entirely  nullified  its  advantages.  One  by  one 
the  defects  of  this  loom  were  remedied,  the  pro- 
portions  were  changed,  the  warp  beam  was  mounted  on 
springs,  an  automatic  take-up  motion  was  introduced  and 
the  picking  string  carried  over  a  guide  pulley  with  the 
result  that  at  the  present  time  it  can  hold  its  own  in  fairly 
fine  weaving  against  any  loom  which  has  so  far  been 
brought  to  my  notice.  In  this  loom  there  is  nothing 
absolutely  novel.  It  has  simply  been  proportioned  in  its 
various  parts  to  suit  the  work  to  be  done  and  care  has 
been  taken  to  prevent  it  becoming  complicated.  For 
instance  whilst  we  were  engaged  in  making  Madras  hand- 
kerchiefs in  which  several  colours  are  used  in  the  weft 
it  was  thought  that  possibly  the  English  drop  box  might 
prove  a  convenient  addition  to  the  slay  but  in  practice  it 
was  found  to  be  no  great  advantage  and  the  use  of 
the  drop  box  was  discontinued.  In  the  English 
hand-loom,  as  in  the  native  hand-loom,  the  picking  mo- 
tion is  independent  of  the  treadles  which  control  the  shed- 
ding motion  and  the  weaver  must  learn  to  jerk  the  picking 
string  with  his  hand  when  he  has  opened  the  sheds  suffi- 
ciently by  the  levers  controlled  by  his  feet.  The  loom 
is  in  no  sense  automatic,  but  it  is  possible  when  the  picking 
strings  are  carefully  adjusted  to  make  from  80  to  100 
picks  per  minute  through  a  warp  54"  wide.  At  the  present 
time  at  the  Salem  Factory,  where  we  use  nothing  but 
country  warps  sized  by  hand,  to  avoid  frequent  stoppages 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  233 

to  shift  the  lease  rods  a  fairly  long  spread  of  warp  between 
the  warping  beam   and  the   healds   is   necessary.    This 
makes  a  long  frame  necessary  and  the  loom   takes  up  a 
lot  of  space  which  is  in  some  ways  a  serious  disadvantage. 
It  became  obvious  at  a  very   early   stage    in   the    ex- 
periments that  the  fly-shuttle  slay    could   be     used    in 
the     native    hand-loom,   and     that    we    could  improve 
the  rate  of   picking.     I  am   not  now   certain  to   whom 
the  credit  of  first   making  this  suggestion   is  due,   but 
it  is  a  very  important  one,    as  it  places  in  the   hands    of 
the   native   weaver   a  very   great    improvement    in    his 
loom,  and  one  which  can    be  obtained   at  a  very  small 
expense.     This    modification    has    been     largely     tried 
and    with     considerable     success,     but    it     does     not 
secure  all   the  advantages   of    the   frame  loom   pattern 
and  is  to  be   regarded  rather  as   an   intermediate   stage 
between  the  Native  and  the  English  loom.     Experience 
has  taught  us  that  the  greatest  defect  of  this  loom  is  the 
number  of  broken   ends  which   occur  in  the  process  of 
weaving,     and     these    have     been    much    reduced     by 
putting     the     warp    on      an     elastic     frame     and      by 
us.ing   brass  reeds    and  healds    with  metallic  eyes.     The 
healds  and  reeds  we  employ  are  obtained   from    Messrs. 
Jones  Brothers  of  Blackburn,  England,  through  their  agents 
Messrs.  Hutheesing  &  Co.  of  Bombay.     They  are  consider- 
ably  more   expensive   than   native  healds  and  reeds,    but 
those  who  have  given  them   a  fair  trial  consider  that  they 
are  worth  the  money.     It  is  not    an    uncommon   custom 
for  native  weavers  to  vary  the  closeness  of  ihe    texture  of 
their  cloths  by  using  reeds  set  much   closer  together   near 
the  edge  of  the  cloth  than  in   the   middle.     The   practice, 
if  not  actually  fraudulent,  is  not  to  be  recommended,  as  it 
is  calculated  to  deceive  the  unwary,  but    it    is    widely    in 
vogue  and  is  likely  to  render  English  reeds  unpopular  un- 
3Q 


234  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

less  they  are  made  to  conform  to  this  practice.  The 
automatic  take-up  motion  is  not  an  essential  feature  of 
the  loom,  nor  is  it  a  very  popular  one  with  native  weavers, 
but  it  enables  the  weaver  to  produce  cloth  of  a  perfectly 
uniform  texture.  The  cost  of  this  loom  varies  with 
the  amount  of  timber  put  into  it,  the  quality  of  the 
timber  and  the  general  style  and  finish.  Complete  with 
English  healds  and  reeds  it  will  not  cost  more  than 
Rs.  100  and  in  large  numbers  can  be  produced  for  a  some- 
what smaller  figure.  In  our  experimental  workshops  we 
have  made  a  good  number  of  these  looms  and  we  sell  them, 
exclusive  of  healds  and  reeds,  for  Rs.  85"each«  These  looms 
are  purchased  more  as  patterns  to  be  copied  than  as  actual 
working  looms  and  our  price  is  perhaps  Somewhat  high. 

1  do  not  propose  to  furnish  a  dissertation  on  weaving 
mechanisms,  but  before  discussing  the  results  obtained 
with  other  types  of  loom  it  may  well  to  explain  that  in  all 
the  improved  hand-looms  mechanism  is  provided  whereby 
the  picking  and  shedding  motions  are  combined,  and  the 
weaver  is  reduced  to  a  pure  automation  who  either  works 
the  loom  through  a  pair  of  pedals  or  sets  the  mechanism  in 
motion  by  causing  the  slay  to  swing  in  pendulum  fashion 
by  one  or  both  hands.  The  weaver  is  a  mere  automation 
so  long  as  everything  works  well,  but  if  anything  goes 
wrong  or  if  the  driving  force  he  supplies  is  insufficient  a 
break  down  always  occurs  and  his  skill  as  a  weaver  will 
be  called  into  play  in  repairing  the  damage  done. 

During  the  last  few  years  the  discussions  about  the 
hand-loom  weaving  in  India  have  led  many  people, 
competent  or  otherwise,  to  attempt  the  improvement  of 
the  hand-loom,  and  many  worthless  patents  have  been 
taken  out.  During  the  last  six  years  I  have  had  under 
observation  every  loom,  that  I  have  heard  of,  which  seemed 
to  offer  the  least  prospect  of  turning  out  successful,  and 


HAND-LOOM   WEAVING  235 

the  following  is,   a  complete   list  of  the  looms  which  have 
been  tried  : — 

(1)  The  Domestic  hand-loom   of   Messrs.     Hattersley 
&  Sons. 

(2)  The  Domestic  loom  of  Messrs,  Raphael  Brothers. 

(3)  The  Japanese  hand-loom. 

(4)  Mr.  Churchill's  loom  (Ahmednagar). 

(5)  Captain  Maxwell's  loom  (Salvation  Army). 

I  had  the  Hattersley's  looms  at  work  for  a  long  time 
on  a  great  variety  of  fabrics,  made  from  yarn  of  counts  up 
to  40's,  but  the  output  was  never  satisfactory,  as  the  work 
of  driving  the  loom  was  far  too  heavy  for  the  native  weaver. 
For  a  time  I  tried  them  with  two  weavers  for  each  loom, 
so  that  when  one  worked  the  other  rested,  and  this  natural- 
ly increased  the  output  but  not  to  the  extent  that  was  to  be 
expected.  When  the  loom  is  driven  at  a  perfectly  uniform 
rate,  it  works  very  satisfactorily,  but  when  the  source  of 
supply  of  power  is  an  Indian  weaver  the  supply  is  very 
irregular  and  the  result  unsatisfactory. 

The  Raphael  loom  was  never  actually  at  work  in 
either  the  Madras  or  the  Salem  weaving  shed  and  my 
knowledge  and  experience  of  its  working  is  gained  by 
observations  made  on  the  loom  purchased  by  Mr.  Thea- 
garaya  Chetty  of  Tondiarpet.  This  loom  suffers  from 
the  same  defects  as  the  Hattersley's  loom  and  is  much  too 
hard  work  for  the  undeveloped  legs  of  the  Indian  weaver. 
To  all  intents  and  purposes  both  these  looms  are  power- 
looms  and  better  work  will  be  got  from  them  if  the 
treadles  or  pedals  are  done  away  with  and  an  arrange- 
ment made  to  drive  them  off  a  line  of  shafting.  The 
looms  are  made  of  cast  iron  and  it  is  astonishing  how 
easily  the  castings  are  broken,  and  how  helpless  the  Indian 
weaver  is  in  face  of  even  a  simple  fracture.  These  looms 
are  totally  unsuited  for  individual  weavers  working  on 


236  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

their  own  account,  and  I  fail  to  see  what  advantage 
there  is  if  they  are  gathered  in  large  numbers  in  a  factory 
and  human  labour  is  employed  to  drive  them.  Thirty  or 
forty  such  looms  can  be  driven  by  a  small  oil  engine 
costing  not  more  than  Rs.  4  or  5  a  day  to  run  and  there  is 
not  the  least  doubt  that  the  output  of  these  looms  will  be 
three  or  four  times  as  much  as  when  worked  by  hand- 
labour.  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  small  power-loom 
factories  of  this  type  might  be  worked  with  great  success 
in  this  country  and  would  afford  an  admirable  training 
ground  for  the  development  of  indigenous  manufacturing 
genius.  I  am  now  dealing  with  hand-weaving  and  it  will  be 
out  of  place  to  discuss  this  suggestion  any  further,  but  I 
think  that  small  power-loom  factories  would  prove  very  suc- 
cessful if  properly  designed  and  worked  on  the  right  lines. 

With  the  Japanese  hand-loon  my  experience  was 
very  unsatisfactory.  It  was  obtained  from  Mr.  Shaft 
through  the  Ludhiana  Loom  Manufacturing  Company  and 
was  found  to  be  a  crude  and  ill  designed  loom  and  no 
warp  ever  put  into  the  loom  was  woven  into  a  satisfactoy 
cloth.  Why  the  loom  was  brought  from  Japan  to  India 
I  do  not  know  and  the  sooner  it  sinks  into  the  obscurity 
from  which  it  was  dragged  the  better.  I  have  been  told 
by  Japanese  connected  with  the  weaving  trade  that  the 
loom  is  not  used  in  Japan  and  I  am  not  surprised  as  at  the 
best  it  is  only  suitable  for  very  coarse  work. 

Mr.  Churchill's  loom. — When  I  visited  the  American 
Mission  Industrial  School  at  Ahmednagar  in  1905,  Mr. 
Churchill  showed  me  a  number  of  his  looms  at  work  on  a 
kind  of  dungri,  and  I  was  much  struck  with  the  results  ob- 
tained when  weaving  this  kind  of  cloth.  Subsequently  Mr. 
Churchill  built  6  looms  f or  ttie  Salem  Weaving  Factory  to 
weave  fine  cloths  from  45"  to  54''  wide.  On  such  work  the 
loom  has  not  been  a  success  and  the  Salem  weavers 


hAND-LOOM   WEAVING  237 

object  to  it.  The  mechanism  for  timing  the  throw 
of  the  shuttle  is  defective  and  the  shuttle  is  very 
liable  to  be  caught  in  the  warp  when  it  is  more  than  a  yard 
wide.  To  make  the  shuttle  travel  properly  the  slay  has  to 
be  moved  forward  with  increasing  rapidity  and  then 
suddenly  brought  to  rest,  and  on  the  finer  warps  the  per- 
centage of  broken  threads  renders  the  output  of  the  loom 
much  smaller  than  would  be  anticipated  from  the  rate  at 
which  picking  can  be  done  when  the  warp  is  not  too  wide. 

The  last  loom  with  which  we  are  still  experimenting 
at  Salem  is  that  invented  by  Captain  Maxwell  of  the 
Salvation  Army  and  known  as  the  <4  Triumph"  loom.  I 
have  only  one  of  them  at  work  at  Salem,  with  which  fairly 
satisfactory  results  have  been  obtained  and  a  second  loom 
has  been  ordered  with  some  slight  modifications  which 
it  is  hoped  will  improve  its  outturn.  If  this  anticipation 
is  realised,  it  is  proposed  to  put  down  six  more  looms 
and  to  thoroughly  test  them  on  the  same  class  of  work 
against  six  looms  of  the  English  pattern  already  described. 

In  the  looms  of  both  Churchill  and  Maxwell  the  driv- 
ing force  is  applied  to  the  slay  and  I  am  inclined  to  think 
that,  whilst  this  will  work  satisfactorily  on  coarse  warps, 
the  necessarily  somewhat  jerky  motion  of  the  slay  is  not 
conducive  to  a  good  output  when  the  warp  is  fine. 
Personally  I  hold  the  opinion  based  on  over  six  years' 
experience  with  different  types  of  hand-loom  that, 
when  the  power-loom  is  converted  into  a  hand-loom,  it 
becomes  an  unsatisfactory  machine  owing  to  the  irregu- 
larities in  the  driving  force  and  that  the  hand-loom  must 
be  a  simple  piece  of  mechanism  in  which  the  irregula- 
rities of  the  weaver  are  compensated  for  by  the  gentleness 
of  the  action  of  the  loom. 

-   -  A   power-loom   will  .make  from  20.0    to  250  'picks 
a  minute,  and   from   careful   observations  made   of  tire 


238  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

outturn  of  hand-looms  I  find  that  the  daily  average  has 
only  in  one  instance  exceeded  30  picks  per  minute  and 
when  weaving  fine  cloths  an  average  of  from  20  to  25 
picks  a  minute  may  be  considered  very  good  work.*  Mr. 
Churchill  at  Ahmednagar  was  able  to  weave  30  yards  of 
dungri  in  8J  hours,  the  warp  and  weft  being  of  10's  counts 
and  the  number  of  picks  per  inch  28.  This  is  equivalent 
to  an  average  rate  of  picking  af  60  per  minute  and  is  an 
extraordinarily  good  result.  I  have  often  watched  the 
weavers  at  Salem  and  I  find  that  they  can  easily  do  from 
80  to  100  picks  per  minute  whilst  actually  weaving,  but 
their  daily  out-turn  under  favourable  circumstances  shows 
that  at  this  rate  of  picking  less  than  25  per  cent,  of  their 
time  is  spent  in  plying  the  shuttle  and  that  the  rest  is 
frittered  away.  Weaving  is  a  very  monotonous  occupa- 
tion and  the  weaver  is  certainly  unable  to  go  on  picking 
for  any  length  of  time  without  a  change  of  some  kind. 
The  changing  of  pirns,  the  repair  of  broken  threads,  the 
shifting  of  the  lease  rods  and  other  little,  incidents  break 
the  monotony  of  the  work,  but  they  greatly  impair  the 
efficiency  of  the  loom. 

I  am  convinced  that,  if  the  fly-shuttle  hand-loom  is 
to  be  largely  used  in  making  the  finer  classes  of  native 
goods,  the  direction  in  which  improvement  should 
be  sought  for  is  not  so  much  in  increasing  the  rate 
of  picking  which  is  already  quite  fast  enough  as 
in  improving  the  details  of  the  shedding  and  the 
working  of  the  slay  so  that  the  operation  of  weaving  sub- 

*  These  facts  are  substantiated  by  the   recently  issued  report   of  the 
weaving  competition    which  took   place  at   Calcutta  at  the   exhibition 
associated  with  the  Indian  Industrial"  Conference  of  1906    The  Salvatioft 
Array:loom,  which  was  awarded  the  gold  medal,  was  worked  at  the  rate*- 
of  37-3  picks  per  minute  for  7&  houf's-,   but  at  the  end  of  that  time  Hie  1 
weaver  showed  signs  of  distress  as  did  all  the  other  competitors  and  it 
was,  obvious  that  the- result  depended   as  much  upon  the  endurance   of 
the  weaver  as  upon  his  skill  or  the  merits  of  the  loom, 


HAND-LOOM   WEAVING  239 

jects  the  comparatively  delicate  threads  to  the  minimum 
amount  of  strain.  The  idiosyncracies  of  the  weaver  how- 
ever remain  and  1  doubt  if,  under  any  circumstances, 
the  average  rate  of  picking  throughout  a  day  will 
ever  rise  to  as  much  as  40  or  50  per  cent,  of  what 
may  be  termed  the  normal  rate  at  which  picking 
can  be  done.  Even  in  a  weaving  factory  it  is  very 
difficult  to  collect  reliable  data  regarding  the  work- 
ing of  looms  and  their  output.  The  conditions 
vary  so  much  from  time  to  time  and  the  human  element 
plays  so  important  a  part  that  some  exceptional  motive 
must  be  brought  into  play  to  obtain  anything  like  uniform 
conditions.  For  this  reason  I  attach  considerable  im- 
portance to  the  results  obtained  in  weaving  competitions 
when  a  powerful  stimulus  is  supplied  to  each  weaver  to  do 
the  best  he  can.  Under  the  auspices  of  Local  Associations 
in  the  Madras  Presidency  one  or  two  such  competitions 
have  already  been  held  and  in  February  next  a  competition 
be  held  which  is  being  organized  on  much  more  elaborate 
lines  than  any  of  those  already  mentioned.  The  main 
object  of  the  competition  is  to  ascertain  the  working  capa- 
city of  the  various  hand-looms  on  the  market  under  favour- 
able conditions,  but  under  as  far  as  possible  conditions 
which  could  be  reproduced  in  a  weaving  factory.  Each 
competition  will  last  for  six  days  and  each  weaver  will  have 
to  work  for  7  hours  a  day  and  the  results  will  be  judged  by 
the  week's  outturn.  In  this  way  it  is  hoped  we  shall 
obtain  reliable  data  regarding  the  output  of  the  various 
types  of  loom  when  working  on  different  kinds  of  cloth. 
A  considerable  number  of  competitions  have  been  arrang- 
ed for  and  the  Government  of  Madras  have  contributed 
very  largely  to  the  prize  fund,  which  it  is  hoped  will  in- 
duce the  makers  of  every  practical  type  of  loom  to  enter 
them  in  the  competitions. 


II 


i-- 

M      ^     m 

0 

ta 

|p! 

s    a   « 

PH 

.4.,  w 

o        o      o 

O           O        «5 
C<l           0         O 

o 

CO 

^X  >>•- 

l^i^^3 

_jj 

^^^^^^-^ 

A 

C   O  *•*     • 

C*  rH  O»  t-  »O  I-H 

o 

£   «,  0   0 

•*  co  ^-  w  <N  6> 

CO  N                       N 

I 

|  o  M-  « 

ex  * 

•g«"3  « 
5*51 

c 

000000 

o 

*c  x  ^>.S 

"jog 

•*  oo  Ci  **•  ec  oo 

00 

o 

o 

rH  »>  W  O  O  Oi 

(M 

s 

^^ 

CO 

g'o'rt- 

NNWSrHW-H 

o 

1 

1*28 

CO  CO  O  W  I-H  O5 
CO  W  i-H                N 

rH 

£o|» 

o 

•*» 

***            rt    f  ) 

0 

! 

_c 

^j     CO 

OO  0  O  0  0 

O  CO  t>  •*  00  00 

l-H           l-H 

0 
C* 

"o  x  ^  c 

Qo  o 
?O  O  ^*  O  O         CO 

r-  1    US  00  t*           C» 

1 

£ 

° 

>*  OS  •<*  O  O  M 

§ 

•g 

T* 

>, 

8 

§  SI  "S 

K?    N  O5  «O  «C  N 

05  rH  U5  CO  CO  CO 

0 

o 

1 

G 

-ir 

55  &4H  <•> 

l-H   rH   l-H                    TH 

1  o  *  «S 

f« 

•»•» 

Cu 

i  '-|  "2  -c 

"^ 

^ 

G 

0  0  O  O  0  0 

0 

>x^3 

I 

^ 

*a< 

«O  O  (N  >*  TH  O 

0 

c  r~l 

U 

^ 

O 

rH  i-H  rH  O  O  CO 

«> 

u 

i-s-3^. 

CO  CO  N  t>-  «O  N 

0 

» 

£  So  ®  ° 

CN  •*  t~  iQ  W  t- 

M  rH  pH                CO 

l-H 

£  *H  U 

«o«*S 

G 

000000 

0 

•fi  x  ^>.5 

1« 

O  •*  00  OO  •*  •* 

rH 

5  S  -*  °°  °  °°     °° 

2  w  ^  °*  ^     *"* 

u 

09  i-H  rH  O  O  CO 

00 



! 

:  ii   •   s  i   :  6   i 

T3                5         W 

tn 

O 

:  ^   :    :"2   :^   : 

'S  p. 

U 

Q,                                          M 

.     .  -0  at  t*    . 

rt 

J8  «6    B 

"         .  o  w  .5  «) 

•   •  c  ^  _c    j 

0 

;    ^      •      ;    C    C  itf  ^ 

I?.!?'!  .£? 

H 

HAND-LOOM   WEAVING  241 

From  data  collected  at  the  Weaving  Factory  at 
Salem  a  tabular  statement  has  been  prepared  giving  details 
of  the  cost  of  production  of  several  kinds  of  goods  most 
largely  manufactured  there,  and  I  would  draw  attention  to 
the  column  in  which  the  cost  of  each  item  is  given  as  a 
percentage  of  the  total  cost.  These  figures  are  very  in- 
teresting and  it  would  be  well  if  similar  figures  could  be 
produced  from  other  weaving  establishments  and  the 
various  items  discussed.  It  will  be  seen  that  in  the  very 
fine  cloths  like  angavastrams  and  turbans  the  cost  of  the 
raw  material  is  but  little  more  than  a  third  of  the  cost  of 
the  finished  articles,  whilst  in  the  goods  made  in  the  lower 
counts  the  percentage  varies  between  56  and  60.  At  Salem 
the  warping  and  sizing  is  done  outside  the  factory  by  men 
who  do  nothing  else  and  they  use  fairly  efficient  warping 
mills  and  from  the  figures  for  warping  and  sizing  it  is 
obvious  that  there  is  not  a  great  amount  of  room  for  im- 
provement. The  cost  of  the  actual  weaving  work  is  pro- 
bably the  main  item  in  which  improvement  can  be 
effected  and  this  is  emphasized  by  the  figures  given 
regarding  the  rate  of  picking  which  varies  from  .1  2  to  23 
picks  per  minute  excluding  country  towels,  the  figures  for 
which  are  not  given  as  they  are  usually  made  on  native 
looms  with  a  simple  fly-shuttle  attachment.  The  item 
4  warping  ancf  sizing'  varies  considerably  with  different 
kinds  of  cloths  and  the  figures  given  are  probably  lower 
than  would  be  obtained  in  many  other  places  owing  to 
the  fact  that  in  Salem  the  preparation  of  warps  is  to  a 
large  extent  a  special  business  and  is  carried  out  in  a  much 
more  efficient  manner  than  I  have  seen  elsewhere. 

Whilst  the  experimental  plant  was  in  Madras  a  great 

many  experiments  were  carried  out  in   different    methods 

of  sizing   and    various  forms  of   hand-warping   mill  were 

tried.      The     problem     of     preparing     warps     suitable 

31 


242  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

for  use  on  native  hand-looms  was  laid  before  the 
makers  of  warping  machinery  at  home  and  after  a 
great  deal  of  discussion  a  plant  was  ordered  from 
Messrs.  Butterworth  and  Dickinson.  It  was  set  up  and 
tried  in  Mr.  Theagaraya  Chetty's  factory  at  Tondiarpet, 
but  the  results  were  anything  but  satisfactory  and  on 
account  of  other  and  more  important  work  the  experiments 
are  at  present  in  abeyance,  The  main  idea  was  to  employ 
hank-sizing  and  a  sectional  warping  machine  capable  of 
turning  out  cheeses  of  warp  of  500  ends.  To  make  up  a 
warp  containing  3,000  or  4,000  ends  the  requisite  number 
of  cheeses  were  put  on  a  spindle  and  the  required  warp 
run  off  on  to  the  weaver's  beam.  The  principal  defect  is 
in  the  sizing  which  proved  inferior  to  that  which  is  done 
by  the  native  method  where  the  warp  is  stretched  out  on  a 
frame  and  carefully  brushed.  It  is  my  intention  as  soon 
as  possible  to  set  up  this  warping  mill  again  and  prepare 
warp  of  unsized  yarn  and  then  to  expose  the  warp 
in  sheet  form  and  size  il  according  to  the  ordinary 
native  method.  I  cannot  say  that  I  am  very  sanguine 
that  this  will  be  a  success,  but  it  seems  worth  trying  and 
should  effect  a  considerable  economy  in  the  cost  of  warp- 
ing. Recently  Messrs.  Hattersley  &  Sons  have  brought 
out  a  hand  slasher  sizing  machine,  which  will  probably 
give  good  results  with  low  counts  where  the  hand-looms 
may  be  expected  to  turn  out  from  20  to  30  yards  of  cloth  a 
day,  but  with  the  much  finer  class  of  goods  which  we  are 
weaving  at  Salem,  where  the  outturn  is  seldom  more  than 
5  yards  a  day,  the  use  of  very  long  warps  is  not  recom- 
mended as  they  remain  in  the  loom  much  too  long  a  time 
and  the  sizing  deteriorates  so  much  that  the  warps  have 
to  be  re-sized  on  the  loom  and,  when  this  is  done,  it 
greatly  diminishes  the  outturn. 

Before  concluding  this  paper  it  may    be  of  interest  to 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  243 

give  some  details  regarding  the  factory  itself.  For  the 
present  the  factory  is  located  in  a  rather  large  straggling 
bungalow  in  the  middle  of  the  town  of  Salem  for  which 
we  pay  a  rent  of  Rs.  60  a  month.  It  was  intended  origi- 
nally to  instal  about  100  looms,  but  owing  to  the  difficulty 
of  getting  weavers  nothing  like  that  number  has  yet  been 
reached  and  we  find  it  difficult  to  keep  more  than  about 
35  looms  in  full  work.  The  cost  of  running  the  factory 
last  year  was  about  Rs.  300  a  month  in  addition  to  the 
sale-proceeds  which  amounted  to  about  Rs.  350  a  month, 
A  steady  improvement  is  however  going  on  and  with  bet- 
ween 40  and  50  looms  installed  and  an  average  of  35  at 
work  the  sale-proceeds  now  amount  to  over  Rs.  1,000  a 
month  and  the  cost  of  running  the  factory  to  about  Rs.  200 
a  month.  Ultimately  it  is  hoped  that  the  factory  will 
pay  its  own  expenses,  in  fact  it  could  probably  be  made  to 
do  so  now  were  commercial  considerations  of  paramount 
importance. 

To  the  capitalist  who  puts  his  money  into  a  hand- 
weaving  factory  it  is  essential  that  a  profit  should  be  earn- 
ed and  as  that  is  not  done  at  Salem  it  may  be  well  to 
indicate  briefly  why  such  a  desirable  result  has  not  been 
attained.  In  the  first  place  the  factory  is  a  Government 
institution,  and  it  is  generally  recognised  that  commercial 
work  cannot  be  carried  on  under  Government  with  the 
same  degree  of  economy  as  is  possible  when  the  control 
is  vested  in  the  hands  of  private  individuals  who  are 
keenly  interested  in  making  it  pay.  In  the  factory  we  have 
arrived  at  some  conclusions  regarding  looms  which  have 
already  been  stated,  and  if  money-making  was  the  object 
in  view,  we  ought  to  at  once  discard  all  other  types  of  loom 
and  confine  ourselves  to  those  classes  of  work  which  pay 
best.  New  experiments  are  always  being  tried,  looms  are 
always  being  altered,  the  weavers  have  to  accustom  them- 


244  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

selves  to  the  new  conditions,  frequently  a  good  deal  of 
cloth  is  spoiled  and  generally  the  efficiency  of  the  institu- 
tion asafactory  is  greatly  impaired.  It  is  for  these  reasons 
that  the  factory  does  not  pay  and  those  who  examine 
the  accounts  must  take  these  facts  into  consideration. 
If  some  of  the  gentlemen  who  have  interested  them- 
selves in  hand-weaving  and  have  started  hand-weaving 
factories  could  be  induced  to  furnish  accurate  manufac- 
turing accounts,  they  would  be  of  great  value,  but  it  is 
hardly  fair  to  expect  business  men  to  give  a  way  the  results 
of  their  experience  and  those  who  would  like  to  find  out 
whether  the  investment  of  money  in  hand-weaving  factories 
is  likely  to  be  a  success,  must  examine  the  published  ac- 
counts of  the  Salem  Weaving  Factory  in  the  light  of  my 
remarks. 


Ill 


THE  FUTURE  OF  THE  INDUSTRY 

Of  the  industrial  problems  which  India  presents  for 
solution,  none  are  more  complicated  than  those  connected 
with  hand-loom  weaving.  There  are  between  two  and 
three  million  hand-looms  in  the  country  producing  fabrics 
ranging  from  coarse  dungaree  cloth,  made  from  such 
loosely  spun  cotton  that  it  cannot  be  woven  in  power- 
looms,  to  the  magnificent  kincobs  and  brocades  of  Benares 
and  Surat.  From  abroad  over  2,000  million  yards  of 
cloth  are  imported  and  79,000  power-looms  in  the 
country  manufacture  nearly  another  1,000  million  yards. 
What  the  hand-loom  weavers  produce  can  only  be  roughly 
estimated  from  the  known  quantity  of  mill  yarn  consumed 
in  the  country.  Probably  it  falls  very  short  of  the  im- 
ports in  quantity  but  considerably  exceeds  them  in  value. 
Thirty  millions  sterling  or  forty-five  crores  of  rupees  would 


HAND-LOOM    WEAVING  245 

be  a  very  moderate  amount  at  which  to  value  the  outturn 
of  the  hand-looms  of  India.  Whether  these  figures  be 
accurate  or  not  matters  very  little,  as  they  are  only  adduced 
to  indicate  the  order  of  magnitude  of  the  interests  involved 
in  the  indigenous  weaving  industry.  They  are  certainly 
big  enough  to  make  the  industry  one  worthy  of  careful 
study,  and  yet  it  will  not  be  difficult  to  show  that  up  to 
the  present  time  very  little  of  practical  value  has  been  done 
in  this  direction.  That  it  has  attracted  attention,  a  great 
deal  of  attention,  cannot  be  denied,  but  it  has  been  mainly 
from  amateurs  or  power- loom  weavers.  The  former 
approached  it  from  the  artistic  standpoint  and  deplored 
the  decadence  of  the  craft,  the  latter  regarded  it  as  an 
industry  doomed  to  extinction  almost  as  complete  as  that 
of  hand-spinning.  The  former  decried  the  investigations 
of  those  who  thought  that  it  had  still  a  future  as  an  in- 
dustry and  persisted  in  viewing  every  effort  to  improve 
the  methods  of  the  weaver  as  deliberate  attempts  to  des- 
troy those  special  features  which  raised  it  to  the  dignity 
of  an  art  industry.  The  latter  regarded  it  as  impracticable 
to  improve  hand-weaving  methods  without  eventually  pro- 
ducing a  power-loom  weaver  and  refused  to  believe  that  it 
was  possible  to  develope  along  lines  which  would  preserve 
the  characteristics  of  handwork. 

Under  these  circumstances,  it  is  not  surprising  that 
the  administrators  of  this  country  have  found  some  diffi- 
culty in  deciding  what  measures  would  be  appropriate  to 
deal  with  the  decadent  condition  into  which  the  hand- 
weavers  have  fallen.  Gradually,  however,  the  opinion  has 
gained  ground  that  the  situation  is  not  absolutely  hopeless 
and  in  almost  every  Province  tentative  steps  have  been 
taken  to  assist  the  hand- weavers,  either  by  establishing  ex- 
perimental factories  in  which  the  problems  of  the  trade 
could  be  studied,  by  opening  weaving  schools  in  which 


246  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

improvements  upon  the  indigenous  methods  of  working 
are  taught  or  by  forming  model  Co-operative  Guilds  or 
Associations  to  assist  the  weavers  in  their  constant  struggle 
against  adverse  conditions  consequent  upon  their  poverty 
and  lack  of  credit,  In  each  of  these  ways  something  has 
been  done,  but  only  in  what  may  be  termed  preliminary 
work  as  the  practical  effect  on  the  industry  and  on  the 
artizans  is  almost  negligible. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  those  who  have  interested  them- 
selves in  the  solution  of  the  Indian  weaving  problems  have 
all  been  new  to  the  trade  at  the  outset  and  have  acquired 
experience  aud  knowledge  by  slow  degrees  and  mainly 
by  the  process  of  trial  and  error.  Possibly,  by  way  of 
compensation,  their  outlook  has  been  wider  than  would 
have  been  that  of  technically  trained  men  and  in  their  ig- 
norance they  have  not  been  deterred  by  unseen  and  some- 
times imaginary  obstacles  which  would  have  kept  back  men 
of  greater  experience.  The  greatest  achievement  to  their 
credit  is  unquestionably  a  restoration  of  confidence  in  the 
capacity  of  the  hand-loom  weaver  to  withstand  the  compe- 
tition of  the  power-loom  in  extensive  branches  of  the  weav- 
ing business.  There  are  brighter  prospects  in  front  of  the  ten 
millions  of  India  who  look  to  the  hand-loom  for  at  least  the 
means  of  subsistence.  The  way  to  an  amelioration  of 
their  condition  has  been  discerned  ;  it  remains  to  explore 
the  path. 

During  more  than  a  century,  the  power-loom  and  its 
various  accessary  appliances  have  been  the  subject  of 
study  by  many  ingenious  mechanicians  and  they  have 
devoted  the  whole  of  their  skill  to  making  it  as  perfect  a 
machine  as  is  conceivable  and  they  have  rendered  it 
almost  independent  of  the  services  of  the  weaver.  It  is 
true  that  it  requires  skill  and  experience  to  run  it  but  it 
is  of  a  different  kind  to  that  of  the  hand-loom  weaver. 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  247 

The  hand-loom  also  received  some  attention  and  reached 
its  highest  developments  about  the  time  that  it  almost  com- 
pletely succumbed  to  its  rival  in  progressive  Western  coun- 
tries. The  defeat,  crushing  and  complete  as  it  was,  may  be 
attributed  in  the  main  to  economic  forces.  The  products  of 
the  hand-loom  differ  essentially  in  character  from  those  of 
the  power-loom  and  the  balance  of  advantages  is  probably 
slightly  in  its  favour,  but  in  temperate  regions  where  the 
cost  of  living  is  high,  the  outturn  of  the  hand-loom  does 
not  afford  adequate  remuneration  to  the  weaver.  He  was 
reduced  to  poverty,  destitution  and  finally  driven  out  of 
the  trade  by  the  steady  decrease  in  the  cost  of  manufacture 
of  power-loom  fabrics.  In  the  East,  in  India,  the  story 
is  not  quite  the  same  and,  though  the  hand-loom  weaver 
has  suffered,  he  has  not  been  driven  out  of  the  field.  To-day 
his  looms  convert  about  400  millions  pounds  of  yarn  into 
fabrics  of  various  kind  and  it  is  at  least  doubtful  if  in  the 
palmiest  days  of  the  Moghuls  or  the  East  India  Company 
such  an  enormous  amount  of  yarn  could  have  been  pro- 
duced by  hand-spinning  alone.  He  has  not  done  perhaps 
much  more  than  hold  his  own,  but  he  has  done  it  with  the 
primitive  appliances  of  his  forefathers  and  without  assist- 
ance from  the  Western  mechanician. 

This  represents  a  very  low  stage  of  industrial  efficien- 
cy, and  who  can  doubt  that  the  hand-weaver  will  be  able 
to  turn  the  tables  on  the  power-loom  weaver,  if  but  a 
fraction  of  the  capital,  energy  and  organisation  were 
devoted  to  his  trade  that  have  been  expended  in  pushing 
power-loom  weaving.  The  experimental  factories  have 
demonstrated  this,  and  there  are  now,  in  the  Madras  Pre- 
sidency at  any  rate,  a  number  of  small  weaving  companies 
able  to  keep  going  and  apparently  with  prospects  of  better 
times  in  front  for  them.  They  have  done  little  more 
than  introduce  the  fly-shuttle  loom  and  the  rotary 


248 


INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 


warping  mill,  both  great  improvements  on  indigenous 
methods  but  almost  certainly  capable  of  further  develop- 
ments. Quite  a  number  of  methods  of  shuttle  throw- 
ing have  been  patented  during  the  last  few  years 
and  some  few  of  them  have  met  with  a  greater  measure 
of  encouragement  than  their  real  merits  warrant.  The 
weaving  competitions,  which  have  become  such  a  popular 
feature  of  the  Industrial  Exhibitions  at  the  present  time, 
have  demonstrated  over  and  over  again  that  for  simplicity, 
accuracy  and  speed  of  working  nothing  has  yet  been 
brought  out  superior  to  the  best  forms  of  the  English 
fly-shuttle  loom.  Mr.  D.  C.  Churchill  has  invented  a  loom 
full  of  promise,  which  automatically  tends  to  correct  one 
of  the  greatest  defects  of  the  hand-weaver,  namely,  the 
irregular  rate  at  which  he  works.  The  weaver  can  ply  his 
shuttle  quite  fast  enough  and  nothing  will  be  gained  by 
further  efforts  to  increase  speed.  The  best  prospect  of 
improvement  lies  in  the  direction  of  gentler  handling  of 
the  warps,  the  threads  of  which  are  frequently  broken  and 
the  efficiency  of  the  weaver  will  be  increased  if  less  time 
is  wasted  in  mending  them. 

In  the  Salem  Weaving  Factory,  we  found  that  in  an 
average  day's  work  a  weaver  was  seldom  able  to  make 
more  than  twenty  per  cent,  of  the  total  number  of  picks 
he  could  easily  make  when  steadily  throwing  the  shuttle  ; 
that  is  to  say,  four-fifths  of  his  time  was  employed,  in 
operations  other  than  actual  weaving.  It  is  for  this  reason 
that  Mr.  Churchill's  spring  control  of  the  picking  me- 
chanism is  likely  to  prove  a  new  departure  of  great 
importance. 

We  may  regard,  then,  with  equanimity  the  prospects 
of  ultimately  obtaining  what  is  wanted  in  the  matter  of 
hand-looms,  but  the  preparation  of  the  warp  is  still  carried 
on  in  a  very  primitive  way  and  though  apparently  capable 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  249 

of  improvement  little  or  nothing  has  been  done.  The 
main  reason  for  this  is  that  it  can  only  be  carried  out 
on  a  fairly  large  scale  and  must  be  associated  with  large 
groups  of  hand-looms.  There  is  no  difficulty  whatever 
about  arranging  the  warps  ;  the  trouble  comes  when  they 
are  to  be  sized  and  the  ordinary  slasher  sizing  machine  is 
not  suitable.  When  in  England  last  year,  I  consulted  the 
textile  experts  at  the  Manchester  Municipal  School  of  Tech- 
nology  and  I  was  furnished  with  introductions  which  ena- 
bled me  to  see  at  work  a  dressing  machine  which  seemed 
to  me  would  prove  a  solution  of  the  difficulty.  The 
warps  prepared  were  of  very  high  quality  and  equal  to  the 
best  hand-dressed  warps  made  out  here.  The  work  obvious- 
ly required  great  skill  and  experience  and  a  single  machine 
was  capable  of  dressing  about  a  thousand  yards  a  day. 
Probably  on  half  this  output,  it  would  still  be  profitable 
to  use  it  but  that  would  mean  that  from  100  to  150  hand- 
looms  would  be  required  to  draw  their  supply  of  warps 
from  it.  Experiments  with  such  a  machine  must  therefore 
be  costly  and  can  only  be  conducted  in  an  organized  hand* 
loom  weaving  factory.  With  Government  assistance,  it 
seems  to  me  possible  that  the  experiment  will  be  made 
and  though  the  loss  will  be  rather  heavy  if  it  proves  a 
failure,  on  the  other  hand,  if  it  is  a  success,  the  future  of 
hand-loom  weaving  will  be  assured. 

One  branch  of  weaving  in  India  has  not  been  subject- 
ed to  European  competition  as  solid  bordered  cloths 
have  never  yet  been  made  on  a  po\*er-loom.  The  weavers 
of  these  fabrics  are  fairly  well  off  and  if  they  have  suffered 
at  all,  it  is  entirely  due  to  changes  in  the  fashions  of  dress. 
They  are  costly  cloths  and  the  solid  borders  are  often  woven 
with  silk  and  gold  lace  in  intricate  patterns.  The  method 
of  working  these  patterns  is  extremely  simple  but  very 
laborious  and  it  can  be  performed  equally  well  and  much 

32 


250  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

faster  with  a  Jacquard  machine.  Experiments  in  this  direc- 
tion have  already  been  started  in  the  workshops  attached 
to  my  office  in  Madras  and  anyone  interested  in  them  will 
be  welcome  to  see  what  has  been  done.  The  results  are 
very  satisfactory  and  indicate  that  the  Jacquard  machine 
will  prove  an  extremely  valuable  addition  to  the  border- 
loom  or,  in  fact,  to  any  type  of  native  hand-loom  engaged 
on  moderately  complex  pattern  weaving. 

Those  who  regard  weaving  as  an    artistic    handicraft, 
will  probably  deprecate  the   introduction  of  the   Jacquard 
machine.  Its  effect  on  weaving  as  an  art  has  been  strongly 
criticised   by   Mr.  Luther    Hooper   in    a   delightful   book 
on  "  Hand-loom  weaving "   and    I    cannot    refrain   from 
quoting    the     concluding    paragraph.      "Theie  can   be 
no    question   that    the   best   weaving     was   done  before 
these     innovations   of    the   engineer   and    the   mechani- 
cian were     made.      It   would   therefore   seem,    that  the 
right  road   to   improvement   in  weaving,    as    in    all   the 
crafts,  can  only  be  found   by    those   who    are  willing   to 
return  to  the  traditional    methods   and  simpler  ideals   of 
the  earlier  masters  of  craftsmanship."     This  summarizes  a 
not  inconsiderable  school   of   thought   and  one  that  has 
much  influence  at  the  present  day   though  utterly  unable 
to  stem  the  flowing  tide.     It  is   not   modern  methods  but 
the  abuse  of  modern  methods  they  should  rail  at.     Accor- 
ding to  Mr.  Luther,  "  The  Jacquard    machine  is  responsi- 
ble to  a  great  extent,   for  the   separation    of  the  art  of  de- 
signing from  the  craft  of  weaving."    Doubtless  this  is  true 
in  a  sense,  as  the  Jacquard  machine  facilitated  the  growth 
of  the  weaving  factory   which   triumphed  over  the  indivi- 
dual weaver  through    the  economies  effected  by  sub-divi- 
sion of  labour. 

It  is  a  pity  that  the  Indian   craftsmen   have  not  been 
studied  by  the   master   craftsmen  of   Europe  who  live  in 


riAND-LOOM  WEAVING  251 

modern  luxury  and  pretend  to  despise  it  all.  The  lot  of 
the  Indian  weaver  is  hard  toil,  often  in  the  midst  Of 
extreme  penury  and  "  the  pleasant  ingenious  occupation 
which  exercises  all  his  faculties,"  according  to  Mr.  Luther, 
leaves  him  with  the  lowest  standard  of  physique  among 
all  the  artizan  classes  in  this  country. 

THE  greatest  obstacle  to  the  improvement  of  the 
condition  of  the  hand-loom  weavers  is  the  artizans  them- 
selves. In  a  paper  on  the  "  Salem  Weaving  Factory " 
contributed  to  the  Industrial  Conference  held  at  Surat  in 
December  1907,  I  described  the  condition  of  the  weavers, 
the  nature  of  their  work,  the  miserable  existence  which 
most  of  them  lead  and  the  hopeless  attitude  of  mind,  which 
renders  them  averse  to  any  change.  In  the  last  twelve  years, 
I  have  had  a  good  deal  to  do  with  the  artizans  of  the  South 
of  India  and  no  class  have  1  found  more  difficult  to  deal 
with  than  weavers.  They  are  clever  enough  at  their  own 
work  in  their  own  way  and  are  capable  of  turning  out  ex- 
cellent material,  but  with  an  expenditure  of  time  and  labour 
that  keeps  them  in  a  wretched  poverty  stricken  condition. 

There  is  an  interesting  chapter  in  Professor  Chapman's 
work  on  "The  Lancashire  cotton  industry  "  describing 
the  condition  into  which  the  hand-weavers  of  England 
fell  during  the  course  of  their  prolonged  struggle  against 
the  power-loom  and  lam  tempted  to  quote  from  it  to  show 
that  history  is  but  repeating  itself  in  India  and  that  the 
economic  development  of  the  country  has,  under  the 
operation  of  similar  causes,  produced  similar  results.  He 
says:  "The  lot  of  the  hand-loom  weaver  wasjnot  an  unplea- 
sant one  throughout  most  of  the  eighteenth  century; 
Certainly,  his  food  was  simple,  his  clothing  was  coarse*' 
and  he  worked  hard  ;  but  his  life  was  not  without 
variety,  and  it  oould  be  spent  in  the  country  and 
fresh  air.  Guest  says  of  the  weavers  that  they  were  a 


152  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

fine  body  of  men,  full  of  the  spirit  of  self-reliance. 
This  he  attributed  to  the  fact  that  they  sold  their  cloth  and 
not  their  labour,  that  they  were  not  servants  but  indepen- 
dent business  men,"  That  was  before  the  advent  of  the 
power-loom,  andduringthe  interval  between  the  introduc- 
tion of  machine  spinning  and  the  beginning  of  competition 
witn  power  driven  looms,  the  weavers  enjoyed  a  transient 
period  of  extraordinary  prosperity.  Then  came  a  time  of 
adversity  and  the  weavers  gradually  sank  lower  and  lower 
in  the  social  scale  and  finally  disappeared  altogether.  In 
1835  the  evidence  offered  the  Committee  appointed  to  con- 
sider the  condition  of  the  hand-loom  weavers  represent- 
ed the  situation  as  appalling  and  Prof.  Chapman  quotes 
John  Fielden  as  asserting  "  that  a  very  great  number  of 
weavers  are  unable  to  provide  for  themselves  and  their 
families  a  sufficiency  of  food  of  the  plainest  and  cheapest 
kind  ;  that  they  are  clothed  in  rags,  and  indisposed  on 
this  account  to  go  to  any  place  of  worship,  or  to  send  their 
children  to  the  Sunday  school  ....  that  notwith- 
standing their  want  of  food,  clothing,  furniture  and  bed- 
ding, they,  for  the  most  part,  have  full  employment ;  that 
their  labour  is  excessive,  not  infrequently  16  hours  a  day." 

Much  of  the  distress  to  which  the  hand-weavers  were 
subjected  was  due  to  their  sullen,  disdainful  attitude. 
"  Only  the  direst  necessity  could  drive  the  typical  hand- 
loom  weaver  into  a  steam  factory,  and  not  infrequently  he 
preferred  to  fight  famine  at  close  quarters  rather  than  sur- 
render his  liberty.  .  .  .  most  hand-loom  weavers  com- 
peted with  the  factory,  instead  of  entering  it  and  attempting 
to  secure  for  themselves  as  large  a  share  as  possible  of  the 
gain  resulting  from  new  economies  in  production.  The 
handicraftsmen,  as  whole,  at  that  time  were  entirely  un- 
enterprising ;  it  is  small  wonder,  therefore,  that  competition 


,.       HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  253 

cut  prices  at  their  expense.  Their  wages  stood  for  the  line 
of  least  resistance.  The  typical  hand-loom  weaver  with  his 
cottage  loom,  who  dreaded  the  thought  of  factory  life  and 
remained  rooted  like  a  tree  in  his  parish  represented  a  social 
order  that  was  already  obsolete.  .  .  .  Partly  as  a  result 
of  the  attitude  of  hand-loom  weavers  as  a  whole,  the  first 
steam  weavers,  both  in  England  and  Scotland,  were  nearly 
all  women." 

The  resemblance  between  the  fate  of  the  English  and 
the  Indian  hand-weavers  is  striking,  but  the  analogy  is  not 
complete.  The  Indian  hand-weaver,  thanks  to  more  genial 
surroundings,  is  able  to  keep  going  on  a  very  little  and  has 
therefore  survived  and  forms,  and  will  undoubtedly 
continue  to  form,  the  largest  section  of  the  Indian 
industrial  population.  As  an  artizan,  he  is  worse  off  than 
other  artizans  because  he  has  been  subjected  to  the  stress 
of  greater  competition  and  the  present  generation  have 
grown  up  under  very  adverse  circumstances.  The  opera- 
tives in  mills  and  factories  earn  much  higher  wages  and 
are  fairly  certain  of  regular  employment.  They  are  inde- 
pendent and  free,  for  there  is  competition  for  their  labour, 
whilst  the  hand-loom  weavers,  though  nominally  working 
for  themselves,  are  tied  hand  and  food  by  their  debts  to  the 
cloth  merchants  and  moneylenders.  Their  intractableness 
and  indolence  is  engendered  by  the  feeling  that  they  have 
nothing  to  lose,  and  they  have  sunk  into  such  a  state  of 
apathy  that  they  have  no  desire  to  rise.  As  long  as  they  have 
sufficient  to  satisfy  their  animal  cravings,  they  will  not  work 
and  the  long  hours  they  have  to  work  are  forced  upon  them 
by  the  difficulty  of  procuring  a  bare  subsistence  with  their 
inefficient  methods  of  production. 

There  is  little  hope  that  anything  can  be  done  to 
alleviate  the  lot  of  those  who  have  been  allowed  to  grow 


254  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

to  maturity  amid  such  surroundings  and  the  best  hope  for 
the  future   of  the   weavers  is  to   deal  with  their   children. 
The  hand-loom  factories  are   extremely  unpopular   with 
adult  weavers  and  those  which   are  now  running   depend 
largely   upon  non-caste   weavers  trained   in   Mission   and 
other  schools.     That  any  improvement  can  be  effected  by 
working  along  Co-operative   lines  is  very   doubtful  and    it 
is  even  still  more   certain  that  the  individual  weaver   can 
never  hope  to  better  his  present  condition.  The  hand-loom 
weaving  factory  is  the  only  direction   in  which    progress 
seems  possible.    The  weavers  themselves  are  helpless  and 
the  organziation   and  capital  which  are  necessary   to   put 
the  industry  on  a  better  footing  must  come  from    outside. 
The  warping  mill  and  dressing  machine  are  the  key  to 
the  situation,  the  centre  around  which  the  factory  must  be 
built.     The   weavers   need  not   necessarily  all    work  in    a 
single  shed,  their  looms  may  still   be  in  their  own   houses 
and  they   may  still  be   allowed  to    work  as  they  will,    but 
instead  of  preparing  their  own  warps,  they  will  be  supplied 
by  the  managers  of  the   warping   plant,  who  will    finance 
the  trade   and  place   the  finished    goods   on  the    market. 
Whether  the   weaver  will  be  able  to  earn   enough  to   keep 
his  family  under  these  conditions  remains  to  be  seen—if  he 
cannot  dispense  with  the  assistance  of  his  wife  and  family, 
there  appears  to  be  no  reason,  except  that  it  has   not  been 
the  custom,    why  the   women  should  not  ply  the  shuttle. 
The  lighter   kinds  of    weaving  are   admirably  adapted    for 
women  and  all  over  the   world  they  are,  or   have  been,  so 
employed.     In  one  Mission  school  in   India  I  have  seen  a 
a  number  of  girls  weaving  with  great  success  and  there  is 
no  adequate   reason  why   the  custom    should  not    spread. 
The  simple  life  of  an  artizan's  household  leaves  the  women 
with  ample  leisure  and  weaving  has   much  to  recommend 
it  as  a    domestic   industry.     Pirn   winding  might  Still  be 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  255 

done  by  children  without  interfering  with  their  attendance 
at  school,  and  it  would  give  them  that  delicate  sense  of 
touch  which  is  essential  to  those  who  have  to  handle 
cotton  threads  during  the  various  stages  of  their  conver- 
sion into  fabrics. 

The  question    of   practical   importance  is    how  these 
changes  are  to  be  brought  about  ;  how  a  new  generation 
of  weavers  is  to  be  created   who  will  at  any  rate  ply  their 
trade  on  terms  of  equality  with   other   artizans,    who  will 
be  at  least  as  well  off  as  operatives   in  steam  factories  and 
mills.     Education  alone  can  do  this  and   to  be   effective 
it  must  be  begun  at  an   early  stage.     To  put  my  ideas  in 
a  concrete  form  ; — I    should  like  to  see  some    weaving 
schools   started   in   the  larger  weaving  centres,    in  which 
education  and   a   training   in   weaving   would    be    given 
to  the  children   of  weavers   only.    The  boys    should  be 
received   at  about    10  or  12  years   of   age  and   should  be 
bound  as   apprentices  for  at  least   7  years.    They  should 
live  at  home   and    should  be    given   sufficient  wages     to 
compensate  their  parents  for  the  loss  of    their  labour,   but 
the  working  day  should   be  spent  in   the  school  and   they 
should    be  clothed  and  fed  in  the  school.     An  elementary 
general  education  is  necessary   to  counteract  home   influ- 
ences and   prepare  the  mind  for   the   reception  of   new 
ideas.     For  the  first  half   of  the  period  of   apprenticeship 
this  should  be  the  main  work,  the  trade  being   considered 
of  secondary  importance,    but  during  the   last  half  of  the 
period  the  reverse  should  be  the  case. 

This  proposal  I  know  is  contrary  to  the  generally  accept- 
ed principle  that  trades  should  not  be  taught  in  elementary 
schools  or  general  education  imparted  in  a  trade  school, 
but  the  principle  is  based  upon  a  limited  amount  of  expe- 
rience gained  in  schools  of  this  mixed  character  which 
were  by  no  means  efficiently  managed.  Year  by  year,  it  is 


256  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

more  and  more  strongly  forced    upon  us  that  the   modem 
conditions  under  which  industrial  work  must  be  carried  on 
involve  the  employment  of  a  more  intelligent  and   adapt- 
able class  of  operative   than  has   hitherto   generally   been 
deemed  necessary.  This  is  so  in  Europe  and  will  be  found 
to  be  equally  so  in    India.     To   increase  the  efficiency   of 
Indian  labour  is  to  solve   at  least  one-half   the   economic 
problems    confronting    us.     I    therefore   think    it    is  es- 
sential   we   should    educate    the     hand-weaver    if    only 
that  he  may  be  a  centre  of  light  and  influence  in  his  own 
community  and  contribute  to  dispelling  the  darkness  and 
banishing   the  apathy   which    now   enshrouds  it.    These 
schools  will  be  costly,  especially  at  first,  but  the  industrial 
side  should  run  as  nearly  as  possible  under   factory   con- 
ditions.    From  the  educational  point    of    view,   it   is  the 
discipline  of  the  factory  that  is  necessary,  and  though  there 
may  be  difficulty  in  disposing  of  the  materials  which  must 
be  used,  it  can  doubtless    be   done   by   arrangement  with 
those  actually  in  the  trade. 

The  education  of  the  artizans  is  only  one  of  the  steps, 
though  the  most  important,  that  should  be  taken  if  we  are 
to  restore  hand-weaving  to  its  natural  place  among  Indian 
industries.   Besides,  provision  for  the  training  of  the  rank 
and  file.,    adequate    arrangements   must   be    made  for  the 
education  of  those  who  will  be  the    leaders  in    the  trade, 
and  the  masters  or    managers    of    the    future  associated 
groups  of  weavers,  be  they  in  factories,  guilds   or  associa- 
tions.    For  them,  a  high  grade  technical  school  is  required 
where  the  art  may  be  studied  in  all  its  varied  branches  and 
where   experimental    work   can    be   carried  on.      It  has 
been   decided  to   start  such  a   school  at   Madura   but  the 
details  of  the  scheme  have   yet   to   be   worked   out.     The 
hand-weaver  enjoys  conspicuous  advantages  in  the  manu- 
facture of  art  fabrics  and  we  may  hope  that  it  will  be  found 


HAND-LOOM  WEAVING  257 

possible  to  do  something  in  this  direction  and  preserve  as 
far  as  possible  the  combination  of  artist  and  draftsman  in 
one  person.  The  organization  of  the  hand-weaving  of  the 
future  will  include  dyeing  and  finishing  and,  if  it  should 
prove  possible  to  establish  a  dyeing  and  bleaching  school 
also  in  Madura,  there  will  be  no  great  difficulty  in  combining 
it  with  the  weaving  school,  and  thus  provide  for  the  South 
of  India  a  Textile  Institute  worthy  of  ihe  great  trade 
carried  on  and  capable  of  rendering  it  invaluable  assistance 
in  future  developments. 

The  power-loom  has  invaded  almost  every  branch  of 
weaving  but  not  in  every  direction  with  the  same  degree 
of  success.  Where  wages  are  high  and  the  costs  of 
living  are  in  proportion,  the  hand-loom  makes  but  a  poor 
show,  but  where  living  is  cheap,  it  has  a  better  chance  and 
for  a  wide  range  of  fabrics  can  easily  holds  its  own.  The 
demarcation  of  the  field  in  which  hand-weaving  may  fairly 
expect  to  do  well  is  a  very  important  matter.  There  is 
much  loose  talk  about  the  superiority  of  the  one  or  the 
other  method  of  manufacture  which  is  based  upon,  at 
best,  popular  experience  and  is  usually  mere  dogmatic 
expressions  of  opinions.  Investigation  is  desirable  so  that 
hand-weaving  factories  may  equip  themselves  for  the  out- 
turn of  those  lines  of  goods  in  which  they  possess  the 
greatest  advantages  over  the  power-loom.  Concentration 
of  effort  along  definite  lines  is  essential  and  the  mistake, 
so  often  made  in  the  past,  of  trying  to  do  too  much  will 
then  be  avoided, 


33 


CHAPTER  IX 
MISCELLANEOUS  INDUSTRIES 

WOOD  DISTILLATION 
I 

Whatever  be  the  outcome  of  the  movement  in  favour 
of  indigenous  industrial  enterprise,  whether  it  results  in  the 
establishment  of  large  organised  factories  or,  as  seems 
more  probable  in  the  immediate  future,  it  leads  to  the 
development  of  numerous  small  centres  of  manufacture, 
it  is  certain  that  it  will  necessitate  the  installation  of  many 
plants  to  supply  power  in  either  large  or  small  units.  The 
power  question  is  therefore  an  exceedingly  important  one 
and  it  may  be  of  some  interest  to  briefly  state  the  situation 
in  Madras  in  reference  to  the  facts  upon  which  it  is 
desirable  that  attention  should  be  concentrated.  The 
fuels  used  in  Madras  are  coal  from  Bengal  and  Sirigareni, 
wood  from  local  forests  and  plantations  and  charcoal 
brought  into  Madras  chiefly  from  the  forests  of  Chingle- 
put  and  North  Arcot.  Liquid  fuel  is  also  imported  from 
Borneo  by  the  Asiatic  Petroleum  Co.,  kerosine  oil  by 
several  companies  and  anthracite  coal  and  Bengal  coke 
are  used  to  a  small  extent  in  one  or  two  suction  gas 
producer  plants. 

The  price  of  coal  within  the  last  few  years  has 
fluctuated  between  Rs.  12  and  J6  a  ton  and,  at  the 
present  time,  it  is  somewhat  easier  than  it  was  a  year  or 
two  ago.  For  heating  purposes  one  ton  of  Bengal  coal 


MISCELLANEOUS  INDUSTRIES  259 

may  be  considered  equal  to  1£  tons  of  really  dry  wood  but 
the  wood  that  usually  comes  into  the  market  is  green  and, 
if  it  is  stacked  for  a  few  months  to  dry,  will  easily  lose  25 
per  cent,  of  its  original  weight,  so  that  we  may  take  one 
ton  of  coal  as  being  equal  to  two  tons  of  green  wood. 
The  consumption  of  wood  in  Madras  amounts  to  about 
120,000  tons  a  year  and  the  price  has  been  steadily  rising 
for  years  past.  The  best  kind  of  casuarina  wood 
fetches  Rs.  13  a  ton  and  this  is  practically  the  same  price 
as  coal,  although  it  possesses  only  half  its  heating  value. 
In  other  parts  of  the  Presidency,  various  kinds  of  jungle 
wood  can  be  obtained  at  much  lower  rates  and  the  rail- 
ways, which  consume  large  quantities,  can  usually  make 
contracts  at  under  Rs.  6  a  ton.  In  regard  to  the  price  of 
coal,  the  principal  factor  is  the  cost  of  transport,  whether 
by  rail  or  sea.  As  the  sources  of  supply  of  coal  are  all  to 
the  North  of  Madras  railway  freights  are  lower  to  towns 
situated  in  that  direction,  whilst  they  are  higher  to  those 
lying  to  the  South  or  West.  Madras,  Negapatam  and  Tuti- 
corin  are  the  only  ports  on  the  East  Coast  to  which  coal 
can  be  shipped  with  advantage.  The  cost  of  wood 
varies  very  much  and  obviously  depends  upon  the  proxi- 
mity of  jungles  or  plantations  from  which  it  can  be  obtain- 
ed. From  the  fact  that  on  many  sections  of  the  railways, 
wood  is  still  used,  notwithstanding  the  inconvenience 
entailed  by  its  employment  as  fuel,  it  may  be  concluded 
that  this  material  is  distinctly  cheaper  than  coal. 

All  over  the  world,  wood  is  rising  in  value  as  the 
natural  sources  of  supply  become  depleted  and  India  is  no 
exception  to  the  general  rule.  If  with  the  present  prices 
of  fuel,  any  large  industrial  development  were  possible, 
the  increased  demand  would  undoubtedly  lead  to  enhance- 
ment of  the  rates.  Around  Madras,  the  supply  of  fuel  is 
insufficient  to  meet  the  demand  and  the  prices  are  steadily 


260  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

rising,  and,  except  in  so  far  as  they  are  kept-down  by 
competition  with  coal,  they  will  continue  to  rise.  The 
price  of  casuarina  wood  is  nearly  double  what  it  was  twenty 
years  ago  and  the  profits  derived  from  plantations  are  very 
considerable.  But  these  tend  to  decrease  owing  to  the 
increased  rates  for  labour  and  the  more  extended  area 
from  which  supplies  are  drawn.  The  area  of  reserved 
forests  in  the  Madras  Presidency  extends  to  about  23,000 
sq.  miles  and  over  the  whole  area  the  average  annual  in- 
crement is  probably  not  more  than  half  a  ton  per  acre 
per  annum.  Assuming  that  figure,  it  would  amount 
to  more  than  seven  millions  tons  equivalent  to  about 
half  that  quanity  of  coal.  Most  of  this,  however,  is  only 
available  in  the  hill  tracts,  remote  from  the  centres  of 
population  and  industrial  activiy.  The  cost  of  transport 
renders  it  of  little  economic  value  and  for  not  more 
than  about  half  a  millions  tons  a  year  can  a  market 
be  found.  On  the  West  Coast  there  is  a  large  area  of 
forest  in  the  hands  of  private  individuals,  but  it  is  unlikely 
that  any  of  this  area  could  be  counted  upon  to  increase 
the  fuel  supply  of  the  country,  as  much  of  it  is  capable  of 
yielding  good  timber  and  for  the  rest  the  owners  would 
demand  too  high  a  rate.  On  the  East  Coast,  particularly 
jn  the  districts  of  Chingleput  and  South  Arcot,  there  are 
extensive  privately  owned  plantations  of  casuarina, 'which 
is  widely  grown  for  fuel,  but  the  high  price  which  the 
wood  fetches  is  evidence  that  the  demand  on  them  is 
greater  than  the  supply  and  since  the  profits  on  existing 
plantations  are  high,  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  area  under 
casuarina  will  rapidly  extend  till  the  natural  limit  is  reached. 
On  the  Nilgiris,  the  Palnis  and  some  of  the  high 
ranges,  blue  gum  plantations  of  great  extent  could  be 
started  and  would  in  few  years  yield  very  large  sup- 
plies of  firewood,  as  an  annual  increment  of  at  least  six 


MISCELLANEOUS   INDUSTRIES  261 

tons  per  acre  is  easily  obtainable,  but  the  cost  of  transport 
to  places  where  the  fuel  would  be  of  use  is  prohibitive.  It 
would,  nevertheless,  be  of  advantage  if  these  bare  hill  tops 
were  clothed  with  vegetation  and  within  reasonable  limits 
it  is  certainly  desirable  that  the  small  area  planted  out 
should  be  gradually  extended.  As  reserves  of  fuel  they 
might  ultimately  prove  of  great  value  but  in  the  imme- 
diate future  the  justification  for  expenditure  on  them  will 
have  to  be  sought  chiefly  in  the  beneficent  action  which 
forests  exercise  in  moderating  the  effects  of  wind,  rain 
and  other  climatic  influences. 

Such  being  the  existing  state  of  things,  and  with  no 
hope  of  any  material  improvement  in  the  fuel  supply  of 
the  Presidency,  industrialism  in  the  South  of  India  must 
necessarily  be  of  a  restricted  character.  In  metallurgical 
industries,  a  cheap  supply  of  fuel  is  of  vital  importance 
and  our  inability  to  comply  with  this  essential  condition 
renders  the  vast  iron  ore  deposits  of  Salem,  Bellary,  and 
other  districts  valueless.  In  electro-metallurgy  and  in  elec- 
tro-chemical industries  a  cheap  supply  of  power, such  as  is 
obtained  at  Sivasamudram  from  the  Cauvery  falls,  may 
prove  to  be  a  satisfactory  substitute  for  cheap  fuel,  but  the 
amount  of  such  power  in  the  South  of  India  is  very  limited, 
and  for  the  present  may  be  neglected.  Industries  such  as 
these  are  therefore  out  of  the  question  and  there  are  pros- 
pects of  success  only  in  those  industries  in  which  the  fuel 
used,  whether  for  power  or  heat,  forms  only  a  small  part  of 
the  total  manufacturing  expenses.  A  local  supply  of  raw 
material,  a  local  demand  for  the  goods  and  in  some  cases 
a  local  supply  of  suitable  labour,  are  all  factors  which  may 
more  than  counterbalance  the  disadvantages  due  to  the 
high  cost  of  fuel.  Again  some  special  condition  such  as 
the  fragility  or  bulkiness  of  the  articles  produced  may 
operate  in  favour  of  a  local  industry  which  otherwise 


262  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

would  be  hopelessly  handicapped  by  expensive  fuel.  The 
manufacture  of  glass,  for  instance,  has  been  started  in 
Madras  and  may  become  an  established  industry  in  spite 
of  dear  fuel  and  an  unfavourable  climate,  because  it  is 
protected  by  high  freights  and  heavy  packing  charges 
relative  to  the  value  of  the  imported  articles.  The  most 
important  element  upon  which  success  depends  seems  to 
be  in  this  case  the  existence  of  a  sufficiently  large  local 
market  for  the  outturn  of  the  factory.  Lastly  for  such 
work  as  pumping  water,  power  is  required  and  though  the 
cost  of  the  fuel  is  the  main  item  in  the  cost  of  the  work, 
the  extent  to  which  this  operation  will  he  affected  by  the 
price  of  the  fuel  depends  upon  the  value  of  the  water.  It 
is  easily  possible  to  conceive  that  the  water,  whether  for 
town  supply  or  irrigation,  is  so  valuable  that  all  that  is 
available  will  be  made  use  of,  and  the  field  for  employ- 
ment of  engines  and  pumps  will  not  be  increased  or 
diminished  by  fluctuations  in  the  cost  of  fuel. 

The  calorific  power  of  fuel  is  not  the  sole  factor 
which  is  taken  into  account  in  assessing  its  value.  For 
domestic  purposes,  as  we  have  seen,  wood  is  nearly  equal 
in  price  to  coal,  although  it  yields  but  little  more  than 
half  the  amount  of  heat.  Similarly  from  wood  large 
quantities  of  charcoal  are  prepared  although  in  the  process 
of  conversion  about  one  half  the  total  heat  producing 
power  is  dissipated.  The  charcoal  is  valued  for  the  intense 
heat  which  can  be  developed  by  its  combustion,  for  its 
freedom  from  impurities  arid  for  the  absence  of  smoke 
attending  its  use.  But  in  the  processes  now  employed 
about  five  tons  of  wood  are  required  to  produce  a  ton  of 
charcoal.  It  is  therefore  an  expensive  fuel  and  only  used 
when  its  special  properties  are  in  demand.  In  re- 
cent years,  it  has  come  largely  into  use  for  the  manu- 
facture of  gas  for  generating  power  in  gas  engines.  The 


MISCELLANEOUS   INDUSTRIES  263 

initial  expense  of  the  fuel  is  counterbalanced  by  the 
efficiency  with  which  power  can  be  obtained  from  the 
gas  it  yields. 

The  fuels  available  for  generating  power  in  this 
Presidency  have  already  been  mentioned,  and  we  have 
seen  that  the  price  of  each  fuel  fluctuates  from  time  to 
time  and  varies  enormously  in  different  places  owing  to 
cost  of  carriage  from  the  sources  of  supply.  The  size  of  the 
the  generating  unit  also  materially  affects  the  question  as 
to  which  is  the  cheapest  fuel  to  use,  and  in  nearly  every 
case,  it  is  a  matter  of  some  difficulty  and  requires  extensive 
practical  experience  and  intimate  knowledge  of  local  con- 
ditions to  satisfactorily  decide  what  fuel  should  be  used 
and  what  method  of  using  it  should  be  adopted.  The 
Diesel  engine  is  by  far  the  most  efficient  heat  motor  that 
so  far  has  been  designed,  but  whether  it  can  compete  with 
steam  engines  using  coal  or  gas  engines  supplied  with  gas 
from  one  or  other  of  the  various  types  of  gas  producers, 
in  which  coal,  coke,  charcoal,  wood  or  waste  products 
such  as  saw  dust  or  tannery  refuse  are  burned,  depends 
on  the  relative  prices  at  which  these  sources  of  heat  can 
be  obtained.  In  most  towns,  for  very  large  units,  the  steam 
engine  still  holds  its  own,  of  which  evidence  is  afforded  by 
the  fact  that  during  the  last  few  years  several  large  cotton 
mill  engines  have  been  installed  in  this  Presidency  and  in 
only  one  instance  has  a  Diesel  engine  been  employed.  On 
the  other  hand  for  smaller  units,  but  still  comparatively 
large  ones,  the  steam  engine  shares  the  field  with  the  Diesel 
engine,  whilst  for  small  sources  of  power,  gas  and  oil  en- 
gines alone  can  compete,  and  at  the  extreme  end  of  the  scale, 
the  oil  engine  enjoys  unrivalled  supremacy.  To  the  people  of 
Southern  India,  the  interest  mainly  lies  in  the  relative  advan- 
tages of  oil  and  gas  engines.  Where  large  amounts  of  power 
are  consumed  there  are  always  competent  Engineers  availa- 


264  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

ble  to  decide  how  it  is  to  be  obtained,  but  the  projectors 
of  small  factories  and  agriculturists  or  landowners,  who 
want  to  pump  water,  cannot  easily  obtain  such  expert 
advice,  and  it  is  an  unfortunate  fact  that  they  are  prone 
to  decide  a  question  like  this  on  the  advice  of  incompetent 
or  interested  parties  and  generally  with  dire  results. 
Government  fully  recognise  this  fact  and  though  the 
Department  of  Industries  has  ceased  to  exist,  this  branch 
of  its  work  is  still  carried  on  and  for  a  trifling  fee,  the 
whole  experience  of  the  late  Department  is  placed  at  the 
disposal  of  those  who  wish  to  make  use  of  it. 

The  liquid  fuel  or  kerosine  oil  used  in  oil  engines 
is  imported  from  abroad  and  is  cheaper  in  Madras  than 
anywhere  else  in  the  Presidency,  There  is  competition 
in  the  kerosine  oil  trade  but  the  liquid  fuel  is  monopolised 
by  one  company,  and  it  has  power  to  withhold  supplies 
or  arbitrarily  change  the  price  at  any  time.  This  is  not  an 
altogether  satisfactory  position  and  it  is  at  least  politic  to 
encourage  any  rival  system  that  can  compete  with  oil 
engines  using  liquid  fuel.  For  gas  engines,  charcoal  is  the 
most  convenient  material  from  which  the  gas  can  be 
obtained  and  it  is  naturally  cheapest  where  wood  is  most 
plentiful  and  when  there  is  no  large  demand  for  it  for 
other  purposes.  This  is  generally  in  the  neighourhood  of 
the  forest  tracts  and  remote  from  railways.  These  are 
nor  usually  centres  of  industry  and  in  order  that  the 
field  for  employment  of  gas  plants  may  be  greatly  widened, 
it  is  necessary  that  there  should  be  greater  inducements 
to  manufacture  charcoal  and  that  more  economical 
methods  should  be  employed  than  those  now  in  vogue. 
It  is  certainly  a  point  in  favour  of  the  gas  engine  that  its  fuel 
can  be  obtained  in  the  country  and  need  not  be  imported 
from  abroad  and  it  is  therefore  a  matter  of  some  economic 
importance  to  encourage  the  development  of  charcoal 
manufacture  on  improved  lines,  ... :, 


MISCELLANEOUS   INDUSTRIES  -265 

Four  years  ago,  the  attention  of  Government  was  first 
directed  to  the  probability  of  a  growing  demand  for 
charcoal  and  an  enquiry  was  started  to  ascertain  what 
prospects  the  scientific  method  of  preparing  charcoal 
known  as  wood  distillation  offered  for  the  employment  of 
capital  to  those  interested  in  the  improvement  of  Indian 
industries.  The  information  finally  collected  was  placed 
before  an  Advisory  Board  appointed  by  Government  to 
consider  whether  the  industry  should  be  left  to  private 
enterprise  or  undertaken  by  Government.  The  Advisory 
Board  reported  that  it  did  not  offer  sufficient  inducements 
for  the  investment  of  private  capital  and  thought  that  if  it 
was  desirable  to  start  the  industry,  it  should  in  the 
first  place  be  undertaken  by  Government.  The  orders  of 
the  Secretary  of  State  in  regard  to  the  pioneering  of  new 
industries  preclude  the  possibility  of  this  being  done  and 
things  must  remain  in  statu.  quo  ante  unless  it  can  be  shown 
that  the  opinion  of  the  Advisory  Committee  was  not  well 
founded. 


II 

A  careful  reconsideration  of  the  facts  gathered  more 
than  two  years  ago,  supplemented  by  information  of  con- 
siderable value  obtained  whilst  in  Europe  on  furlough, 
induces  me  to  put  forward  a  case  for  wood  distillation  as 
an  industry  eminently  suited  to  Indian  conditions  at  the 
present  time.  It  is  not  a  difficult  or  complicated  industry. 
It  can  be  started  with  a  moderate  capital  outlay,  the  raw 
material  is  available  in  sufficient  quantity  to  secure  the 
permanence  of  the  industry  and  for  the  products  there,  is 
an  assured  market  at  remunerative  prices.  It  is  true  that 
it  is  a  new  industry  to  the  country,  and  that  no  one  here 
has  any  practical  experience  in  working  it,  but  it  is  carried 

34 


266  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

out  on  a  large  scale  in  many  other  parts  of  the  world  and 
there  will  be  no  difficulty  in  obtaining  the  services  of  an 
expert  to  start  the  plant  and  train  local  men  to  run  it. 

The  methods  of  burning  charcoal  prevalent  in  India 
are  practically  the  same  as  those  pursued  in  other  parts 
of  the  world  where  this  primitive  process  has  not  been 
displaced  by  wood  distillation.  Briefly,  the  wood  is 
stacked  in  large  heaps,  protected  from  the  atmos- 
phere by  a  covering  of  earth,  and  fired  with  a  limi- 
ted amount  of  air.  The  heat  generated  by  the  com- 
bustion of  part  of  the  wood  causes  chemical  disinte- 
gration of  the  rest,  with  the  evolution  of  the  acid  vapours 
and  tar  and  there  finally  remains  a  residue  consisting  of 
almost  pure  carbon.  The  one  product  is  carbon  or  char- 
coal of  which  about  two  tons  are  obtained  from  every  10 
tons  of  wood  carbonised.  This  process  is  very  , simple, 
but  extremely  wasteful,  as  by  it,  from  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  tons  of  good  wood,  we  every  year  obtain  none  of  the 
valuable  bye-products  which  a  more  scientific  procedure 
would  render  available.  In  place  of  this  crude  way  of 
treating  wood  when  charcoal  is  required,  it  may  be  sub- 
jected to  prolonged  heating  in  closed  retorts  or  kilns, whereby 
all  the  volatile  matter  is  driven  off  and  a  residue  of  practi- 
cally pure  carbon  left  behind  The  volatile  matter  is  of 
complex  composition  and  yields  on  condensation  pyrolig- 
neous  acid  and  tar.  The  liquor  is  allowed  to  stand  in 
tanks  whereby  the  tar  sinks  to  the  bottom  and  the  super- 
natant liquor  is  then  distilled,  yielding  crude  wood  spirit 
and  acetic  acid.  This  distillate  after  standing  in  wooden 
tubs  for  a  certain  time,  whereby  further  separation  of  im- 
purities is  effected,  is  mixed  with  milk  of  lime  and  transfer- 
red to  a  copper  still  and  again  subjected  to  heat  till  all  the 
wood  spirit  is  removed.  The  residue  consists  of  an  aque- 
ous solution  of  acetate  of  lime,  which  is  concentrated  and 


MISCELLANEOUS  INDUSTRIES  267 

finally  dried  to  a  grey  powder  in  a  kiln.  The  wood  spirit 
is  subjected  to  fractional  distillation  and  commercial 
methyl  alcohol  produced.  From  the  destructive  distillation 
of  wood,  we  therefore  obtain  four  marketable  products  :— 

(1)  Charcoal. 

(2)  Acetate  of  lime. 

(3)  Methyl  Alcohol. 

(4)  Wood  tar. 

There  is  also  a  large  quantity  of  incondensable  gas 
which  passes  through  the  first  condensation  process,  and 
can  be  utilised  to  assist  in  heating  the  retorts.  All  these 
products  are  of  considerable  commercial  value. 

The  price  of  charcoal  in  Madras  at  the  present  time 
is  Rs.  30  a  ton.  The  acetate  of  lime  fetches  from  £  «  to 
£  11  a  ton  in  the  London  market  and  may  be  taken  as 
worth  fully  Rs.  120  a  ton  in  Madras.  The  methyl  alcohol 
fetches  from  2s.  to  2/6  a  gallon  in  London  and  may  be 
taken  as  worth  Re.  1  per  gallon  in  Madras,  if  it  is  to  be 
exported  from  the  country.  As  will  be  subsequently 
shown,  a  market  can  be  found  for  it  in  India  in  which  case 
it  will  be  worth  at  least  Rs.  1-8-0  a  gallon  at  the 
factory.  There  remains  the  tar  which  is  worth  a  great 
deal  more  in  India  than  in  England.  Last  year,  1909-10, 
there  was  imported  into  Madras  23,861  cvvts.  of  tar  valued 
at  Rs.  79,030  or  slightly  over  Rs.  66  a  ton.  It  will  there- 
fore be  well  within  the  mark  to  assume  that  the  locally 
manufactured  tar  will  be  worth  Rs.  40  a  ton  at  the  factory. 
Experiments  have  been  made  in  England  with  a  consider- 
able number  of  Indian  timbers  to  ascertain  what  they 
would  yield  on  being  subjected  to  destructive  distillation. 
In  the  case  of  blue  gums  which  grow  so  freely  on  the 
Nilgiris  and  of  casuarina,  ten  ton  lots  were  sent  home 
and  the  experiments  were  on  a  sufficiently  large  scale 


268  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

to  yield  fairly  accurate  commercial  results.  These  are 
presented  in  the  following  table. 

Blue  gum.        Casuarina  wood. 

Charcoal,  per  cent.  ...         35  30 

Acetate  of  lime,  per  cent.    5'42  5'2 

Methyl  Alcohol, 

gallons  per  ton,  3  4 

Tar,  per  cent  5^  4^ 

From  10  tons  of  casuarina  wood,  we  should  therefore 
obtain  products  worth  Rs.  228  as  shown  in  detail  in  the 
following  statement  : — 

Rs. 

Charcoal,  3  tons  at  Rs.  25  per  ton  ...  75 

Methyl  alcohol,  40  gallons  at  Rs.  1/8  per  gal.    60 
Grey  Acetate  of  lime  (80  %)  12J   cwt.  at 

Rs.  120  per  ton  ...  75 

Wood  tar  9  cwt.  at  Rs.  40  per  ton  ...  18 

Total     ...  228 

It  now  becomes  possible  to  present  a  balance  sheet 
to  show  the  probable  results,  which  would  be  obtained, 
if  a  wood  distillation  factory  were  started  on  the  East 
Coast,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  large  casuarina  plantations, 
preferably  situated  near  the  Buckingham  Canal,  so  that 
advantage  may  be  taken  of  water  carriage  to  reduce  the 
cost  of  transport  of  raw  material  as  much  as  possible. 
To  deal  with  about  6,000  tons  of  dry  wood  per  annum, 
such  a  factory  would  cost,  erected  in  complete  working 
order,  about  Rs.  1,50,000  and  a  company  with  a  paid  up 
capital  of  Rs.  2,00,000  would  have  ample  funds  to 
carry  on  the  business.  The  principal  items  on  the  debit 
side  of  the  balance  sheet  would  be  the  cost  of  the  wood 
the  cost  of  the  fuel  for  working  the  furnaces  and 


MISCELLANEOUS   INDUSTRIES  269 

the  stills.  It  would  of  course  be  possible  to  use  part  of 
the  wood  this  way,  but  it  will  be  found  more  economical 
to  buy  coal.  For  the  casuarina  wood  I  have  allowed  Rs.  8 
a  ton  and  for  the  coal  Rs.  13  a  ton  delivered  at  the 
factory.  10  per  cent,  depreciation  is  allowed  on  the  whole 
plant  and  the  other  items  are  based  on  the  actual  charges 
incurred  on  a  wood  distillation  plant  of  about  this  size  in 
Germany.  The  total  amounts  to  Rs.  1,00.900  per  annum 
as  shown  in  the  following  statement : — 

Rs. 

Wood,  6,000  tons  48,000 

Coal,  1,000     „  13,000 

Lime,  150       „  ...  900 

Labour  ...  ...  ...  ...     5,000 

Repairs  ...  ...  ,..  ...     4,000 

Management     ...  ...  ...  ...  15,000 

Depreciation     ...  ...  ...  ...   15.000 


Total  Rs.     ...  100,900 


We  have  already  seen  that  10  tons  of  casuarina  wood 
will  yield  products  worth  Rs.  228.  6,000  tons  will  there- 
fore yield  products  worth  Rs.  136,800  and  the  gross  profit 
on  a  capital  of  Rs.  2,00,000  will  amount  to  Rs.  35,900  per 
annum,  I  think  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  away  from 
the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  Madras,  casuarina  wood 
in  abundance  can  be  obtained  at  lower  rates  than  tlmse 
quoted  and  if  this  be  so,  the  prospects  of  the  undertaking 
are  still  more  favourable. 

It  may  be  interesting  to  compare  the  conditions,  under 
which  this  factory  will  work,  with  those  which  I  actually 
found  in  a  factory  at  Ivry  near  Paris.  The  wood  cost  Rs. 
13  per  ton  and  4  tons  were  required  to  produce  a  ton  of 
charcoal.  The  charcoal  was  sold  at  Rs.  45  a  ton,  that  is 


270  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

to  say,  wood  worth  Rs.  52  produced  charcoal  worth  only 
Rs.  45,  and  the  whole  of  the  working  expenses  and  the 
profit  on  the  manufacture,  together  with  the  loss  of  Rs.  7 
on  each  ton  of  charcoal  produced,  had  to  be  realised 
from  the  sale  of  the  bye-products.  The  firm  found  it  more 
profitable  to  work  them  up  into  marketable  chemicals  and 
the  acetate  of  lime  was  converted  into  white  or  brown 
sugar  lead,  glacial  acetic  acid  and  acetate  of  copper,  and 
in  the  export  department,  I  saw  a  large  consignment 
of  acetate  of  lead  packed  for  shipment  to  Bombay.  For 
the  tar,  there  was  no  market  and  it  was  found  that  the 
best  way  of  disposing  of  it  was  to  burn  it  under  the  stills. 
The  methyl  alcohol  was  rectified  to  a  high  degree  of 
purity  and  sold  to  colour  works  or  for  the  manufacture 
of  formalin.  The  firm  at  the  time  of  my  visit  were  also 
experimenting  with  a  direct  process  for  the  manufacture 
of  acetone,  another  very  valuable  product  from  pyroligne- 
ous  acid.  Dealing  with  such  a  friable  material  as  char- 
coal, there  is  always  a  large  amount  of  waste  and  this  is 
utilised  for  the  manufacture  of  what  is  known  in  France 
as  charbon  de  Paris  and  Bouches  de  Noailles,  which  are 
practically  charcoal  briquettes.  The  charbon  de  Paris  is 
made  as  follows  ; — 

75  fbs.  of  powdered  charcoal  and  35  tbs.  of 
tar,  which  may  be  either  coal  or  wood  tar,  and 
half  a  pound  of  carbonate  of  soda  are  mixed  under  edge 
runners  and  the  resulting  product  compressed  in  moulds 
to  briquettes  of  various  sizes  and  shapes.  The  briquettes 
are  allowed  to  dry  from  6  to  8  days  and  are  then  packed 
in  closed  kilns  and  fired  internally  with  a  very  limited 
supply  of  air.  In  the  course  of  about  12  hours,  nearly  all 
the  tar  is  removed  and  the  comparatively  soft  briquettes 
are  converted  into  hard  blocks  of  carbon  somewhat  similar 
in  appearance  to  coke.  For  these,  there  is  a  very  large 


MISCELLANEOUS  INDUSTRIES  271 

demand  in  Paris  for  domestic  and  other  purposes  in  which 
a  very  slow  rate  of  combustion,  freedom  from  smoke, 
smell  and  noxious  fumes  are  essential.  They  consequent- 
ly sell  at  a  high  price,  the  rate  at  the  time  being  as  much 
as  Rs.  100  per  ton.  With  our  cheaper  raw  material,  we 
could  manufacture  them  at  probably  half  this  price, 
and  as  there  is  no  doubt  whatever  that  they  would  be 
extremely  well  adapted  to  Indian  domestic  conditions, 
it  is  possible,  therefore  that  a  large  market  might  be 
found  for  them.  At  any  rate,  the  experiment  is  very  well 
worth  trying  as  it  could  be  conducted  on  a  small  scale  at 
very  little  expense.  In  Paris,  it  is  found  profitable  to 
complete  the  manufacture  of  the  products  of  wood  distil- 
lation and  I  think  it  will  be  advisable  to  proceed  on  the 
same  course  in  India.  The  Government  Cordite  Factory 
at  Aruvankad  on  the  Nilgiris  might  purchase  large  quanti- 
ties of  acetate  of  lime  to  manufacture  it  into  acetone, 
but  otherwise  there  is  not  likely  to  be  any  demand 
for  acetate  of  lime  except  on  the  part  of  chemical  manu- 
facturers to  convert  it  into  more  useful  products  such 
as  sugar  of  lead  which  is  used  in  dyeing  and  calico  print- 
ing, for  the  preparation  of  alum  mordants  and  for  the 
manufacture  of  chrome  yellow.  It  would  certainly  not  be 
feasible  to  manufacture  acetone  in  the  plains  of  India  as 
the  boiling  point  of  this  compound  is  very  low  and  it 
is  highly  volatile  and  difficult  to  pack  in  such  a  way  that 
it  can  be  transported  without  loss. 

Wood  spirit  is  largely  used  in  Europe  for  denaturiz- 
ing  alcohol,  but  for  this  purpose,  as  caoutchoucine  is  used 
in  India,  it  is  hardly  likely  that  the  advent  of  a  wood 
distillation  plant  would  lead  to  any  change.  The  use  for 
the  wood  spirit  must  be  found  in  the  manufacture  of 
formalin  compounds  and  in  the  sale  of  rectified  spirit 
suitable  for  varnish  making. 


272  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

For  the  tar,  there  already  exists  a  local  market  which 
is  at  present  met  by  importation  from  abroad  and  it  will 
probably  be  convenient  to  simply  displace  part  of  the 
imports,  but  if  necessary,  the  tar  can  be  worked  into 
products  such  as  creasote  and  guaiacol,  both  disinfectants 
which  would  find  a  ready  sale  in  this  country. 

The  above  represents  a  fair  statement  of  the  prospects 
of  a  wood  distillation  industry  and  they  seem  to  me  to  be 
sufficiently  attractive.  Once  started  on  the  moderate  scale 
now  proposed  it  would  be  easy  to  extend  them  if  my 
anticipations  are  realized.  On  the  Nilgiris,  in  the  Salem 
District,  in  North  Coimbatore  and  in  North  Malabar,  wood 
could  probably  be  obtained  at  even  lower  rates  than  those 
charged  for  casuarina  in  this  note  and  there  would  be 
little  risk  in  setting  up  additional  plants  with  the  experience 
available  if  these  proposals  are  successfully  carried  out. 

MILK  PRODUCTS 

In  strange  contrast  with  Burma  where  milk  is  scarcely 
ever  used  as  an  article  of  food,  in  India  it  plays  a  very 
important  part  in  the  dietary  of  the  people  all  over  the 
country.  A  rough  estimate  of  the  cows  and  she- 
buffaloes  places  the  number  at  about  40  millions, 
and  it  is  well-known  to  all  interested  in  the  matter 
that  the  average  yield  of  milk  is  extremely  poo'r  and 
probably  does  not  amount  to  more  than  a  quart  per 
head  per  day.  In  various  parts  of  the  country  there  are 
to  be  found  special  breeds  of  cattle  which  yield  much 
better  results  than  this.  During  the  last  20  years  Dairy 
Farming  has  been  a  subject  of  investigation  by  specialists 
with  very  valuable  results.  As  long  ago  as  1895  Mr. 
Mollison,  the  late  Director-General  of  Agriculture,  who 
was  then  the  Superintendent  of  Government  Farms  in 
Bombay  wrote  :— "  The  yield  of  Indian  cows  rarely  ex- 


MISCELLANEOUS    INDUSTRIES  273 

ceeds  20  to  25  Ibs.  per  day.  12  to  16  ibs  more  nearly  how- 
ever approximate  the  average  of  good  cows  in  full  profit. 
Buffaloes  on  an  average  give  considerably  more  than 
cows  in  India  and  their  milk  is  also  much  richer. 
Under  skilful  management  there  is  no  reason  why  the 
milk  breeds  of  India  should  not  be  very  much  im- 
proved. It  is  quite  within  the  bounds  of  possibility  to 
breed  up  Indian  buffaloes  to  become  one  of  the  best 
butter  producing  breeds  in  the  world."  This  prediction 
has  to  some  extent  been  realised  in  the  Government 
Dairy  Farms  in  the  United  Provinces  and  Meagher  and 
Vaughan  in  their  book  on  "  Dairy  Farming  in  India" 
published  in  1904  give  the  results  of  observations  made 
by  them  on  well  bred  milch  cattle  at  the  Allahabad  farm. 
There  the  Hansi  cows  yielded  from  3  to  4  gallons  of  milk 
per  day  and  buffaloes  of  the  Murrah  breed  from  4  to  as 
much  as  6  gallons  per  day.  Cattle  can  be  obtained  which 
will  yield  from  4  to  7  gallons  of  milk  during  the  milking 
season,  and  as  the  period  between  two  successive  births 
averages  about  500  days  we  may  assume  that  it  is  possible 
to  obtain  a  yield  on  an  average  of  a  gallon  of  milk  per 
day  from  a  herd  of  cows  during  the  whole  of  their  useful 
life. 

It  may  be  taken  as  fairly  certain  that  owing  to  the 
rapid  growth  of  the  population,  the  milk  supply  in  India 
is  insufficient  for  the  needs  of  the  people  and  evidence  of 
this  is  to  be  found  in  the  rapid  advance  in  the  price  at 
which  milk  is  sold  in  large  towns.  Especially  so  has  this 
been  the  case  in  the  past  year  or  two,  during  which  in 
addition  to  the  increased  demand,  there  has  been  a  material 
rise  in  the  cost  of  cattle  food.  Further  evidence  in  this 
direction  is  to  be  found  in  the  imports  of  condensed  milk 
which  have  increased  by  more  than  50  per  cent,  in  the 
last  five  years.  From  the  Trade  Returns  for  1909-1910, 
35 


274  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

J  find  that  9,198,428  Ibs.  of  condensed  milk  were  imported 
into  India  and  Burma  valued  at  Rs.  25,61,722.  Of  this 
Burma  took  the  greater  part,  its  share  be  not  less  than  56 
per  cent,  of  the  whole  imports,  whilst  that  of  Bengal  was 
22£  per  cent,  and  that  of  Madras  nearly  13  per  cent. 

If  we  assume  that  the  milk  supply  of   India  amounts 
to  only  5,000,000  gallons  per  day,  which  would  mean  that 
each  cow  only  yielded  one   pint   of   milk  per   day   and 
that  its  average  value  is  now  8  annas  per  gallon,  we  arrive 
at  the  somewhat  startling  result  that  the  total  value   of  the 
milk  produced  in  India  is  not  less  than  90croresof  rupees 
per  annum.    Compared  with  this  gigantic  sum,   it  may  at 
first  sight  seem  trifling  that   milk  to  the   value   of  rather 
more  than  a  quarter  of  crore  of  rupees  is  annually  import- 
ed.    But  looked  at   from   another   point   of   view,  it  is  a 
sign  of  the  times  and  may  be   taken    as    an   indication  of 
the  ease  with  which   enterprising   foreigners   can  find   a 
market  for  their  surplus  products  in  this   country.     Here, 
it  is  evident  that  there  is  an  enormous  field   for   improve- 
ment, and  I  think  there  is  no  doubt  that  if  sufficient  atten- 
tion were  paid  to  the  matter  of   breeding  milch  cattle,  the 
yield  throughout  India    could  be  increased  by  at   least   50 
per   cent    and     possibly   doubled.     In     other   countries, 
results  at  least  equal  to   this   have   been   achieved   and    I 
need  only  mention  the  extraordinary  success  of   co-opera- 
tive dairying  in  such  widely  different  countries  as  Denmark 
and  Ireland. 

Not  only  does  India  import  tinned  milk  to  the 
quantites  already  mentioned,  but  there  has  always  been 
a  large  importation  of  ghee  along  the  Northern  frontiers 
the  average  value  of  which  is  about  Rs.  50  lakhs  per 
annum. 

With  an  agricultural  population  fully  alive  to  the 
value  of  their  milch  cattle  and  working  their  products  into 


MISCELLANEOUS    INDUSTRIES  275 

a  marketable  form  on  a  co-operative  basis,  India  would 
not  only  be  able  to  supply  her  own  requirements  but 
might  easily  become  one  of  the  largest,  if  not  the  largest, 
exporter  of  dairy  produce  in  the  world.  I  am  fully  aware 
that  it  is  hopeless  to  expect  any  rapid  improvement  in 
this  direction  but  that  is  no  reason  why  attention  should 
not  be  drawn  to  the  matter,  especially  in  view  of  the  fact, 
that  recent  developments  in  the  methods  of  dealing  with 
milk  render  it  possible  to  preserve  it  for  an  indefinitely 
long  time  in  an  extremely  concentrated  form.  Condensed 
milks  have  long  been  known  and  are  largely  used,  but  it  is 
generally  recognised  that  even  the  best  of  them  are  inferior 
to  fresh  milk  and  are  only  largely  used  because  of  the 
facility  with  which  they  can  be  transported. 

In  recent  years,  various  processes  have  been  introduc- 
ed for  converting  liquid  milk  into  a  dry  powder,  but  the 
majority  of  these  have  not  met  with  any  great  measure  of 
success,  chiefly  because  the  temperatures  to  which  the  milk 
is  subjected  during  the  process  of  drying  are  so  high  that 
the  physical  constituents  of  the  milk  itself  are  partially 
changed  and  the  resulting  powder  when  again  mixed  with 
water  yields  a  fluid  with  solid  particles  suspended  in  it 
which  differs  very  materially  from  fresh  milk. 

Whilst  at  home  last  year,  I  came  across  a  new 
process  of  converting  milk  into  a  dry  powder  which 
seemed  to  be  worthy  of  further  investigation.  I  was 
able  to  interest  the  patentees  of  the  process  in  the 
Indian  milk  question  and  they  were  good  enough  to 
afford  me  ample  opportunity  to  investigate  their  method 
of  working  in  every  detail.  Their  principal  factory  is 
situated  in  Cheshire  and  the  plant,  which  they  have  erected 
there,  is  capable  of  dealing  with  about  5,000  gallons  of 
milk  per  day,  but  at  the  time  of  my  visit,  they  were 
only  able  to  get  delivery  of  about  3,000  gallons  per 


276  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

day.      I    am    not    at    liberty    to    give     a    very    minute 
description     of     the   process   employed   as   its   success- 
ful operation    depends    upon    attention  to    many  details 
which  naturally    a   commercial    concern    does   not  wish 
to    have   disclosed.      At    the  time    of   my    visit   to     the 
factory,  which  was  in  the  early  morning,  the  farmer's  carts 
were  bringing  in  the  morning  milk  supply.     The  milk  was 
first   weighed   and    then    warmed    and    sent  through   a 
cream   separator  whereby  about  7  per  cent,  of  commercial 
cream  was  extracted.  This  was  stored  away  in  a  cool  room 
and  daily    sent   to    London.     The   skimmed   milk,    after 
leaving   the   centrifugal   separator,   was    pumped   into   a 
pasteurizing  kettle   and   then  passed  into  a  vacuum  pan 
where   under  a  vacuum  of   26"  to   27"  it  was  concentra- 
ted to   2/9  of  its   original   volume.      The    final   process 
whereby    this     highly    concentrated     liquid     milk     was 
converted  into  a  dry  powder  was  extremely  simple,  but  its 
successful  operation  was  the  result  of  much  experimental 
work,   into  the   details  of   which    I  am   precluded   from 
entering.      Briefly,   it    consists    in    pumping     the    milk 
through    an   extremely    fine    hole    in    a    plate     at    the 
end  of  a   nozzle  which   projects    into  a  wooden  chamber 
lined  with  tin  plate,   into   which   a  current  of  filtered  hot 
air   was   blown.     The   pressure   of   the   milk  behind  the 
spray  plate  varied  from  3  to  4   thousand   tbs  per  stj.  inch, 
and  in  the  chamber  the  milk  was  sprayed   into  a  fine  mist 
and  almost  instantaneously  deprived  of  its  moisture,   fall- 
ing to  the  bottom  of  the  chamber   as  an  impalpable  white 
powder.    In  the  rear  of   the   chamber  suitable  filters  were 
provided  through  which  the  hot  moist   air  escaped   to  the 
outside  leaving   all    the    milk  powder  behind.     Extreme 
care  has  to  be  taken  in  filtering  the   very  large   volume  of 
air  which  passes  through  the  chamber  and  its  temperature 
is  maintained   at    175   to    180°   F.   by     regulating      the 


MISCELLANEOUS    INDUSTRIES  277 

quantity   of   concentrated   milk   which    is  sent   in  to   be 
evaporated. 

This  drying  process  could  be  equally  well  applied  to 
unconcentrated  milk  but  the  output    would  be  very  much 
smaller  and  the  cost  of  evaporation  much  greater.     On  the 
day  of  my  visit  the  milk  powder  being  made,  as  has  already 
been  mentioned,    was   from  milk   deprived  of  the  greater 
part  of  its  cream,  but  the  same  process  is  equally  applicable 
to  unseparated  milk  and  large  quantities  of  what  is  known 
as  full  cream  milk  powder  are  so  manufactured.   The  yield 
of  milk  powder  from   skimmed  milk  is  about  8   percent, 
of    the   original    weight    and    from    unseparated     milk 
about    12    per    cent,     and    the    plant,    I    saw    at  work, 
was    capable   of    producing   about  2^    tons   of    normal 
milk    powder    or    35   cwt.  of    skimmed    milk     powder, 
per  day.     It  is  interesting  to  note  that  wheyed  milk  powder 
the  principal  constituent  of  which  is  milk  sugar,  can   also 
be  produced  in  an  exactly  similar  manner  and  in  fact  is  so 
manufactured,  either  for  sale  as  such,  or  for  mixture   with 
the  other  milk  powders  so  as  to  produce  mil-k  foods  speci- 
ally suited  for  infantile  or  impaired  digestions. 

This  method  of  producing  dry  milk  powder  is  equally 
applicable  to  eggs,  and  the  egg  powder  so  produced  can 
be  used  for  every  purpose  for  which  fresh  eggs  are  employ- 
ed in  cooking.  The  eggs  delivered  at  the  factory  first 
have  their  outer  shells  thoroughly  washed  in  clean  water 
and  are  then  thrown  into  a  centrifugal  which  entirely  sepa- 
rates the  fluid  contents  from  the  outer  shell.  The  liquid 
which  is  a  mixture  of  the  yolk  and  the  white  of  the  eggs  is 
pumped  directly  into  the  hot  air  chamber  and  converted 
at  once  into  a  dry  powder.  The  treatment  of  eggs  demon- 
strates more  clearly  than  is  possible  with  milk  the  impor- 
tant advantage  of  this  process,  and  that  is,  that  the  albumen 
which  forms  the  white  of  the  eggs  and  which  is  present  in 


278  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

milk  only  in  small  quantities  is  not  coagulated  by  the 
temperatures  to  which  it  is  subjected  in  the  drying  chamber. 
At  this  Cheshire  Factory  egg  powder  was  only  occasion- 
ally produced,  as  in  England,  the  demand  for  fresh  eggs 
is  so  great  that  they  command  a  much  higher  price  than 
that  at  which  it  would  be  profitable  to  convert  them  into 
egg  powder.  In  India  this  would  not  be  the  case,  and 
it  seems  to  me  that  it  would  be  quite  possible  to  produce 
eggs  by  scientific  poultry  farming  on  a  co-operative  basis 
on  a  sufficiently  extensive  scale  and  at  prices  which  would 
make  it  profitable  to  manufacture  egg  powder  for  export. 
Poultry  rearing  in  India  has  never  been  developed 
to  anything  like  the  extent  that  is  possible,  owing  to  the 
fact  that  eggs,  as  an  article  of  food,  are  much  too  expen- 
sive for  the  bulk  of  the  population.  Assuming  however 
a  demand  for  fresh  eggs  in  large  quantities  at  a  fixed  price, 
it  seems  to  me  not  improbable  that  the  villagers  could  be 
induced  to  take  to  rearing  poultry  as  a  subsidiary  occupa- 
tion, and  that  as  such  it  would  be  a  considerable  source 
of  additional  income,  A  plant  for  drying  eggs  is  a  com- 
paratively simple  affair  compared  with  that  which  is 
necessary  for  producing  milk  powder,  and  the  capital 
outlay  involved  need  not  be  large,  so  that  the  only  diffi- 
culty which  I  can  see  in  starting  such  an  industry  in  this 
country  would  be  to  secure  a  sufficiently  large  supply  of 
eggs  at  the  outset.  Probably  it  would  be  necessary 
to  start  a  large  poultry  farm  to  begin  with  and,  to 
offer  to  supply  fowls  with  a  good  laying  strain,  to 
the  surrounding  villagers,  buying  such  eggs  as  they  pro- 
duced. I  do  not  know  if  any  records  of  egg  laying  have 
ever  been  maintained  in  India,  but  great  importance  is 
attached  to  them  by  the  Agricultural  Department  in  Ire- 
land and  in  a  recent  number  of  the  Department's 
journal  there  are  some  interesting  records  given.  It  ap- 


MISCELLANEOUS   INDUSTRIES  279 

pears  that  the  general  average  is  rather  more  than  111  eggs 
per  bird  per  year.  Whether  it  is  greater  or  less  than  this 
in  India  I  have  been  unable  to  ascertain,  but  assuming 
that  fowls  can  be  obtained  which  will  lay  9  dozens  eggs 
in  a  year,  if  these  eggs  fetch  3  annas  a  dozen,  each  hen 
will  produce  an  income  of  Rs.  1-11-0  per  annum.  Whe- 
ther this  would  be  profitable  or  not  would  depend  upon 
the  cost  of  keeping  the  hens.  In  Ireland,  it  amounts  from 
Rs.  2-8-0  to  Rs.  3  per  annum,  but  in  India  it  should  be 
materially  less  than  this,  as,  if  the  hen  population  be  not 
too  dense,  they  will  be  able  to  pick  up  the  greater  part  of 
their  food  themselves. 

With  samples  of  the  different  products  of  this  English 
factory,  I  have  made  a  number  of  experiments  both  in 
England  and  in  India  with  eminently  satisfactory  results. 
The  flavour  of  the  milk  is  slightly  different  from 
that  of  fresh  milk  and  would  probably  be  preferred  by  most 
people  to  that  of  boiled  milk.  Compared  with  condensed 
milks,  the  milk  powders  possess  many  advantages.  In  the 
first  place,  they  are  somewhat  cheaper,  and,  as  they  con- 
tain no  moisture  or  added  sugar,  are  much  less  bulky. 
After  the  tin  is  opened  its  contents  can  be  used  up  gradual- 
ly, and  here  in  Madras,  at  any  rate  during  the  cold  weather, 
the  milk  powder  will  keep  in  good  condition  for  several 
months.  It  is  essential  of  course  that  the  powder  should 
be  kept  perfectly  dry.  From  a  hygienic  point  of  view,  the 
milk  is  perfectly  safe  and  the  scrupulous  state  of  cleanli- 
ness maintained  in  the  factory,  which  is  essential  for 
the  working  of  the  process,  is  a  guarantee  of  the 
purity  of  the  products. 

Before  the  milk  powder  can  be  used  it  has  to  be  mixed 
with  water,  and  it  is  of  course  necessary  that  the  water 
should  be  safe.  This  involves  a  little  trouble  and  is  proba- 
bly the  principal  disadvantage  in  using  milk  powder  as 


280  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

compared  with  condensed  milk.  Buffalo  milk  which  con- 
tains nearly  twice  as  much  fatty  matter  as  cow's  milk 
seems  to  be  well  suited  for  treatment  by  this  process.  To 
start  with  the  percentage  of  fat  can  be  reduced  to  any 
extent  desirable  by  the  use  of  centrifugal  separators 
and  the  milk  so  modified  converted  into  powder.  The 
separated  fat  may  be  made  into  butter  or  ghee,  and 
where  there  is  a  large  demand  for  either  of  these 
commodities,  the  whole  of  the  fat  can  be  removed 
and  the  milk  powder  made  from  the  separated  milk  will 
then  be  an  excellent  material  for  the  manufacture  of  what 
is  known  in  Northern  India  as  Dahi  and  in  Madras  as 
Moru. 

For  invalids  and  young  children,  normal  milk  is  not 
an  altogether  satisfactory  food  and  it  is  often  necessary  to 
modify  it  in  some  way.  On  a  large  scale  this  can  be  done 
by  mixing  the  dry  powders  resulting  from  the  milk  which 
has  been  treated  so  as  to  secure  a  predominance  of  one  or 
other  of  its  constituents.  For  young  children,  for  in- 
stance, it  is  a  simple  matter  to  prepare  a  mixture  of  or- 
dinary milk  and  wheyed  milk  which  will  have  a  com- 
position almost  the  same  as  human  milk,  and  for  invalids, 
from  the  wheyed  milk  powder,  a  solution  can  be  prepared 
of  much  greater  strength  than  that  which  can  be  obtained 
by  the  ordinary  method  of  preparing  wheyed  milk. 
Under  certain  circumstances,  this  may  be  a  great  advan- 
tage as  an  invalid  can  obtain  a  large  amount  of  nourish- 
ment from  a  comparatively  small  volume  of  liquid. 

THE  ARI   INDUSTRIES   OF  SOUTH    INDIA 

Craftsmanship  reached  a  high  degree  of  excellence 
in  the  South  of  India  when  the  country  was  under  its 
Native  rulers  and  there  are  extant  many  beautiful  speci- 
mens of  old  work.  The  artizans  lived  under  the  patronage 


MISCELLANEOUS  INDUSTRIES  281 

of  the  Rajahs  and  Zamindars  and  devoted  their  skill  arid 
experience  to  enhancing  the  fame  and  prestige  of  their 
masters  by  contributing  to  the  magnificence  of  their  sur- 
roundings. The  stonemason,  the  sculptor  and  the  wood 
carver  constructed  and  embellished  the  palaces  in  which 
they  lived  and  the  temples  in  which  they  worshipped;  the 
weavers  and  the  jewellers  furnished  clothing  and  orna- 
ments for  the  adornment  of  their  persons;  and  the  metal- 
workers supplied  the  household  vessels  and  domestic 
utensils,  but  the  highest  development  of  their  work  found 
expression  in  the  design  and  decoration,  of  the  trappings 
and  vehicles  used  in  State  and  religious  processions.  In  the 
former  elephants  played  an  important  part,  and  the  how- 
dahs  were  often  sheathed  in  silver  and  in  part  plated  with 
gold,  the  trappings  were  of  silk  supported  by  a  coarser 
fabric  underneath,  and  the  Mahout  carried  a  goad,  always 
of  elaborate  design  and  frequently  of  exquisitely  carved 
steel.  In  the  religious  processions  the  gods  were  removed 
from  the  temples  and  carried  round  the  precincts  of  the 
sacred  edifice  in  vahanams,  which  were  special  carriages 
in  the  form  of  some  animal  more  or  less  mythological 
and  conventional.  The  frame  work  was  usually  con- 
structed of  wood  and  covered  with  silver  plates  very  highly 
worked  in  repousse. 

In  ancient  times  the  south  of  India,  and  more  especi- 
ally Mysore,  was  celebrated  for  the  quality  of  the  iron  and 
steel  which  was  there  manufactured,  and  the  arts  of  the 
armourer  and  smith  reached  a  high  degree  of  perfection. 
The  wootz  steel  was  held  in  high  esteem  for  weapons  and 
was  certainly  greatly  in  demand  throughout  the  East  and 
it  is  not  improbable  that  the  celebrated  blades  of  Damus- 
cus  were  forged  from  it. 

Under  British  rule  the  indigenous  art  industries  have 
to  some  extent  decayed.     The   picturesque   pageantry    of 
36 


282  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

the  native  courts  has  disappeared  and  the  descendants 
of  the  old  chieftains  and  princes  adorn  their  reception 
rooms  with  gilt  mirrors,  glass  chandeliers  and  Parisian 
ormulu  and  bronzes.  Musical  boxes,  mechanical  toys  and 
the  phonograph  excite  their  wonder  and  amuse  their  idle 
hours.  The  gilt  and  tinsel  of  Europe  attract  them  more 
than  the  artistic  productions  of  their  own  countrymen. 

Accustomed  to  work  for  a  patron  under  the  old 
regime,  and  shielded  more  or  less  from  the  effects  of 
competition,  the  hereditary  art  workers  have  fallen 
upon  evil  days  and  to  earn  a  livelihood  have  been  forced 
to  meet  the  demands  of  the  dealers  and  globe  trotters  for 
cheap  imitations  of  what  they  were  formerly  encduraged 
to  produce  and  which  they  are  still  capable  of  making  if 
they  are  allowed  to  work  under  conditions  which  suit 
their  artistic  temperaments.  Though  much  harm  has 
been  done  there  are  still  many  talented  and  honest  crafts- 
men who,  if  given  the  opportunity,  can  do  good  work, 
and  in  recent  years  there  has  been  an  unquestioned 
revival  in  the  handicrafts  of  the  Madras  Presidency.  For 
this  the  Nattukottai  Chetties  are  largely  responsible.  As  is 
well  known  they  have  provided  very  large  sums  of  money 
for  the  restoration  of  the  great  temples  in  the  south  and 
on  this  work  many  skilled  artizans  have  been  employed 
for  a  long  period.,  and  there  is  but  little  doubt  that  the 
modern  restorations  are  quite  equal  in  merit  to  the  original 
structures.  There  is  plenty  of  evidence  that  the  old  skill 
can  still  be  called  forth  by  congenial  surroundings  and 
there  is  not  the  least  doubt  that  the  craftsmen  of  to-day, 
are  in  no  way  inferior  to  their  predecessors,  but  when 
employed  to  work  against  time  for  a  foreign  market,  and 
for  patrons  with  whom  they  have  no  sympathy,  they  fall 
away  horribly  in  their  efforts  to  produce  what  they  think 
will  please. 


MISCELLANEOUS  INDUSTRIES  28£ 

Even  in  the  Native  States  where  the  conditions  of 
life  have   changed   less  than  in  British  India  the  demand 
for    the    services    of    the    local    art    craftsmen    is    not 
what  it    used    to     be   owing  to    the  general  prevalence 
of    the    idea    that    it    is  a   mark    of    enlightenment    to 
prefer    Western     methods     of    decoration.      The    fault 
of  course     lies   partly    with   the    craftsmen  themselves, 
who,  through    conservatism    and     possibly    also     lack 
of  opportunities,  have  failed  to  adapt  themselves  and  their 
crafts  to  the  changed  conditions  of  the  present  day.  This 
is  very  strongly  exemplified  in  the  new  palace   at   Mysore, 
the  internal  decoration    of  which   is  almost  entirely  the 
work  of  the  subjects  of  that  State.  Even  though  the  gene- 
ral effect  produced  by  the  lavish  use  of  indigenous   orna- 
ments is  not  beyond  criticism,  yet  there  is  not  the  slightest 
doubt  that  the  determination  of  those  responsible  for  the 
building  of  this  new  palace,  to  have  the  work  carried  out 
by  the  craftsmen  of  the  State  has  done  much  to  place   the 
art  industries  of  Mysore  on  a  new  footing  and   give   them 
a  new  lease  of  life.  There  is  much  truth  in  the  contention 
which  has  been  put  forward  that  the  decadence  of  Indian 
art  industries  is  due  to  the  neglect  of   Indian    architecture 
and  to  the  adoption  of  purely  untilitarian  ideas,  in  regard 
to  both    public  and  private  buildings,    since  the  former 
were  placed  under  the  Public  Works  Department.  There 
is  of  course  another   side  to   the   question    which  cannot 
now  be  discussed,  but  under  an  administrative  system  the 
key-note  of  which  is  efficiency,  it  is  obvious  that  utilitarian 
rather  than   artistic   considerations  must  be  predominant. 
Nevertheless,  the  effects  of  the  present  policy  have  produced 
many  misgivings  in  the  minds  of  those  responsible  for  the 
administration  of  this  country,  and  in  none  perhaps  more 
than   Lord  Curzon,   who  during    his  term    of  office   did 
much  to  restore  the  prestige  of  Indian  art,  and  if  his  effort 


284  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN   INDIA 

did  not  meet  with  the  success  they  deserved,  it  was  largely 
due  to  the  deep-seated  nature  of  the  evil  he  sought  to 
remedy.  « 

In  recent   years  the  true  functions   of  art  schools  in 
India  have  been  recognised  and  they  are  now  doing  much 
good  work,  but  the  remedy  is  not  entirely  in  their  hands, 
as  though   they  may   train  an  art   craftsman    or  an  artisf, 
they  cannot  find  him  opportunities  of  pursuing  his  art  or 
craft  afterwards.    In  Madras,  to  a  greater  degree  than  any 
where  else,  this  has  been  recognised  and  the   Council  of 
the  Victoria  Technical    Institute  are   making  a  real   effort 
to    place    the    skilled    artizans    in     this    Presidency    in 
touch     with    those     who    can     appreciate    and     desire 
to    possess    good    specimens    of    the    various    Arts  and 
Crafts   still  carried    on.      The    Victoria    Memorial    Hall, 
in  the  Pantheon  Road,  has  been   built  and,   by  purchase 
from  the  artizans,  has  been  filled  with   specimens  of  the 
best  work  they  are  capable  of  turning  out.      All  the  arti- 
cles are  for  sale  and  when  sold  are  replaced  by  others  and 
thus  a  constant  flow  of  orders  pass  to  the   workers.     The 
Institute,  in  fact,  plays  the  part  of  a  patron  and  secures  for 
the  workers  a  succession    of  opportunities  for  displaying 
their  craftsmanship  and  ingenuity.     The  scheme  is  still  in 
its  initial  stages  and  those  who  are  behind   the  scenes  are 
fully  aware  of  the  difficulties  which  lie  before  them.'    It  is 
to  them  a  matter  of  great   regret   that  they   are  almost 
entirely    dependent    upon  Europeans  for   patronage   and 
that  the  wealthier  classes   in  this  country   take  little  or  no 
interest  in  this  truly  Swadeshi  movement  to  infuse  life  and 
vitality  into  the  Arts   and  Crafts  of  the  Presidency.     It  is 
becoming  increasingly  evident   that  but  a  minor  degree  of 
success  can  attend  their  efforts  so  long  as  the  people  them- 
selves hold  aloof.    A   national  Art  is  one   of  the  clearest 
indications  of  a  vigorous  national  existence  and  those  who 


MISCELLANEOUS  INDUSTRIES  285 

are  able  to  read  the  signs  of  the  times  suggest  that  the 
political  aspirations  of  India  are  much  on  a  par  with  her 
artistic  perceptions. 

Except  weaving,  the  art  industries  of  Southern  India 
are  purely  Dravidian  and  have  been  but  little  influenced 
by  the  long  period  of  Moghul  domination  over  the  rest  of 
the  country.  The  hard  gneisses,  which  crop  up  every 
where,  formed  the  principal  building  material  and  the 
forms  which  this  could  be  made  most  readily  to  assume 
have  deeply  influenced  the  craftsmen  who  later  on  learned 
to  work  in  wood  and  metal.  At  a  very  early  date  steel 
tools  of  excellent  quality  must  have  been  made,  or  the 
masons  and  stonecarvers  could  never  have  attained  the 
skill  in  rendering  such  an  intractable  material  the  medium 
for  the  expression  of  their  ideas  which  even  the  most 
ancient  remains  display.  A  regular  system  of  architecture 
was  evolved,  divided  into  orders,  each  of  which  was 
governed  by  rules  and  sub-divided  elaborately  into  propor- 
tional parts  to  control  the  master  builders  and  the  rigidity 
with  which  these  formulae  were  observed  is  clearly  visible 
in  all  the  temples,  chutrams  and  ancient  buildings  which 
still  exist.  Wood  never  entered  very  largely  into  Dravidian 
architecture  and  was  probably  only  employed  for  doors 
and  for  verandah  pillars  in  domestic  buildings.  The  dur- 
able South  Indian  timbers  are  all  very  hard  and  the  carpenter 
never  attained  any  degree  of  skill  in  making  framed  struc- 
tures, whilst  the  wood  carver  hewed  it  into  form  much  as 
if  it  were  stone  and  his  work  is  characterised  by  the  bold- 
ness of  its  outlines  and  the  grotesqueness  of  the  forms 
which  were  called  into  existence  by  the  weird  fancy  of  the 
ancient  sculptor.  The  temple  cars  were  huge  structures, 
with  solid  wooden  wheels  which  are  obviously  the  design 
of  men  accustomed  to  work  in  stone  and  the  carving  with 
which  they  are  lavishly  adorned  is  equally  of  lithic  origin* 


286  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

Metal-work  in  brass  and  copper  was  almost  always 
cast  by  the  cire  perdue  process,  and  it  is  only  since  sheet 
metal  began  to  be  imported  from  Europe  that  the  methods 
and  patternsof  the  silversmiths  have  been  extensively  copied. 
Beating  out  thin  sheets  of  metal  was  a  very  arduous  busi- 
ness and  was  mainly  confined  to  silver  which  is  compara- 
tively easy  to  work.  Swamis,  lamps,  panchapatrams  and 
spoons  were  needed  for  every  domestic  shrine  and  in  the 
manufacture  of  such  articles  great  skill  was  often  displayed, 
though  the  modeller  was  rather  at  a  disadvantage  owing  to 
the  conventional  restrictions  by  which  he  was  bound.  The 
metal  workers  are  now  mainly  engaged  in  making  house- 
hold utensils  which  are  usually  but  slightly  decorated,  but 
those  used  on  ceremonial  occasions  are  often  of  ornate 
character  and  excellent  design.  The  growing  wealth  of 
the  country  has  led  to  a  much  greater  demand  for  metal 
ware  than  was  ever  possible  before,  and  it  may  be  said 
without  the  least  hesitation  that  as  good  work  is  now  being 
done  in  India  as  was  ever  done,  though  it  must  be  admit- 
ted that  a  vast  amount  of  cheap  and  inferior  stuff  is  always 
in  evidence. 

Weaving  gives  employment  to  the  largest  number 
of  artizans,  but  the  bulk  of  the  work  is  of  a  purely  indus- 
trial character  and,  except  when  the  cloths  have  a 
solid  border,  seldom  possesses  any  artistic  merit. 
There  was  a  large  migration  of  Mahratta  weavers  to  the 
South  of  India  some  centuries  ago  and  large  colonies  of 
their  descendants  are  still  to  be  found  in  the  principal 
weaving  centres.  It  is  probable,  therefore,  that  the 
Dravidians  never  attained  to  the  high  standard  of  weaving 
reached  in  the  North  of  India,  and  the  present  general 
high  level  is  due  to  the  immigrants  who  settled  in  Salem, 
Tanjoreand  Madura,  probably  after  the  break  up  of  the 
Vijianagar  Kingdom.  Hand  printed  cottons  have  always 


MISCELLANEOUS   INDUSTRIES  287 

been  a  famous  Madras  industry,  and  palampores, 
curtains  and  tab)e  covers  are  still  made  in  quite  a  number 
of  towns,  the  most  celebrated  being  those  from  Masuli- 
patam,  Kalahasti  and  Kumbakonam. 

The  carpet  industry  is  in  anything  but  a  flourishing 
condition  and  its  decadence  is  largely  due  to  exploitation 
by  traders  whose  sole  idea  was  to  produce  showy  articles 
manufactured  at  the  lowest  possible  price.  To  meet 
the  demand  for  cheap  carpets  the  use  of  vegetable  dyes 
has  been  abandoned  but  this  would  have  been  a 
small  matter  if  the  dyers  had  been  able  to  acquire 
a  knowledge  of  how  to  use  appropriate  coal  tar  dyes.  Unfor- 
tunately they  have  not  done  this  and  any  dye  stuff  which 
will  produce  a  temporary  colouration  in  the  wool  has  been 
employed,  with  the  result  that  the  carpet  industry  in  the 
South  of  India  may  be  regarded  as  dead  and  beyond  any 
possibility  of  revival.  It  is  true  that  efforts  are  still  being 
made  in  this  direction,  but  it  is  equally  true  that  such 
efforts  have  so  far  proved  futile,  and  the  reason  is  not  far 
to  seek.  There  is  difficulty  about  getting  local  supplies  of 
wool,  lack  of  knowledge  as  to  how  to  treat  it  and  finally 
the  prices  which  can  be  obtained  for  even  the  best  South 
Indian  carpets  do  not  offer  a  living  wage  to  the  weaver. 

Of  minor  art  industries  there  are  many  in  the  South 
of  India.  Embroidery,  in  the  hands  of  enterprising 
Mahommedans,  has  reached  a  very  high  standard  of 
excellence  and  much  of  it  is  sent  to  other  parts  of  India 
or  exported  from  the  country.  Ivory  carving  is  chiefly 
carried  on  in  the  Travancore  State,  and,  as  through  the 
efforts  of  the  Trivandrum  School  of  Arts  it  has  be- 
come widely  known,  there  is  a  ready  market  for  it  at 
prices  which  should  be  remunerative  to  the  carvers. 
The  same  may  be  said  of  the  beautiful  sandal  wood 
carving  of  Mysore,  which  is  seen  at  its  best  in  the 


288  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

panels  of  the!  caskets  which  are  commonly  made.  The 
subjects  are  generally  taken  from  the  Mahabharata,  but 
occasionally  illustrate  scenes  of  every  day  life.  Much  of 
it  however  suffers  from  imperfect  drawing  and  ignorance 
of  anatomy.  The  old  conventionalism  has  been  abandon- 
ed and  the  attempts  at  realism  are  somewhat  crude.  Com- 
paratively little  lacquer  work  is  dene  in  the  South  of 
India  and  that  chiefly  for  the  decoration  of  musical 
instruments,  such  as  the  Veena,  but  the  art  still  survives 
in  Kurnool  and  has  been  revived  to  some  extent  by  the 
efforts  of  the  Victoria  Technical  Institute.  The  goldsmith 
and  jeweller  are  to  be  found  all  over  the  country,  but  the 
best  work  is  naturally  done  in  the  large  towns.  The 
influence  of  modern  European  jewellery  has  resulted  in 
greater  perfection  of  mechanical  details,  but  the  designs 
have  sadly  deteriorated. 

The  object  of  the  Swadeshi  Movement  is  to  try  and 
cultivate  among  Indians  a  taste  for  home  made  articles 
and  in  no  direction  is  there  a  more  promising  field  than 
that  presented  by  the  Art  industries  of  their  country.  I 
do  not  think  it  would  be  true  to  say  that  there  is  no 
movement  at  all  in  this  direction,  but  at  best  it  is  a  very 
slight  one.  None  would  deny  the  keen  perception  of  beauty 
of  form  so  generally  prevalent  in  this  country,  but  the 
ideas  of  the  people  in  regard  to  Western  Art  are  altogether 
lacking  in  taste  and  judgment.  The  educational  system 
of  the  country  makes  no  effort  to  provide  for  the  cultiva- 
tion of  artistic  instincts  and  till,  in  some  way  or  other, 
this  is  accomplished  we  can  hardly  hope  for  any  ,  marked 
improvement  in  indigenous  Art. 

This  is  a  field  in  which  possibly  the  Victoria  Techni- 
cal Institute  might  do  useful  work.  The  native  artist  and 
craftsman  is  inarticulate  and  totally  unable  to  express  his 
ideas  i.n  words.  But  there  are  experts  who  have  made  a 


MISCELLANEOUS   INDUSTRIES  289 

special  study  of  Indian  Art  and  are  filled  with  enthusiasm 
for  its  mysticism  and  grace  and  if  they  could  impart  some 
of  that  enthusiasm  to  the  educated  classes  in  India  itself,  it 
would  be  productive  of  greater  results  than  are  ever  likely 
to  be  achieved  by  gorgeously  illustrated  hand  books 
published  at  prohibitive  prices,  that  serve  to  while  away  a 
few  idle  moments  in  a  lady's  drawing  room.  Let  them  be 
given  opportunities  to  explain  by  word  of  mouth  and  to 
illustrate  by  actual  examples  the  aesthetic  principles 
underlying  Indian  Art  to  Indian  audiences,  Lectures  such 
as  I  have  in  my  mind  would  open  out  a  new  field  of  culture 
to  educated  Indians  ;  but — so  far  as  I  know — nothing  in 
this  direction  has  ever  been  attempted.  Have  we  the  men 
who  can  strike  the  right  chord  and  revivify  the  dormant 
instincts  and  feelings  of  India  in  matters  pertaining  to  Art. 


CHAPTER  X 
WELL  IRRIGATION 

BORING  FOR  WATER 

Since  1905,  when  we  first  began  experiments  with  bore 
holes  to  locate  supplies  of  underground  water,  we  have 
put  down  more  than  1,000  bore-holes  and  bored  through 
upwards  of  40,000  feet  of  ground.  The  results  have  been 
extremely  satisfactory  and  have  considerably  increased  our 
knowledge  of  the  underground  water  resources  of  the 
districts  in  which  this  boring  work  has  been  conducted. 
There  are  about  three  quarters  of  a  million  wells  in 
this  Presidency,  but  except  in  a  few  favoured  tracts 
the  sinking  of  a  new  well  is  always  attended  with 
some  degree  of  uncertainty  as  to  the  depth  to  which 
it  will  have  to  be  sunk  to  reach  the  permanent  water  level 
and  a  still  greater  degree  of  uncertainty  as  to  the  quantity  of 
water  which  it  will  yield.  To  a  large  extent  this  information 
can  be  obtained  by  a  preliminary  exploration  of  the 
ground  with  a  bore-hole,  which  will  reveal  the  nature  of 
the  material  through  which  it  passes.  To  interpret 
correctly  the  indications  thus  afforded  requires  local  know- 
ledge and  experience  and  as  our  operations  extend  this  is 
rapidly  accumulating. 

The  cost  of  a  well  varies  greatly,  especially  of  a  well 
which  will  yield  a  sufficient  supply  of  water  to  be  of  any 
use  for  irrigation,  It  is  very  seldom  less  than  two  or 
three  hundred  rupees  and  often  amounts  to  over  a  thou- 


WELL  IRRIGATION  291 

sand.  Obviously  it  is  worth  while  to  go  to  some  expense  in 
preliminary  investigations  to  make  sure  that  the  work  is 
not  undertaken  in  vain  but  there  are  serious  difficulties  in 
the  way  of  private  enterprise  in  this  direction.  A  set  of  3 
inch  boring  tools,  with  steel  lining  tubes  to  penetrate  to  a 
depth  of  50  feet,  costs  about  Rs.  600  ;  whilst  a  set  of  4  inch 
tools  which  can  be  conveniently  used  for  depths  up  to  200 
feet  or  more,  will  cost  about  Rs.  1,500.  Considerable  ex- 
perience is  required  to  do  satisfactory  work  with  these  tools 
and  the  men  in  charge  of  them  have  to  go  through  a  long 
course  of  training  before  they  can  be  trusted  to  work 
independently.  Boring  as  a  method  of  exploring  the 
ground  therefore  is  beyond  the  resources  of  private  indivi- 
duals unless  they  be  very  large  landholders.  In  the  French 
territory  of  Pondicherry,  where  hundreds  of  artesian 
wells  have  been  sunk,  private  individuals  have  found  it 
feasible  to  take  up  this  work  but  only  because  the  condi- 
tions there  are  extremely  favourable  and  there  has  been  a 
very  large  demand  for  bore-holes.  A  private  company 
started  work  in  Madras,  but  it  soon  came  to  grief  and  it  is 
not  likely,  at  any  rate  for  some  time  to  come,  that  any 
boring  work  will  be  done  by  other  than  State  agency.  A 
boring  outfit  is  very  heavy  and  the  cost  of  carting  it  to  site 
and  starting  work  is  a  big  initial  charge,  but  if  a  large  num- 
ber of  bore-holes  have  to  be  put  down  in  a  comparatively 
small  area  this  initial  expense  is  distributed  over  the  whole 
lot  and  the  cost  of  boring  is  reduced  to  a  reasonable 
figure. 

In  the  alluvial  deposits  along  the  coast  in  the 
Chingleput  district  where  some  hundreds  of  borings  have 
been  put  down  the  average  cost  of  a  3"  bore-hole  is 
about  4  annas  a  foot  up  to  a  depth  of  20  feet,  thence  on 
to  40  feet  it  costs  6  annas  a  foot,  up  to  60  ft.  12  annas, 
from  60  to  70  ft.  Re.  1  and  from  70  to  80  ft.  Rs.  1-4-0 


INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

a  foot.  Beyond  this  depth  the  cost  varies  greatly  and 
much  depends  upon  the  skill  and  experience  of  the  man 
in  charge  of  the  work.  Boring  through  rock  is  always 
expensive  and  naturally  varies  with  the  hardness  of  the 
rock,  but  the  cost  of  the  work  remains  the  same  through  a 
considerable  range  of  depth  as  lining  tubes  are  not 
required. 

We  have  recently  made  a  few  borings  with  an  Ameri- 
can drill  driven  by  steam  and  there  seems  to  be  no 
question  whatever  that  for  deep  bore-holes  it  will  effect  a 
great  saving  in  the  cost  of  the  work.  For  boring  through 
very  hard  rock  we  have  also  a  petrol  driven  rotary  drill 
which  has  proved  very  satisfactory  so  far  as  the  speed  of 
boring  is  concerned,  but  the  cost  of  doing  the  work 
seems  to  preclude  its  general  use.  In  searching  for  water 
for  irrigation  there  is  not  much  use  in  attempting 
to  go  to  depths  greater  than  100  feet,  unless  there 
is  a  probability  of  tapping  artesian  or  sub-artesian  water 
and,  so  far  as  we  know  at  present,  this  is  only  likely  to 
occur  in  the  alluvial  deposits  along  the  coast.  To  obtain 
a  supply  of  water  for  domestic  purposes,  whether  it  be  on 
a  small  scale  for  a  village  or  on  a  large  scale  for  a  town, 
a  much  larger  amount  of  money  may  be  spent  on  investi- 
gation work  than  is  practicable  when  a  water  supply  for 
irrigation  is  looked  for.  For  such  cases  power-driven 
boring  tools  may  be  employed  with  advantage,  also  for 
irrigation  work  when  a  large  number  of  bore-holes 
can  be  put  down  comparatively  close  to  one  another,  but 
ordinarily  for  the  present,  since  it  is  not  usually  necessary 
to  go  to  a  greater  depth  than  100  feet,  hand  boring  tools 
may  be  considered  to  be  best  adapted  to  the  requirements 
of  the  ryots. 

It  may  be  interesting  to  briefly  describe  the  way  in 
which  these  tools  work.  Just  as  a  hole  is  bored  in  wood 


WELL   IRRIGATION  293 

by  means  of  an  auger  or  bit,  so  through  the  soft  strata  of 
alluvial  deposits  holes  can  be  made  by  similar  tools 
of  much  larger  dimensions.  As  the  auger  consists 
of  a  handle,  a  shank,  and  a  suitable  formed  head  carrying 
a  cutting  edge,  so  the  boring  tools  are  similarly  con- 
structed Various  types  of  auger  head  are  used  and  these 
can  be  screwed  to  steel  rods  which  are  usually  10  feet 
long,  and  as  many  as  are  necessary  are  employed  to  reach 
from  the  surface  of  the  ground  to  the  bottom  of  the  bore 
hole.  At  the  top  there  is  a  swivel  head  by  which  the 
rods  can  be  lifted  and  what  corresponds  to  the  handle  of 
the  auger  is  formed  by  clamping  iron  levers  to  the  boring 
rod  at  a  convenient  height  above  the  ground  so  that  men, 
by  walking  round  in  a  circle,  can  rotate  the  auger.  When 
the  material  to  be  bored  through  is  fairly  stiff  the  auger 
takes  the  form  of  a  worm  or  an  open  shell,  and 
from  time  to  time  it  has  to  be  lifted  from  the  hole  to 
remove  the  clay  which  has  gradually  worked  into  it. 
When  the  soil  is  of  a  loose  character,  the  auger  has  to  be 
fitted  with  a  shell  to  hold  the  material  removed  by  the 
cutting  edge,  otherwise  it  would  fall  back  into  the  hole 
whilst  lifting  the  auger  to  clean  it.  These  shell  augeis  are 
fitted  with  various  forms  of  cutting  edges  to  suit  the  nature 
of  the  material  to  be  removed,  which  may  vary  from  fine 
sand  to  soft  sandstone.  When  hard  rock  has  to  be  pierced 
rotary  tools  worked  by  hand  are  not  effective,  as  the  speed 
of  working  is  too  slow  and  recourse  must  be  had  to  the 
percussive  action  of  variously  shaped  chisels  for  breaking 
the  rock.  The  chisel  is  attached  to  the  boring  rods  and 
a  heavy  blow  is  given  by  lifting  them  a  few  inches 
and  allowing  them  to  drop.  Care  must  be  taken  that 
each  blow  of  the  chisel  is  on  a  different  diameter  in 
the  bore- hole,  otherwise  the  chisel  will  get  jammed  and 
possibly  prove  very  difficult  to  loosen.  When  the  chisel 


294  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

has  powdered  a  sufficient  quantity  of  rock,  it  is  withdrawn 
from  the  hole  and  a  plain  shell  lowered  by  a  rope  which, 
when  it  is  rapidly  jerked  up  and  down  in  the  water  at  the 
bottom  of  the  hole,  collects  all  the  loose  material  in  the 
tube  above  the  valve.  In  addition  to  chisels  and  augers 
it  is  necessary  to  have  a  number  of  special  shaped  tools 
for  performing  specific  operations,  the  most  important  of 
which  are  the  recovery  of  broken  tools.  To  work  a  set 
of  boring  tools  a  derrick  is  required  and  it  may  be 
conveniently  made  of  castiarina  poles.  At  the  top  of 
the  derrick  is  fastened  a  pulley  over  which  the  lifting 
rope  passes  from  the  swivel  head  to  the  winch.  This  latter 
is  usually  attached  to  two  legs  of  the  derrick  and  should 
have  a  lifting  capacity  of  at  least  two  tons.  When  the 
hole  is  bored  through  soft  material  it  must  be  protected 
by  lining  tubes  which  are  forced  down  as  the  boring  work 
proceeds.  Usually  the  tubes  can  be  got  down  by  screw- 
ing them  into  the  hole,  but,  if  they  should  happen  to 
stick,  a  driving  head  is  placed  on  the  top  of  the  pipe 
and  the  methods  commonly  employed  in  pile  driving  resort- 
ed to.  If  the  lining  tube  has  to  pass  through  a  layer  of 
stiff  clay,  the  work  is  facilitated  by  rymering  the  hole  bored 
out  by  the  auger  to  a  larger  size.  In  alluvial  deposits 
lining  tubes  are  always  necessary  as  thin  layers  of  sand  are 
sure  to  be  met  with,  which  will  run  into  the  hole  unless 
excluded  by  a  lining  pipe.  In  hard  clay  or  disintegrated 
rock  they  can  usually  be  dispensed  with.  The  lining 
tubes  used  for  exploratory  boring  work  are  made  of  steel 
with  very  carefully  formed  screwed  joints  and  are  natur- 
ally somewhat  costly. 

As  soons  as  the  bore-hole  is  finished,  and  all  the  in- 
formation that  can  be  got  from  it  obtained,  the  lining 
tube  is  withdrawn  and  can  be  used  an  indefinite  number 
of  times.  Considerable  difficulty  is  frequently  experienced 


WELL  IRRIGATION  295 

in  drawing  the  tubes  from  deep  bore-holes  and  at  the 
present  time  I  have  a  gang  of  men  at  work  slowly  raising 
some  5"  lining  tubes  with  two  20  ton  screw  jacks.  These 
tubes  have  been  in  the  ground  for  sometime  and  an  up- 
ward pressure  of  at  least  40  tons  was  required  to  start  them. 
When  a  bore-hole  is  to  be  permanently  lined  much  cheaper 
tubes  wiiJ  suffice  as  they  need  only  be  strong  enough  at  the 
joints  to  stand  being  forced  into  the  bore-hole.  To  tap  a 
sub-artesian  or  artesian  supply  usually  means  putting 
down  two  bore-holes.  The  first  bore-hole  is  put  down 
to  determine  the  existence  of  the  water-supply  and  the 
depth  at  which  it  can  be  tapped,  whilst  the  second  is  put 
down  to  form  a  permanent  connection  with  the  water 
bearing  deposit.  This  second  bore-hole  may  with  advan- 
tage be  considerably  larger  than  the  exploratory  hole. 

The  principal  sources  from  which  subterranean  water 
can  be  obtained  are  beds  of  sand,  and  rock  which  is 
highly  fissured  or  partially  decomposed.  The  object  of 
putting  down  a  borehole  is  to  locate  these  deposits,  and 
obtain  information  as  to  their  physical  characteristics.  The 
sand  deposits,  may  be  on  the  surface  or  at  any  depth 
below  the  surface  in  the  alluvial  soil.  They  may  be  com- 
posed of  particles  as  fine  as  the  sand  found  on  the  sea 
shore,  or  they  may  be  extremely  coarse  and  so  mixed 
with  stone  as  to  almost  justify  them  being  termed  gravels. 
The  fine  sand  contains  as  much  water  as  the  coarse, 
but  it  is  much  more  difficult  to  remove  the  water 
from  the  sand,  and  the  hydraulic  gradients  necessary 
to  produce  movement  through  fine  sand  are  extremely 
steep.  To  form  an  estimate  of  the  water  yielding 
capacity  of  any  sand  deposit  revealed  by  a  bore-hole, 
the  character  of  the  sand  must  first  be  examined  by 
passing  it  through  sieves  of  different  mesh  and  the 
percentage  of  sand  obtained  on  each  sieve  noted. 


296  INDUSTRIAL    EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

Broadly  speaking,  it  may  be  said  that  the  water  yield- 
ing capacity  depends,  partly  on  the  coarseness  of  the  sand 
and  partly  on  the  absence  of  very  fine  grains  which  would 
fill  up  the  interspaces  between  the  larger  grains.  If  the 
sand  in  this  respect  proves  satisfactory,  the  bore-hole  should 
be  continued  through  the  sand  to  determine  its  thickness 
and  the  character  of  the  deposits  upon  which  it  rests.  If 
the  bed  of  sand  is  thicjc  and  rests  upon  an  impervious 
layer  the  conditions  may  be  considered  satisfactory  and 
to  make  an  accurate  forecast  of  the  prospects  of  a  well  it 
is  only  necessary  to  know  the  superficial  extent  of  the  bed. 
This  can  be  ascertained  by  putting  down  trial-borings 
at  some  distance  from  the  site  of  the  proposed  well.  It 
may  happen  that  the  deposit  of  sand  is  overlaid  by  imper- 
vious strata  and  if  such  be  the  case  it  is  almost  certain  that 
the  water  in  the  sand  will  be  under  some  degree  of  pres- 
sure which  will  cause  it  to  rise  in  the  bore-hole. 

In  searching  for  sub-artesian  water  it  is  always  desirable 
to  utilise,  if  possible,  existing  wells  and  start  boring  from  the 
bottom  of  them.  The  wells  can  easily  be  kept  dry  and  the 
deeper  the  well,  the  more  readily  will  sub-artesian  water  will 
be  detected.  When  a  bore-hole  has  been  started  from  the 
surface  of  the  ground  and  a  deep  lying  bed  of  sand 
is  met  with,  the  use  of  a  bore-hole  pump  will  give  valua- 
ble indications  as  to  the  quantity  of  water  likely  to  be 
within  reach.  If  it  is  found  that  a  considerable  quantity 
of  water  can  be  drawn  from  the  bore-hole  by  means  of 
such  a  pump  it  is  always  worth  while  to  sink  a  well  round 
the  bore-hole,  which  should  be  carried  to  a  depth  of  8  or 
10  feet  below  the  static  level  of  the  water  in  the  bore-hole. 
The  upper  length  of  the  lining  tube  may  then  be  removed 
and  water  will  flow  into  the  well.  By  baling  out,  an 
accurate  determination  can  be  made  of  the  quantity  pass- 
ing up  the  bore-hole.  From  these  data  experience  will 


WELL  IRRIGATION  297 

enable  us  to  determine  the  value  of  a  source  of  water  and 
the  steps  to  be  taken  to  obtain  it.  Generally,  in  place  of 
the  exploratory  lining  pipe  it  is  advisable  that  a  much 
larger  permanent  tube  should  be  sunk  to  tap  the  water. 

Formerly  it  was  thought   that   water   existed   under 
artesian  conditions  in   but   a   few  places  in  the    south  of 
India,  but  the  recent   boring   work   shows  they  are   fairly 
common  in  the  alluvial  deposits  along  the  East  Coast.  They 
have  been  found  in  the  Godaveri,at  Ellore,  intheGuntur 
District,  over  quite  large  areas  in  the  Chingleput  and  South 
Arcot    Districts    and    in  isolated  places  elsewhere.      The 
greatest      development     of     artesian     water    is    in     the 
neighbourhood   of    Pondicherry    where  the    wells  over- 
flow  the     surface    of    the    ground.      So     many    wells 
have   been   sunk   in  this  tract   that  the  pressure  is   now 
comparatively  feeble  and  much  larger  quantities  of  water 
could  be  obtained    if  they  ceased  to   treat  them  as  flow- 
ing wells  and  adopted  methods  similar  to  those  which  have 
proved  so  successful  with  artesian  supplies   which  do  not 
rise  to  the  surface  of  the  ground.     In  Madras  there  is  an 
extremely  interesting  example  of  an  artesian  or  sub-artesian 
well  in  the  compound  of   the  Napier  Iron  Works,  but  it  is 
in  the  village  of  Surapet  on   the  banks  of  the  Korttalaiyar 
river  that  supplies  of  artesian  water   have  been   most    ex- 
tensively developed.     There  are  a  number  of  engines  and 
pumps  lifting  the   water  from  brick  wells  sunk  round  the 
bore-holes  and   one,   in   particular,    yields   a   continuous 
supply  about  30,000  gallons  per  hour. 

The  essential  condition  for1  the  establishment  of  an 
artesian  or  sub-artesian  supply  from  deep  seated  beds  of 
sand  is  that  the  latter  should  be  covered  by  a  thick  layer 
of  stiff  clay  impervious  to  water.  The  lining  pipe  should 
not  penetrate  the  sand  but  terminate  on  the  under  side  of 
the  clay.  As  soon  as  the  sand  is  reached  there  will  be  a 
33 


298  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

strong  rush  of  sand  and  water  into  the  well,  but  after  a 
time  this  will  cease  and  a  cavity  will  be  formed  under  the 
clay  of  such  size  that  the  movement  of  water  in  the 
sand  towards  the  borehole  will  not  be  sufficiently 
rapid  to  carry  the  sand  in  suspension.  The  clay  must 
be  stiff  enough  to  form  a  stable  roof  over  this  cavity,  as 
a  bore-hole  sunk  into  sand  without  this  protective  cover 
invariably  chokes  up.  Our  experiments  show  that  strainers 
fixed  at  the  bottom  of  bore-hole  pipes  have  not  been  suc- 
cessful as  they  do  not  offer  a  sufficient  area  through  which 
the  water  can  filter  into  the  pipe.  In  the  coarse  gravel 
deposits  met  with  in  America  such  straining  tubes  have 
proved  eminently  satisfactory,  but  it  would  appear  that  in 
India  even  the  coarsest  beds  of  sands  are  too  fine  to  admit 
of  their  being  adopted,  except  possibly  for  small  domestic 
supplies  of  water. 

Turning  now  to  wells  sunk  in  rock,  we  find  that  a  good 
water  supply  depends  almost  entirely  upon  the  presence  of 
extensive  fissures,  though  of  course  the  fissures  themselves 
are  fed  with  water  by    percolation    from  the  porous  rocks 
through   which   they   run.      The    geological  structure   of 
Southern  India  is  extremely  unfavourable  to  the  draining  of 
large  tracts  of  land  at  any  one  point  and   the  most  we  can 
hope  for  is  numerous  wells  holding   a  moderate  supply  of 
water.    Experience  has    taught  the  people  that  rock  -wells 
must  be  large  and  deep.     Bore-holes   sunk  in  the    bottom 
of    these    wells    frequently    connect    up  with   additional 
fissures    which    contain    water    under  a  certain    amount 
of  pressure   and  if    the1  water   in    the  main  well  is  kept 
at  a   low   level    by    constant    baling    the   flow    up   the 
bore-hole    is   encouraged.     The    chances  of  opening   up 
communication  with   fissures  are    considerably  increased 
by  torpedoing  the   bore-holes  ;  that  is  to  say,  by  exploding 
aconsiderable charge  of  dynamite  whereby  the  rock  round 


WELL  IRRIGATION  299 

them  is  shattered.  As  to  the  value  of  such  torpedoing  our 
experiments  are  not  sufficiently  numerous  to  be  conclusive. 
In  many  cases  they  have  been  distinctly  successful, 
but  the  conditions  which  determine  the  result  of  torpedo- 
ing have  not  been  definitely  ascertained.  It  would 
seem  that  in  fresh  rock,  or  in  rock,  that  is  but  slightly 
fissured,  the  effect  is  negligible,  whilst  in  partially 
disintegrated  rock,  especially  when  highly  fissured,  the 
effect  of  the  explosion  is  to  greatly  increase  the  area 
through  which  the  water  can  get  into  the  bore-hole. 
The  evidence  collected  by  the  Pumping  and  Boring 
Department  all  points  to  the  necessity  for  much  deeper 
wells  and  such  deep  wells  for  irrigation  are  rendered 
possible  by  the  use  of  power-driven  pumps  which  have 
proved  capable  of  lifting  the  water  at  much  less  cost  than 
when  cattle  power  is  employed. 

A   NEW   WATER-LIFT 

The  area  under  wells  in  British  India  was  reported 
by  the  Irrigation  Commission  to  be  not  less  than 
13,000,000  acres.  In  all  India,  including  Native  States,  it 
is  now  over  16,000,000  acres.  The  cost  of  irrigation 
varies  with  the  crops,  the  minimum  being  about  Rs.  10  per 
acre  for  wheat  to  a  maximum  of  Rs.  30  an  acre  for  paddy. 
Perennial  crops,  such  as  sugarcane,  and  garden  crops,  such 
as  plantains  and  betel  nut,  cost  not  less  than  Rs.  5  per  acre 
per  month.  Under  wells  two  crops  a  year  are  usually 
grown  and  an  average  expenditure  on  lifting  water  of 
Rs.  25  per  acre  per  year  will  be  within  the  mark.  For  16 
million  acres  this  amounts  to  40  crores  of  rupees,  which  is 
truly  a  heavy  burden  to  place  upon  agriculture,  and  be 
it  remembered  a  burden  which  is  growing  year  by 
year  as  the  area  under  lift  irrigation  extends  and  as 
the  value  of  labour  and  the  cost  of  cattle  food  increases. 


300  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDiA 

The  Land  Revenue  of  all  India  is  about  30  crores 
of  rupees  and  we  hear  much  from  politicians  and  platform 
orators  about  the  opressiveness  of  this  tax  or  rent,  call  it 
which  you  like,  but  singularly  little  about  the  cost  of  lifting 
water,  which  at  any  rate  taxes  the  ryots  on  about  6  per  cent, 
of  the  area  under  cultivation,  to  such  an  extent  that  he 
pays  in  one  form  or  another  the  equivalent  of  at  least  one 
and  one-third  times  the  Land  Revenue.  The  gross  revenue 
from  State  irrigation  works  is  a  little  over  five  crores  of 
rupees  and  this  is  levied  on  an  area  of  nearly  twenty  million 
acres.  The  cost  of  irrigation  to  the  fortunate  owners  of 
land  under  these  works  is,  therefore,  approximately  one- 
tenth  the  cost  of  irrigation  under  wells.  These  figures 
should  be  carefully  studied  both  by  those  in  charge  of  the 
irrigation  interests  in  this  country  and  by  those  who  are 
vigilantly  searching  for  defects  in  the  administrative 
machinery  of  Government. 

The  great  Tungabudhra  project,  which,  if  ever  carried 
out,  will  probably  cost  twenty  crores  of  rupees  and  will 
supply  water  to  possibly  two  million  acres  of  land,  has 
been  indefinitely  postponed  because,  at  the  current  rates 
levied  on  wet  lands  supplied  from  Government  channels, 
it  will  impose  a  permanent  burden  on  the  finances  of  the 
country  which  is  deemed  unjustifiable.  If  those  .rates 
were  increased  50  per  cent,  the  project  would  pay  its  way  ; 
if  they  were  doubled  it  would  yield  a  magnificent  return. 
I  do  not  dogmatically  assert  that  the  ryots  on  the  lands 
which  would  be  irrigated  by  the  Tungabudhra  project 
would  benefit  enormously  if  it  were  carried  out 
and  they  had  to  pay  such  higher  rates,  than  now  com- 
monly levied,  as  would  make  the  project  a  perfectly 
feasible  one  ;  but  I  do  contend  that  investigations  in  this 
direction  are  desirable  in  view  of  the  fact  that  ryots  can 
cultivate  paddy  under  wells  and  pay  Rs,  30  per  acre  for 


WELL   IRRIGATION  301 

lifting  the  water.  There  are  many  other  irrigation  schemes 
hung  up  for  the  same  reason.  The  future  progress  of 
India  will  be  seriously  delayed  if  more  accurate  ideas  re- 
garding the  value  of  water  for  irrigation  are  not  to  influ- 
ence the  construction  of  the  great  public  works  which 
alone  can  place  at  our  disposal  the  invaluable  water  now 
running  uselessly  to  the  sea. 

This  is  somewhat  in  the  nature  of  a  digression  from 
the  question  of  well  irrigation,  but  it  is  a  legitimate  con- 
clusion to  draw  from  the  vast  expenditure  on  lifting  water 
and  there  is  a  great  need  that  those  who  understand  these 
matters  should  use  all  available  ;  opportunities  to  create 
an  intelligent  public  opinion  thereon.  If  Indians, 
who  by  their  position  and  influence  command  the 
respectful  attention  of  their  countrymen  and  of  the 
authorities  responsible  for  the  Government  of  the  coun- 
try, would  turn  their  attention  to  these  very  practical 
problems  and  make  themselves  acquainted  with  the  issues 
involved,  they  would  do  a  great  public  service. 

From  more  than  one  point  of  view  the  vast  expendi- 
ture on  lifting  water  for  irrigation  is  a  matter  of  great  im- 
portance and  it  is  unfortunate  that  it  has  not  attracted 
the  attention  of  engineers  to  any  great  extent. 

It  is  true  that  we  have  done  something  of  late  years 
with  oil  engines  and  centrifugal  pumps,  but  that  involves 
a  scale  of  operations  which  can  only  be  applied  to  a  com- 
bination of  conditions  that  comparatively  rarely  exists. 
The  wells  and  other  sources  of  water-supply  capable  of 
feeding  centrifugal  pumps  are  only  found  in  favoured 
localities  and  to  make  use  of  them  to  this  extent  means  a 
a  large  outlay  of  capital  and  a  sufficient  area  of  land  to 
make  proper  use  of  the  water.  The  land  is  always  there, 
but  often  split  up  between  many  owners  whose  powers  of 
co-operation  are  too  feeble  to  jointly  undertake  a  pumping 


302  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

scheme.  The  ordinary  ryot  has  still  to  water  his  land  in 
the  way  his  forefathers  did  and  everywhere  through  the 
length  and  breadth  of  India  will  be  seen  rude  contrivances 
for  lifting  water,  which  are,  when  the  circumstances 
of  the  ryot  are  fully  considered,  nevertheless  wonderfully 
effective.  Not  a  few  attempts  have  been  made  to  improve 
them  as  the  records  of  the  Indian  Patent  Office  will  show, 
but  for  one  reason  or  another  only  a  very  moderate  degree 
of  success  has  been  attained. 

At  one  time  I  held  the  opinion  that  it  was  almost 
hopeless  to  try  to  improve  indigenous  methods  of  lifting 
water  and  in  one  sense  I  still  adhere  to  that  opinion,  as 
the  picottah  and  the  mhote,  when  properly  adjusted  to  the 
work  to  be  done  represent  as  near  perfection  in  the  way 
of  applying  man  or  animal  power  as  is  conceivable,  but 
with  increased  experience  of  the  ryot  and  greater  know- 
ledge of  this  problem  I  am  convinced  that  it  is  now  possi- 
ble to  introduce  new  methods  of  lifting  water  which  will 
reduce  the  cost  of  that  operation  very  considerably  and 
that  their  general  use  will  effect  a  very  large  annual  saving 
— one  which  may  be  counted  in  crores  of  rupees.  What 
we  want  are  mechanical  appliances  to  work  on  a  smaller 
scale  than  is  efficiently  possible  with  the  centrifugal  pump 
and  in  this  present  article  I  propose  to  describe  a  new 
development  in  this  direction  which  lately  occurred  to 
me  and  which  though  perhaps  not  yet  perfected  in  regard 
to  the  details  of  its  construction,  is  sufficiently  advanced 
to  be  recommended  for  use  by  those  in  search  of  a  simple 
appliance  for  lifting  water  which  is  both  efficient  and 
cheap. 

As  is  now  well-known  the  Department  of  Industries 
has  a  number  of  boring  parties  at  work  exploring  the 
sub-soil  for  water  bearing  strata  and  in  the  course  of  the 
last  few  years  has  put  down  over  1,000  bore-holes  to  depths 


WELL   IRRIGATION  303 

varying  from  50  to  as  much  as  200  feet.  Many  of  these  are 
started  from  the  bottoms  of  existing   wells  and    in    certain 
parts  of  the  country  they  have  revealed  very  valuable  sub- 
artesian  supplies.    That  is  the  bore-hole  tube,  after  passing 
through  an  impervious  bed  of  clay,  enters    a  bed   of   sand 
containing  water  under  sufficient  pressure  to  cause  it  to  rise 
in  the  bore-hole  and  flow  into  the  well  till  the  water  in  the 
well  rises  to  such  a  level  that  its   pressure  is  equal    to  that 
of   the   water   in   the  sand  and  then  the  flow  ceases.     By 
drawing  water  from  the  well  either  with  a  mhote  or  a  pump 
the  static  equilibrium  is  disturbed  and   flow  again  occurs. 
By  adjusting   the   capacity  of  the  pump   to  the  size  of  the 
bore-hole  and  the  pressure  of  the  water  at  its  base,  a  con- 
tinuous flow  can  be  obtained.     But  in  most  instances  the 
pressure  is   not   sufficient  to  cause   the    water    to  rise  to 
the   ground   level  or  the  free  surface  of  the   water  in    the 
well  and  the  only  way  to  test  what  has  occurred,   when  a 
bore-hole  reaches  a  water  bearing  layer  of  rock,  is  to  intro- 
duce a  pump  and  withdraw  from  it  as  much  water  as  pos- 
sible.    For  this  purpose  lift  pumps  were  specially  designed 
to     work   in    bore-holes      but     they      proved      excee- 
dingly  troublesome   and   raised  so  little   water  that   they 
were  seldom  used  and  it  is  possible  that  many  bore-holes 
recorded    as  failures    may   have  penetrated    useful   water 
bearing  deposits.     While  testing  a  borehole   in  this  way  it 
occurred  to  me  to  dispense  with  the  usual  type  of  piston  and 
to  employ  a  loose  tubular  piston  which  could  be  worked 
with  a  rope  and  required  no    pump  rods  to  force  it  down 
again.     Accordingly  a  few  lengths  of  gas  pipe  were  screw- 
ed  together   and   a    plain    hinge   valve   made  of  leather 
weighted  with  an  iron  plate  fitted  at  the  bottom.     For  the 
piston  a    short  length    of  gas   pipe,    which   would  just  go 
inside  the  long  pipe,   was   used  and  a   similar  valve  fitted 
to  it.     A  piece  of    iron  rod   bent   into  an   inverted  U  was 


304  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

rivetted  to  the  upper  end  of  the  piston  pipe  and  the  rope 
attached  to  it.  At  the  upper  end  of  the  discharge  pipe  a 
pulley  was  fixed  to  carry  the  rope  and  the  pump  was  com- 
plete. When  used  on  the  borehole  it  proved  admirably 
adapted  to  the  work  and  could  be  erected  and  taken  down 
in  as  many  minutes  as  it  took  hours  to  adjust  the  pump 
previously  employed,  whilst,  having  no  defined  pump 
chamber,  it  could  be  worked  at  any  depth  and  with  any 
convenient  length  of  stroke.  A  gang  of  coolies  at  the  end 
of  the  rope  pulled  it  back  and  raised  the  piston  causing 
water  to  flow  out  of  the  pipe,  whilst  by  letting  the  rope 
go  slack  the  piston  fell  back  again  and  was  ready  for 
another  stroke. 

For  testing  bore-holes,  or  for  permanent  use  in  them, 
I  have  but  little  hesitation  in  saying  that  it  is  the  simplest 
type  of  pump  ever  designed  and  probably  as  efficient  as 
any.  Obviously  the  pipe  might  be  fastened  to  the  side 
of  a  well  instead  of  being  hung  in  a  borehole  and  experi- 
ments in  this  direction  were  tried.  To  pull  the  rope  with 
the  arms  is  a  very  ineffective  way  for  a  man  to  work  and 
it  is  much  better  that  he  should  be  able  to  apply  his 
weight  to  the  end  of  the  rope,  descending  a  few  feet 
whilst  the  piston  rises  to  a  corresponding  height.  This 
was  easily  arranged  by  constructing  a  see-saw  platform 
and  attaching  the  rope  to  one  end  whilst  the  other  was 
loaded  to  almost  but  not  quite  counterbalance  the  weight 
of  the  piston  so  that  at  rest  the  piston  is  always  at  the 
bottom  of  its  stroke. 

To  work  the  pump  the  platform  is  set  oscillating  with 
one  foot  and  the  water  immediately  begins  to  rise  in  the 
pipe  and  as  the  resistance  increases,  more  and  more 
pressure  is  put  on  the  platform  till  finally,  the  water 
begins  to  flow  and  the  man  puts  his  whole  weight  on  the 
platform,  which  descends  about  3  feet,  he  then  steps  off 


WELL  IRRIGATION  305 

and  raises  himself  by  a  step  at  the  side  to  a  position  from 
which  he  can  coveniently  get  on  the  lift  as  soon  as  the 
piston  has  fallen  back  in  the  pipe  to  the  bottom  of  its 
stroke.  Tests  with  this  lift  show  that  a  man  weighing  110. 
Ibs.  can  raise  20  gallons  a  minute  to  a  height  of  15  feet, 
but  this  is  admittedly  hard  work  and  to  keep  going  for  any 
length  of  time  he  must  work  at  a  slower  rate.  When  he  is 
accustomed  to  the  motion  of  the  lift  and  able  to  go  through 
the  cycle  of  movements  with  the  minimum  of  exertion  he 
can  easily  raise  15  gallons  a  minute  to  a  height  of  15  feet 
with  is  equivalent  to  doing  2,250  foot  Ibs.  of  useful  work. 
The  lift  will  work  conveniently  over  a  wide  range  say 
from  5  feet  to  60  feet,  the  quantity  of  water  raised  being 
inversely  proportional  to  the  height  of  the  lift.  Similarly  the 
diameter  of  the  pipe  should  vary  and  the  following  tabular 
statement  show  the  limits  for  each  size  of  pipe  : — 
Diameter  of  pipe.  Max.  Lift  in  feet.  Discharge  in  Gallons  per  hour. 
6"  6i  2,400 

5"  9  1,500 

4"  15  900 

3"  25  550 

2£"  40  330 

2"  60  200 

With  two  men  working  the  lift,  either  double  the  quan- 
tity can  be  raised  or  the  same  quantities  can  be  raised  to 
double  the  height.  The  advantages  of  the  lift  are  (1)  that 
it  can  easily  be  worked  by  one  man,  whereas  a  picottah 
cannot  be  worked  by  less  than  two  men,  and,  to  obtain 
good  results  from  it,  must  be  worked  by  three  men  ;  (2) 
that  it  requires  no  special  skill  to  work  it  and  the  plat- 
form being  on  the  ground  level  is  perfectly  safe,  whereas 
the  picottah  requires  trained  men  and  working  it  is  regard- 
ed as  a  hazardous  occupation  ;  (3)  that  it  can  be  easily 
constructed  and  whilst  not  likely  to  get  out  of  order  can  be 
39 


306  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

repaired  by  any  village  artizan  ;  (4)  that  it  can  be  employed 
to  lift  water  from  depths  ranging  from  6  to  60  feet  and  is 
thus  suitable  for  any  well,  whilst  the  picottah  has  a  very 
much  smaller  range  and  cannot  be  used  for  depths  over 
20  feet  and  is  best  adopted  for  a  lift  of  from  10  to  15  feet. 

From  the  above  statement  it  is  clear  that  the  lift 
is  suited  to  the  needs  of  the  poor  man  who  cannot  afford 
to  employ  cattle  to  water  his  land  or  hire  men  to  work  a 
picottah.  Against  it  is  the  fact  that  it  cannot  be  made 
entirely  from  country  materials  but  the  gas  pipes  are  not 
expensive  and  should  last  for  many  years.  Wet  cultivation 
is  very  profitable  and  this  lift  renders  it  possible  for  the 
small  ryot  to  indulge  in  at  any  rate  a  patch  of  such 
cultivation.  In  many  places  pot  wells  can  be  sunk  to  a 
good  supply  of  water  for  a  few  rupees  and  this  lift,  so  far 
as  I  know,  is  the  only  one  that  can  be  applied  to  such 
wells.  For  village  water  supplies  it  meets  a  much  needed 
want.  At  every  well  one  might  be  set  up  and  the  water 
raised  into  a  small  tank  from  which  it  could  be  drawn  off 
by  taps.  This  would  secure  the  water  in  the  well  from 
contamination,  as  the  top  could  be  closed  in,  since  there 
would  be  no  longer  any  necessity  to  lower  the  water  pots 
into  the  well.  Lastly,  the  lift,  can  be  used  on  a  bore-hole, 
pure  and  simple  if  it  taps  a  sufficient  supply  of  water. 

There  is  no  great  mechanical  difficulty  in  arranging 
for  the  lift  to  be  worked  by  cattle  but  I  have  not  yet  con- 
structed one  and  I  am  not  at  present  prepared  to  recom- 
mend it  for  such  a  source  of  power.  The  ordinary  cattle 
gin  could  be  used  to  drive  a  double  pump  but  it  is  at  its 
best  an  unsatisfactory  way  of  employing  cattle  and  I  am  in 
doubt  if  it  would  prove  any  better  than  a  mhote. 

If,  however,  a  small  engine  be  employed  as  a  source 
of  power,  it  seems  certain  from  the  experiments  already 
made  in  Madras  that  it  has  a  wide  field  open  for  it. 


WELL   IRRIGATION  307 

The  great  majority  of  wells  in  this  country  do  not 
yield  sufficient  water  to  give  continuous  employment  to 
a  3"  centrifugal  pump  which  will  lift  about  10,000  gallons 
of  water  per  hour  and  is  the  smallest  size  that  can  be 
efficiently  employed  for  irrigation  work.  Moreover,  it 
is  not  very  easy  to  arrange  to  drive  the  centrifugal 
pump  when  the  well  is  very  deep.  It  is  true  that  vertical 
spindle  pumps  might  be  used,  but  they  are  expensive  and 
will  require  careful  looking  after.  What  is  wanted  in 
this  country  is  a  mechanically  driven  pump  which  will 
lift  from  3,000  to  4,000  gallons  of  water  per  hour  from 
any  depth  and  this  pump  lends  itself  admirably  to  such 
work.  By  employing  suitable  gearing,  which  is  of  a  very 
simple  character,  a  double  pump  can  be  arranged  in 
which  all  the  moving  parts  balance  one  another,  and 
with  a  small  engine  of  from  2  to  3  H.  P.  the  pump  is 
capable  of  lifting  up  to  5,000  or  6,000  gallons  of  water 
per  hour  on  a  lift  of  as  much  as  60  feet  On  such  high 
lifts  both  the  piston  and  the  pipe  in  which  it  works 
should  be  made  of  cast  iron  and  should  be  turned  and 
bored  so  that  the  clearance  may  be  as  small  as  possible. 
This  greatly  reduces  the  slip  which  would  otherwise 
occur.  It  adds  to  the  cost  of  the  pump,  but  even  then 
owing  to  its  great  efficiency  it  is  very  much  cheaper  than 
any  other  arrangement.  To  secure  smooth  working, 
the  chains  which  carry  the  pistons  must  never  be 
allowed  to  get  slack  and  it  is  found  in  practice  that 
this  limits  the  speed  of  working  to  about  20  strokes  a 
minute,  the  length  of  each  stroke  being  3  feet. 

UNDERGROUND   WATER   IN   MYSORE 

Ten  or  twelve  years  ago  I  wrote  a  short  article  in  the 
"  Indian  Review"  on  "  Underground  water  supply  ",  the 
object  of  which  was  to  point  out  that  the  small  yield  of 


308  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

wells  in  the  Madras  Presidency  was  due  to  the  fact  that 
they  were  not  deep  enough  and  that  the  reason  they 
were  not  sunk  deeper  was  due  to  the  feeble  appliances 
which  the  ryot  could  command  tounwater  the  well  during 
the  process  of  sinking  or  excavating  it.  I  pointed  out 
that,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  the  minimum  capacity  of 
the  well  to  supply  water  at  the  end  of  the  dry  season  would 
be  less  than  the  capacity  of  the  water-lifts  employed  during 
the  construction  of  the  well,  and  I  suggested  experiment- 
ing with  oil  engines  and  centrifugal  pumps  to  ascertain 
whether  much  larger  supplies  could  not  be  obtained  with 
these  more  powerful  modern  methods  of  raising  water. 
The  article  attracted  the  attention  of  the  then  Chief  Engi- 
neer for  Irrigation,  Col.  Smart,  R.  E.,  and  he  obtained 
the  sanction  of  Government  to  the  provision  of  funds  in 
the  Public  Works  Department  and  the  first  experiment 
was  made  with  the  co-operation  of  the  Rev.  A.  Andrew 
at  his  Mission  Settlement  at  Melrosapurarru 

Since  then  we  have  moved  a  long  way  and  the  old 
ideas  about  the  limited  quantity  of  underground  water 
available  for  irrigation  have  been  proved  to  be  erroneous. 
The  establishment  of  nearly  400  pumping  stations  has  pro- 
vided very  definite  information  on  the  point  over  widely 
scattered  areas  and  the  records  of  nearly  a  thousand  bpnngs 
have  disclosed  the  fact  that  at  depths  much  beyond  the 
reach  of  ryot  with  his  unaided  resources  there  exists  an 
abundant  supply  of  water.  To  get  at  this  water  in  suffi- 
cient volume  for  its  profitable  use  and  to  provide  means 
to  bring  it  to  the  surface  in  the  cheapest  possible  way  has 
been  an  important  part  of  the  work  of  the  late  Department 
of  Industries  and  will  continue  to  be  an  object  of  solicitude 
on  the  part  of  Government  in  whatever  department  it  is 
finally  decided  that  the  development  of  agricultural  engi- 
neering shall  be  carried  on. 


WELL  IRRIGATION  309 

The  Government  of  Bombay  have  for  some  time 
past  employed  an  engineer  to  design  and  carry  out  small 
irrigation  pumping  plants  on  somewhat  similar  lines  and 
in  the  United  Provinces  the  improvement  of  indigenous 
methods  of  lifting  water  hasMong  occupied  the  attention  of 
Mr.  Moreland,  the  Director  of  Agriculture.  Apparently, 
the  Mysore  Government  has  also  given  the  question  serious 
consideration,  though  their  primary  object  was  the  im- 
provement of  the  water  supply  for  domestic  purposes,  as 
Geological  Department  of  that  State  has  recently  published 
a  volume  "  Notes  on  Underground  Water- Resources  in 
Mysore  *  which  has  been  prepared  by  Dr.  W.  F.  Smeeth, 
the  State  Geologist.  From  a  careful  study  of  the  informa- 
tion collected  by  the  local  officers  of  the  Public  Works 
Department  regarding  2,563  wells  scattered  all  over  the 
State,  Dr.  Smeeth  has  arrived  at  some  very  important 
results.  The  investigation  is  an  excellent  piece  of 
scientific  work  which  is  worthy  of  being  made  more  wide- 
ly known,  in  the  hope  that  it  may  stimulate  others  to 
further  inquiries  in  this  direction.  To  this  end  I  pro- 
pose to  briefly  describe  the  evidence  collected  by  DP 
Smeeth  and  then  to  examine  his  conclusions  in  the  light 
of  the  information  we  have  gathered  in  Madras  during 
the  last  few  years. 

The  Mysore  Plateau  lies  at  a  level  varying  from 
two  to  three  thousand  feet  above  the  sea  and  is  al- 
most entirely  composed  of  old  crystalline  schists,  gneis- 
ses and  granites.  The  rocks  in  their  fresh  condition 
are  but  slightly  permeable  to  water,  but  over  the 
greater  part  of  the  area  they  have  been  subjected  to 
weathering  action  with  the  result  that  to  an  average 
depth  of  about  50  ft.  extensive  decomposition  has  taken 
place  and  the  character  of  the  rock  so  changed  that  it  is 
readily  permeable  to  water.  The  porosity  of  the  complete- 


310  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

ly  decomposed  rock,  immediately  below  the  surface  soil 
is  estimated  at  from  30  to  40  per  cent.,  and  that  of  the 
highly  decomposed  rocks  in  the  next  layer  at  from  16  to  24 
per  cent.,  gradually  decreasing  as  the  effect  of  weathering 
diminishes  with  increase  of  depth  till  in  the  unchanged 
rock  it  is  so  small  as  to  be  negligible.  The  records  of  the 
wells  which  have  been  examined  show  that  the  water 
level  varies  very  considerably  during  the  year  and  that  the 
range  of  variation  is  greatest  where  the  water 
level  is  nearest  to  the  surface.  For  the  State,  as  a 
whole,  Dr.  Smeeth  comes  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
level  of  permanent  saturation  is  about  50  ft.  from  the 
surface  and  that  above  this  level  there  is  a  zone  of 
intermittent  saturation  which  averages  8  ft.  in  thick- 
ness. The  evidence  furnished  by  the  wells  justi- 
fies the  conclusion  that,  the  nearer  the  surface,  the 
thicker  is  the  zone  of  intermittent  saturation  and 
the  greater  the  porosity  of  the  rocks.  Allowing  for 
this  Dr.  Smeeth  assumes  that  the  zone  of  intermittent 
saturation  extends  to  a  depth  of  10  ft.  and  possesses  an 
average  porosity  of  12  per  cent,  and  therefore  contains 
14*4  inches  of  water.  Under  no  circumstances  does  this 
zone  oi  intermittent  saturation  ever  become  dry,  but  there 
is  evidence  to  show  that  during  the  three  or  four  months 
of  the  hot  weather  about  40  per  cent,  of  the  contained 
water  drains  away  and  the  assumption  is  made  that  during 
the  rest  of  the  year  an  equal  amount  of  water  is  removed. 
The  total  loss  then  amounts  to  about  12  inches  or  10  per 
cent,  of  the  depth  of  the  zone.  Now  the  rainfall  varies 
from  73  inches  in  the  Kadur  district  to  as  little  as  22 
inches  in  the  Chitaldroog  district  and  it  is  a  somewhat 
remarkable  conclusion  to  arrive  at,  that  the  per  centage  of 
water  penetrating  to  such  a  depth,  as  to  reach  the  surface 
of  saturation,  should  be  approximately  the  same  in  each 


WELL  IRRIGATION  311 

district.  Yet  such  is  the  fact  disclosed  by  the  yearly 
variation  of  the  water  level  in  the  wells.  In  the  Kadur 
district  it  is  12-84  feet  and  in  the  Chitaldroog  district 
11*39  ft.  whilst  in  Bangalore,  which  enjoys  an  average 
rainfall  of  over  30  inches,  the  variation  in 
water  level  is  only  10-82  ft.  From  this  it  would 
appear  that  the  fluctuations  in  the  level  of  saturation  are 
independent  of  the  rainfall  on  the  surface  and  that  what- 
ever the  rainfall  may  be,  only  about  12  inches  of  water 
per  annum  can  pass  through  the  surface  and  sub-soil  to 
the  level  of  saturation.  The  rest  either  runs  off  by  direct 
flow  or  after  penetrating  to  a  certain  depth  is  returned  to 
the  surface  by  capillary  action  and  dissipated  by  evapora- 
tion. I  am  not  aware  that  any  similar  conclusion  to  this- 
has  been  deduced  from  observations  in  other  parts  of  the 
world  and  it  would  be  interesting  to  ascertain  what  happens 
under  widely  different  surface  conditions. 

The  rate  at  which  the  surface  water  niters  down  to  the 
permanent  subterranean  water  level  probably  varies  very 
much,  but  from  these  results  it  would  appear  that,  within 
the  limits  recorded  in  Mysore,  rainfall  is  not  an  important 
factor  in  determining  the  rate.  The  uniformity  of  the  rate 
of  percolation  over  so  wide  an  area  as  the  whole  of  the 
Mysore  State  is  probably  due  to  an  equal  uniformity  in 
the  character  of  the  soil  due  to  the  prevalence  through  ou  t 
the  whole  area  erf  similar  geological  conditions. 

The  statistics  of  well  irrigation  in  the  Madras  Presi- 
dency tend  to  show  that  where  the  rainfall  is  least,  there 
well  irrigation  is  most  highly  developed.  I  purposely  only 
say  "  tend  to  show,"  because  there  are  other  factors 
influencing  the  extent  to  which  well  cultivation  is  possible 
such  as  the  presence  of  black  cotton  soil  and  the  general 
status  of  the  community  in  regard  to  agricultural  and  in- 
dustrial pursuits. 


312  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

Put  in  plain  figures  the  quantity  of  water  temporarily 
stored  in  the  zone  of  intermittent  saturation  amounts  to 
270,000  gallons  of  water  per  acre  or  170  million  gallons 
of  water  per  square  mile.  Some  interesting  light  is  thrown 
upon  the  accuracy  of  these  calculations  by  data  furnished 
regarding  the  pumping  at  the  Kolar  Gold  Fields.  The 
area  drained  by  the  pumps  in  the  mines  is  certainly  less 
than  5  sq.  miles  and  the  actual  quantity  of  water  raised 
per  annum  is  546  million  gallons  or  something  over  110 
million  gallons  per  square  mile,  that  is  to  say,  two-thirds 
of  the  water  presumed  to  be  present  is  actually  dealt  with 
by  the  pumps  and  this  must  be  taken  to  be  satisfactory 
justification  of  Dr.  Smeeth's  deductions,  since  they  are 
•based  on  data  that  are  admittedly  rough  and  can  under  no 
circumstances  be  very  accurate. 

There  can,  I  think,  be  no  doubt  that  Dr.  Smeeth  is 
justified  in  stating  that  "  throughout  the  Mysore  State  there 
is  a  permanent  zone  of  water  at  a  moderate  depth  below 
the  surface  and  that  above  this  there  is  a  variable  zone 
which  fills  and  empties  annually/'  The  volume  of  water 
in  the  intermittent  zone  is  surprisingly  large  and  it  would 
be  interesting  and  possibly  of  great  practical  value  if  we 
could  ascertain  with  some  precision  the  mechanism  of  the 
arrangements  by  which  it  is  disposed  of.  Of  course  there 
is  an  underground  lateral  flow,  but  whether  that  is  an  ex- 
tremely slow  movement  through  a  great  thickness  of  rock 
or  whether  it  mainly  takes  place  through  fissures  and 
cracks  is  not  definitely  known.  All  the  available  evidence, 
which  comes  from  the  various  mines,  supports  the 
conclusion  that  except  by  fissures  the  water  does  not 
penetrate  to  any  great  depth,  as  at  300  ft.  sound  rock  is 
found  to  be  invariably  quite  dry  and  it  is  certain  that  there 
is  no  movement  of  water  through  it.  The  lateral  move- 
ment of  water  must  therefore  be  through  the  superficial 


WELL   IRRIGATION  313 

layers  of  decomposed  rock,  but  from  an  examination  of  a 
large  number  of  rock  wells  I  am  certain  that  such  move- 
ment must  be  extremely  small  and  will  not  account 
for  any  appreciable  proportion  of  water  that  drains 
away.  Dr.  Smeeth's  conclusions  show  that  we  have 
to  'deal  with  about  eight-ninths  of  a  cubic  foot  of 
water  per  second  from  each  square  mile  of  the  country, 
and  it  is  not  difficult  to  imagine  that  the  faults  and 
fissures  in  the  rocks  near  the  surface  provide  a  sufficient 
waterway  to  easily  dispose  of  this  flow  with  the  hydraulic 
gradients  available.  The  important  question  to  determine 
is  whether  information  regarding  the  geological  structure 
of  the  country  can  in  any  way  be  used  to  locate  the  places 
where  these  fissures  are  most  numerous  and  carry  the 
largest  quantity  of  water.  There  is  not  enough  evidence 
available  at  the  present  time  to  discuss  this  question  pro- 
fitably, but  it  suggests  that  there  might  be  some  advantage 
in  examining  the  wells  of  the  country  in  reference  to  the 
geological  structure.  Along  rifts  or  main  lines  of  faulting 
it  is  possible  that  there  may  be  a  concentration  of  sub- 
terranean flow,  but  unfortunately  for  practical  purposes 
it  is  likely  to  be  at  a  very  considerable  depth. 

Dr.  Smeeth  discusses  the  influence  of  baling  upon 
the  water  level  in  wells  and  conclusively  proves  that "  the 
effect  of  baling  is  not  to  increase  the  annual  variation  but 
to  gradually  lower  the  water  levels  as  a  whole  down  to 
some  limit  depending  on  the  quantities  baled  and  on 
various  natural  factors  which  tend  to  reduce  the  annual 
loss  of  the  zone."  The  opinion  is  very  generally  held 
by  ryots,  not  only  in  Mysore  but  also  over  wide 
tracts  of  the  Madras  Presidency,  that  the  water  level 
in  wells  has  been  gradually  falling  for  many  years  past  and 
there  is  no  doubt  that  this  is  to  some  extent  accounted  for 
by  the  enormous  increase  in  well  cultivation  which  has 

40 


314  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

been  going  on  in  recent  years.  It  is  important  to  remember 
that  the  volume  of  water  available  for  raising  to  the  surface 
remains  the  same,  but  lowering  the  water  levels  involves 
an  increase  in  the  work  of  lifting  the  water  and,  what  is 
even  of  greater  importance,  to  a  considerable  increase  of 
capital  outlay  in  deepening  the  wells  to  get  at  the  water. 
From  the  information  collected  regarding  the  wells  in 
Mysore,  Dr.  Smeeth  comes  to  the  conclusion  that  they  are 
not  sunk  deep  enough,  that  many  of  them  only  penetrate 
the  zone  of  intermittent  supply  and  that  few  go  deep 
enough  into  the  permanent  water  zone  to  yield  a  large 
supply  at  the  period  when  the  water  levels  are  lowest.  To 
cause  flow  from  the  surrounding  strata  into  a  well,  there 
must  be  a  head  of  several  feet  and  as  the  hydraulic 
gradient  is  necessarily  a  steep  one,  the  withdrawal  of  a 
large  quantity  of  water  creates  a  gradually  increasing  cone 
of  depression  of  the  water  level  round  the  well.  This 
may  be  counterbalanced  to  some  extent  by  fissure  water 
coming  from  a  considerable  distance,  but  where  fissures 
do  not  exist,  a  well  to  yield  water  all  the  year  round  must 
be  sunk  to  a  considerable  depth  below  the  line  of  perma- 
nent saturation.  To  sink  these  deep  wells  is  beyond  the 
means  of  the  ryots,  as  not  only  is  the  rock  hard  and  only 
to  be  removed  by  blasting,  but  temporarily  there  is  an 
abundance  of  water  which  is  beyond  the  capacity  of 
their  mhotes  to  deal  with.  Their  practice  therefore  when 
the  well  dries  up  is  to  sink  another  well  in  the  immediate 
neighbourhood  in  the  hope  of  striking  better  fissures,  but 
of  late  years,  especially  in  the  Coimbatore  District,  they 
have  taken  to  jumping  holes  to  a  considerable  depth  in  the 
hope  of  striking  additional  fissures.  On  the  whole,  the 
practice  is  justified  by  the  results  and  the  chances  of  in- 
creasing the  water  supply  are  somewhat  enhanced  by 
torpedoing  these  holes  or  exploding  a  charge  of  dynamite 


WELL  IRRIGATION  315 

at  the  bottom  of  them.  The  explosion  shatters  the  rock 
and  greatly  increases  the  probability  of  opening  a  connec- 
tion to  fissure  water.  Sometimes  this  fissure  water  is 
under  sufficient  pressure  to  deliver  a  considerable  stream  at 
the  mouth  of  the  bore-hole,  but  in  many  cases  which  are 
now  regarded  as  failures,  it  is  not  improbable  that  a  bore 
hole  pump  would  be  able  to  extract  a  considerable  quantity 
of  water  which  cannot  now  rise  to  the  mouth  of  the  bore- 
hole, owing  to  deficiency  of  pressure  in  fissures.  Our  ex- 
perience in  the  Madras  Presidency,  in  those  parts  of  the 
country  where  the  conditions  are  somewhat  similar  to  those 
prevalent  in  Mysore,  confirms  the  conclusions  arrived  at  by 
Dr.  Smeeth,  and  I  would  strongly  emphasise  his  advice 
regarding  the  use  of  boring  tools.  We  have  done  a  good 
deal  of  boring  in  hard  rock  with  hand  tools,  but  it  is  a 
very  slow  and  expensive  process  and  we  are  now  experi- 
menting with  various  forms  of  power  driven  drills. 

The  Mysore  Government  have  in  view  the  improve- 
ment of  wells  for  domestic  water  supply,  and  I  have  no 
hesitation  in  confirming  the  advice  tendered  by  Dr.  Smeeth 
in  regard  to  this  matter.  Working  on  similar  lines  but 
with  the  object  of  getting  greater  supplies  of  water  to  be 
used  for  irrigation  we  have  met  with  a  considerable  degree 
of  success,  and  if  it  had  been  with  us  merely  a  question  of 
getting  at  few  hundred  or  thousand  gallons  of  water  a  day 
we  should  hardly  have  a  single  failure  to  record. 

WATER-LIFTS  * 

In  the  report  of  the  Irrigation  Commission,  which  for 
statistical  purposes  is  now  perhaps  a  little  out  of  date,  it  is 
stated  that  in  the  United  Provinces  there  are  500,000 
permanent  wells  and  830,000  temporary  wells  irrigating 
in  a  normal  year  5,731,000  acres.  The  average  lift 

9  The  Agricultural  Journal  of  India,  July,  1911. 


316  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

is  probably  not  less  than  30  feet  and  in  the  aggregate 
the  amount  of  work  done  by  cattle  power  in  lifting 
the  water  for  the  irrigation  of  this  vast  area  is  enor- 
mous and  the  cost  to  the  ryots  of  the  country  an 
annual  sum  which  may  be  more  than,  but  certainly 
cannot  be  far  short  of,  10  crores  of  rupees.  This  is  not 
all,  as  besides  the  area  under  wells,  there  is  much  irriga- 
tion under  canals,  jheels  and  swamps  which  involves  lift- 
ing the  water.  It  is  true  that  the  lift  in  these  cases  is 
seldom  more  than  a  few  feet,  but  most  of  the  work  is  done 
by  hand  and  human  labour  is  invariably  more  expensive 
than  cattle  power. 

I  do  not  pretend  to  any  great  accuracy  in  the  above 
statements,  which  are  only  made  to  illustrate  the  import- 
ance of  water-lifting  in  these  Provinces  and  the  neces- 
sity for  carrying  out  such  work  in  the  most  economical 
manner  possible.  That  it  is  not  so  done  goes  without 
saying,  but  the  extent  to  which  improvement  is  possible  is 
quite  unknown.  It  is  a  matter  for  the  State  to  deal  with, 
as  the  problem  is  far  too  difficult  for  private  individuals  to 
tackle,  and  there  is  but  little  chance  that  any  adequate 
solution  would  yield  a  direct  pecuniary  reward  to  the 
individuals  who  worked  it  out.  It  is  mainly  a  question  of 
adapting  the  means  available  under  modern  conditions 
to  the  end  required,  which  is  the  lifting  of  small  volumes 
of  water  through  a  moderate  vertical  distance.  If  the 
volumes  were  larger  or  the  vertical  range  greater,  the  pro- 
blem would  be  a  simpler  one.  The  real  element  of  diffi- 
culty is  to  apply  mechanical  methods  of  lifting  water  to 
the  small  scale  on  which  the  ryot  works. 

I  am  not  sufficiently  acquainted  with  the  ryots' 
methods  of  lifting  water  in  the  North  of  India  to  express 
any  opinion  on  the  possibility  of  improving  them,  but  in 
respect  to  the  South  of  India  I  feel  fairly  confident  in 


WELL   IRRIGATION  317 

saying  that  the  best  practice  of  the  ryots  in  their  methods  of 
applying  animal  or  human  power  to  lifting  water  is,  if  not 
perfect,  exceedingly  hard  to  improve  upon.  The  picottah 
is  a  very  efficient  water-lift  for  heights  ranging  between  10 
and  20  feet,  and  though  at  first  sight  it  may  seem  that  to 
employ  one  man  solely  to  tilt  the  bucket  and  guide  the 
lifting  rod  is  a  waste  of  energy,  yet  it  is  not  really  so,  as  by 
changing  round  from  time  to  time  each  man  gets  a  needed 
rest  and  the  work  goes  on,  without  exhausting  the  men,  for 
a  longer  time  than  would  otherwise  be  the  case.  Simi- 
larly, the  South  Indian  mhote  with  its  leather  or  iron 
bucket  and  leather  discharge  pipe  is,  when  worked  on  a 
steep  incline  on  the  Kill  system,  an  excellent  method  of 
utilising  cattle  to  draw  water  from  a  deep  well.  It  of 
course  involves  the  employment  of  two  pairs  of  cattle  and 
is  not  well  adapted  to  shallow  wells  from  which  water 
may  be  drawn  by  the  mhote  worked  on  the  lagor  plan  with 
one  pair  of  cattle.  Various  attempts  have  been  made  to 
improve  on  these  methods  and  some  of  them  have  had  a 
certain  amount  of  vogue  for  a  time,  but  they  have  gone 
out  of  use  and  must  therefore  be  classed  as  failures.  The 
indigenous  methods  are  the  result  of  long  experience  and 
are  probably  an  example  of  the  law  of  the  survival  of  the 
fittest — that  is,  of  the  methods  of  drawing  water  from  wells 
which  are  most  suited  to  the  environment  and  resources  of 
the  ryots.  Experience  has  taught  the  people  of  India  that, 
to  get  the  maximum  amount  of  work  out  of  men  or 
animals,  they  must  not  apply  their  muscular  efforts  to  the 
direct  production  of  external  work,  but  that  they  must,  as 
far  as  possible,  store  kinetic  energy  in  their  bodies,  and 
utilise  the  same  by  allowing  their  weight  to  act  by  the 
descent  of  their  bodies.  The  picottah  has  a.  high  efficiency 
because  this  principle  is  very  perfectly  carried  out  in  that 
water-lift  and  the  single  mhoti  has  easily  held  its  own 


318  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

against  the  double  mhote,  partly  because  of  its  simple 
character,  but  mainly  because  whilst  descending  a  steep 
incline,  the  gradient  of  which  is  from  1  in  2^  to  1  in  3, 
the  animals  automatically  throw  a  very  considerable 
proportion  of  their  weight  on  to  the  yoke  and  thus  are 
able  to  exert  a  much  stronger  draught  than  when  walk- 
ing on  the  level  and  therefore  draw  up  a  much  larger 
bucket  of  water  each  time.  Again,  an  animal  like  a  bullock 
and  still  more  a  pair  of  them  are  able  to  exert  a  much 
stronger  draught  in  a  straight  line  than  when  walking  in  a 
circle.  To  attach  a  pair  of  animals  to  a  gin  or  whim  such 
as  is  very  commonly  used  is  to  employ  their  muscular 
efforts  in  the  most  inefficient  way  possible.  The  smaller 
the  diameter  of  the  circular  path  in  which  they  walk, 
the  worse  is  the  result.  No  ingenuity  in  the  design  of  the 
water-lift  worked  in  this  way  can  altogether  compensate  for 
the  defects  in  this  system  of  employing  animal  power.  In 
some  instances,  such  as  the  common  mortar  mill,  the  cheap- 
ness and  simplicity  of  the  device  compensates  even  for  this 
defect,  but  in  the  case  of  water-lifts  the  possibility  of  using 
other  and  better  methods  of  lifting  water  puts  the  gin  out 
of  court. 

It  is  not  unlikely  that  mechanical  methods  of  lifting 
water  will  ultimately  .displace  cattle  power  almost  entirely, 
but  that  day  is  still  far  distant,  and  in  the  meantime  it 
would  be  of  great  advantage  to  the  agricultural  community 
if  authoritative  and  complete  trials  were  made  of  the  effi- 
ciency of  the  various  indigenous  methods  of  lifting  water. 
Fifteen  years  ago  with  Mr.  C.  Benson,  the  then  Deputy 
Director  of  Agriculture  in  Madras,  I  made  some  experi- 
ments in  this  direction  which  led  me  to  the  above  con- 
clusions, but  it  would  be  well  if  they  could  be  repeated 
on  a  more  extended  scale  and  the  relative  merits  of  the 
different  methods  of  applying  power  determined  with 


WELL  IRRIGATION  319 

greater  accuracy  than  was  possible  with  the  limited 
opportunities  we  then  enjoyed  for  such  experiments.  Con- 
sidering the  enormous  number  of  cattle  power  water-lifts 
at  work  in  India,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  interests  involved 
will  amply  justify  the  trouble  and  expense  of  such  investiga- 
tion. 

It  is  true  that  records  exist  of  many  tests  of  water-lifts 
but  unfortunately  the  results  are  of  no  comparative  value 
as  every  observer  failed  to  measure  the  strength  of  the 
cattle  employed.  A  pair  of  bullocks  is  a  vague  term  ;  one 
pair  may  be  easily  twice  as  strong  as  another  and  some 
way  of  comparing  the  strength  of  the  animals  must  be 
devised.  Failing  any  better  method,  I  assumed  that  for 
animals  and  men  in  good  working  condition  their  strength 
was  for  each  class  proportionate  to  their  weight,  and  though 
this  may  not  be  strictly  accurate,  there  is  no  question  that 
it  does  to  some  extent  serve  as  an  indication  of  the  amount 
of  muscular  energy  which  can  be  obtained.  Here  it  may 
be  convenient  to  state  that  I  obtained  a  very  useful  co- 
efficient, or  figure  of  merit,  by  dividing  the  useful 
work  done  in  foot  pounds  per  hour  by  the  weight 
of  the  animals  in  pounds.  My  experiments  led  me 
to  the  conclusion  that  we  were  not  likely  to  be  able  to 
effect  any  marked  improvement  in  the  indigenous  me- 
thods of  lifting  water.  The  development  of  the  internal 
combustion  engine  a  few  years  later  rendered  it  possible, 
however,  to  employ  mechanical  power  in  place  of  men 
or  animals,  wherever  the  supply  of  water  exceeded  a  cer- 
tain quantity,  and  opened  out  a  new  field  for  experiment 
and  investigation.  The  American  windmill  also  seemed 
worthy  of  trial  and  during  the  last  nine  years  in  Madras 
we  have  been  working  to  adapt  these  entirely  novel 
sources  of  power  to  the  service  of  the  ryot,  With  the 
windmills,  we  have  not  met  with  much  success  owing  to 


320  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

the  general  feebleness  of  the  air  currents,  but  it  has  been 
otherwise  with  the  oil  engine  coupled  to  a  centrifugal 
pump,  as  is  attested  by  the  fact  that  there  are  about  400 
installations  of  this  character  at  work  in  the  South  of  India. 
The  main  objection  to  the  oil  engine  and  centrifugal  pump 
is  that  it  can  only  be  worked  economically  when  the  quan- 
tity of  water  to  be  dealt  with  is  large.  Nine  thousand 
gallons  per  hour  may  be  taken  as  the  economic  minimum 
that  the  centrifugal  pump  can  deal  with  and  there  should 
be  enough  water  to  keep  the  plant  at  work  for  about  6 
hours  per  day.  Any  extension  of  these  figures  means 
increased  economy,  and  the  larger  the  unit  that  can  be 
employed,  the  more  satisfactory  is  the  result.  With  suffi- 
cient water,  the  cost  of  lifting  it  is  from  one-fourth  to  one- 
tenth  that  of  the  older  methods,  and  volumes  can  be 
dealt  with  and  vertical  lifts  tackled  that  are  absolutely 
beyond  the  range  of  cattle  power.  We  are  still  only  at  the 
beginning  of  this  revolution  in  lifting  water  for  irrigation, 
and  no  one  can  doubt  that  as  it  extends,  the  increased  ex- 
perience will  render  it  more  efficient  a.nd  more  adaptable 
to  the  every-day  needs  of  the  smaller  irrigators. 

These  preliminary  remarks  on  the  subject  of  lifting 
water  are  necessary  to  explain  the  standpoint  from  which 
the  following  notes  have  been  written  on  the  display  of 
water-lifting  machinery  at  the  Allahabad  Exhibition. 
As  a  spectacle,  the  show  round  the  lake  in  the  Agri- 
cultural section  was  impressive,  but  a  detailed  exami- 
nation of  the  exhibits  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
problem  of  lifting  water  for  irrigation  has  not  yet  received 
the  attention  in  the  North  of  India  which  its  importance 
deserves.  The  exhibits  may  be  divided  into  three  main 
classes,  according  to  the  source  of  motive  power  :  (1) 
men,  (2)  cattle,  (3)  engines,  and  only  in  the  third  section 
was  there  anything  like  a  complete  representation  of  the 


WELL  IRRIGATION  321 

available  methods.  Indigenous  methods  of  lifting  water  were 
conspicuous  by  their  absence,  and  it  is  a  matter  of  regret 
that  no  attempt  was  made  to  show  one  specimen  at  least 
of  each  of  the  methods  of  lifting  water  commonly  used  in 
various  parts  of  India.  For  instance,  in  Madras  we  have 
quite  a  number  of  water-lifts  which  seem  to  be  unknown 
in  the  North  of  India,  and  under  suitable  conditions  the 
introduction  might  be  attended  with  advantage.  I  might 
cite  as  examples  the  various  forms  of  double  mhote,  the  picot- 
tah  and  the  Malabar  scoop  wheel.  Where  so  much  was 
done,  it  is  perhaps  ungracious  to  ask  for  more,  especially 
as  the  erection  and  exhibition  of  these  lifts  in  working  order 
would  have  entailed  much  trouble  and  not  a  little  expense 
on  the  authorities  in  charge  of  the  Agricultural  section. 
Of  water-lilts  to  be  worked  by  men  there  were  a  great 
variety  of  pumps  actuated  by  levers,  all  better  suited  for 
garden  work  and  occasional  use  than  for  steady  employ- 
ment, day  in  and  day  out,  on  the  irrigation  of  field  crops. 
The  only  device  really  intended  for  inigation  was  the 
chain  pump  exhibited  by  the  United  Provinces  Agri- 
cultural Department.  For  low  lifts  up  to,  say  5  feet  it  is 
probably  an  effective  device  as  the  pump  is  very  efficient, 
gives  a  continuous  flow  of  water,  and  the  only  objection 
to  it  is  the  mode  of  application  of  the  power  which  is 
extremely  simple  but  very  fatiguing.  For  lifts  above  5 
feet  its  utility  is  doubtful  and  at  15  feet  it  is  only  about 
half  as  effective  as  a  picottah.  From  a  circular  on  pumps 
issued  by  the  Agricultural  Department  at  Cawnpore  I  find 
it  is  stated  that  four  men  working  10  hours  a  day  will  lift 
6,806  c.  feet  of  water  to  a  height  of  15  feet  in  two  days. 
Assuming  that  the  men  weigh  an  average  of  120  Ibs,  each, 
1  calculate  that  they  will  do  319,000  foot  Ibs.  of  work  per 
hour,  and  this  number  divided  by  their  total  weight  gives 
as  a  figure  of  merit  or  co-efficient  of  utility,  664.  This 

41 


322  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

may  be  compared  with  a  trial  I  once  made  with  a 
picottah.  The  lift  was  14J  feet,  and  the  three  men  employ- 
ed weighed  331  Ibs.,  and  did  394,  310  foot  Ibs.  of  useful 
work  per  hour — the  co-efficient  of  utility  being  1,191. 
The  duration  of  the  trial  in  this  case  was  seven  hours  and 
the  men  worked  in  a  normal  way.  This  is  by  no  means 
an  unusually  good  result,  and  with  an  improved  lift  work- 
ed on  the  pic&ttah  principle,  1  have  obtained  co-efficients 
as  high  as  1,800.  The  chain  pump  is  a  very  efficient  water 
lift,  but  the  rotary  method  of  driving  it,  though  it  has  the 
advantage  of  being  very  simple,  is  not  an  effective  method 
of  applying  human  power.  I  doubt  if  it  would  be  possible 
to  satisfactorily  arrange  any  system  of  treadles  or  levers 
to  be  moved  by  the  weight  of  the  operators,  and  such  be- 
ing the  case,  the  advantageous  application  of  the  lift  is 
limited  to  raising  water  a  few  feet. 

In  all  the  lifts  worked  by  cattle  the  gin  was  used  and 
the  cattle  walked  in  a  circle  about  20  feet  in  diameter. 
The  gins  were  well  and  substantially  made,  but  the 
rotating  arm  was  too  short  except  for  small  cattle, 
and  a  pair  could  only  be  effectively  employed  by 
attaching  one  animal  to  each  end  of  the  rotating  arm. 
This  is  unsatisfactory  unless  the  animals  can  be  train- 
ed to  work  without  a  driver  to  each  of  them.  The  gins 
were  employed  to  drive  chain  pumps  or  norias.  From 
data  given  in  the  circular  of  the  Agricultural  Depart- 
ment already  referred  to,  it  appears  that  the  co-efficient 
of  utility  of  a  gin-driven  chain  pump  works  out  at  about 
470,  which  is  about  as  good  a  result  as  can  be  obtained 
with  the  single  mhote  worked  on  the  Kill  system  and 
somewhat  better  than  when  they  are  worked  on  the 
lagor  system.  My  practical  experience  with  chain  pumps 
and  norias  is  too  limited  to  justify  me  in  expressing  any 
opinion  on  iheii  n  ents  as  water-lifts  for  ryots'  use.  I 


WELL   IRRIGATION  323 

once  made  some  experiments  on  a  noria  and  obtained  a 
co-efficient  of  utility  of  404,  and  from  measurements  made 
on  the  draught  exerted  by  the  cattle  I  found  that  as  a 
machine  it  had  an  efficiency  of  50  per  cent.  For  low 
lifts  the  chain  pump  is  un  loubtedly  superior  to  the  noria, 
but  on  lifts  of  over  20  feet  1  have  no  information  as  to 
their  relative  efficiency. 

Besides  the  bullock-driven  chain-pumps  and  noriast 
there  was  exhibited  a  double  trough  water-lift  called  a 
"  Baldeo  Balti.  "  I  quote  from  the  Agricultural  Department 
circular  the  following  description  : — "  It  consists  of  two 
iron  troughs,  each  having  a  valve  at  the  bottom  opening 
upwards.  They  are  hinged  on  a  beam  fixed  to  the  ground 
at  discharging  level  and  are  alternately  raised  and  lowered 
by  ropes  attached  to  the  back  ends  of  the  troughs,  passing 
over  two  pulleys  and  so  to  a  horizontal  beam  pivoted  at 
one  end,  which  is  pulled  round  by  a  single  bullock  walk- 
ing in  a  circle."  It  is  certainly  a  simple  effective  device 
for  lifts  of  3  or  4  feet,  but  its  merits  would  be  mainly 
determined  by  its  efficiency  and  on  that  point  I  have  no 
information.  I  am  inclined  to  think  it  would  be  less  effi- 
cient than  a  well-designed  chain-pump. 

It  should  be  pointed  out  that  chain  pumps  and  norias 
are  not  suitable  types  of  water-lift  for  wells  in  which  the 
water  level  varies  greatly.  The  load  against  which  the 
power  is  exerted  varies  with  the  height  to  which  the  water 
has  to  be  lifted,  and  as  the  water  goes  down,  the  strain  on 
the  cattle  increases.  On  a  noria  the  load  might  be  di- 
minished by  removing  some  of  the  buckets,  but  in  practice 
this  is  not  a  convenient  arrangement.  Cattle  working  a 
gin  walk  at  a  uniform  pace  and  exert  a  steady  draught  and, 
to  be  employed  in  an  effective  manner,  the  load  must  be 
steady  and  proportioned  to  the  draught  they  can  exert. 
Obviously  this  is  impossible  with  chain  pumps  and  norias 


324  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

if  the  water  level  varies,  At  the  beginning  of  the  day's 
work  the  load  will  be  too  light,  or  if  properly  adjusted  to 
the  strength  of  the  animals,  then  at  the  end  of  the  day  it 
will  be  too  heavy.  It  is  possibly  for  this  reason  they  have 
never  found  favour  in  the  South  of  India  where  the 
Persian  wheel  is  unknown  and  where  the  water  level  in 
the  wells  varies  greatly. 

The  mechanical  methods  of  lifting  water  may  be  con- 
veniently regarded  as  consisting  of  a  source  of  motive 
power  and  of  a  pump  and  that  within  certain  obvious 
limits  any  source  of  motive  power  may  be  coupled 
to  drive  any  type  of  pump.  At  Allahabad  nearly  every 
modern  type  of  engine  was  at  work  in  the  exhibition  and 
most  of  them  connected  up  to  pumps.  It  will  be  conveni- 
ent to  tabulate  the  exhibits  in  two  columns. 

Type  of  engine.  Type  of  pump. 

Oil  engines  : —  Centrifugal  pumps  : — 

1.  Petrol.  1.     Open  impeller. 

2.  Kerosine  oil.  2.    Closed  impeller. 

3.  Liquid  fuel.  3.     Self-regulating. 

4.  Diesel  engines.  4.     Multiple  stage. 

5.  Semi-diesel.  Chain-pumps, 
Gas  engines : —                    .  Norias. 

Vertical.  Cornish  pumps.      '- 

Horizontal.  Three-throw  pumps. 

Steam'engines  :— 
Portable. 
Semi-portable. 
Windmills. 

It  is  only  in  the  Madras  Presidency  that  mechanical 
methods  of  lift-irrigation  are  at  all  largely  used  by  the  culti- 
vators, and  my  remarks  on  the  exhibits  at  Allahabad  are 
necessarily  based  on  the  experience  that  has  been  gained  in 
the  Pumping  Section  of  the  late  Department  of  Industries, 


WELL  IRRIGATION  325 

The  steam  engine  may  be  dismissed  with  a  very  few 
words.  Even  where  coal  is  very  cheap  it  cannot  be  recom- 
mended as  suitable  for  the  ryots'  work.  By  the  use  of 
superheaters  the  fuel  consumption  has  been  reduced  to  a 
very  low  figure,  but  the  engine  requires  a  skilled  attendant 
who  must  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  local  Boiler  Acts. 
For  very  small  powers  it  is  hopelessly  beaten  by  the  inter- 
nal combustion  engine,  but  for  larger  powers  where  coal 
is  cheap,  as  in  parts  of  Bengal,  it  is  still  the  best  type  of 
motor  that  can  be  employed. 

For  agricultural  purposes  the  type    of    engine    which 
should  be  recommended  depends  largely  upon  the  relative 
cost  of  the  different  kinds   of    fuel  which  can  be  used  in 
internal  combustion  engines.     Over  the  whole  of  India  the 
price  of  kersoine  oil  varies  but  slightly,  whilst  it  is  only  in 
places  that  a  cheap  supply  of  liquid  fuel  can  be   obtained. 
In  the  Madras  Presidency  liquid  fuel  is  about  half  the  price 
of  kerosine  oil  and  the  consumption  per  brake  horse-power 
is   by  volume  practically  the    same     so    that,   although 
liquid   fuel   is  not   so  clean  and  nice   to  use  as    kerosine 
oil,    the    large    saving     in    cost      outweighs    this    dis- 
advantage and   renders  it   desirable  to  employ  a  type    of 
engine  in  which  it  can  be  used  without  difficulty.     At  one 
time  the  Diesel  and   the  Hornsby-Ackroyd    engines  were 
the   only  two  which  were   quite   satisfactory    to  use,    but 
since  the  expiry  of  the  Ackroyd  patents  there  are  a  number 
of  engines  on  the  market  by  different  makers,  all  of  which 
run   well  enough   with  liquid  fuel.     The    Diesel  engine  is 
not  suited   for  small    powers  and   requires  a  skilled  atten- 
dant to  keep  it  in  good    running  order.     Its  capital  cost  is 
also  high,  and  for  these  reasons  it  may  be  considered  out 
of  the   agricultural    field.     Within   the  last  year   or   two 
English   makers   of  oil   engines   have  put  on    the  market 
what  may  be  termed  a  'Semi-Diesel'  engine,  of  which   at 


326  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

least  one  example  was  to  be  seen  at  Allahabad.  It  was 
working  very  smoothly  and  the  consumption  of  fuel,  though 
higher  than  in  the  Diesel  engine,  was  much  below  that 
usually  obtained  in  ordinary  oil  engines  working  with 
liquid  fuel.  Where  a  portable  oil  engine  is  required,  the 
work  is  not  only  intermittent  but  generally  of  a  special 
character  that  will  bear  the  cost  of  a  rather  more  expensive 
fuel,  and  there  were  exhibited  several  small  vertical  oil 
engines  which  would  run  on  petrol  or  on  kerosine  oil  if 
first  started  with  petrol.  Such  engines  invariably  run  at  a 
very  high  speed  and  require  to  be  of  good  design  and  the 
best  possible  workmanship.  A  cheap  engine  of  this  type  is 
therefore  not  to  be  recommended,  but  if  a  sufficiently  high 
price  is  paid,  it  is  possible  to  get  a  really  satisfactory  motor. 
They  are  usually  magneto  fired  and  it  is  important  that  the 
magneto  should  be  of  an  approved  type.  I  have  used  one 
of  these  engines  coupled  direct  to  a  3-inch  centrifugal 
pump  during  the  last  three  years  and  found  it  admirably 
suited  for  testing  water-supplies  or  any  other  work  of  a 
temporary  character  such  as  cleaning  out  temple  tanks.  I 
understand  that  the  local  conditions  are  such  in  the  Unit- 
ed Provinces  that  portable  engines  are  likely  to  prove  very 
useful,  and  I  think  that  on  the  whole  the  light  high  speed 
type  will  be  found  better  suited  for  this  class  o-f  work  than 
the  ordinary  type  of  oil  engine  mounted  on  a  girder  frame. 
Where  wood  charcoal  can  be  obtained  at  a  cost  not 
exceeding  Rs.  20  per  ton,  gas  engines  and  suction  gas 
plants  represent  for  anything  over  10  h.  p.  the  most 
economical  of  type  of  motive  power  that  can  be  employed. 
There  are  many  designs  of  gas  engine  now  on  the  market 
which  work  extremely  well  and  with  most  gas  producers 
charcoal  can  be  used  if  adequate  provision  is  made  to 
remove  the  tar  which  invariably  comes  over.  Suction  gas 
engines  are  now  made  which  will  work  with  wood,  or 


WELL  IRRIGATION  327 

sawdust  but  they  cannot  well  be  employed  for  anything 
under  35  h.p.  I  have  no  extended  experience  with  this 
type  of  producer,  but  I  am  satisfied  that  they  will  do  all  that 
the  makers  claim  for  them,  as  I  have  had  one  such  plant 
at  work,  developing  about  80  B.  H.  P.  for  several  months. 

There  were  several  windmills  exhibited  at  Allahabad, 
but  owing  to  the  lightness  of  the  winds  during  the  exhibi- 
tion it  was  impossible  to  get  them  to  work  against  any 
load.  Where  fairly  strong  continuous  winds  can 
be  relied  upon,  a  windmill  is  a  very  suitable  type 
of  motor  for  well  irrigation  when  the  lift  is  not  more 
than  twenty-five  feet.  On  the  West  Coast  of  India  and  in 
the  Deccan  there  is  sufficient  wind  to  make  it  worth  while 
to  put  up  these  mills,  but  over  the  rest  of  India  the  air 
currents  are  usually  too  light  and  of  too  variable  a  charac- 
ter to  obtain  results  commensurate  with  the  capital  outlay 
involved.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  the  wind 
velocities  are  usually  the  highest  during  the  hot  dry  month 
of  the  year  when  water  is  most  required. 

Turning  now  to  the  various  power-driven  water-lifts 
attention  may  be  drawn  to  the  norias  and  chain  pumps. 
For  small  lifts,  and  not  very  large  volumes  of  water,  the 
chain-pump  appears  to  have  a  possible  future  in  front  of 
it,  but  without  prolonged  experience  as  to  the  life  of  the 
chain  and  the  general  wear  and  tear  and  without  accurate 
tests  as  to  its  efficiency  I  am  not  prepared  to  say  that 
it  is  better  than  a  centrifugal  pump.  Some  well- 
designed  norias  driven  by  small  engines  were  also  exhibit- 
ed, but  I  doubt  if  they  can  hold  their  own  either  in  first 
cost,  efficiency  or  durability  with  the  best  modern 
types  of  centrifugal  pumps.  For  irrigation  work  it  is 
hardly  necessary  to  consider  the  various  types  of  high 
pressure  pump,  either  of  the  reciprocating  type  or  the 
multiple  stage  centrifugal,  as  it  will  be  a  long  time  before 


328  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

agriculturists  in  India  will  be  sufficiently  advanced  to  ven- 
ture to  lift  water  from  depths  which  will  involve  working 
against  high   pressures.     It    remains,    therefore,  only   to 
consider  the  single  stage  centrifugal  pumps,  and  of  these 
practically   every  modern    design  was   in  evidence  at  the 
exhibition.     It  is  quite  beyond  the  range  of  these  notes  to 
enter  into  a  discussion  of  the  principles  on  which  the  vari- 
ous forms  of  this  pump  are  designed.    The  efficiency  of  a 
centrifugal  pump  increases  rapidly  with  increasing  size,  and 
pumps  below  3"  in  diameter  of  suction  pipe  should  ordi- 
narily not  be  employed.     The  majority    of  3"    centrifugal 
pumps  on  the  market  have  an  efficiency   ranging  between 
40  and  45  per  cent,  and  the  larger  pumps  have  an  effici- 
ency up  to  55  per  cent,  but  during  the  last  few  years  much 
attention  has  been  paid  to  the  design  of  centrifugal  pumps, 
and  3  pumps  can  now  be  obtained  with  an  efficiency  of  70 
per  cent,  and  the  larger  sizes  with  an   efficiency  of  nearly 
80  per  cent.     These  pumps  are  naturally  more  costly  than 
the  older  types,  but   they   require,  for  equal   quantities  of 
water  delivered,  a  much  smaller   engine,  and  we   find    in 
Madras  that  it  pays  well   to  buy  centrifugal    pumps  of   the 
highest  efficiency  obtainable  as  the   combined  cost  of  the 
engine  and  pump  is  lower  and  the  working  expenses   per- 
manently less.     Where  the  vertical  lift,  on  which  the  pump 
works,   varies  considerably  at   different  times   of  the  yean 
or  as  often  happens  in  wells  during  the  course  of  the  same 
day,  there   is  a   great   advantage  in    using   self -regulating 
pumps,  and  these  can  now  be  obtained  to  work  with  practi- 
cally the  same  amount  of  power  over  a  very  long  range  of 
lift.     This  is  a  very  important   matter  when  internal  com- 
bustion engines   are  used,  as   such  engines   can  only    be 
efficiently  worked  near  their  maximum  load  and   will  not 
stand  any  over-load    whatever.      Till  the    self-regulating 
pumps  came  on  the  market  we  often  fitted  the  ordinary  type 


WELL   IRRIGATION  329 

of  centrifugal  pumps  with  two  fast  pulleys  of  different  dia- 
meters so  that  the  speed  of  the  pump  could  be  roughly  varied 
to  suit  marked  changes  in  the  height  of  the  lift.  Previous  to 
the  adoption  of  this  practice  the  variations  in  the  water- 
level  rendered  the  working  of  centrifugal  pumps  extremely 
unsatisfactory,  and  in  more  than  one  instance  I  have 
known  a  rise  in  a  river  so  increase  the  load  thrown  by  the 
pump  on  to  the  engine  as  to  pull  it  up.  This  may  sound 
paradoxical,  but  it  is  well-known  to  those  who  have  much 
experience  in  the  working  of  centrifugal  pumps  and  the 
difficulty  has  been  entirely  eliminated  since  attention  was 
first  drawn  to  this  point  in  one  of  our  reports  on  Irrigation 
by  Pumping, 

The  exhibition  of  water-lifts  at  Allahabad  demonstra- 
tes conclusively  that  Mechanical  Engineers  both  in  Eng- 
land and  India  are  becoming  alive  to  the  fact  that  a  great 
market  awaits  them  in  connection  with  lift-irrigation  in 
India,  and  we  may  confidently  expect  that  competition 
for  business  will  lead  to  a  careful  study  of  the  problems 
and  that  great  improvements  will  ultimately  result.  It  is  a 
matter  for  regret  that  the  recently  invented  Humph- 
rey Gas  Pump  did  not  arrive  in  time  to  be  shown  in 
working  order  at  the  exhibition.  It  represents  a  revolution 
in  our  methods  of  generating  power,  but  the  exact  range 
of  its  application  can  only  be  determined  by  practical 
experience.  So  far,  the  pumps  constructed  have  been  of 
a  capacity  much  greater  than  will  ordinarily  be  required 
in  India,  and  it  is  certian  that  the  details  of  the  design 
will  require  to  be  greatly  modified  before  it  has  any  chance 
of  proving  a  serious  rival  to  the  small  pumping  plants  for 
which  a  very  big  field  undoubtedly  exists  in  India. 


CHAPTER  XI 

ENGINEERING  IN  INDIA* 

I 

When  it  was  first  suggested  to  me  that  I  should  deliver 
an  address  to  you  this  afternoon,  I  gladly  consented,  as  I 
was  conscious  of  the  great  honour  conferred  upon  me, 
and  I  was  anxious  to  renew  my  connection  with  the 
Central,  which  during  the  last  seventeen  and  a-half  years 
has  been  of  a  very  slender  character.  At  the  time,  however, 
I  did  not  realize  the  extent  of  the  responsibility  I  was 
thereby  incurring,  or  the  difficulty  I  should  experience  in 
selecting  a  subject  for  my  remarks  which  would  be  appro, 
priate  to  the  position  1  am  now  placed  in.  On  previous 
occasions  you  have  received  words  of  weighty  advice  from 
men  whose  names,  throughout  the  world,  are  associated 
with  some  of  the  most  brilliant  achievements  of  Engineering 
science,  and  whose  long  and  illustrious  careers  entitle 
them  to  address  you  in  terms  which  it  would  be  presump- 
tuous for  me  to  use.  After  some  consideration,  however, 
it  seemed  to  me  that  I  could  only  come  before  you  as  an 
old  student  of  the  College,  who  has  been  out  in  the  world 
long  enough  to  test  the  value  of  the  training  he  received, 
first  at  the  Finsbury  Technical  College,  and  then  here,  and 
give  you  some  idea  of  what  the  future  has  in  store  for  you 

'Inaugural  address  to  the  students  of  the   City  and  Guilds  Central 
Technical  College.  1905. 


ENGINEERING  IN   INDIA  331 

if  any  of  you  should  be  destined  to  find  that  your  life's 
work  lies  in  India. 

It  is  twenty  years,  all  but  a  month,,  since,  with  six  or 
seven  others,  I  attended  the  first  lecture  that  was  given  in 
this  building,  and  I  think  you  are  all  to  be  congratulated  on 
the  fact  that  with  but  one  exception  the  departments  of  this 
College  still  continue  to  be  directed  by  the  same  distin- 
guished pioneers  in  the  cause  of  technical  education  that 
presided  over  them  in  the  beginning.  This  is  the  first 
formal  meeting  of  the  students  that  has  taken  place  since 
Professor  Unwin  resigned  the  chair  of  Civil  and  Mechani- 
cal Engineering,  and  I  am  glad  to  have  this  opportunity 
to  express  both  on  your  behalf  and  as  a  represen- 
tative of  the  students  who  have  passed  out  of  the  College, 
the  regret  we  feel  that  he  should  have  felt  it  necessary 
to  retire  from  active  participation  in  the  work  of  the 
College,  whilst  at  the  same  time  we  rejoice  to  know 
that  after  many  years  spent  in  training  young  Engineers 
he  still  retains  health  and  strength  to  enjoy  the  more 
ample  leisure  which  lies  before  him. 

The  students  of  the  Central  owe  avast  debt  to 
Professor  Unwin  which  they  can  in  part  discharge  by 
cherishing  and  acting  up  to  the  same  high  ideals  that 
were  ever  before  him  in  all  professional  matters.  His 
work  extended  far  beyond  the  walls  of  this  Institution, 
and  all  over  the  world  Engineers  have  benefited  enor- 
mously by  his  labours  in  those  branches  of  scientific 
Engineering  which  he  made  more  particularly  his  own. 
I  am  just  old  enough  to  remember  how  great  a  part  he 
took  in  working  out  the  courses  of  instruction  and 
methods  of  training  which  are  followed  in  nearly  every 
English-speaking  Engineering  College  at  the  present  day, 
and  all  of  you  must  be  acquainted  with  those  Well-known 
volumes  on  Machine  Design  which  have  done  so  much 


332  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

to  take  the  work  of  the  draughtsman  out  of  the  region  of 
pocket  books,  empirical  formulae,  and  rule  of  thumb  ex- 
perience, and  place  it  on  a  definite  scientific  basis.  In 
Hydraulics,  the  article  which  he  contributed  to  the  ninth 
edition  of  the  Encyclopedia  Britannica,  notwithstanding  its 
necessarily  extreme  condensation,  has  attained  the  remark- 
able position  of  becoming  the  standard  English  work  on 
that  branch  of  Engineering. 

There  are  other  well-known  books  which  he  has 
written  to  which  attention  might  be  drawn  but  I  refrain 
that  I  may  remind  you  that  before  Professor  Unwin 
came  to  this  College,  more  than  twenty  years  ago, 
he  had  been  Professor  of  Hydraulic  Engineering  at 
the  Royal  Indian  Engineering  College  at  Cooper's 
Hill,  and  in  that  capacity  he  was  largely  responsible 
for  the  training  of  the  men  who  now  occupy  all  the 
senior  Engineering  appointments  of  the  Indian  Public 
Works  Department.  India  has  been  the  scene  of  many 
great  Engineering  exploits  and  in  these  Professor  Unwin's 
students  have  borne  a  distinguished  part,  and  upon  them 
at  the  present  moment  rests  the  responsibility  of  preparing 
the  great  programmes  of  future  work  which  are  the  out- 
come of  the  strenuous  labours  of  our  most  sagacious  and 
distinguished  viceroy.  I  am  personally  acquainted  with  a 
great  many  of  these  Cooper's  Hill  men,  and  I  know  that 
they  hold  Professor  Unwin  in  the  same  high  esteem  that 
we  do. 

When  Professor  Unwin  went  to  Cooper's  Hill  in  the 
early  seventies,  the  methods  by  which  men  became  Engi- 
neers were  widely  different  from  what  they  are  to-day. 
Engineering  education  had  usually  to  be  picked  up  in  the 
workshops  and  drawing  office  in  a  hap-hazard  kind  of  way, 
and  the  facilities  for  acquiring  a  thorough  knowledge  of 
toe  scientific  principles  underlying  the  practice  of  the 


ENGINEERING  IN   INDIA  333 

profession  were  of  a  very  limited  character.  For  years 
previously  the  Government  of  India  had  experienced 
considerable  difficulty  in  enlisting  a  sufficient  number  of 
engineers  with  the  qualifications  essential  for  a  successful 
career  in  the  East.  When,  therefore,  it  was  determined 
to  adopt  a  vigorous  policy  in  respect  to  Public  Works» 
which  it  was  easy  to  foresee  would  require  large  additions 
to  the  engineering  staff,  the  establishment  of  a  special 
College  for  training  young  men  for  the  Indian  Public 
Works  Department  was  sanctioned.  From  the  very  outset 
the  scheme  was  a  great  success,  the  College  filled  up  with 
students  from  the  public  schools,  and  after  a  three  years' 
course  they  were  sent  out  to  India,  where  they  proved 
themselves  well  qualified  to  maintain  the  high  traditions 
of  English  administrative  efficiency  which  have  been 
established  in  India. 

Times  however  changed,  and  in  recent  years  the 
Government  have  been  unable  to  offer  appointments  to 
all  the  successful  students  of  each  year,  so  that  gradually 
it  came  to  be  thought  somewhat  anomalous  to  maintain  a 
State  College  at  considerable  expense  for  the  training  of 
men  who  could  easily  be  obtained  from  the  Engineering 
Institutions  of  University  rank  which  had  been  founded 
later  than  Cooper's  Hill. 

Though  the  original  raison  d'etre  for  its  existence  had 
disappeared,  the  College  did  its  work  so  well  that  every  one 
was  loth  to  disturb  it.  Only  when  the  question  of  funds 
to  bring  it  in  line  with  modern  requirements  became 
acute  was  the  necessity  for  the  College  itself  challenged. 
In  face  of  the  provision  which  has  been  made  in  re- 
cent years  throughout  the  British  Empire  for  the  special 
training  of  engineers,  there  could  be  but  one  result  of 
the  enquiry,  and  the  decree  has  gone  forth  that  the  Col- 
lege should  cease  to  exist.  Henceforth  the  Government 


334  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

of  India  will  recruit  its  engineering  service  with  men 
trained  in  possibly  any  part  of  the  King's  dominions  ;  and 
from  the  wider  field  thai  may  bs  drawn  upon — from  the 
more  varied  experience  of  the  men  selected — it  is  not  un- 
reasonable to  expect  that  great  advantage  will  accrue  to 
India  ;  but  that  advantage  would  be  worth  little  if  it  were 
purchased  at  any  sacrifice  of  the  splendid  heritage  that 
the  Cooper's  Hill  men  have  created  in  the  way  of  esprit 
de  corps,  a  high  standard  of  professional  honour  and  self 
sacrificing  devotion  to  the  public  service. 

So  far  the  Central  Technical  College  has  not  sent  many 
men  to  India,  but  under  the  new  conditions  it  is  not  im- 
probable that  some  of  you  here  to-day  may  find  employ- 
ment there,  in  the  not  very  distant  future,  either  in  the 
service  of  Government  or  in  the  prosecution  of  private 
enterprises,  which  it  is  the  policy  of  the  Government  of 
India  to  actively  encourage. 

India  entails  a  great  responsibility  upon  the  British 
people,  yet  it  is  one  that  the  average  man  bears  lightly 
enough  and  perhaps  rightly  considers  that  his  duty 
is  done  when  he  assures  himself  that  the  administra- 
tion of  that  great  Empire  is  entrusted  to  statesmen 
of  high  probity  and  great  skill,  with  the  expert  knowledge 
essential  for  the  government  of  so  many  millions  of  people 
who  live  under  conditions  so  very  different  from  those 
that  prevail  here.  It  is  not  a  little  to  the  glory  of  English- 
men that  India  ha?  never  been  a  subject  for  political  dis- 
cussion, and  that  all  parties  have  ever  been  united  in 
agreeing  that  Indian  problems  must  be  dealt  with  in  a 
calm,  judicious  manner  by  men  who  are  fully  qualified  by 
special  experience  and  training  to  deal  with  them.  It  was, 
I  think,  Lord  Curzon  who  declared  that  to  the  possession 
of  India  the  British  Empire  largely  owes  its  present  great- 
ness and  commanding  position  in  the  eyes  of  the  rest  of  the 


ENGINEERING   IN   INDIA  335 

world.  This  being  so  it  is  certainly  desirable  that  you, 
who  in  the  future  are  destined  to  be  among  the  leaders  of 
industrial  enterprise  should  take  an  intelligent  interest  in 
the  material  development  of  the  country.  It  therefore  re- 
quires no  apology  from  me,  if  I  direct  your  attention  to 
thatg.eat  Eastern  dependency  and  briefly  discuss  some  of 
the  industrial  questions  which  come  before  us  out  there, 
and  which  we  hope  to  solve  by  the  application  of  technical 
knowledge  and  skill  such  as  you  are  acquiring  here. 

Compared  with  European  countries,  India  is  extremely 
poor  ;  but  were  it  not  for  the  periodical  visitations  of 
famine,  caused  by  severe  droughts  over  large  and  thickly 
populated  tracts,  the  pinch  of  poverty  would  seldom  be 
felt.  The  tilling  of  the  soil  is  the  occupation  of  the  great 
bulk  of  the  people,  and,  where  there  is  sufficient  moisture, 
the  earth  yields  a  generous  harvest.  The  people  lead  sim- 
ple lives,  and,  if  their  worldly  possessions  are  few,  their 
wants  are  fewer.  Even  in  the  worst  years  there  is  enough 
food  for  all  grown  in  the  country,  and  the  difficulty  of 
transporting  it  to  the  famine  stricken  districts  h*s  been 
met  by  the  construction  of  a  very  extended  system  of  rail- 
ways ;  but  the  problem  of  finding  work  for  the  millions 
thrown  out  of  employment  by  the  enforced  cessation  of 
agricultural  operations  has  not  yet  been  satisfactorily 
solved. 

In  the  towns  the  artisan  classes,  who  look  to  the  indi 
genous  industries  of  the  country  for  a  means  of  livelihood, 
are  in  a  less  satisfactory  condition  than  the  agriculturists. 
To  a  large  extent  these  industries  have  suffered  from  the 
competition  of  imported  goods  produced  in  modern  mills 
and  factories  with  labour-saving  machinery  of  the  highest 
type.  Without  much  enterprise,  unaided  by  capitalists , 
incapable  of  adapting  themselves  to  the  changes  in  their 
environment,  and  wedded  to  their  antiquated,  hereditary 


336  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

methods  of  working,  the  artisans  have  had  no  resource 
but  to  sell  their  labour  at  lower  and  lower  rates,  till  at  last 
a  limit  has  been  reached,  and  they  can  part  with  the  pro- 
ductions of  their  labour  at  no  lower  price  without  risk  of 
starvation.  It  must  not  be  imagined  that  the  Government 
of  the  country  have  stood  callously  by,  heedless  of  the  way 
in  which  the  people  are  being  ground  down  by  the  opera- 
tion of  economic  forces  beyond  their  comprehension  and 
control.  Not  much,  indeed,  has  been  done,  for  the  re- 
sources of  Government  are  limited,  and  it  is  only  quite 
recently  that  the  higher  and  more  intelligent  castes  have 
began  to  take  an  interest  in  industrial  questions. 

There  is  not  the  slightest  reason  to  doubt  that  India 
is  steadily  growing  richer,  but  the  wealth  is  flowing  into 
new  channels,  and,  during  the  long  period  which  must 
necessarily  elapse  while  the  people  are  being  prepared  to 
face  the  changed  order  of  things,  it  is  unavoidable  that 
much  suffering  should  be  experienced  by  those  who  are 
weakest  and  least  capable  of  helping  themselves. 

During  many  centuries  war,  pestilence,  and  famine 
prevailed  through  the  land,  and  sternly  checked  the  too 
rapid  growth  of  the  population.  For  nearly  half  a  century 
there  has  been  uninterrupted  peace  :  sanitation  has  made 
enormous  strides;  and  though  we  have  not  yet  made  much 
headway  against  the  ravages  of  bubonic  plague,  it  is  held  in 
check,  and  the  mortality  from  epidemic  diseases  has  greatly 
decreased.  People  do  not  now  die  by  millions  from  actual 
starvation,  thanks  to  the  splendid  system  of  famine  relief 
which  has  been  devised  to  meet  the  failure  of  the  harvests 
when  the  rains  hold  off.  This  is  a  record  of  which  any  ad- 
ministration may  be  proud,  but  it  has  resulted  in  an  alarm- 
ingly  rapid  increase  in  the  population,  which  presages  terri- 
ble calamities  in  the  future  unless  adequate  measures  are 
taken  in  time  by  a  far-seeing  Government  to  ward  them  off. 


ENGINEERING   IN   INDIA  337 

The  opinion  is  generally  held  that  India  is  a  country 
with  vast  undeveloped  natural  resources.  To  some  extent 
this  is  true,  but  not  in  the  sense  that  the  same  statement 
would  imply  when  made  of  the  United  States  and  Canada. 
They  are  new  countries  with  great  mineral  wealth,  vast 
water  powers,  and  huge  tracts  of  rich  land  yet  unoccupied. 
India  is  an  old  country,  which  for  many  centuries  has 
supported  a  teeming  population,  and  all  its  good  land  has 
been  occupied  for  countless  generations.  It  possesses 
some  mineral  wealth,  but  it  is  too  diffuse  to  be  easily 
garnered,  and  its  stores  of  precious  metals  which  probably 
exist  are  buried  beneath  the  debris  of  workings  carried  on 
in  a  dim  past.  The  soil  is  in  the  possession  of  small 
farmers  or  ryots,  who  are  devoid  of  ambition,  and  content 
if  only  they  can  procure  their  daily  bread  at  the  least 
possible  exertion  to  themselves.  In  some  places  they  are 
good  agriculturists,  who  make  the  most  of  their  limited 
resources,  but  generally  they  are  backward  and  ignorant  ; 
the  land  does  not  yield  to  them  what  it  might  be  made  to 
do  under  better  treatment.  Where  water  is  difficult  to 
obtain  it  is  generally  used  with  intelligence  and  skill  ; 
where  it  is  abundant  and  costs  little  or  no  labour  to  apply 
to  the  land,  there  it  is  wasted  on  crops  which  are  easy  to 
cultivate  but,  in  consquence,  of  little  value.  In  favoured 
localities  the  ryots  are  wealthy,  but  this  wealth  is  hoarded 
in  the  form  of  jewels  and  gold  coins,  and  is  literally  buried 
in  the  ground  inside  their  houses  instead  of  being  usefully 
expended  on  the  improvement  of  their  fields.  No  man 
trusts  his  neighbour,  and  seldom  his  brother,  co-operation 
to  secure  a  common  end  has  proved  a  failure,  and  joint  en- 
terprise is  almost  non-existent.  In  face  of  these  difficulties 
something  has  to  be  done,  and  men  are  wanted  with  per- 
severance  and  tact  to  steadily  overcome  the  ignorance  and 
prejudice  which  are  such  fatal  barriers  to  any  progress, 
43 


338  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

In  the  aggregate,  the  modern  industrial  enterprises  of 
India  are  by  no  means  insignificant  ;  but,  in  comparison 
with  the  extent  of  the  country,  the  number  of  the  popu- 
lation, arid  the  value  of  the  raw  material  produced,  theyf 
are  surprisingly  small.  The  cotton  mills  and  weaving' 
sheds  of  Bombay,  the  jute  mills  of  Bengal,  and  the[ 
tanneries  and  leather  works  of  Cawnpore  may  be  cited  as 
well-established  industries.  The  gold  mines  of  Mysore 
and  the  coal  mines  of  Bengal,  especially  the  latter,  are  of 
immense  value  and  increasing  importance.  The  railways 
have  large  locomotive  repair  shops  and  carriage  building 
works  scattered  about  the  country,  and  there  are  a  few  • 
private  engineering  shops,  but  the  iron  trade  is  represented 
by  only  one  establishment,  which,  after  many  vicissitudes, 
seems  to  have  now  entered  upon  an  era  of  prosperity  and 
development.  Of  miscellaneous  industrial  undertakings, 
there  are  not  a  few  ;  but  they  are  widely  scattered  and  of 
little  importance.  For  military  reasons,  it  is  considered 
desirable  to  render  India  independent  of  England  in  the 
matter  of  equipment  ;  and  the.  arsenals,  factories,  and 
workshops  which  have  been  established  to  carry  out  this 
policy,  employ  many  skilled  artisans,  and  are  of  some 
importance  as  centres  from  which  technical  knowledge  is 
gradually  spreading. 

The  extremely  rapid  progress  which  in  recent  years 
has  been  made  in  the  transmission  of  energy  through  long 
distances  by  alternating  currents  of  electricity,  and  the 
continual  expansion  of  the  field  for  its  employment,  not 
only  for  electric  lighting  and  power  but  also  in  electro- 
chemical and  electro-metallurgical  industries,  has  given  to 
possible  sources  of  water-power  a  high  potential  value.  In 
India,  the  available  power  is  considerable,  but  it  is  badly 
situated,  and  it  is  difficult  to  make  any  profitable  use  of  it. 
Something,  however,  has  been  done,  and  the  water-power 


ENGINEERING   IN   INDIA  339 

plants   which   have    been  installed  total    up   to   quite   a 
respectable  figure. 

You  may  possibly  think  that  this  brief  review  of  the 
condition  of  India  is  not  very  inviting,  and  that  I  have 
painted  a  rather  gloomy  picture.  Perhaps  so,  but  my 
object  is  not  to  tell  you  of  what  has  been  done,  so  much 
as  to  point  out  how  much  remains  to  be  done,  and  what 
a  splendid  field  exists  for  men  with  technical  knowledge 
to  devote  their  energy  and  ability  to  overcoming  the 
difficulties  which  the  geological  structure  of  the  land,  the 
meteorological  conditions  of  the  atmosphere,  and  the 
social  peculiarities  of  the  people  place  in  the  way  of  those 
entrusted  with  the  material  development  of  that  country. 

Service  in  India  is  not  without  serious  drawbacks, 
but  the  advantages  are  great,  and  not  the  least  of  these,  to 
any  one  of  an  enthusiastic  temperament,  are  the  many 
opportunities  for  beneficent  work.  The  Government  of 
India,  with  wise  liberality,  pays  its  servants  well,  is 
generous  in  the  matter  of  furlough  and  leave,  provides  an 
adequate  allowance  when  the  time  comes  for  retirement, 
and,  in  return,  expects  strict  integrity,  single- mindedness 
of  purpose,  and  whole-hearted  attention  to  duty.  More 
than  this  cannot  be  asked  from  any  body  of  men,  but  more 
is  often  rendered,  and  there  are  not  a  few  who  recognise 
that  behind  the  Government  are  the  people  of  India  on 
whose  behalf  all  are  working,  and  the  interests  and  welfare 
of  these  dumb  millions  appeal  to  them  with  the  same  force 
and  the  same  earnestnees  as  do  the  spiritual  needs  of  these 
great  masses  to  those  self-sacrificing  men  and  women 
who,  from  the  Christian  nations  of  the  world,  go  forth, 
without  hope  of  earthly  reward,  to  labour  amongst  them 
in  the  best  interests  of  the  human  race. 

The  work  of  Englishmen  in  India  is  daily  increasing 
in  difficulty,  and  will  continue  to  do  so  as  a  natural  result 


340  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDtA 

of  our  efforts  to  ameliorate  the  condition  of  the  people. 
Education  is  spreading,  and  its  foundations  are  becoming 
broader  and  deeper,  and,  as  the  final  product  improves,  a 
larger  share  of  the  administration  will  be  claimed  and 
conceded.  But  a  leaven  of  Englishmen  will  always  be 
required  to  preserve  the  present  high  standard  of  service, 
and  it  is  difficult  to  even  imagine  the  time  when  the  direc- 
tion of  affairs  will  pass  out  of  our  hands.  Our  numbers 
may  decrease,  but  we  shall  have  to  give  of  our  best  to 
India  if  we  are  to  successfully  continue  the  work  that  has 
been  so  well  begun.  Especially  is  this  true  in  those  fields 
of  activity  with  which  we  are  more  especially  concerned, 
though  the  reasons  for  it  being  so  are  somewhat  different. 
Nearly  all  the  obviously  possible  work  has  been  done, 
and  ahead  of  us  are  nebulous  schemes  of  great  magnitude 
which  will  require  the  application  of  great  engineering 
skill  to  reduce  to  the  region  of  practical  projects. 

In  this  work,  native  assistance  will  be  gladly  wel- 
comed, and  provision  has  been  made  to  render  it  avail- 
able as  far  as  may  be  possible.  There  are  in  India 
four  Engineering  Colleges,  whose  equipment  compares  not 
unfavourably  with  that  of  similar  institutions  in  Europe, 
and  provision  has  been  made  to  give  instruction  similar 
in  character  to  that  which  you  receive  here.  The  results 
within  the  last  few  years  have  been  eminently  satisfactory, 
and  it  seems  not  unlikely  that  India  will  again  produce 
engineers,  to  whose  works  future  generations  will  accord  the 
admiration  we  now  ungrudgingly  bestow  on  the  construc- 
tors of  the  irrigation  tanks  of  Southern  India,  or  of  those 
magnificent  buildings  and  archaeological  remains  in 
Northern  India;  of  which  I  need  only  cite  the  Kutub  at 
Delhi  and  the  Taj  at  Agra  as  examples,  the  one  dating  from 
the  beginning  and  the  others  from  near  the  end  of  a  long 
period  of  steady  progress  in  civilized  arts. 


ENGINEERING  IN   INDIA  341 

The  men  who  go  to  India  must  be  prepared  to  devote 
themselves  to  the  pressing  necessities  of  the  moment.  It 
is  no  place  at  present  for  learned  leisure  or  abstract  scientific 
research.  Engineering,  chemical,  and  physical  laboratories 
have  been  provided  for  the  training  of  students,  and 
facilities  exist  for  the  prosecution  of  researches.  The 
work,  however,  should  have  a  practical  bearing  on  the 
development  of  the  country,  and  for  my  own  part  I  can 
see  no  reason  why,  because  it  has  an  immediate  economic 
value,  it  should  be  less  worthly  of  regard  in  other  respects. 
The  advancement  of  knowledge,  deep  probing  into  the 
mysteries  of  nature,  the  carrying  on  of  investigations 
for  their  own  sake  and  without  regard  to  their  utility, — 
these  are  all  fascinating  pursuits,  which  rich  countries  can 
afford  to  pay  for,  but  the  Englishmen,  who  go  to  India, 
go  there  to  administer  to  her  needs  and  to  devote  their 
attention  to  the  work  which  must  be  done  on  the  spot. 
What  are  wanted  in  India  are  men  who  will  carry  there  a 
knowledge  of  what  is  being  done  elsewhere  and  will  turn 
that  knowledge  to  useful  account.  Indian  engineers  and 
Indian  engineering  are  much  better  known  in  Eng- 
land than  was  formerly  the  case,  but  even  now  it  is  given 
to  few  men,  who  spend  there  lives  in  India,  to  achieve 
a  reputation  which  extends  beyond  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  Viceroy  ;  yet  their  work  meets  with  generous  recog- 
nition in  India  and  by  none  more  than  by  the  people 
themselves,  who  are  keen  to  distinguish  and  appreciate 
the  services  of  those  who  are  labouring  for  their  advan- 
cement. Undoubtedly  the  greatest  monument  of  English 
engineering  skill  in  India  is  not  her  system  of  railways, 
magnificent  though  they  be  and  remarkable  for  the  economy 
and  safety  with  which  they  are  worked,  but  the  vast  network 
of  canals  and  channels  which  distribute  water  to  the  fields 
and  enable  rich  crops  to  be  grown  on  what  where  former- 


342  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION   IN  INDIA 

ly  barren  wastes.  The  irrigated  area  to-day  is  equal  in 
extent  to  the  whole  of  Great  Britain,  and  almost  every  year 
a  tract  of  land  that  would  make  a  fair-sized  English 
country  is  added  to  it.  In  all  the  rest  of  the  world  there 
is  not  more  than  half  as  much  again. 

Do  not  suppose,  however,  that  we  claim  all  the  credit 
for  this  great  work.  The  Dravidian  Kings  of  the  South 
built  Tanks  whilst  this  land  was  under  Druidical  domina- 
tion, and  the  engineers  of  the  Mogul  emperors  dug  canals 
from  the  Jumna  that  were  the  precursors  of  our  later 
works.  Yet  we  must  not  give  these  ancient  men  too  much 
credit — there  was  not  much  science  but  a  good  deal  of 
brute  force  in  their  methods  of  procedure,  and  it  is  incon- 
ceivable that  under  any  circumstances  their  systems  of 
irrigation  could  have  ever  advanced  beyond  the  primitive 
stage  in  which  we  found  them. 

Sixty  years  ago,  Sir  Arthur  Cotton  completed  the 
works  necessary  to  restore  prosperity  to  the  Cauvery  Delta, 
and  fully  fifty  years  have  elapsed  since  the  Upper  Ganges 
Canal,  due  to  the  genius  of  Sir  Probyn  Cautley,  secured 
the  Gangetic  Doab  from  seasons  of  scarcity  and  drought. 
From  that  time  onwards,  irrigation  has  steadily  progressed, 
though  not  so  rapidly  as  some  would  have  us  think  is 
desirable  in  the  best  interests  of  the  country;  and  when 
the  ancient  land  of  Egypt  came  under  British  influence, 
it  was  to  India  that  Lord  Cromer  turned  for  engineers  to 
deal  with  the  deplorable  state  of  affairs  which  he  found 
there.  How  well  they  responded  to  his  call,  the  whole 
world  knows,  and  the  reputation  of  Indian  engineers  has 
greatly  risen  in  consequence  of  what  a  few  of  them  have 
been  able  to  do  there  under  circumstances  of  great  diffi- 
culty, and  in  sight  of  all  the  politicians  of  Europe. 

It  is  not  my  purpose  to  attempt  even  the  briefest 
description  of  irrigation  in  India,  but  I  would  like  to  invite 


ENGINEERING   IN    INDIA  343 

your  interest  for  a  few  minutes  in  the  problems  which 
have  to  be  tackled  in  the  future,  and  which  some 
of  you  may  perchance  have  to  do  with.  Two  or 
three  years  ago  the  irrigation  of  India  was  thoroughly 
reviewed  by  a  special  commission,  who  issued  a  re- 
port indicating  clearly  the  policy  which  should  be 
pursued  with  regard  to  future  extensions  of  irriga- 
tion, and  they  recommended  an  expenditure  of  over 
£30,000,000  in  the  course  of  the  next  20  years.  India 
wants  water  for  irrigation  above  all  things  ;  the  water 
is  there  in  ample  abundance,  but  it  is  not  where  it 
is  wanted,  nor  is  it  always  available  when  it  is  wanted. 
So  far,  all  Indian  irrigation  works  which  we  have  con- 
structed are  gravity  schemes,  which  take  the  water  from 
the  rivers  and,  by  carefully  graded  systems  of  canals, 
convey  it  to  land  at  a  lower  level  than  the  intake.  In  some 
cases,  the  canals  are  combined  with  storage  works  to  tide 
over  fluctuations  in  flow  of  the  rivers,  and  in  other  cases 
the  reservoirs  impound  the  whole  flow  of  considerable 
drainage  areas,  and  hold  it  in  reserve  till  required. 

But  nearly  one- third  of  the  irrigated  lands  of  India  are 
watered  in  a  totally  different  way.  The  water  is  below 
the  surface  of  the  ground  and  has  to  be  raised  above  it. 
Millions  of  wells  have  been  sunk  to  tap  the  subterranean 
supplies,  and  it  has  been  estimated  by  the  Indian  Irriga- 
tion Commission  that  every  year  one  billion  cubic  feet  of 
water  are  thus  obtained.  The  amount  of  work  that  has  to 
be  done  is  very  large,  and  it  is  all  performed  by  animal 
or  human-labour.  I  calculate  that  if  this  work  is  done  in 
120  days,  of  8  hours  each,  the  rate  of  doing  work  during 
that  time  is  not  less  than  one  and  one-third  million  horse- 
power, and  that  about  four  million  pairs  of  cattle  are  em- 
ployed. There  is  a  great  deal  yet  to  be  done,  especially 
in  the  Punjab,  with  gravitation  schemes,  but,  in  the  main, 


344  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

future  extensions  of  irrigation  will  be  dependent  on  either 
the  construction  of  huge  reservoirs  of  the  type  of  that 
which  has  recently  been  formed  in  the  Nile  valley  by  the 
construction  of  the  Assuan  Dam,  or  on  an  increase  in 
the  water  supply  derived  from  flowing  rivers  by  raising 
the  water  with  powerful  pumps,  or  upon  a  large  increase 
in  both  the  number  of  wells  and  the  quantity  of  water 
which  is  derived  from  each  individual  well. 

For  some  years  past  it  has  fallen  to  my  lot  to  be  asso- 
ciated with  the  enquiries  and  investigations  that  have  been 
going  on  regarding  the  possibilities  of  developing  irrigation 
with  well  water,  and  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  there  is 
more  hope  in  this  direction,  than  in  any  other,  of  obtaining 
the  water  so  much  needed  to  enable  the  future  of  India 
to  be  faced  with  equanimity. 

Till  quite  recently  it  was  commonly  accepted  by 
engineers  that  engines  and  pumps  could  not  compete  with 
the  indigenous  methods  of  raising  water  from  wells  in 
India,  partly  because  the  units  of  supply  were  too  small  to 
deal  with,  and  partly  because  cattle  could  do  the  work  at 
absolutely  no  monetary  cost  at  all  to  the  ryots.  Oil  engines 
have  now  given  us  a  simple  and  cheap  source  of  power  in 
small  units,  and  a  study  of  the  water  supply  to  Indian  wells 
has  enabled  improvements  to  be  effected  which  have  greatly 
increased  the  yield  and  demonstrated  beyond  question 
that,  in  certain  instances  at  any  rate,  modern  methods  of 
lifting  water  may  be  profitably  employed  in  India. 

We  are,  as  yet,  but  in  the  initial  stages  of  the  work, 
and  have  only  advanced  far  enough  to  realize  all  the 
troubles  that  lie  before  us  in  trying  to  effect  on  a  large 
scale  what  has  been  accomplished  in  a  few  instances  under 
special  circumstances.  The  problem  of  lifting  water  from 
a  well  is  apparently  a  very  simple  one,  but  if  it  is  to  be 
done  by  mechanical  means  in  tens  or  hundreds  of 


ENGINEERING   IN   INDIA  345 

thousands   of   instances   in    India,    not   only  every  item 
of  the  plant  will  have   to  be    subjected   to    rigid    scrutiny 
with  a  view  to    improvement  of   details  but  it  will    also 
be  necessary    to  go   back   to   first    principles  again    and 
examine    the  possibilities  of  development  along   mecha- 
nical  lines    which   have   hitherto    been    neglected.     To 
begin  with,  the  centrifugal  pump  is  not  a  model  of   effi- 
ciency, and   we  look   for  the    evolution  of  an  irrigation 
pump   which  will   be  a  great  advance  on    what    may  be 
termed  the  contractor's  pump,  which,  hitherto,    has  been 
most  widely  employed.     A  more  efficient  pump    means  a 
smaller  motor,  less  capital  outlay  thereon,  reduced   work- 
ing expenses,  and,  to    obtain    that,  it  may  be  made   in  a 
more  costly  way,  provided   its    certainty    of    action   and 
freedom  from  breakdown  is  not  in  any  way  compromised. 
Again,  the  oil  engine  is  a  very  good  motor,  but  it  has  not 
yet  reached  finality,  and  every    improvement    that  can  be 
effected  in  it  increases  the  sphere  in  which  it  can    be   use- 
fully  employed.     Even    in  such  a  comparatively  simple 
matter  as  belting,  the  irrigation  engineer    is  far  from  satis- 
fied and  would  be  glad  to  find  a  more  durable  material. 

Next  to  India,  there  is  more  irrigation  in  the  United 
States  of  America  than  in  any  other  country  in  the  world, 
and  quite  recently  I  was  deputed  to  visit  some  of  the 
States  to  see  what  progress  has  been  made  in  methods  of 
lifting  water.  I  found  that  where  the  conditions  were 
favourable  great  things  had  been  accomplished,  particularly 
in  the  States  of  California,  Louisiana,  and  Texas.  In  the 
irrigated  orchards  of  California,  especially  in  the  citrus 
fruit-growing  districts  of  the  South,  water  is  of  immense 
value,  and  there  has,  in  consequence,  been  perfected  a 
system  of  irrigation  which  surpasses  anything  that  has 
been  done  elsewhere.  The  water  is  lifted  as  much  as  150 
feet  from  wells  of  great  depth  by  centrifugal  pumps,  driven 
44 


346  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

by  three-phase  alternating  current  induction    motors,   and 
the  power  is  supplied  from  generating   stations  driven   by 
water  in  the  distant  canyons  of  the  Sierras.    To  avoid   loss 
by  percolation  the  water  is  conveyed  to  the  land  in  concrete 
pipes  and  distributed   through   the    orchards    in  concrete 
channels,  and  in  extreme  cases  pipes,  buried  in  the  subsoil, 
carry  the  water  to  the  roots  of  the  trees,  so  that   from   the 
time  it  is  raised  from  the  well  till    it   is   absorbed   by   the 
trees  it  is  never  once  exposed  to  the  open  air  and  evapora- 
tion losses  are  entirely  eliminated.  In  some  places  I  found 
compressed  air  was  in  use  for  lifting  water  from  deep  wells 
with  very  satisfactory  results,  for  though  the   efficiency   of 
the  method  is  generally  less  than    30    per    cent.,    yet   the 
amount  of  supervision  required  is  extremely  small.    Wages 
in  California  are  very  high  and  liquid  fuel  is  very  cheap  in 
the  oil   regions,  so   that   a   process,  which  is  extravagant 
elsewhere,  becomes  economical  under  these  unusual   con- 
ditions.   We  cannot  copy  Californian  irrigation  practice  in 
India  with  any  hope  of  success,  but  there  seems  to   me  to 
be  no  reason  why  we  should  not  profit  by  the   experience 
of  rice  cultivation  in    the   Gulf   States    of    Louisiana   and 
Texas.  There,  within  a  very  few  years,  600,000  acres  have 
been  brought  under  irrigation  with  water  raised   from   the 
bayous   and  swamps  which   extend    along  the  sea-coast 
to  the  West  of  the  Mississippi  delta.     The  lift  varies  con- 
siderably,  up  to  a   maximum   of   72  feet,  and  is  generally 
much  greater  than  anything  we  have  supposed  to  be  practi- 
cable in  India. 

In  the  United  States  there  are  hundreds  of  thousands, 
if  not  millions,  of  windmills  in  use  for  pumping  water  for 
domestic  purposes,  for  watering  stock,  and  for  the  cultiva- 
tion of  small  vegetable  gardens  or  patches  of  alfalfa,  but 
only  in  certain  tracts  are  they  largely  used  for  lifting  water 
for  irrigation.  Where  the  winds  are  regular  and  of  suffi- 


ENGINEERING    IN    INDIA  347 

cient  strength,  as  in  Nebraska  and  Kansas,  they  have 
proved  satisfactory.  The  windmill  which  will  automati- 
cally vary  its  load  to  suit  the  force  of  the  wind  has  yet  to 
be  designed,  but  when  that  very  difficult  feat  has  been  ac- 
complished there  seems  to  be  a  great  future  for  windmills 
in  irrigation  work,  and  in  certain  parts  of  India,  in  the 
Deccan  and  along  the  Peninsular  coasts,  it  is  likely  that  they 
may  be  used  with  advantage. 

Very  closely  connected  with  irrigation  questions  in 
India  is  the  improvement  of  agriculture,  and  in  that  direc- 
tion much  requires  to  be  done  to  induce  the  ryots  to  alter 
their  ways  and  by  more  intelligent  labour  cause  the  soil  to 
yield  a  better  return.  A  great  college  of  agriculture  with 
laboratories  and  experimental  farms  has  recently  been 
established  at  Pusa,  but  it  will  probably  take  a  long  time 
for  the  work  done  there  to  permeate  downwards  and  to 
become  the  established  practice  of  the  ryot.  The  capi- 
talist cannot  find  profitable  employment  for  his  money  in 
the  extension  of  well  irrigation  unless  a  system  of  intense 
cultivation  is  introduced  at  the  same  time.  The  average 
value  of  crops  in  India  is  small — not  more  than  30s.  or  35s. 
per  acre  for  dry  crops  and  perhaps  double  that  amount 
for  wet.  With  an  average  lift  of  30  feet  the  cost  of  irri- 
gation by  pumping  would  amount  to  about  £1  per  acre, 
and  it  is  therefore  obvious  that  the  crops  as  ordinarily 
grown  will  not  pay.  Crops  such  as  sugar  cane,  plantains, 
ginger,  turmeric,  sweet  potatoes,  &c.,  will  yield  returns  of 
from  £10  to  £35  per  acre,  and  it  is  to  the  extension  of 
this  sort  of  cultivation  that  we  must  look  for  relieving 
the  pressure  on  the  soil.  The  returns  from  these  crops  are 
large,  and,  though  the  expenses  of  cultivation  are  heavy, 
they  ultimately  resolve  themselves  mainly  into  labour 
charges— even  in  the  case  of  manure  unless  it  be  imported 
from  abroad. 


348  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

It  is  crops  which  are  on  the  ground  all  through  the  year 
which  yield  the  greatest  return  and  it  is  from  wells  that  we 
can  obtain  the  most  reliable  continuous  supplies  of  water. 
A  permanent  flow  of  one  cubic  foot  per  second  is  worth 
from  6  to  8  times  as  much  as  when  it  is  available  only 
for  six  months  in  the  year.  Hence  it  is  desirable  that 
engineers  should  turn  their  attention  to  securing  water 
for  irrigation  at  all  times  in  the  year,  and  not  merely 
during  the  monsoon  months  and  immediately  after  them* 
Storage  works  are  one  way  of  doing  this,  but  the  losses 
from  evaporation  and  percolation  are  so  very  considerable, 
when  the  water  has  to  be  held  up  to  last  right  through 
the  dry  weather,  that  it  is  seldom  sufficiently  favourable 
sites  can  be  found  to  render  the  outlay  on  them  remunera" 
tive.  Pumping  from  river  beds  and  subterranean  reservoirs 
is  likely  to  prove  feasible  and  where  the  water  is 
utilized  to  the  best  advantage  it  will  certainly  prove 
profitable.  Sugar-cane  is  largely  grown  in  India,  but 
the  quantity  is  insufficient  for  the  needs  of  the  people 
and  more  than  £10,000  a  day  is  paid  for  imported  sugar 
which  might  easily  be  grown  in  the  country.  Between 
17  and  18  million  acres  are  devoted  to  the  cultivation  of 
cotton,  but  the  value  of  the  crops  does  not  exceed  £1  per 
acre,  whilst  in  Egypt  it  is  worth  14  times  as  much..  The 
conditions  are  vastly  different,  but  I  believe  it  is  within  the 
powers  of  the  engineer  and  the  scientific  agriculturist  to 
reduce  the  inequality  to  some  extent.  If  the  Indian  cotton 
crop  averaged  per  acre  but  one  quarter  what  it  does  in 
Egypt,  India  would  be  enormously  benefitted  and  the 
troubles  of  the  Lancashire  cotton  spinners  would  be  inde- 
finitely postponed. 

In  India  the  people  hoard  money,  from  the  Prince 
upon  his  gadi  to  the  ryot  in  his  fields — it  is  a  relic  of 
by-gone  days  when  might  was  right — the  necessity  has 


ENGINEERING   IN   INDIA  349 

passed  away  but  the  habit  remains  ;  yet  not  entirely  so,  as 
good  land  is  freely  purchased  and  the  demand  for  first- 
class  irrigated  land  in  favoured  situations  has  forced 
values  up  to  extravagant  figures.  A  great  deal  of  barren 
land  can  be  made  as  productive  as  the  best  by  the  free 
expenditure  of  capital,  and  our  scientific  and  engineering 
skill  should  be  devoted  to  demonstrating  this  ;  not  in  one 
place  or  two,  but  in  many.  Then  the  native  land-holders 
and  men  of  wealth  will  follow  suit.  They  have  at  their  com- 
mand more  than  sufficient  capital  and,  if  we  could  gradually 
get  them  to  spend  it  on  the  land,  who  can  doubt  but  that 
marvellous  changes  would  be  effected  ? 

One  is  generally  told  that  India  wants  water  and  that 
in  the  extension  of  irrigation  is  to  be  found  the  remedy 
for  her  poverty  and  its  concomitant  train  of  evils.  That 
is  only  partly  the  truth  :  India  not  only  wants  water,  but 
wants  to  be  taught  to  utilise  it  to  the  best  advantage. 
America  has  shown  what  can  be  done  in  this  direction  and 
we  might  with  advantage  follow  some  of  her  methods. 
They  ryots  it  is  true  are  very  conservative  but  they  are 
also  very  much  alive  to  their  own  interests  when  they  un- 
derstand them — it  is  for  us  to  point  out  to  them  the  direc- 
tion in  which  they  can  do  best  for  themselves. 

The  future  welfare  of  India  depends  mainly  upon  our 
being  able  to  provide  for  a  more  rapid  rate  of  increase  in 
the  powers  of  production  of  her  people  than  the 
rate  of  increase  of  the  people  themselves,  and  that,  not 
only  among  certain  sections  of  the  community,  but  generally 
throughout  the  whole  mass  of  the  population.  The 
substitution  of  machinery  of  human  or  animal  labour  is 
an  important  step  in  this  direction,  and  should  be  carefully 
fostered.  Well  cultivation  would  probably  extend  much 
more  rapidly  than  it  has  done,  were  it  not  dependent 
upon  cattle  for  lifting  the  water.  Under  present  conditions, 


350  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

the  area  so  cultivated  is  the  maximum  possible,  and 
without  some  external  source  of  power  it  can  only  grow 
slowly.  Double  the  amount  of  power  at  the  disposal  of 
the  ryot,  and  you  will  enormously  increase  the 
area  of  land  supplied  with  water.  The  ryot  really 
pays  a  great  deal  for  the  work  done  for  him  by 
his  beasts,  but  he  has  not  enough  intelligence  or 
sufficient  knowledge  to  appreciate  the  fact.  With  his  own 
cattle  he  can  irrigate  a  certain  amount  of  land  :  if  he 
attempts  to  hire  cattle  to  extend  the  area,  his  methods  of 
cultivation  do  not  return  him  sufficient  to  make  the  venture 
profitable.  In  almost  every  part  of  the  country  we  can 
supply  him  with  power  for  lifting  water — either  by  steam 
engines,  oil  engines,  or  electric  motors — at  not  more  than 
half  the  rates  he  really  pays  for  cattle.  Induce  him  to 
cultivate  more  valuable  crops  ;  induce  a  flow  of  capital 
to  the  land  to  enable  this  to  be  done  ;  with  part  of  this 
furnish  the  necessary  motive  power,  and  the  result  will  be 
a  satisfactory  return  on  the  total  outlay.  That  this  is  no 
mere  theory  I  could  easily  show,  by  giving  you  details  of 
what  has  actually  been  accomplished,  but  time  does 
not  permit. 

Owing  to  the  concentration  of  the  rainfall  into  certain 
months  of  the  year,  the  water  power  of  India  fluctuates 
through  extreme  limits,  and  storage  works  will  be  neces- 
sary to  render  any  very  large  quantity  available  throughout 
the  year.  Fortunately,  the  cost  of  such  storage  works  can 
be  partly  recouped  from  the  returns  which  the  irrigation 
under  them  will  yield,  but,  unfortunately,  there  is  practical- 
ly no  use  to  which  water  power  can  be  put  in  India.  The 
great  industrial  centres,  Bombay,  Calcutta,  Madras,  Cawn- 
pore,  Lucknow,  Delhi,  and  other  towns,  would  be  immen- 
sely benefitted  by  a  supply  of  electric  energy  at  low  rates, 
but  they  are  all  too  far  away  from  any  source  of  supply 


ENGINEERING   IN   INDIA  351 

which  will  not  fail  for  months  in  every  year.  Electric  light 
is  too  great   a   luxury  for   the   country,    and   the    water 
power  that   has    so    far  been   turned   to   good    account 
has  been  made  use  of  because  of   exceptional   conditions, 
Every  year,  however,  prospects  in   this  direction   are   im- 
proving, and.,  once  in   five  years  at  least,    it  is  worth  while 
re-examining  the  water  power  schemes  to  see  if     electrical 
developments  have  brought  them  within  the  range  of  com- 
mercial possibility.  As  1  have  already  mentioned,  electricity 
generated  by  water  power  is  largely  used  in  California  for 
pumping  water  for  irrigation,  and  it   is  merely   a  question 
of  time  before  it  will  be  similarly  used  in  India.     Provide 
water  for   irrigation  all  the  year  round,  and  you  will  have 
water   power  also  available,     By  means  of  electricity   this 
power   can  be  used  for  raising  further   supplies  of  water, 
and  the  area  of  intense  cultivation  can  be  further  extended. 
To  turn  to  another  direction,  a  report  recently    pre- 
pared for  the   Government   of  the  Dominion    of  Canada 
brings  forcibly  to  our   notice  the    progress  that  has    been 
made  in  what  may  be  termed  the   electro-thermic  produc- 
tion of  iron  and  steel.     In  the   South  of    India    especially 
there  are  valuable  deposits  of  iron    ore,    extensive   forests 
capable   of  yielding    considerable  supplies   of   excellent 
charcoal  and  water  power,  which  can    easily  be  converted 
into  electric  energy.    Here  are  all  the  requisites  for  electro- 
thermic  iron  and  steel  works  on  a  great  scale,  and  in  India 
there  is  a  market  for  the  products.     If  the  process  is  prac- 
ticable, Canada  will  probably   give   us   a   lead  which    we 
shall  do  well  to   follow   with   as  little   delay  as    possible. 
India  cannot  afford  to    be  the   pioneer   in  such    matters, 
but  as  early  as   may  be,   she   should  be   placed  in  a  posi- 
tion to  take  advantage  of  new  discoveries. 

Excluding  the  telegraph,  electricity  plays  no  part    in 
the  life  of  people  save  in  the  capital    cities  and  a    few  big 


352  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION    IN   INDIA 

towns.  Many  schemes  are  under  discussion,  and  in  the 
near  future  there  is  likely  to  be  something  done,  but 
even  as  it  is  useless  to  patch  a  threadbare  garment  with 
new  cloth,  so  it  is  absurd  to  think  that  electricity  can  be 
usefully  employed  in  India  on  a  large  scale,  till  great 
changes  have  been  effected  in  ways  and  thoughts  of  its 
inhabitants,  and  a  new  race  evolved.  The  spread  of 
education  is  gradually  bringing  this  about,  but  progress  is 
slow,  much  slower  than  is  generally  acknowledged.  The 
Parsees  in  Bombay,  and  the  Europeans  in  Calcutta  and 
elsewherej  are  mainly  responsible  for  the  modern  industrial 
enterprise  which  is  credited  to  India.  In  reality,  the 
Hindus  and  Mahomedans  have  done  very  little,  and 
their  constantly  reiterated  cry  for  Technical  Education 
may  be  taken  as  evidence  that  they  themselves,  in  a  dim 
kind  of  way,  perceive  how  little  share  they  are  taking  in  the 
regeneration  of  their  own  country.  The  system  of  educa- 
tion we  have  given  to  India  has  produced  excellent  govern- 
ment officials,  good  lawyers,  and  fair  traders,  but  it  has 
not  turned  out  manufacturers  or  men  capable  of  re-organ- 
izing the  artisan  labour  around  them  on  a  new  basis — on 
one  which  would  enable  it  to  withstand  the  pressure  of 
external  competition. 

Attempts  are  now  being  made  to  remedy  the  evils 
that  this  unilateral  system  of  education  must  be  held  res- 
ponsible for,  and  technical  skill  and  knowledge  of  a  high 
order  will  be  required  to  carry  out  the  policy  of  reform 
which  is  gradually  forcing  itself  upon  Indian  Adminis- 
trators. Many  experiments  have  been  made,  and  in  some 
instances  success  has  been  attained,  and  it  is  now  fairly 
definitely  settled  that  the  Government  may  with  perfect 
propriety  take  active  measures  to  establish  the  industries 
of  the  country  on  a  better  footing.  Encouragement  is  to 
be  given  to  private  enterprise,  new  industries  are  to 


ENGINEERING   IN    INDIA  353 

be  exploited,  and  the  technical  assistance  placed  at 
the  disposal  of  those  who  need  it  and  are  not  yet  in  a 
position  to  provide  it  for  themselves. 

England  and  India  face  the  world  as  free  traders, 
the  former  a  great  manufacturing  country,  importing 
mainly  raw  materials  and  food-stuffs  ;  the  latter  an  agricul- 
tural country,  exporting  raw  materials  and  importing 
manufactured  articles.  The  tariff  walls  of  protectionist 
countries  preclude  India  from  hoping  to  find  a  market  out- 
side the  British  Isles  for  her  manufactures,  and  compel 
those  who  would  promote  industries  to  confine  their  efforts 
to  producing  what  can  be  sold  in  the  country  itself.  The 
internal  demand  depends  almost  entirely  upon  the  state 
of  agriculture,  and  fluctuates  with  the  varying*  nature  of 
the  seasons.  Hence,  the  improvement  of  agriculture  is  an 
essential  preliminary  to  industrial  expansion. 

Hand  labour  in  India  has  failed  in  competition  with 
machinery,  not  because  the  labourer  demanded  much  for 
his  hire,  but  because  he  offered  little  as  the  results  of 
ft.  There  is  no  virtue  in  hand-work  when  the  same  can  be 
better  done  by  machinery,  and  no  reason  for  resisting  the 
introduction  of  such  machinery,  but  rather  otherwise, 
since  it  is  desirable  that  the  hand-worker  should  be 
relieved  of  drudgery  as  much  as  possible  and  taught  to 
concentrate  his  attention  on  the  production  of  what  is 
beyond  the  range  of  machinery.  This  is  the  direction 
in  which  the  most  can  be  made  of  the  cheap  hand  labour 
of  India,  and,  for  a  beginning,  we  must  educate  the 
artisans  in  modern  methods,  tools,  and  processes  of 
working,  demonstrate  the  necessity  for  co-operation  and 
the  advantages  of  the  sub-division  of  labour,  and  finally 
put  them  in  the  way  of  getting  the  necessary  capital  for 
associated  working  on  favourable  terms. 

The  Indian    workman  is;  to  a  large  extent,    what   his 

45 


354  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

previous  training  has  made  him.  As  a  rule  he  makes 
good  use  of  his  chances,  possesses  considerable  inherited 
aptitude,  and  under  proper  supervision  he  works  well 
and  cheaply. 

The  hand  weavers  are  by  far  the  most  numerous 
section  of  the  artisans  and  at  the  same  time  the  most 
in  need  of  help.  They  number  upwards  of  ten 
millions  throughout  the  country,  and  when  trade  is 
normal  they  are  probably  able  to  keep  from  two  million 
looms  at  work.  They  are  greatly  in  need  of  assistance, 
but  how  to  help  them  is  the  difficulty.  The  European 
hand-loom  has  been  introduced,  but  as  yet  it  has  not 
found  favour.  The  native  warp  is  good  enough  for  the 
native  loom,  but  a  stronger  warp  of  more  even  tension  is 
required  for  the  fly  shuttle  slay,  and  it  is  not  easy  to 
supply  this  without  getting  involved  in  methods  of  working 
which  are  only  suited  to  power  factories.  Hitherto  native 
industries  have  been  left  very  much  to  themselves,  and  it 
remains  to  be  seen  what  will  be  the  effect  of  subjecting 
them  to  careful  scrutiny  by  technical  experts. 

Primitive  simplicity  is  picturesque  but  it  is  not  pro- 
ductive, and  it  should  not  be  beyond  our  power  to  improve 
the  native  hand  industries  by  introducing  better  tools, 
more  efficient,  even  if  more  complicated  methods,,  and  a 
more  varied  supply  of  materials.  But  above  all,  native  in- 
dustries require  business  men  to  run  them,  to  finance  thern^ 
to  advertise  them,  and  to  find  markets  for  them.  All  the 
talent  of  the  mercantile  community  is  devoted  to  the 
export  of  raw  produce  and  the  sale  of  manufactured 
imports — local  manufactures  are  too  insignificant  to 
interest  any  one  and  in  consequence  have  sunk  into 
decadence. 

This  picture  of  one  side  of  industrial  India  only 
comes  prominently  into  view  out  of  India  once  in  ten  years 


ENGINEERING  IN  INDIA  355 

when  the  census  returns  furnish  definite  information  as  to 
the  progress  of  communities  and  sections  of  communities 
devoted  to  particular  industries.  The  indigenous  trades 
and  the  village  industries  may  flourish  or  perish  without 
serious  effect  on  the  sea-borne  trade,  yet  they  are  of  vital 
importance  to  the  people  of  the  country,  and  indirectly 
they  are  a  measure  of  the  whole  motion  of  the  people 
whether  it  be  forward  or  retrograde. 

What  I  think  struck  me  most  during  my  recent  visit 
to  the  United  States  was  the  immense  amount  of 
investigation  and  experimental  work  going  on.  I 
believe  that  this  is  so  in  every  branch  of  engineering, 
but  my  attention  was  mainly  devoted  to  matters  pertain- 
ing to  the  utilization  of  water  power,  to  irrigation  and  to 
agriculture.  Nowhere  in  the  world  is  so  much  left  to 
private  enterprise,  and  nowhere  has  private  enterprise  a 
freer  hand.  But  the  individual  requires  data  to  base  his 
calculations  upon,  and  to  supply  these  is  the  recognized 
work  of  Government  Departments  and  Public  Institu- 
tions. The  Federal  Departments  of  Agriculture  and 
Geology  have  a  large  staff  of  men  engaged  in  investigations 
all  over  the  Union,  and  the  results  which  they  obtain  are 
regularly  published  in  convenient  form  and  can  be  obtained 
by  any  one  who  thinks  that  they  may  be  of  use  to  him. 
In  the  engineering  schools  and  colleges  students  are  well 
trained  in  making  measurements,  and  they  leave  these 
Institutions  fully  imbued  with  the  idea  that  in  practical 
work  nothing  should  be  taken  for  granted,  and  that  every 
detail  should  be  subjected  to  test  and  scrutiny  before  it  is 
accepted  in  a  general  scheme.  I  cannot  help  thinking 
that  we  want  more  of  that  spirit  infused  into  our  work 
in  India.  We  are  apt  there  to  be  a  little  too  cautious, 
and  to  rely  upon  the  West  too  much  in  matters  about 
which  we  ought  to  make  our  own  special  enquiries.  New 


356  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

ideas,  new  process,  new  inventions  come  to  us,  but  they 
are  received  with  some  degree  of  timidity,  whereas  in  the 
States  they  are  welcomed,  examined,  and  adopted  with 
confidence  if  they  pass  the  skilfully  devised  tests  to  which 
they  are  subjected. 

There  have  been  a  good  many  failures  in  India  from 
the  absence  of  this  spirit  of  enquiry  ;  much  that  might 
have  been  done  remains  undone  from  excess  of  caution 
and  a  well  meant  intention  to  avoid  possible  waste  of 
either  private  or  public  money.  It  seems  to  me  desirable 
that  in  these  matters  we  should  change  our  ideas;  if  we 
do  so,  we  may  have  to  record  more  failures,  but  I  am 
certain  that  we  shall  also  have  more  successes  placed  to 
our  credit.  One  success  will  often  pay  for  many  failures, 
because  the  failures  will  be  on  a  small  scale,  whilst  the 
successes  can  be  developed  to  the  utmost  extent  possible. 

Indian  engineers  have  a  splendid  record  behind  them, 
to  which  the  irrigation  works  and  the  railway  systems 
testify,  and  they  have  obtained  brilliant  results  in  the  face 
of  great  natural  obstacles,  but  many  of  them  in  the  future 
will  have  to  face  the  competition  of  the  rest  of  the  world 
in  their  attempts  to  give  to  the  country  its  due  share  of 
manufacturing  capacity.  In  this  struggle  nothing  can  be 
neglected,  and  if,  as  I  hope,  not  a  few  students  from  this 
College  will  be  found  taking  part  in  it  I  would  advise  you 
to  make  the  most  of  the  opportunities  you  now  enjoy. 
But  this  last  remark  applies  to  you  all.  In  the  friendly 
struggle  to  be  leaders  in  the  world's  progress  our  kinsmen 
across  the  Atlantic,  in  both  Canada  and  the  United 
States,  are  making  great  efforts,  and  it  behoves  you  to 
display  the  same  keenness  for  the  honour  of  the  country 
to  which  we  belong. 


CHAPTER  XII 

A  RETROSPECT  * 

It  was  in  July,  1888,  just  a  year  after  leaving  the  Cen- 
tral, that  I  joined  the  Madras  Educational  Service  as 
Professor  of  Engineering  in  the  College  of  Engineering  at 
Madras.  At  that  time,  and  in  fact  till  about  seven  years 
ago,  the  Public  Works  Department  was  entirely  recruited 
in  England  from  the  Royal  Indian  Engineering  College 
at  Cooper's  Hill,  so  that  students  from  other  colleges  could 
only  get  employment  in  the  railways,  the  municipal  and 
local  fund  service,  the  harbour  boards,  or  in  private  work. 
The  field  open  was  no  doubt  a  large  one,  but  the  plums 
were  reserved,  and  naturally  Central  men  only  occasion- 
ally found  their  way  out  to  India.  The  abolition  of 
Cooper's  Hill  has,  however,  changed  all  this,  and  the  pre- 
sent number  of  THE  CENTRAL  will  convey  some  idea  of 
the  part  which  we  are  now  taking  in  the  work  of  develop- 
ing the  natural  resources  of  a  country  in  which  one-fifth 
of  the  human  race  are  living.  It  is  still,  however,  the  day 
•of  small  things  for  Central  men  in  India,  and  I  take  it  that 
one  of  the  objects  of  this  special  number  of  our  journal  is 
to  draw  the  attention  of  both  past  and  present  students  to 
the  nature  of  the  work  which  engineers  have  done, 
are  doing,  and  are  preparing  to  do  in  our  great  Eastern 
dependency.  It  would,  I  am  afraid,  extend  my  contribu- 
tion far  beyond  the  limits  assigned  to  me  if  I  were  to 
~~»~From  "  The  Central  "  1911. 


358  INDUST&IAL  EVOLUTION  Itf  INDIA 

attempt  even  briefly  to  discuss  Indian  engineering  from 
this  broad  standpoint,  and  I  only  propose  to  illustrate  the 
extent  to  which  India  has  need  for  British  engineers  by 
stating  that  at  the  present  time  upwards  of  550  members 
of  the  Institution  of  Civil  Engineers  and  about  250 
members  of  the  Institution  of  Mechanical  Engineers  are 
resident  in  the  country.  Obviously,  therefore,  there  is 
room  for  a  very  large  number  of  men  from  the  Central  to 
take  up  and  carry  on  the  high  traditions  and  lofty  ideals 
so  worthily  maintained  by  the  Cooper's  Hill  engineers. 

As  the  pioneer  of  the  Central  contingent,  I  have  been 
asked  to  indicate  in  a  general  way  what  appear  to  be  the 
more  important  changes  which  have  been  brought  about  in 
India  since  I  landed  there  a  little  more  than  22  years  ago. 
This  is  a  somewhat  difficult  task,  and  would  doubtless  be 
much  better  performed  by  one  who  could  survey  the  whole 
field  of  action  from  a  distance.  Nearly  the  whole  of  my  ser- 
vice has  been  spent  in  the  South  of  India,  and  for  much  of 
the  time  on  work  of  a  highly  controversial  nature,  which 
has  left  me  but  little  leisure  to  take  stock  of  what  others  are 
doing,  and  only  in  the  Madras  Presidency  have  I  been  able 
to  observe  at  first  hand  the  effect  of  the  great  wave  of 
unrest  which  has  in  recent  years  swept  over  the  land.  The 
educational  policy  initiated  by  Lord  Macaulay  in  his 
famous  minute  of  1837  is  now  beginning  to  bear  fruit,  and 
last  year,  for  the  first  time  in  history,  the  people  of 
India  were  allowed  to  exercise  a  distinct  voice  in  the 
management  of  their  internal  affairs.  The  prudence  and 
moderation  displayed  at  the  first  meetings  of  the  elected 
councils  is  a  happy  augury  for  the  future  of  India,  and 
evidence  that  the  much  maligned  system  of  education 
has  not  altogether  failed  to  produce  men  of  character  and 
ability.  That  our  educational  policy  has  been  only  a 
partial  success,  that  on  its  technical  side  we  have  done 


A    RETROSPECT  359 

very  little,  is  largely  due  to  the  characteristics  of  the  people 
themselves.  English  engineers  have  achieved  some  of 
their  greatest  triumphs  in  India,  but  they  have  not  yet 
succeeded  in  producing  from  among  the  natives  of  the 
country  more  than  a  very  small  number  of  men  capable 
of  following  in  their  footsteps.  The  truth  is,  that  they  do 
not  possess  in  any  very  large  measure  the  grit  and  com- 
mon sense  which  mark  the  engineer,  and  it  is  fairly  cer- 
tain that  if  they  did  possess  these  qualities  they  would  not 
want  our  assistance  to  maintain  peace  and  order.  When 
India  can  do  her  own  engineering  work  and  carry  on  her 
own  industries,  then,  and  then  only,  she  will  be  able  to 
govern  herself,  and  our  dominion,  in  its  existing  form  at 
any  rate,  will  come  to  an  end.  With  the  gradual  develop- 
ment of  local  self-government  there  will  assuredly  be  a 
corresponding  development  of  engineering  skill  and  a 
gradually  decreasing  demand  for  external  assistance.  The 
progress  in  one  direction  will  measure  the  progress  in  the 
other,  and  viewing  each  separately  at  the  present  time, 
there  is  but  little  to  show  that  India  can  dispense  with  our 
assistance  either  in  administrative  or  purely  engineering 
matters. 

For  the  lower  grades  of  professional  work  there  is, 
however,  no  longer  any  need  for  Europeans,  and  even  in 
all  but  the  highest  ranks  of  the  service  it  will  be  well  for 
young  Englishmen,  looking  to  India  for  a  possible  career, 
to  remember  that  they  will  have  to  meet  the  competition  of 
an  ever  increasing  number  of  well  trained  and  experienced 
Indian  engineers,  and  that  only  men  of  great  energy  and 
considerable  intellectual  capacity  are  really  required.  It  is  a 
recognised  principle  in  the  administration  that  what  the 
people  can  do  for  themselves  they  should  be  allowed  to  do, 
and  men  are  only  sent  out  to  India  to  supply  what  cannot, 
as  yet,  be  obtained  from  the  country  itself.  Year  by  year  the 


360  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN   INDIA 

lot  of  Englishmen  in  India  is  becoming  more  strenuous,  the 
problems  they  have  to  tackle  more  complicated,  and  the 
need  for  ability  of  a  high  order  more  apparent.  The  im- 
portance of  attracting  the  best  men  for  service  in  the 
East  is  fully  recognised,  and  in  no  branch  more  than  that 
of  engineering,  if  we  may  judge  by  the  very  material  im- 
provements which  have  of  late  been  made  in  the  terms 
under  which  recruitment  for  the  Public  Works  Depart- 
ment is  made.  In  the  last  twenty  years  the  importance  of 
thoroughly  trained  and  highly  efficient  technical  assistance 
has  been  more  fully  recognised  than  was  formerly  the 
case,  and  the  gap  between  the  covenanted  and  uncovenan- 
ted  branches  of  the  civil  service  has  materially  decreased. 
In  process  of  time  it  will  probably  altogether  vanish  when 
the  work  which  will  fall  to  Englishmen  in  India  will 
throughout  be  that  which  can  only  be  performed  by  the  most 
capable  men  the  Bpitish  Empire  can  produce. 

The  puplic  services  attract  the  best  men  in  India  and 
it  would  be  altogether  erroneous  to  assume  that  the  very 
marked  improvement  in  the  efficiency  and  morale  of  the 
natives  employed  in  the  administration  is  general  through- 
out the  country.  Progress  there  is,  but  it  is  at  a  very  much 
slower  rate,  and  must  continue  so  for  lack  of  men  working 
among  the  people  imbued  with  the  high  ideals  which  gov- 
ern the  conduct  of  the  European  officials.  The  schools  and 
colleges  are  turning  out  year  by  year  shoals  of  educated  men, 
who  find  increasing  difficulty  in  obtaining  employment 
for  their  trained  faculties.  Naturally  they  are  discontended 
with  their  lot.  and  inclined  to  blame  the  Government  for 
their  unhappy  condition.  One  of  the  great  problems  which 
faces  us  in  the  future  is  to  provide  suitable  employment  for 
this  growing  class  by  establishing  an  industrial  system,  suited 
to  the  environment  in  which  these  people  live,  and  adapted 
to  their  somewhat  limited  capacity  for  organisation  and 


A   RETROSPECT  361 

control.  The  education  they  have  received  has  unfitted  them 
for  the  narrow  range  of  rural  life,  but  has  not  been  sufficient 
to  enable  them  to  cope  with  the  obstacles  which  confront 
them  directly  they  attempt  to  carve  out  a  way  for  them- 
selves. On  the  one  side  they  are  faced  with  a  vast,  help- 
less, unorganised  indigenous  industrial  population  ;  on  the 
other,  with  a  complex  European  mercantile  and  industrial 
system  ;  whilst  in  front  of  them  is  a  fully  occupied  soil 
offering  no  scope  for  their  puny  efforts.  By  co-operation 
much  might  be  done,  but  associated  effort  is  a  plant  of 
tender  growth  in  the  East,  and  will  require  much  careful 
watching  on  the  part  of  a  paternal  Government  to  bring  it 
to  a  vigorous,  healthy  life. 

For  more  than  a  century  India  has  enjoyed  the  advan- 
tages of  a  slrong  and    resolute   administration,  devoted  to 
the  task  of  restoring  order   and  prosperity   throughout  the 
land,  and  none  can    say  that  it  has    not  achieved    a  signal 
degree  of  success.     Since  the  suppression  of    the  Mutiny, 
the  last  and  greatest  effort  of  the  lawless   forces  which  still 
slumber   beneath    the  surface,   much    has   been   done  to 
improve  the  material  condition   of  the  population,  chiefly, 
by  the    construction   of  railways,    which    have   rendered 
every  part  of  the  country  easily  accessible  and  have  faci- 
litated the   transport    of   surplus  produce    to    the     coast 
or  to  places  where  it  is  in   deficiency  ;  and  by  the   gradual 
development  of  a  magnificent   system  of  irrigation   works, 
which  have   enormously   increased  the  productiveness  of 
the  soil  and  rendered  it  capable  of   supporting  with   ease, 
even  in  years  of  extreme  drought,  the  immense  population 
which  has  grown  up   since   anarchy  ceased    to  exist,   and 
the  dreadful  ravages  of  famine  have  been  repressed.  Almost 
entirely  this  has  been  the   direct  work  of  the  Government 
but  private  agency,  in  an  almost  equal  degree,  has  been  relied 
upon  to  turn  to  advantage  the  facilities  for    transport    and 
46 


362  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION    IN    INDIA 

irrigation,  which  have  been  created.  A  large  measure  of 
success  has  attended  this  policy  ;  the  railways  carry  a  heavy 
traffic,  bat  it  is  mostly  raw  produce  or  imported  manufac- 
tures. The  water  rendered  available  for  irrigation  is  fully 
utilised,  but  the  methods  of  cultivation  are  primitive,  and 
agriculture  has  advanced  to  an  inappreciable  extent.  It 
yet  remains  to  give  India  that  industrial  life  which  will 
supply  a  sufficient  diversity  of  occupations  to  absorb  the 
intellectual  unrest  generated  by  the  extension  of  education, 
and  at  the  same  time  create  a  wider  diffusion  of  material 
prosperity  without  which  it  is  impossible  that  there  should 
be  any  great  improvement  in  the  social  condition  of  the 
people. 

At  the  time  of  my  arrival  in  India  the  necessity  for 
doing  something  in  this  direction  had  been  recognised, 
and  there  was  a  fairly  general  movement  in  favour  of 
technical  education.  Something  was  done,  but  the  diffi- 
culties of  the  situation  were  not  properly  appreciated,  and 
the  inevitable  failure  of  the  first  efforts  caused  disappoint- 
ment. The  engineering  progress  of  the  last  twenty  years 
has  done  much  to  intensify  this  feeling,  for  whilst  India 
has  greatly  benefited  by  the  accelerated  rate  of  develop- 
ment, the  actual  work  has  been  accomplished  by  outsiders, 
and  the  people  of  the  country  can  claim  only  a  small  share 
in  the  achievements,  so  that  to-day  they  are  nearly  as  depen- 
dent on  imported  technical  skill  and  experience  as  they 
were  when  first  they  began  to  realise  their  deficiencies.  Des- 
\  pite  the  ravages  of  plague  and  the  widespread  distress  caused 
;by  a  succession  of  partial  failures  of  the  monsoon,  the  for- 
eign trade  of  India  hasmade  marvellous  strides,  but  there  is  a 
limit  to  the  expansion  of  the  export  of  agricultural  produce 
and  that  limit  is  probably  not  far  off.  The  price  of  food- 
stuffs has  nearly  doubled  within  the  last  few  years,  bring- 
ing great  prosperity  to  the  land-owning  classes,  but  entailing 


A   RETROSPECT  363 

much  discomfort,  if  not  actual  distress,  among  the  landless 
labourers,  coolies,  artizans,  and  others,  whose  incomes 
have  not  risen  proportionately.  Wages  have  increased  to 
some  extent,  but  the  upward  movement  is  slow. 

TheJmproveiTient  Qf,agriculturjs,_which  may  be  con- 
fidently expected  as  the  result  of  the  operations  of  the 
scientific  staff  now  employed  in  all  the  Provincial  Depart- 
ments  of  Agriculture,  will  probably  create  an  increased  de- 
mand for  labour,  employed  in  a  more  intelligent  way,  to  cul- 
tivate the  soil, and  to  a  more  abundant  and  more  valuable 
return  than  has  hitherto  been  attained.  It  is  in  this  direc- 
tion, rather  than  in  industrial  openings,  we  must  look  fora 
solution  of  the  labour  problems.  Favoured  in  the  matter 
of  climate  and  simple  in  their  habits  of  life,  the  people  of 
India  require  for  their  comfort  and  well-being  but  a  small 
fraction  of  the  necessities  for  existence  in  colder  climates  . 
The  proportion  of  artizans  to  agriculturists  is  small,  and 
would  be  much  smaller  if  the  artizans  were  better  instruct- 
ed and  employed  on  modern  methods  of  production.  The 
industrial  question  has  become  of  importance,  because  of 
the  surplus  educated  class  which  has  grown  up  in  recent 
years,  and  for  whom  suitable  work  must  be  found. 

The  free  trade  policy  pursued  by  England  during  the 
last  sixty  years  has  of  late  been  subjecled  to  severe  criticism, 
but  there  is  not  the  least  doubt  that  its  imposition  on  India, 
though  it  has  possibly  entailed  hardship,  and  even  suffering 
in  some  directions,  has  on  the  whole  been  distinctly 
beneficial  to  the  country.  Yet  it  is  absolutely  certain 
that  if  India  enjoyed  autonomy  in  fiscal  matters  it  would 
reverse  the  present  policy,  and  establish  protective  duties 
with  the  object  of  fostering  industrialism  within  its  own 
borders.  The  European  mercantile  community  would, 
with  good  reason,  welcome  it  as  affording  increased  facili- 
ties for  extending  their  sphere  of  operations;  the  educated 


364  INDUSTRIAL   EVOLUTION   IN    INDIA 

natives  would  equally  welcome  it,  because  they  think  that 
behind  the  sheltering  screen  of  protection  they  would  be 
able  to  take  an  increasingly  important  part  in  the  industrial 
movement.  The  dumb  millions  would  have  no  voice  in  the 
matter.  There  can,  I  think,  be  no  question  that  the  in- 
troduction of  an  avowedly  protective  system  would  greatly 
stimulate  industrial  activity,  but  it  seems  more  than  doubt- 
ful whether  the  educated  natives  would  be  able  to  achieve 
their  aims.  They  lack  experience  of  manufacturing  opera- 
tions on  a  large  scale,  their  technical  knowledge  has  yet  to 
be  acquired,  and  their  command  of  capital  is  limited.  On 
the  otherhand,  protection  would  attract  capital  from  abroad, 
and  with  the  capitalist  would  come  the  technical  expert 
and  the  trained  organiser  of  modern  industrial  undertak- 
ings. Success  would  undoubtedly  attend  their  efforts,  and 
India  would  contribute  labour  and  raw  material,  The 
educated  Indian  would  play  but  a  small  part,  and  he 
would  in  course  of  time  realise  that  the  protective  duties, 
mainly  served  to  enable  Europeans  to  exploit  the  country. 
It  can  hardly  be  doubted  that  this  would  increase  the 
discontent  with  the  existing  regime  and  foster  the  growth 
of  seditious  movements.  We  have  imposed  free  trade  on 
India  because  we  have  adopted  it  ourselves,  and  the  majori- 
ty of  the  British  nation  hold  that  in  the  long  run  it  is  the 
best  policy  that  any  nation  can  pursue.  If  in  the  British 
Isles  we  cease  to  hold  that  view  we  must  allow  the  Indian 
Government  to  alter  its  fiscal  policy  also.  It  is  almost 
inconceivable  that  the  manufacturing  districts  of  the 
North  will  consent  to  a  change  in  policy  that  involves 
'the  partial  closure  at  least  of  the  Indian  markets  to 
their  trade*  Capital  and  technical  skill  might,  and 
probably  would,  migrate  to  the  East,  but  the  operatives 
would  suffer  from  the  dislocation  of  trade,  and  it  is  difficult 
to  see  how  India  would  benefit  from  the  sudden  establish. 


A   RETROSPECT  365 

ment  in  its  midst  of  an  alien  industrial  system  foreign 
to  the  habits  and  customs  of  the  people.  Protection  I 
regard  as  no  satisfactory  solution  of  the  Indian  industrial 
problem,  but  rather  as  likely  to  increase  the  difficulties  of 
the  situation. 

The  experience  of  the  past  twenty  years  points  to  the 
conclusion  that  the  mere  provision  of  facilities  for  techni- 
cal education,  as  it  is  understood  in  Europe,  except  for 
industries  already  established  in  the  country,  leads  to  no 
useful  result.  In  schools  and  colleges  only  half  the  work 
of  preparing  men  for  industrial  careers  can  be  accomplish- 
ed, and  it  has  proved  hopeless  to  expect  that  the  pioneer- 
ing of  new  industries  can  be  undertaken  by  anyone  who  has 
had  no  business  training  and  no  opportunities  of  acquiring 
experience  in  the  management  of  workshops  or  factories. 
Indian  students  who  have  spent  years  in  Europe  studying 
in  some  of  the  best  technical  institutions  in  existence  have 
failed  to  make  any  headway  on  their  return  to  India, 
chiefly  because  they  have  been  unable  to  secure  admission 
to  manufacturing  concerns,  where  alone  they  can  obtain 
the  knowledge  of  men  and  business  essential  to  com- 
.mercial  success.  The  Japanese,  it  is  true,  were  extraordi- 
narily successful,  but  under  conditions  very  different 
from  those  which  now  prevail.  The  manufacturing 
concerns,  which  were  freely  opened  to  them,  are  now 
strictly  closed  to  Asiatics,  and  the  opportunities  they 
enjoyed  of  getting  an  insight  into  practical  processes  of 
manufacture  can  no  longer  be  obtained.  The  Japs  have 
proved  serious  trade  rivals,  and  there  is  no  intention  in 
Europe  of  providing  another  Eastern  race  with  the  means 
to  set  up  factories  which  will  ultimately  secure  the  trade 
which  has  been  built  up  by  patient  efforts  over  many 
years. 

'-  India,     therefore,     must     recognise    that    there     is 


366  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

no  short  cut  to  the  industrial  conditions  necessary 
for  her  well-being,  and  that  it  can  only  be  built 
up  by  adopting  novel  methods  to  meet  the  unprece- 
dented state  of  things  in  the  country.  There  has  been 
much  discussion  as  to  what  can  be  done,  but  it 
can  hardly  be  said  that  any  generally  accepted  plan  has 
been  evolved.  State  action  in  some  form  or  other  is  re- 
cognised as  essential,  but  in  what  direction  it  should  be 
exerted  is  the  subject  of  much  controversy.  No  definite 
declaration  of  policy  has  been  made  by  the  Government 
of  India,  but  each  province  within  certain  limits  has  been 
allowed  to  deal  as  best  it  can  with  the  local  situation. 

In  Madras  I  think  it  may  be  fairly  claimed  that  we 
have  gone  further  towards  the  adoption  of  a  definite  policy 
than  in  any  other  part  of  India  and,  as  a  natural  conse- 
quence perhaps,  we  have  aroused  much  opposition,  and 
it  is  possible  that  we  may  yet  be  compelled  to  recede  from 
the  advanced  position  that  has  been  taken  up  in  regard 
to  the  functions  of  the  State,  and  the  extent  to  which  it 
may  legitimately  take  part  in  the  creation  of  the  industries. 
With  the  exception  of  a  few  cotton  and  jute  mills, 
ginning  factories,  railway  workshops,  mining  ventures, 
and  private  iron  works,  there  are  no  large  industrial  un- 
dertakings in  the  Presidency,  and  no  accumulations  of 
capital  in  the  hands  of  those  who  could  with  any  prospect 
of  success  embark  upon  pioneer  ventures  in  the  indus- 
trial field.  Private  enterprise  therefore  is  very  weak,  and 
those  who  would  like  to  start  work  on  a  small  scale  are 
deterred  by  the  initial  difficulties  they  have  to  face,  owing 
to  the  lack  of  independent  experts  in  the  various  branches 
of  industry  to  advise  them  how  to  proceed.  We  regard 
the  provisions  of  such  expert  assistance,  when  practically 
possible,  to  be  a  legitimate  undertaking  on  the  part  of  the 
State.  For  some  time  past  the  Department  of  Industries 


A  RETROSPECT  367 

has  undertaken  such  work,  and  its  staff  will  shortly  be 
strengthened  by  specialists  in  weaving,  dyeing,  and  tanning. 

The  unsatisfactory  state  of  the  indigenous  industries 
has  been  the  subject  of  much  enquiry,  and  not  a  little 
industrial  experiment.  In  some  cases  important  results 
have  been  obtained,  and  the  way  cleared  for  further 
work.  Particular  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  hand- 
loom  weavers,  as  they  are  by  far  the  most  important  class 
of  artizans  in  the  country,  whether  judged  by  their  num- 
bers or  by  the  value  of  their  annual  out-turn,  and  (  feel 
fairly  confident  in  stating  that  the  technical  difficulties 
associated  with  improvements  in  their  methods  of 
manufacture  have  been  overcome,  and  that  it  now 
remains  to  establish  a  suitable  organisation  among  the 
weavers  to  enable  them  to  more  than  double  their  rate  of 
production.  The  control  of  that  organisation  will  offer 
suitable  employment  to  many  of  the  educated  classes,  and 
help  to  bridge  the  gulf  between  the  artizan  and  the  intellect- 
ual castes. 

We  regard  it  as  certain  that  much  can  be  done  by  en- 
couraging the  use  of  modern  machinery  in  place  of  manual 
labour,  but  it  is  necessary  first  to  demonstrate  on  a  practi- 
cal scale  the  advantages  to  be  derived  from  the  innovation, 
and  to  determine  beyond  doubt  that  the  plant  to  be 
recommended  is  suited  to  the  limited  mechanical  skill  that 
is  available.  Our  most  notable  success  in  this  direction  has 
been  the  introduction  of  oil  engines  and  centrifugal  pumps 
for  lifting  water  for  irrigation.  Already  more  than  300 
pumping  plants  have  been  installed,  and  each  is  a  centre 
for  the  diffusion  of  mechanical  knowledge  among  the 
people,  which  in  course  of  time  will  produce  important 
results.  The  application  of  boring  tools  to  the  search  for 
underground  water  supplies  has  proved  equally  successful, 
and  to  a  lesser  extent  internal  combustion  engines  have  been 


368  INDUSTRIAL  EVOLUTION  IN  INDIA 

applied  to  driving  sugar  cane  crushing  mills,  oil  mills,  and 
paddy  htillers — all  tedious  and  troublesome  operations 
when  cattle  power  was  all  that  could  be  brought  to  the 
assistance  of  the  miller.  Where  labour  is  extremely  cheap, 
as  it  still  is  in  India,  it  is  often  undesirable,  even  if  practi- 
cable, to  displace  it  by  modern  factory  methods  ;  and  the 
study  of  indigenous  processes  has  been  taken  up  with  a  view 
to  improving  them  and  rendering  themmore  efficient,  rather 
than  with  the  object  of  displacing  them  altogether.  It  is 
fully  recognised  that  the  condition  of  the  artizans  and 
labouring  classes  can  only  be  changed  by  rendering 
them  more  self-reliant  and  better  workmen.  Wages  will 
only  rise  when  the  workers  are  capable  of  earning  more, 
and  we  do  not  anticipate  that  any  benefit  will  accrue  to 
them  from  changes  in  the  industrial  methods  unless  they 
call  for  increased  intelligence  and  skill.  Industrial  schools 
have  not  proved  a  great  success,  and  better  results  have 
been  obtained  in  demonstration  factories  where  ordinary 
manufacturing  conditions  prevail,  but  such  factories  have 
been  attacked  as  likely  to  interfere  with  private  enterprise, 
and  they  may  be  regarded  as  still  under  trial. 

The  pioneering  of  new  industries  by  Government  has 
been  undertaken,  and  the  results  have  been  satisfactory, 
but  rt  has  been  bitterly  attacked  by  the  Chambers  of -Com- 
merce and  the  local  trades  associations,  as  unsound  in 
principle  and  an  undue  intervention  of  Government  in 
commercial  matters.  The  arguments  adduced  might  be 
justly  applied  to  countries  where  private  enterprise  is 
active,  but  in  Madras  they  savour  somewhat  of  a  dog-in- 
the-manger  policy  that  is  not  consonant  with  British 
traditions  in  the  East.  What  the  final  outcome  of 
the  discussions  will  be  rests  with  the  Secretary  of  State  for 
India,  who  alone  can  sanction  the  appointment  of  the 
technical  experts  necessary  to  carry  out  the  policy  I  have 


A   RETROSPECT  369 

just  outlined.  The  laissez  fairc  policy  of  the  Manchester 
school  of  economics,  which  was  so  widely  accepted  in  the 
early  Victorian  era,  has  in  these  days  of  keen  international 
competition  fallen  into  disrepute,  and  the  tendency  of  the 
times  is  to  enlarge  the  functions  of  the  State,  through  whose 
action  much  can  be  accomplished  which  is  beyond  the 
powers  of  private  individuals  or  associations.  In  no  direc- 
tion is  it  more  generally  recognised  that  the  State  can  do 
useful  work  than  in  the  development  and  conservation  of 
its  own  resources.  The  Congested  Districts  Board  in 
Ireland  and  the  Conservation  Commission  in  Canada  are 
examples  that  may  be  cited  of  State  action  analogous  to 
that  proposed  for  the  creation  of  a  healthy  industrial  activity 
in  the  Madras  Presidency. 

I  have  dwelt  at  some  length  upon  our  work  in  Madras, 
because  it  will  to  some  extent  influence  the  other  provin- 
ces of  India  in  dealing  with  their  own  special  phase  of  the 
general  problem,  but  I  have  no  wish  to  convey  an  exag- 
gerated idea  of  its  importance.  Educated  India  recog- 
nises that  in  industrial  matters  it  is  in  leading  strings,  and 
the  Swadeshi  movement  is  the  visible  expression  of  its 
resolve  to  be  free  from  them  as  soon  as  possible. 
The  welfare  of  Great  Britain  is  intimately  bound  up  with 
the  prosperity  of  its  great  Indian  Empire,  and  to  put  the 
matter  on  no  higher  ground  than  that  of  purely  selfish 
considerations,  it  is  of  vital  importance  to  the  expansion 
of  our  trade  with  India  that  industries  should  be  developed 
out  there,  that  labour  should  be  properly  trained  and 
efficiently  employed,  so  that  the  low  standard  of  living 
that  now  prevails  may  be  gradually  raised. 


$  9140 


o 


BINDING  SECT  JUN    6 1973 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


HC  Chatterton,    (Sir)  Alfred 

435  Industrial  evolution  in 

India